Meet the innovator: Will Gao

In this edition, we catch up with Will Gao, Chief Commercial Officer and Co-Founder of Suvera a CQC-registered digital healthcare provider that works with general practitioners to support individuals in taking proactive care of their chronic illnesses.



Current job role:

Chief Commercial Officer, Co-Founder


Tell us about your innovation in a sentence:

Supporting general practice with a virtual clinic to proactively care for patients living with long-term conditions!


What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?
 

Working in General Practice as a final-year medical student and realised how stretched the system was and how much we need to think more proactively about our patients. Prevention is the direction of travel, but it requires both the platform and clinical workflows to ensure it’s feasible.


What three pieces of advice would you give budding innovators?

  1. Ask plenty of questions
  2. Don’t be fixated on your solution
  3. Don’t expect anything to happen without trying.


What’s been your toughest obstacle?

Keeping the momentum going despite numerous challenges. Ensuring that we grow sustainably and that we're focused on solving the right problems.


What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

Thanks to the Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London, we were supported by South East London ICB to look at patients in Lewisham who were having poor outcomes for their cardiovascular health, which is a core NHS priority.

In a short space of a few months, we are now managing several thousand Lewisham patients and the data indicates we have prevented hundreds of strokes and heart attacks.

These patients would have otherwise turned up to local emergency departments which increased pressures on the system. We always remind our team that these patients could be friends or family and to never forget that when building our service.


What is the best part of your job now?

Now that we are slightly more established and have more long-term partners – we are learning every day and it feels like we have momentum and the ability to truly make an impact on the health service and for patients.


If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

Provide more resources for innovation but ensure that these resources are recurring. Stop and starts aren’t beneficial for innovators or the system.


A typical day for you would include:

Meeting with several existing and potential partners in the system and translating those insights to the Suvera team to ensure we are building towards something valuable for the system and its patients.

You can find Suvera on Twitter and LinkedIn.

Coggi: involving children in tackling complex health and care challenges

Parent supervising children using tablet

Working in partnership with people and communities is a tried and tested approach for meaningfully improving health and care and a foundation of the Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London’s approach to innovation.

While most involvement activities focus on working with adult populations, children and young people (CYP) can also make a valuable contribution to projects.

In this blog, we hear from co-founders Pepita Stonor and Yvonne Biggins about how they have involved CYP in the development of their groundbreaking mental health innovation, Coggi. Coggi is also a part of the DigitalHealth.London Launchpad programme.

Childhood is a crucial period for mental health and wellbeing. A commonly cited statistic is that 50% of mental health problems are established by the time someone turns 14; in turn, this means that the potential for preventative interventions for younger people is enormous.

Our app – Coggi – is a versatile Positive Psychology platform which helps children understand their strengths and overcome feelings of anxiety.

Recently, we’ve used Coggi to support children who need to undergo an MRI scan in feeling confident to be scanned without sedation. Currently, up to half of all children who undergo an MRI need sedation to do so; this adds complexity to the procedure, can cause unpleasant side effects, and significantly increases the cost of the procedure to the NHS.

In our opinion, involving CYP in the development of our platform has always seemed like a no-brainer. Anybody who has spent any time around CYP knows how quickly and intuitively they pick up anything to do with digital technology, which makes them exceptionally well-suited to being development partners for digital innovation!

Whilst there isn’t a huge amount of documentation out there about involving CYP in health and care change work, we’ve found that many of the same principles and approaches we use with adults translate well to younger groups.

For example, focus groups still work well for ideation. In fact, we’ve found that the diversity and creativity of ideas that CYP bring is often much greater than what you might expect from adults.

The same goes for feedback. If CYP likes something, they’ll tell you. If they think it’s boring, they’ll tell you that, too! Sometimes the directness that CYP tend to have makes it much easier to address issues with your product than the politely veiled “constructive criticism” that adults seem to prefer.

Having CYP involved at every stage of our work has helped us develop a better product more quickly. We’ve learned about a range of ways to improve our product; from the type of information we should include about MRI scans, to the devices the platform should be available on, and the role of the platform in providing emotional reassurance. Even our in-app buddy ‘Coggi the Chameleon’ was an idea originally devised by CYP!

One potential challenge around involving CYP in innovation is access. Understandably, safeguarding and related concerns can make the practicalities of working with CYP seem quite daunting.

In practice, though, we’ve found there are lots of groups that can help to facilitate meaningful connections between innovators and CYP.

In particular, we’ve had some amazing support from the team at Great Ormond Street Hospital (GOSH) during our pilot of the MRI-focused version of Coggi. Working with their Young Persons’ Advisory Group (YPAG) for research has been brilliant – and similar YPAGs exist across the country under the GenerationR Alliance

Through our work with DigitalHealth.London and the Health Innovation Network South London, it has been great to hear about what other innovators are doing to involve people and communities in their work. We hope that our blog helps give more confidence to other innovators who might be thinking about extending those activities to working with CYP as well.

Find out more

For more information on how you can involve people and communities in your work, please get in touch.

Contact us

Protected: Reducing access inequalities to proven lipid treatments in Bexley

This content is password protected. To view it please enter your password below:

Understanding investor attitudes to immersive technology for mental health: a look behind the curtain

Hitesh Thakrar is Chair of the Health Innovation Network, South London and an experienced investor in the technology sector, having spent over 25 years investing in public equities in the life sciences, information technology and innovation sectors.

Since 2015, he has moved into early stage venture investing, and is currently a Partner at Syncona Limited (a Wellcome Trust backed early stage venture fund), a Governance Board Member of KQ Labs at the Francis Crick Institute, an accelerator with the Turing supporting next generation businesses in data science and life sciences, and the Chair of the Investment Committee for Newable Ventures (a pre-Series A deep tech fund).

As someone who has led investment into immersive technology myself, I was delighted to chair a recent roundtable event bringing together investors with an interest in immersive technology in mental health.

In the competitive world of investing, these types of open and honest conversations between experts can be few and far between. I would like to extend my thanks to all our attendees for their candour and enthusiasm – and I look forward to their contributions to the project in the future.

The event was an important early milestone for the Innovate UK Mindset-XR Support Programme which the Health Innovation Network South London (HIN) is delivering. My colleague Amanda, HIN Director of Digital Transformation and Technology, recently wrote an excellent blog giving some of the background on the Mindset programme and the pressing need for transformative change in mental health. If you haven’t already, it is well worth a read to learn about the programme and why we are placing such importance on this work.

What was clear right from the outset of our event is that investors are very much on the same page as Amanda and the Mindset team when it comes to embracing the potential of technology to tackle the nation’s mental health crisis.

The fact though, is that virtual, augmented and extended reality aren’t the only games in town when it comes to MedTech for mental health. And, indeed, mental health is far from the simplest potential application for the next generation of immersive technologies.

So – what are the barriers and opportunities for investment in this area?

Some good news is that immersive technology and mental health are both areas where passion, excitement and personal interest play a role in decision making for investors. Investors are humans rather than robots; some of those who joined us at our roundtable spoke bravely of their desire to improve mental health following lived experiences of mental illness, others of the exciting vision that they saw for technology used in computer games making a difference to society.

Those passion points might be enough to pique initial interest among fund managers and sway the odd marginal decision, but sustainable funding inevitably depends on being able to build confidence around return on investment (ROI).

While the consensus in the room was that reliably realising ROI in this area is far from a given today, the mood was optimistic about prospects for the future. To that end, we identified a number of development areas which will help to shape the commercial counsel we provide to the innovators on our Mindset-XR programme.

Those priorities were:

Helping innovators, clinicians and investors to pull in the same direction

Immersive technology brings together experts from a wide spectrum of different fields; medicine, gaming, visual arts, engineering and artificial intelligence to name but a few. Regardless of their background, for innovators to thrive they need to be confident navigating the complex world of health and care.

Finding a common language and understanding the cornerstones which must be in place for healthcare success in terms of patient safety, clinical oversight and regulatory approvals are key. Given our experience delivering the award-winning DigitalHealth.London innovator support programmes, this upskilling feels like exactly the sort of challenge we are particularly well-suited to rise to.

Prioritising innovation based on clinical need

At a time where mental health services are universally stretched, there are no end of possible problems to try and tackle. However, the scale, complexity and urgency to solve these problems varies enormously.

To be successful, innovators need a clear view of the condition(s) they are targeting, current approaches to treatment, and how their innovation might fit into existing clinical pathways. This makes early clinical and commissioner engagement essential to avoid building “white elephant” innovations – technically impressive but out-of-sync with what the system really needs.

Having attendees at the roundtable representing local and national mental health systems felt like a great start to this work, and we look forward to forging meaningful partnerships between innovators and clinicians throughout the course of the programme.

Exploring different funding models and mechanisms

One of the areas we explored during the roundtable was the disparity in progress between work happening in immersive mental health technology on either side of the Atlantic, and what could be learned from our American cousins about supporting innovation through different funding models.

Understandably, many innovators are focused on the NHS as the primary buyers for immersive mental health innovations. While the NHS is a huge market, access is complex and for nascent and potentially expensive technologies such as VR, AR and XR for mental health there may be other options worth exploring. These include working with insurers, targeting the self-funding market and developing innovative partnerships with pharmaceutical companies.

I left the roundtable discussion full of ideas and enthusiasm for the work that we are leading. While we are in the early stages – both of our programme and of realising the potential of immersive technology for mental health – we are already developing a formidable alliance of innovators, clinicians and investors determined to make a difference.

We want to send a special thanks to the following for their support and attendance:

I look forward to our next events. Please do get in touch with the team if you would be interested in joining us.

Find out more

For more information about Innovate UK's Mindset-XR Innovation Support programme, delivered by the Health Innovation Network, South London, please get in touch.

Contact us

Earlier, faster and more equitable: how innovation is helping the NHS improve cancer diagnosis and treatment pathways

Blog

Post Title

One in every two people in England will be diagnosed with cancer at some point in their lives. Medical innovation has driven huge improvements in cancer outcomes; thanks to advances in treatments, diagnostic techniques and screening, survival rates have doubled in the past 50 years. However, with a growing and aging population, using innovation to detect cancers earlier and ensuring treatment is as effective as possible, remains an important point of focus for the NHS.

In England, many of the system’s cancer priorities were set out in the NHS Long Term Plan in 2019. These include:

  • Ensuring that 75% of people with cancer are diagnosed in the early stages of the disease by 2028.
  • Addressing health inequalities in terms of early diagnosis and screening.
  • Ensuring patients are treated within 62 days of self-referral.
  • Implementing comprehensive screening for breast, bowel and cervical cancer.

In south east London, additional priorities can include improving processes and efficiency in cancer data and pathway management to enable smarter work flows. Or, improving the early identification of cancers through screening and diagnostics, with a particular focus on individuals at risk of health inequalities such as people from more deprived areas.

Addressing the challenges of cancer complexity through technology

As with many areas of health and care, the cancer system has grown to be highly complex, with many interdependencies and interfaces between radiology, pathology and across other services.

In particular, the timely treatment of suspected cancer cases often rests on effective coordination between primary and secondary care –which requires appropriate and timely referrals. This then followed through with an effective booking and triaging once to manage patient flow and ensure the patient receives the correct treatment.

Used effectively, technology offers the promise of reducing some of the complexity associated with managing cancer pathways and improving both staff and patient experience. Broadly speaking, many digital innovations which seem to offer the most benefits can be grouped into two categories:

  • Innovations designed to help improve early diagnosis or detection. These innovations use technology such as AI to identify the groups of patients at highest risks of cancer, improve the accuracy of screening or diagnostic processes, or provide easier or more equitable access to diagnostic tests (e.g. through the use of teledermatology to identify possible skin cancers).
  • Process automation innovations. These innovations reduce the administrative workload on the cancer workforce by automating repetitive processes and free up clinical time to spend on patient care or more complex tasks. These technologies can also reduce waiting times by removing processing bottlenecks in the system, such as those which can occur as patients are referred from primary to secondary care.

Many recent digital innovations are already seeking to make an impact to cancer pathways; some examples include:

  • Blinx – providing digital technologies to give clinicians more time to care for patients and to make strategic and operational improvements in their processes.
  • Blue Prism – a cloud-based solution that creates an AI digital workforce for robotic process automation.
  • Deontics – utilising advanced technology to streamline clinical pathways, standardise healthcare treatment for patients, and reduce decision-to-treatment wait times.
  • Colonflag – a web-based machine learning algorithm designed to help identify individuals aged 40 years or older who are at high risk of having colorectal cancer.
  • Kheiron Medical – Mia, an AI platform supporting radiologists in making the breast screening decisions, to recall or not recall.

With clear targets for cancer performance at both national and regional levels, successful innovations need to be able to demonstrate tangible impact in one or more key performance indicators. Other important considerations for successful spread and adoption include ease of implementation/integration and patient and staff experience.

The role of the Health Innovation Network South London

The Health Innovation Network South London has extensive experience supporting innovations across a wider range of clinical areas, including cancer. Through our DigitalHealth.London programmes, we have worked with some of the capital’s most promising cancer tech companies, helping great ideas to achieve real-world impact.

We also work with systems and services to evaluate, understand and implement cancer innovations. With the speed of progress in many areas of digital innovation, such as AI being extremely high and a workforce busy with operational pressures, we can provide specialist support to identify innovation opportunities and overcome challenges to make the most of technology. We have recently collaborated with the South East London Cancer Alliance (SELCA) and its clinical and cancer management networks on a number of innovation areas including  exploring the opportunities of automation, needs articulation, horizon scanning and supporting the evaluation  of local innovation projects.

“It’s been fantastic to work in collaboration with the HIN to identify potential digital solutions for challenges faced by cancer services. Our expertise in cancer pathway improvement combined with the HIN’s experience of embedding digital innovations across the NHS, will help us to explore innovative ways to transform our local cancer care services and improve patient experiences.”
Smitha Nathan, Associate Director, South East London Cancer Alliance

Talk to us about cancer

Get in touch with our team to find out how we’re supporting better outcomes and more efficient services.

Email us

Empowering Digital Transformation graduates: The Journey of Graduates into Health

Blog

Post Title

The Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London has been running the flagship Graduates into Health programme since 2018. Over the past six years the programme has recruited graduates and early careers professionals from across the UK and internationally to fill digital, data and technology roles throughout England.

The programme, funded by NHS England, closed on 31 March 2024. In this co-authored blog we hear from Head of Service Louise Brennan, Engagement Lead Project Manager Karniya Yoganathan and Pastoral Support Lead Charlotte Gallagher as they reflect on the successes of the programme sourcing new talent to drive innovation in healthcare.

Louise

In my position as the Head of Service for the Graduates into Health programme, I’ve led a journey of significant transformation over the past six years. Our main aim has been to pioneer a programme that not only meets the growing digital needs of the NHS but also nurtures fresh talent to drive innovation in healthcare.

Our journey began in 2018 with a vision to bridge the gap between the increasing demand for digital skills in healthcare and the availability of skilled professionals within the NHS. Starting at a local level, we worked to expand our initiative into a national programme, supporting over 240 graduates in securing vital roles in Digital, Data, and Technology (DDaT) within the NHS.

One of my proudest achievements has been the establishment of the first-ever graduate DDaT programme within the NHS. Prior to this, similar programmes were either found in the private sector or delivered fast-track graduates into leadership positions. Recognising the crucial need for digital expertise in middle-management public healthcare, we embarked on a mission to fill this gap.

Our programme not only addressed a critical need but also gained  support from NHS managers seeking to enhance their teams with fresh talent. Through careful recruitment and rigorous training, our graduates demonstrated their skills, earning praise for their proficiency and adaptability. This success led to repeat requests from managers, solidifying our programme’s reputation as a valuable asset to NHS organisations across the country.

Our expansion from London to regions nationwide highlights the scalability and impact of our initiative. By aligning with key NHS priorities around digital transformation and workforce planning, such as the NHS Long Term Workforce Plan, we’ve contributed to modernising healthcare delivery and improving patient outcomes.

Ultimately, the impact of our programme is seen in the tangible improvements observed in organisations undergoing digital transformation. By empowering a new generation of digital graduates, we’ve not only addressed immediate workforce needs but also laid the groundwork for a more resilient and innovative NHS ready to meet the evolving challenges of healthcare delivery in the digital age.

“We often struggled to get suitable candidates and so a typical recruitment would take far longer than 6-8 weeks because we’d have to go out again and again. We recruited for one position through the Graduates into Health programme and were so impressed with the quality of the candidates that we ended up taking two!”NHS Informatics Merseyside Software Developer Manager

Karniya

Working as the Engagement Lead Project Manager for the Graduates into Health programme, I supported the overall programme delivery and oversaw tasks including trust engagement, pastoral care and mentorship activities. As the programme nears its end, I take pride in reflecting on our achievements.

A significant aspect of our success lies in our ability to achieve diversity and retention goals. The Graduates into Health programme has prioritised inclusivity, with 57 per cent of participants coming from ethnic minority backgrounds and 44 per cent identifying as female. This commitment to diversity has contributed to our impressive 91 per cent retention rate, showing that the programme effectively supports career advancement within the NHS.

One notable accomplishment is our contribution to bridging the NHS’s skills gap which was particularly evident in our efforts in to recruit in rural areas. An example of this was our successful recruitment of twelve Band 6 configuration analyst graduates to contribute their skills to the implementation of North Devon Health Care Trust’s ‘My Care’ Epic Electronic Patient Record Programme. Positive feedback from these placements highlights the effectiveness of our thorough recruitment processes, which assessed graduates’ technical abilities through various tests.

I take great pride in the gender diversity of our programme participants. By empowering women from diverse backgrounds, including those returning to work, the Graduates into Health programme aligns with the NHS’s commitment to fostering an inclusive and gender-equal workforce. This diversity enriches the healthcare sector by bringing different perspectives and skills to the table, ultimately improving patient-centred care delivery.

As we near the end of this programme, I want to express how the Graduates into Health programme has not only provided valuable career opportunities for graduates but has also addressed important skill shortages and diversity issues within the NHS.

Charlotte

In my position I had the privilege of providing individual pastoral support to 130 graduates over the past year as they transition into DDaT roles within the NHS. Our focus has been on providing tailored support to help these individuals navigate the complexities of starting their careers in healthcare.

Central to my responsibilities has been offering personalised guidance to graduates, particularly concerning their well-being and professional development. Through regular conversations, I’ve witnessed their progress and celebrated their achievements as they overcome challenges and take steps forward in their careers.

Embracing a graduate-centred approach, I’ve actively sought feedback from graduates, leading to the implementation of various support mechanisms such as newsletters and networking events. The aim was to keep graduates informed about opportunities within the NHS and foster a sense of community among them.

Feedback from graduates highlights the significance of our support in helping them secure positions within the NHS, even in the face of competition from the private sector. My role has also involved identifying and addressing individual barriers to career advancement, whether they be related to training, working within the NHS, or personal well-being.

As the Graduates into Health programme draws to a close, I’m gratified by the impact our efforts have had in nurturing the talents of these graduates and contributing to the strength of the healthcare workforce. It’s been a fulfilling journey, and I’m thankful for the opportunity to have played a part in their growth and success.


Find out more on the Graduates into Health programme’s success below.

Meet the innovator: James Townsend

In this edition, we catch up with James Townsend, Co-Founder and CEO of Mobilise, an online service that harnesses the collective knowledge, wisdom and expertise of unpaid carers and empowers those that care to thrive.

Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

Providing online support to unpaid carers (of which there are 11 million in the UK), on behalf of local authorities and health bodies

What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

I’m not sure there’s ever been a lightbulb, but joining the Zinc venture builder prompted me to draw on some of my own life experiences:

  1. My years as a Maths teacher in a disadvantaged school in Manchester (via Teach First) taught me that learning and picking up new skills was best done by learning from peers rather than just reading textbooks - and that’s particularly true in stressful situations, as caring can often be.
  2. My mum was diagnosed with Multiple Sclerosis (MS) when I was about six, so learning how to care for a family member has been a big feature of my life.

Those two things really came together and motivated me to build Mobilise not just as a website with lots of information, but as a community where we can learn from and support each other.

What three pieces of advice would you give budding innovators?

  • Really focus on who the client is, and how to solve their problem. Nobody really cares that much about the whizziest AI features you’ve built if it doesn’t solve an everyday, tedious issue that’s causing them pain.
  • Think intentionally about where you get support from, whether it's family or friends just make sure you just make sure you tee them up to provide the support that makes a difference for you. Things will get really difficult and leading innovations can be lonely.
  • Keep on going! Back when we started, the idea of providing support to carers online was a pretty fringe concept, but we’re now seeing local authorities commissioning digital services quite regularly. Even if it feels like you’re hitting a brick wall, it’s worth persevering.

What’s been your toughest obstacle?

The biggest challenge for anybody providing carer support - either online or in person - has always been the identification of carers. Most people don’t realise they have a caring role until they’ve been doing it for about two years. We usually think of it as just doing what any other child, parent or spouse would do.

So it was a major breakthrough when we finally managed to crack how to entice people onto the platform to receive support without them necessarily having to think of themselves as a ‘carer’.

What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

Meeting my Co-Founder - Suzanne. She’s such a great combination of wisdom, passion, and energy. We’re very different in many ways - her affinity for detail and process complements my more impulsive character. However, we really align on the things that matter, like making a difference for carers, and always finding something to giggle about when stuff goes wrong.

What is the best part of your job now?

Every Monday morning we send out an email to the largest community of unpaid carers in the country. A hangover from back when it was just me and Suzanne is that it still goes out from my email address (though I don’t write the email itself any more). So every Monday morning I get a shed load of responses from carers - some telling me just how tough the weekend has been, others thanking me for the work Mobilise is doing and how much it means to them.

I can’t think of a better way to start the week than to be reminded about why the work we do is so important.

If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

This is a really big question we put to leaders in social care on our podcast, Carer Catalysts - hosted by me and my Co-Founder Suzanne. There are two big themes coming out of those conversations:

  • Co-Production with a much broader group of users/patients than has previously been possible. Technology has a key role to play here, opening up decision-making processes to use data from a wider range of sources and allowing direct user input into shaping services.
  • The power of sharing our own individual stories. If we talk openly about the difficult things, it starts to show how common these challenges can be. Be it providing care for someone, or going through a health challenge such as cancer or a miscarriage, so many people struggle in silence. If we all understood how many people were impacted by these things, we might get more momentum to encourage the decision-makers to create better policies for support.

A typical day for you would include…

With so many carers in the team, it makes sense for us to work remotely most of the time so I’m mostly based at home in Brixton. I’ll start fairly early, and try to get most of the regular internal ‘CEO’ stuff out the way early doors.

Then I’ll spend as much time as I can either with our local authority partners, as there’s always so much to learn about the complexities of local government, or with the impressive team building out our products.

We’re growing quite quickly at the moment, so I’m spending a lot time interviewing people. I absolutely love doing interviews - learning about different people, their journey to where they are today, and where they dream of going next. It’s probably the most important thing a Co-Founder can dedicate their time to because the people who come on board shape the company so much. That’s why we put values (particularly ‘empathy’) so firmly into the recruitment process.

Cultivating a culture of inclusion: our first intern Edesiri Eyeregba

Post Title

Jill Owens, National Programme Manager for Mindset XR, and Rayvathi John People Lead at the Health Innovation Network, celebrate our very first Intern Edesiri Eyeregba.

Back in September 2023 the HIN South London welcomed our very first Intern, Edesiri Eyeregba, an inspiring young man who was born with a visual impairment. Ed joined us with lots of enthusiasm, drive and a willingness to learn.

In this blog, Jill Owens talks about the positive experiences of working with Ed, welcoming him to the team, Ed’s work at the HIN and becoming his Mentor.
Rayvathi John discusses how Ed’s story is helping us to become a workplace that not only celebrates diversity but actively cultivates a culture of inclusion.

Jill Owens – National Programme Manager for Mindset XR

My most significant learning journey in 2023 was acting as mentor to Edesiri Eyeregba an intern from NHS Choices College. My learning began when preparing for Edesiri to join the Mental Health team for his first term at the HIN.

NHS Choices College provide tailored educational support, and a supported internship course for young adults aged 16-24 with learning difficulties/disabilities or autism. Last year the possibility of hosting an intern from the college was presented to our leadership team and our Head of Mental Health Aileen Jackson, recognised this opportunity as one fully aligned to our commitment to championing best outcomes and inclusion for all the South London population.

Over 2 per cent of the population are thought to have a learning disability. 1 per cent are estimated to have a diagnosis of autism, and some consider this figure a significant underestimation. Enabling people with a learning disability to find employment when they want it can enhance their quality of life, maintain a family and social life, contribute to their community, and help them avoid loneliness or isolation. Despite this we also know from data that the rate of employment for people with learning disabilities can be low, with some estimates at 5 per cent or less. Thus, the Mental Health team were delighted to support a young person to develop the skills they need for future employment.

We were delighted to welcome Edesiri into our team in September. Edesiri is open about having a disability. However, his experience through taking part in the Prince’s Trust, his work at school, college, and a smorgasbord of technology to support his natural capabilities meant he was quick to adapt to the office environment. The equipment included a Jaws talking Laptop which is connected to a QBraille and a BRL braille tablet which turns computer text into 3d braille.

It quickly became apparent that Edesiri is keen to develop a career in administration. He also loves being around new people, discussing new ideas, so in the first weeks he was scheduled to meet many of the HIN team, all of whom were impressed by his enthusiasm and eagerness to contribute to our work. Edesiri was given a variety of tasks, this included shadowing and taking notes of an external stakeholder meeting, researching and documenting developments in the field of extended reality for mental health, creating a checklist for what the HIN need to consider when hosting events to ensure inclusivity, a news item for the HIN newsletter, and a presentation on how sighted colleagues can best support a team member with visual impairment.

I was surprised at how much I took for granted navigating the world both physically and virtually being sighted, but also how with a positive attitude, enthusiasm, continual curiosity, and willingness to step outside of one’s ordinary comfort zone it is possible to achieve as much as Ed did in his first term of internship. Unfazed, and confident that he was up to any task, Edesiri progressed in independence rapidly, relying on his job coach for less and less, snapping up suggested tasks, confidently requesting adaptations to meet his needs, and continually mindful of achieving his ultimate goal of fulfilling paid employment. He was unfailingly punctual, well presented, kind and a positive influence on the team on an interpersonal level. I was also delighted to hear about all of the hobbies Edesiri enjoys, such as cycling and computer games with adaptations for visual impairment.

By the end of December, it was time to support transition to another HIN team so Edesiri could gain a variety of experience. As Edesiri’s mentor for that first term, I have learned so much about how to support colleagues with visual impairment and other disabilities. I have learned about the important aspects of fire safety, keeping the office free from trip-hazards, ensuring instructions are clear, and about ways of approaching people with mindfulness which can be applied to interactions with all colleagues. Above all I have learned that there is little that cannot be overcome to provide an inclusive and welcoming workspace for differently abled team members, who bring a vital perspective to our work here at the HIN.

Rayvathi John – People Lead HIN South London.

Ed is a valued member of our organisation who has been instrumental in reshaping our perspectives on workplace opportunities for individuals with disabilities.

The process has been a collective effort, and I am immensely grateful for the unwavering support and dedication from the members of our organisation who have supported Ed throughout his internship at the HIN. Their openness and commitment to providing a platform for him presents our shared values of diversity, equality, and inclusivity.

“Edesiri Eyeregba’s story serves as a beacon, guiding us towards a workplace that not only celebrates diversity but actively cultivates a culture of inclusion.” Rayvathi John, People Lead, Health Innovation Network South Lonon

Witnessing Ed’s journey unfold has been nothing short of inspiring. Ed’s presence has not only enriched our team dynamics but has also contributed to the importance of challenging stereotypes and fostering a workplace culture that celebrates differences. This experience reinforces the belief that societal change is most effective when we actively participate in providing equal opportunities. This story is a testament to the power of inclusivity and the positive transformations that occur when we actively support individuals with diverse abilities.

As we continue this journey, let us reflect on the importance of creating an environment where everyone, regardless of their abilities, has the chance to thrive.
Edesiri Eyeregba’s story serves as a beacon, guiding us towards a workplace that not only celebrates diversity but actively cultivates a culture of inclusion. The Barometer of a great workplace is how ready we are to support staff who are differently abled.

Watch the video below to learn more about Ed and his Internship at the HIN.

Post Title

International Women’s Day: Innovation in action

Anna King is Commercial Director for the Health Innovation Network South London. In this blog she reflects on learnings from the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists' International Women's Day event and the opportunities to maximise the impact of innovation on women's health.

This week, the Health Innovation Network had the privilege of participating at the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG) International Women’s Day event. The theme of the event was ‘Innovation and Action in Global Gynaecological Healthcare’, which shows the important that the College is placing on innovation to improve the health and care for women globally.

The whole event was inspirational, with speakers talking to how they are testing and implementing innovations to their clinical colleagues, whether new medical devices, diagnostics or digital solutions.

The event was a fantastic opportunity to catch up with some of the alumni innovators from our DigitalHealth.London Accelerator programme – which support companies to spread and scale. I was particularly proud that the team from the South West London Integrated Care System were able to highlight how they are using GetUBetter to support the women’s pelvic health in the gynaecological pathways, in addition to the other muscular offering.

The Health Innovation Network was delighted to specifically partner with Professor Asma Khalil, Vice President for Academia and Strategy as well as Consultant in Obstetrics and Fetal Medicine and St George’s University Hospital, on the last session of the day ‘Celebrating the innovation driving women’s health improvement’.

This session gave the audience an opportunity to hear about some fantastic innovators, many of whom have benefited by working with their local health innovation network. I was pleased to have an opportunity to draw out many of the lessons we have learnt supporting innovators.  Highlights included:

  • Hearing about their continued successes of PLEXaa, who participated the the Accelerating FemTech Programme we ran for InnovateUK, in partnership with RCOG and others. Plexaa is helping breast cancer patients in the US and UK benefit from better wound care healing was a personal highlight.
  • Learning about The Tydeman Tube, which was developed at St Thomas’s hospital to assist with the caesarean delivery and is being launched to the market soon.
  • Professor Angie Doshani, founder of the JanamApp, discussing how partnering with your target audience can lead to co-designed and co-produced innovative health solutions. In the case of JanamApp, this kind of partnership led the development of a pregnancy information app for the south Asian community in a completely different direction to what had originally been envisaged

Listening to our FemTech alumni and some other brilliant innovators in this space also prompted me to reflect on some of the commonalities associated with success. A great idea is of course a fairly essential prerequisite for innovation. But one of the foundational understandings of our DigitalHealth.London programmes is that a good idea in and of itself is rarely enough to make an impact on patients or health and care systems. Innovation is a team sport, and often it is collaboration which makes the difference between a great idea and a truly impactful product.

Many healthtech innovations are the brainchild of clinicians. But regardless of individual brilliance, there will be times where you need to bring in a wider team, different perspectives, or a new connection to make the most of your innovation.

In a week where we launched applications for our latest DigitalHealth.London Evidence Generator Bootcamp, it seemed particularly timely that a number of innovators reflected on the challenges of evidence generation and regulatory approval. Finding the right expert partners is essential for navigating these complex but entirely necessary areas of innovation.

This is also where the programmes of the health innovation networks, like DigitalHealth.London or Accelerating FemTech, can help by introducing you to the range of experts needed, whether regulator, governance, or other specialism. The good news is that the UK innovation sector is full of partners ready and willing to help turn good ideas into real-world impact. From world-leading professional institutions with a tradition of progressive thinking such as RCOG through to a variety of new funding opportunities becoming available through UK Research and Innovation and other sources, the sector is primed for global success.

Dr Ranee Thakar, RCOG Chair, closed the IWD conference by urging delegates to “harness the potential” of innovation. I feel confident that through the Health Innovation Networks nationally, and the exciting programmes of innovator support we have planned locally like Accelerating FemTech and the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator, we can use partnerships to harness innovation to improve health and care.

Find out how we can support your innovation

We support innovators to turn great ideas into real-world impact. Get in touch to see how you could benefit from our support programmes and expert NHS and social care advice.

Get in touch

Charting the Course: Regulating AI in Healthcare – Lessons from the Road

Post Title

Artificial intelligence (AI) has exploded onto the scene, capturing headlines and fuelling debates about its transformative potential. While excitement buzzes around its capabilities, the legal and regulatory landscape struggles to keep pace and often highlights risks.

In this blog, HIN Chief Executive Dr Rishi Das Gupta and NHS AI experts Dr Haris Shuaib and Dr Hatim Abdulhussein discuss the parallels between traffic regulation and maintaining oversight of these emerging technologies. 

The House of Lords Communications and Digital Select Committee inquiry into Large Language Models (LLMs) was published on 2nd February, 2024 and highlighted that these models, a powerful subset of AI, showcase not only the immense opportunities AI holds but also the potential “technological turbulence” that may arise as they become more pervasive. Contributions made by Rishi to the evidence can be found here.

Navigating the ethical and regulatory landscape surrounding this powerful technology can be daunting. As we steer towards a future intertwined with AI, it’s crucial to establish guardrails that ensure its safe and responsible use. Here, we might draw inspiration from an unexpected source: traffic regulations. While seemingly disparate, regulating AI in healthcare shares remarkable parallels with regulating driving. A colleague in the field commented recently: “If we were as risk averse in road technology as we are in healthcare AI we’d never have let cars on the roads in the city”. Let’s delve into these similarities and explore how they can inform our approach to AI governance.

Shared Ground: Safety, Evolution, and Responsibility

Both driving and AI regulations share three core objectives:

  1. Prioritising Safety: Both aim to minimize harm, whether on the road or in healthcare delivery. Just as reckless driving endangers lives, poorly designed AI can lead to misdiagnoses, treatment errors, and privacy breaches.
  2. Adapting to Change: Traffic laws have evolved alongside technological advancements, from horse-drawn carriages to self-driving cars. Similarly, AI regulations need to be dynamic, anticipating the ever-evolving nature of AI and its integration into healthcare workflows.
  3. Promoting Responsible Conduct: Drivers, companies employing drivers and vehicle manufacturers are held accountable for their actions, and so should AI developers and users. Fostering a culture of responsibility is essential for ethical and trustworthy AI implementation.

Learning from the Road: A Categorical Framework

Traffic regulations categorise offenses based on severity and consequences. While the laws change infrequently (the Road Traffic Act 1988 is now 35 years old), the guidance is updated often (the highway code was updated in 2022). The categories used in the UK are careless driving and dangerous driving. In addition, we have categories related to consequences, that apply to both individuals (e.g. causing death by dangerous driving) and companies operating fleets of vehicles and manufacturers (corporate manslaughter).

We can adapt this structure to AI in healthcare:

  • Careless / Inconsiderate AI: This covers irresponsible data handling or quality, non-compliance with ethical principles, and failure to meet minimum standards for transparency and explainability. This could include:
    • Using biased datasets without mitigation strategies.
    • Failing to obtain proper informed consent for data collection and use.
    • Developing AI models without adequate documentation and explainability tools.
  • Dangerous AI: This includes biased algorithms, lack of robustness, potential for unintended consequences, and vulnerabilities to manipulation. This could include:
    • AI models perpetuating existing societal biases in healthcare decisions.
    • AI systems susceptible to hacking or manipulation, leading to compromised data or altered outputs.
    • Lack of built-in safety features and safeguards to prevent unintended harm.
  • High-consequence AI: This encompasses situations where AI directly impacts patient outcomes, such as misdiagnoses or inappropriate treatment recommendations. This could include:
    • Clinical decision support systems leading to incorrect diagnoses or treatment plans.
    • AI-powered drug discovery tools generating harmful or ineffective compounds.
    • Algorithmic failures resulting in adverse patient events.

Navigating the Road Ahead: A Proposed Approach

Drawing on the lessons from traffic regulations, we propose a three-pronged approach to governing AI in healthcare:

  1. Establish Clear Principles and Transparency: AI developers and users should adhere to well-defined ethical principles, focusing on aspects like data privacy, fairness, and accountability. Transparency in algorithm development and decision-making is crucial for building trust and more work is needed to understand the level of interpretability and explainability AI developers should adhere to.
  2. Implement Minimum Codes of Conduct: Regularly updated codes can ensure responsible data storage, development practices, and deployment across various AI domains within healthcare. These codes could address:
    • Data governance and privacy standards.
    • Algorithm development and testing protocols.
    • Deployment guidelines and risk mitigation strategies.
  3. Focus on Consequences and Evidence-based Use: Companies and healthcare institutions should be incentivised to provide evidence demonstrating the safety and responsible use of their AI models and ensure there is adequate monitoring of these technologies when deployed in practice. This encourages a proactive approach to risk mitigation and promotes continuous improvement. This could involve:
    • Requiring pre-market approval for high-risk AI applications.
    • Implementing post-deployment monitoring and evaluation systems.
    • Holding developers and users accountable for AI-related harms.

Charting the Future: The UK’s Potential Leadership

The UK, with its diverse population, centralized healthcare system (NHS), and robust regulatory framework, is well-positioned to play a leading role in shaping the responsible development and governance of AI in healthcare. By leveraging existing structures like accredited AI testing centres and fostering open dialogue with stakeholders, the UK can pave the road to a future where AI empowers healthcare professionals to deliver better, safer care for all. The analogy to traffic regulation holds here too. We should invest in infrastructure and environment where the need is greatest – our cars today travel faster and are safer than three decades ago. This is due to focusing investment in adapting our environment to make this happen, for example, we put traffic lights at junctions where the risk of collisions is highest or where there is a history of accidents occurring. Investing in the environment and monitoring infrastructure will help the UK be the place to come to develop, deploy and build the evidence for safe AI.

Conclusion

The road ahead for AI in healthcare is full of promise, but also potential pitfalls. Humans in healthcare must be in control of its development to ensure it is safe, effective and ethical. By learning from the established framework of traffic regulations and adapting it to the unique context of healthcare, we can develop a comprehensive and flexible approach to governing AI. Let’s work together to ensure that AI becomes a powerful tool for good, shaping a future where technology and ethics go hand-in-hand to improve patient outcomes and advance healthcare for all.

About the Authors:

Dr Rishi Das-Gupta is Chief Executive of the Health Innovation Network (South London), is on the Board of the NIHR Applied Research Collaboration (South London), DigitalHealth.London and NodeNs Medical and is a member of the NHS London Clinical Senate.

Dr Haris Shuaib is Head of Scientific Computing at Guy’s and St. Thomas’ NHS FT and director of the Fellowships in Clinical AI programme he is also the founder of Newton’s Tree a company focussing on using AI in clinical practice.

Dr Hatim Abdulhussein is Medical Director of Health Innovation Kent, Surrey and Sussex and National Clinical Director for AI and Digital Workforce at NHSE.

Find out more

Please get in touch to learn more about our work on the development and governance of AI in healthcare.

Get in touch

Introducing Mindset: a new ecosystem to help immersive technology developers improve the UK’s mental health

Post Title

The Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London and UKRI recently announced a multi-year innovator support programme focused on the use of immersive therapeutics for mental health. In this first blog about the programme, HIN Executive Director for Digital and Transformation Dr Amanda Begley discusses the context of the project and why we believe emerging extended reality technologies offer real hope for the millions of people impacted by mental illness in the UK.

I am thrilled to be writing the first blog on our partnership with UKRI for the Mindset-XR Innovator Support Programme.

Stimulating immersive innovations in mental health will require the involvement of a wide range of skills from different sectors, including those who may not have traditionally brought their expertise to health and care challenges. In particular, the creative industries such as gaming, artists and visual production will bring genuinely innovative perspectives and novel solutions.

We were inspired on hearing about some of the Strand 1 Mindset-XR funded projects recently, which cover a range of immersive technology, such as extended and virtual reality using headsets, remote touch, music and sounds, and mobile gaming. These novel solutions will offer support to people with anxiety, autism, bipolar disorder psychosis, and dementia. A further cohort of projects – funded through Stand 2 – will be announced soon.

In our first blog I wanted to share why we are so passionate about supporting the development and acceleration of UKRI’s Mindset-XR programme and to ask you to join us in driving forward new solutions for those in need of support:

The scale of the mental health challenge

The impact of poor mental health set out in the recent Government’s Mental Health and Wellbeing plan discussion paper makes for difficult reading. Approximately one adult in six has a common mental health condition; more than 60% of children and young people who have a diagnosable mental health condition do not currently receive NHS care, and two-thirds of the growing number of people who end their life by suicide are not in contact with NHS mental health services.

There are also huge disparities – people facing social and economic disadvantage have a much higher risk of developing mental health conditions, and there are significant inequalities related to ethnicity, age, sexuality, gender, neurodiversity, and long-term physical health conditions. The Kings Fund recently published a series of Mental Health 360 reports outlining these issues in greater detail.

Merely expanding current services is not a feasible or complete solution. Our Mindset programme aims to co-develop solutions with lived experience partners and bring to market a broader range of accessible innovative technologies – technologies that will help people to live well and support them to recover when they are in need.

At the HIN, we recently engaged over 870 service users and members of the public to explore their experiences and sentiments towards digital health technologies (DHTs) in the context of mental health. We found that overall there was openness toward digital adoption and a recognition that DHTs can help make services more efficient and user experience better. The insights we gathered have informed a set of recommendations to improve acceptability and usage of digital within mental health. We will actively use these recommendations to inform our Mindset Innovation Support .

The UK immersive technology sector has the potential to be world leading in bringing solutions to market.

The opportunity for growth is well documented in the recent UKRI-funded report The Growing Value of XR in Healthcare, citing existing evidence of the effectiveness of immersive technology for neurodevelopmental disorders, psychotic disorders, depression, anxiety disorders, and eating disorders. The report also states that while immersive technologies will never replace face-to-face therapies, there is a positive view towards the use of virtual reality by therapists and the public.

The 2022 Immersive Economy in the UK report highlights that immersive technology in healthcare has experienced the highest growth rate in the number of businesses over the previous five years (88%) of any comparable innovation area. Close to 40% of immersive tech companies are within the health sector. The report also states that private investment in immersive technologies reached £224m in 2021 and investments in the first half of 2022 totalled at nearly 90% of the amount raised in 2021.

We will shortly be hosting a roundtable to discuss how we stimulate investment in immersive technology for mental health, which will be led by HIN’s chair Hitesh Thakrar. Let us know if you’d like to see the output.

Through collaboration – with UK wide reach and a breadth of expertise – we can help to bring immersive tech safely into the hands of patients and staff.

When bidding for the programme, we rapidly formed a brilliant team of collaborators with expertise in areas including:

  • understanding the need for innovation;
  • the immersive and digital technologies market;
  • navigating the NHS for adoption and spread;
  • regulatory, legal and ethical requirements; and
  • clinical study design.

However, we are learning all the time about more individuals and teams across the UK with a passion for – and expertise in – immersive and digital health technologies and mental health.

We want to expand the Mindset innovator support collaboration – bringing our collective skills and networks together with yours to support innovators, enable people to connect and ultimately to help our service users and staff by improving access, experience and outcomes.

Our collaboration includes:

  • The Health Innovation Network provides geographical coverage of health and care organisations and Universities across England, alongside having established relationships across Wales and Scotland through our collaborators: Health Innovation North East and North Cumbria, Health Innovation North West Coast and Health Innovation South West.
  • Health Innovation Research Alliance Northern Ireland (HIRANI) is an alliance of universities, health organisations and other industry bodies, established to drive and support ambitious growth in Northern Ireland’s Life and Health Sciences sector.
  • Hardian Health has an experienced multidisciplinary team which provides significant experience of bringing medical devices to market including regulatory consultants with MHRA and notified body contacts, medical doctors, health economic experts, market strategists and an intellectual property attorney.
  • Hill Dickinson LLP will provide pro bono support with experience and expertise in providing advice, training and materials on regulatory issues, IP, data protection, contracting and market access digital health, mental health, and immersive technology.
  • Kings College London’s Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology & Neuroscience (IoPPN) will lead our clinical study design training. The IoPPN is an internationally-recognised centre of expertise focused on how we understand, prevent and treat mental illness, neurological conditions, and other conditions that affect the brain.
  • MQ Mental Health Research is the UK’s leading mental health research charity with an extensive network across lived experience, clinical, policy, research, industry and investors. MQ will lead on service user involvement and training for grant recipients, alongside bringing in their network to the Mindset community.
  • XR Health Alliance have over 7 years’ experience working to support transdisciplinary collaborations – connecting the creative, XR and healthcare sectors to support the adoption of XR in mental health. Through delivery of the Growing Value of XR in Healthcare Report, and global expert mission to engage key international stakeholders, they have built a network of national and global leaders in immersive technologies.

There will be lots of opportunities to collaborate and contribute to the programme – so if you want to be part of this exciting new immersive tech opportunity, then please sign up to our Mindset Innovator Support Programme newsletter to hear about our events and networking opportunities.

Find out more

If you would like to know more about this exciting new immersive tech programme please click on the button below to subscribe to our monthly newsletter.

Get in touch

Virtual wards: developing business cases to unlock patient and system benefits

Virtual wards offer the promise of providing safe, high-quality care at home. Recently, the Health Innovation Network South London and NHS England (London Region) have collaborated on a number of events and projects to help understand the challenges and opportunities related to virtual wards in London.

In this blog Dr Sanjay Gautama, Chief Clinical Informatics Officer for OneLondon and consultant anaesthetist, discusses how well-developed businesses cases are important to help realise the full benefits of virtual wards for patients.

Virtual wards already appear to be delivering a positive impact to patients across London and are playing an important role in giving patients the choice to receive safe and high-quality care at home.

However, with operational and financial pressures on NHS services perhaps more pronounced than they have ever been, justifying investment into the wider spread and implementation of virtual wards requires the development of sustainable and robust business cases.

Developing the business case for an emerging new model of care can be a significant challenge – with issues such as a paucity of evidence, fractured data sets and a rapidly-evolving technological offering all making it difficult for providers or commissioners to pull together comprehensive benefits assessments.

Given these issues, NHS England (London region) and the Health Innovation Network South London recently brought together key stakeholders from across the capital to understand the most critical considerations for virtual wards business cases and to review the evidence at hand.

Key findings from the subsequent report included reflections on operational priorities, such as the potential for virtual wards to provide admission avoidance rather than only step-down care, and the importance of near-seamless integration into existing services.

The report also summarises evidence from four key areas of benefit identified so far in real-world virtual ward implementations:

The report provides practical, experience-based information about the challenges of optimising virtual wards, as well as guidance on structuring business cases and appropriate measurement and evaluation.

We hope that our newly-published report will prove useful for anyone working in this space across health and social care.

Download the full report

View our full paper for detailed information about the benefits and considerations for virtual wards business cases.

Access the full report

One year on: how can working in partnership with people living with chronic (persistent) pain improve care?

One year on from the launch of our Chronic Pain Experience-Based Co-Design (EBCD) project, Natasha Callender, Senior Project Manager at the Health Innovation Network South London (HIN), and Natasha Curran, HIN Medical Director and Consultant in Pain Medicine share reflections on their learnings from working with people living with chronic pain. The EBCD project provided an opportunity to gather views about participants’ lived and learnt experience. From getting a diagnosis to practical daily challenges which informed the approach to co-designing improvements for chronic pain management.

In modern healthcare we conceptualise treatment as a linear pathway, starting from diagnosis to treatment. In our EBCD project we found that some patients waited more than 10 years to have a diagnosis for their chronic pain. However, chronic primary pain may be the diagnosis - pain lasting more than 12 weeks with no clear underlying cause, or pain (or its impact) that is out of proportion to any observable injury or disease (NICE 2021). Thus, pain management should not be dictated by needing another diagnosis, as chronic pain is a diagnosis itself. In the NHS only a small proportion of the 15.5 million people living with chronic pain will see a specialist about their pain.

Patients often present to their GP when they initially experience pain and, in some instances, acute pain transitions to chronic pain. After ruling out sinister causes of pain, the same principles of good-supported self-management apply whether patients are managed in primary or secondary care (see below). As clinicians, it is important to acknowledge the impact that living with chronic pain has on every aspect of wellbeing. Clinicians should be aware of the range of services available in the locality (often in the voluntary, community, or social enterprise (VCSE) sectors) and how to refer patients. A learning point from the EBCD project was that patients and staff felt that bringing people together was the best solution for improving chronic pain management in south London.

“For me personally, feeling that things may change to assist others has been a big mental boost for me. I have since signed up to become a volunteer with Mind and am seeking more support for my own mental health. Having the opportunity to be part of this project meant I have more knowledge in my volunteer roles.” Project participant living with chronic pain.

Secondly, systems partners recognised the need to leverage existing services to establish peer support and group education alongside input from health and social care teams to support people living with chronic pain. With our project participants, the following recommendations for peer support and group education were developed:


Co-designed recommendations for peer support and group education 


  • Support every aspect of wellbeing

    Focus on treating people as a whole person including chronic pain and on all aspects of wellbeing.

  • Multidisciplinary

    Involve a variety of health and care staff.

  • Accessible

    Hold sessions online or in locations that are easily accessible by public transport and held at times that avoid peak travel.

  • Guided

    Sessions should be facilitated by health and care professionals who have experience supporting people living with chronic pain.

  • Funded

    Peer support and group education for people living with chronic pain should be funded.

Many participants in the project said they benefited from hearing the experiences of others who live with chronic pain as well as from healthcare staff involved in managing chronic pain:

“During the course of the past year we have learnt what is important to people living with pain and begun to understand the array of different services available in south London. We look forward to continually working with those in pain and those in different sectors so that people do more of the things which are important to them and live with less interference from pain.”Natasha Curran, the HIN Medical Director and Consultant in Pain Medicine

Chronic pain supported self-management resources

For further information about the HIN chronic pain EBCD project, please click here.

Listen to the national Health Innovation Network podcast on engaging patients as partners in patient safety on the HIN chronic pain EBCD project here.

Read a pan London blog on reducing harm for people with chronic pain by reducing harm from opioids here.

Read More

View the resource pack on Reducing harm from opioids by reducing prescribing in chronic pain

Download

The importance of evidence-based data in supporting services for wound care and the potential for Innovation.

The DigitalHealth.London Accelerator and Health Innovation Network South London held a roundtable discussion on the current challenges facing wound care services. Our Senior Project Manager for Innovation Karla Richards shares her thoughts and reflections from this roundtable and how data and innovation can lead the way in transforming wound care services.

In December 2023 a group of professionals including tissue viability nurses and clinical nurse specialists, consultants in vascular surgery and plastic surgery, podiatrists, representatives from the health tech industry, and other professionals came together to discuss the challenges they face in providing wound care.

Participants highlighted multiple significant factors in the growing burden of wound management including unnecessary and unwarranted variation in the delivery of services, poor documentation, inconsistent information, lack of clear diagnosis, differences in evidence-based clinical practice and lack of continuity of care. People working within systems worry that the current ways of working are disjointed, and there is often a lack of communication across pathways, meaning clinicians may miss valuable information about their patients. In addition to the challenges and potential improvement opportunities in wound care, several key points were discussed, including using data to demonstrate demand and improve business cases for services and dressing budgets, improving communications about patient needs across services, and opportunities for new technology. A common thread across all these areas was data, or a lack thereof, and the ability to effectively demonstrate need.

The need for data sharing across systems is vital to transforming wound care. Data provides clinicians with information about the patient’s journey. This can be previous medical history, referrals, types of wounds and treatments, clinical concerns, and patient progress. Decisions driven by this data can be used as a guide for clinicians to provide accurate, solution-based care focussed on the needs of each patient. However, with clinicians operating on separate systems it can be challenging to collect and share information as a patient moves across care settings.

One key point made in the discussion is that there are no metrics for counting the actual number of patients receiving wound care in a particular geographical area or ICS. Anecdotally, there is huge unmet need for high quality wound care, but without standardised reporting, it is difficult to gather data for business cases or to justify increased spending on care.  One clinician explained that when looking at amputations, it is impossible to identify how many patients were also diabetic as this information is not captured on admission as standard. Coding is erratic and does not always translate from primary to community and secondary care. There is also no standardised way of capturing physical information about a wound. Some teams still use a tape measure to document wound size, with others taking photographs and often it is impossible to track the full history of a wound from first origins to current status, even in cases leading to amputation.

“It is clear from this discussion that there are passionate, talented and committed people working in wound care but they have to fight against the system to deliver high quality care to their patients. I hope this discussion can be a mini catalyst to bringing services and people together to improve wound care for everyone.”Mr. Saahil Mehta MD FRCS (Plast), Founder, Plexaa

Clinicians are missing crucial data on dressings too. There is a wide range of dressing types available, with a wide range of costs, from simple bandages to specialist materials which are indicated for particular types of wounds. Some teams are reluctant to use the most expensive dressings, whilst others may use them more frequently than is clinically required. Without a standard way to track dressing selection and use in relation to healing progress, there is no evidence to justify spending on these consumables and to support business cases.  Currently some providers of dressings can provide platforms that show quantity and type of dressing at a team level, but this data is rarely recorded and linked to outcomes for individual patients. The gold standard would include tracking patient progress from first engagement with health care services thorough treatments, dressings used, and outcomes all with standard coding in order to demonstrate how many people are getting evidence-based care.

One participant in the discussion, from an independent social enterprise running a wound care clinic, shared how they collect data on their own system. As a social enterprise, they are a smaller organisation and able to control their own record keeping very closely, and they are also held to a very high standard by their commissioners. They take pride in their systems creating a “story” about each patient which ultimately shapes the care they receive, and whilst being cared for by them this works well. However, this data remains in their system if the patient changes to another provider, as the digital record doesn’t follow patients from independent providers to the NHS. Conversely, the clinic doesn’t have access to the full NHS record on their patients and may not be able to see their full referral history. This highlights the need for patients to own their own data, whatever provider they use.

The Roundtable participants also expressed concerns around relationships and staffing. Changes to immigration rules have seen a drop in the number of EU professionals working in the NHS, and one team mentioned that they have listed jobs and had no one apply. Covid-19 has also affected staffing and it has affected patients, who seem to be presenting much later than previously or calling about their concerns rather than going for face-to-face appointments. The specialist teams report that when they are finally seeing patients in clinic, many of them have a much higher level of wound acuity than would have been seen in initial appointments in the past.

So what are the solutions to these issues? The overarching priority for the professionals was improved data sharing and consistency in recording care and outcomes. New technology was also discussed – but as a tool to facilitate the gold standard of care and not just a “shiny new thing” to distract.

Two health tech innovators were in the room - Healthy.io with their wound care product Minuteful for Wound and a consultant in plastic surgery from Plexaa. These two innovations address wound care from opposite ends of the problem; Plexaa is a smart wearable which preconditions the skin pre-operatively to improve blood supply to the skin. This has been shown to prevent wound healing complications following surgery in clinical trials. Minuteful for Wound allows for better, more accurate decision making and wound care management with consistent documentation through 3D scanning and colour imaging. This medical device uses a smartphone to track wounds over time, identify tissue types, and to provide recommendations on dressings and treatment. The data for each patient can sit within the app and be transferred across providers and along the patient care pathway.

“Innovation is the idea, clinicians, patients, carers, and the voluntary sector coming together to think creatively about how wound services can be improved and sustainable. Our aim as industry partners is for our technology to provide the platform to underpin this change."Thariea Whisker, Director of Minuteful for Wound Services U.K., Healthy.io

The use of technology across multiple settings would mean that professionals have access to the full history of a wound, can see previous treatment plans, and get AI-generated decision support for care. Supporting the use of these types of technology to become part of the existing pathways of care would not only help clinicians, but patients could also see their own progress and begin to understand their own journey better. By empowering patients to participate in their own care, compliance to medication and treatments is improved. Engaged patients may also be interested in participating in peer support, which some of the clinicians agreed could be a valuable tool for patients on similar treatment journeys.

The key conclusions from this event were around the importance of the whole story of the patient’s wound moving with them across different care settings, and finding a clear, unified method to share data, coding and decision making. Technology does have a place in supporting care for patients in both the preparation of skin for surgery and with digital measurement standardising the tracking of wounds and their improvement, or the flagging of decline.  More work is needed to address the perception of innovation and how it can reinforce the sharing of good data-driven decision making and support the workforce to understand existing care pathways. However, effective change also requires personal connections, strong networks, standardisation, and enthusiasm for meaningful transformation.

Thank you to all those who took part in this roundtable, for your honest thoughts and experiences and to Sara Nelson, Programme Director, DigitalHealth.London, for chairing this discussion.

We're here to help

If you have any questions or would like more information about The DigitalHealth.London Accelerator programme please contact us.

Get in touch

Patients are on board with digital tools in primary care: now it’s time for us to make the most of their potential

Post Title

In 2023, NHS England (London) commissioned the Health Innovation Network South London to undertake a significant research project looking at Londoners’ experiences of using digital tools to access primary care services.

Following the publication of a report entitled Patient Perspectives on Digital Access to Primary Care, which summarises the research, we hear from Matthew Nye, Director for the Digital First Programme at NHS England (London), about where the digitisation of primary care stands in 2024.

Through early pilots we identified digital tools have an important role in improving patient experiences and outcomes in primary care; when we expanded the programme across London in 2019, one of our key ambitions for using digital technology was to improve access to the right care at the right time, as well as increase personalisation and efficiency of care.

Nearly five years later, the patient voice captured in our Patient Perspectives report demonstrates that we are realising more of those ambitions across London.

It is very positive to see that three quarters of the Londoners we spoke to are now using digital tools to interact with their GP surgery.

We know from this survey, and other work that has taken place locally and nationally, that digital tools such as consultation forms, the NHS App and GP practice websites can really help patients access the right kind of help more quickly for their specific need.

These tools can often help to triage patients more efficiently than relying on busy telephone lines. For patients, that means less time wasted and faster access to appropriate support – whether that is seeing a GP in person, getting advice from a practice nurse, physiotherapist or pharmacist or being able to complete a task such as ordering a repeat prescription online.

Capturing the patient voice

The unexpected Covid-19 pandemic forced an unprecedented change to how patients could access and interact with health care services, and the implementation of “digital first” was accelerated, resulting in the rapid rollout of many digital technologies into primary care.

Feedback from GP practices suggested that, for some patients, the digital tools  and new processes implemented at a practice or local level worked well, but the pace of change made it difficult for us to get a truly comprehensive view of what patients thought about these digital tools.  A key recommendation from the report included improved communication with patients to build awareness and understanding of the digital tools available in primary care, facilitate signposting and better manage patients’ expectations.

More than 3,000 patients shared their views with the Health Innovation Network South London for this report. This has meant that we’ve been able to get a really good idea of what is and isn’t working for patients. Using the results of the survey and themes captured from the focus groups, we can work with colleagues at every level of primary care across London to continue to improve the use of digital tools and effectively embed this with implementation resource.

The case for investing in change

We know that primary care services across London are very stretched and busy. Finding the time to improve GP websites, optimise online services and integrate the NHS App might seem like a tough ask.

However, the survey and focus groups have demonstrated the value that patients see in using digital tools, as well as highlighting some clear recommendations for improvement.

Patients want to use these channels to manage their own health in a more convenient way, but sometimes they are running into frustrating issues with poorly designed forms and websites, consultation forms only being available for part of the day, or not being able to access a full range of online services via the NHS App.

We are confident now that practices have the right digital tools and the objective is to improve the balance between what patients want and the processes/pathways provided by primary care to achieve improved outcomes, greater efficiency and a good user experience.

This report plays an important role in building the case for primary care to invest in supporting GP practices to improve the use of digital tools, and proactively encourage patients to sign up to and use digital tools where appropriate. If you can enable the majority of patients to quickly and easily complete tasks online, it is likely they will engage. That, in turn, reduces pressure on clinical and administrative staff and frees up time for the interactions that require a face-to-face or a phone call, including supporting digitally excluded patients who might not feel confident or are unable to use digital tools.

One of the key recommendations from the report is driving up quality, standardisation and compliance with usability and accessibility standards, whilst ensuring that there is consistency with digital tools and they are available all day.  A focus on this will have a direct positive impact on addressing digital exclusion, through making sure that more people can make use of digital tools if they choose to.

Patients suggested that GP surgeries build in mechanisms to capture timely feedback to enable continuous improvement of digital tools and pathways. It is clear that the need and use for digital tools in primary care is very much in the present, rather than the future. This is an exciting place to be – and more reason than ever to listen, embrace and deliver in line with the expectations and recommendations of patients.

Find out more

Please get in touch for more information on our work to understand patient perspectives on digital tools in primary care.

Get in touch

Meet the innovator: Dr Patrick Hart

In this edition, we catch up with Dr. Patrick Hart, Clinical Operations Lead of Concentric. Concentric Health is a digital healthcare company leading the UK market in digital consent to treatment applications.

Current job role

Clinical Operations Lead

Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

Concentric is the market-leading digital consent to treatment application, with remote consent functionality, which makes it easy for clinicians to share personalised information with patients, and leads to informed, shared decisions.

What three pieces of advice would you give budding innovators?

  1. Identify a problem you're passionate about and start working on a solution.
  2. You’ll go further with a team than on your own.
  3. Double down on what you’re good at, and find other people who are good at the rest.

What’s been your toughest obstacle?

The most formidable challenge we encounter revolves around persuading seasoned clinicians, often deeply ingrained in status quo practices of their entire professional careers, to embrace a transformative shift in their methodology.

Navigating this requires a delicate balance of respect for their accumulated expertise, and a compelling presentation of the merits inherent in the proposed innovation.

What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

When friends & family tell me that they have used (or someone they know has used) Concentric as a patient or as a relative, and the utilisation of Concentric has had a positive impact on their healthcare experience.

This has helped me to realise that innovation transcends technological advancement; it can foster meaningful connections and transform healthcare interactions into more human, compassionate exchanges

What is the best part of your job now?

The most rewarding aspect of my current role is being able to witness the immense scale of impact that our work has achieved. In 2023, more than 240,000 patients used Concentric to record decisions regarding their healthcare.

Another rewarding aspect is that our innovation has played a pivotal role in assisting and empowering such a substantial number of people, which is not just professionally gratifying but genuinely mind-blowing.

If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

My primary initiative to accelerate health and care innovation would be to systematically streamline adoption processes across organisations.

By establishing a unified and efficient adoption framework, we can eliminate the redundancy of duplicative procedures, ensuring that valuable time and resources are not expended repeatedly.

A typical day for you would include…

Calls with teams deploying Concentric, testing new product features and reviewing clinical content on our application.

You can find Concentric Health on Twitter and LinkedIn.

Bridging the Digital Divide in NHS Transformation: Ensuring Inclusivity and Equity

The Health and Social Care Committee’s report into digital transformation in the NHS, provides a comprehensive assessment of the challenges facing the healthcare sector and the imperative for transformation. While the report acknowledges the potential of digital initiatives to revolutionise the NHS, it also sheds light on the significant difficulties some individuals face in accessing digital services. In this blog post, Dr Rishi Das-Gupta, CEO of the Health Innovation Network (HIN), and Kerry Beadling-Barron, Director of Communications at the HIN, look into the critical issue of digital access disparities, as highlighted in the report, and explore strategies to ensure inclusivity and equity as the NHS undergoes its transformative journey.

Technology offers the opportunity to both support whole populations and personalise care for individuals. Hence, the digital divide, characterised by unequal access to and use of digital technologies, is a growing concern across various sectors, including healthcare. As the NHS embarks on its digital transformation, it must confront the reality that not everyone has the same level of access to digital tools and services. The report emphasises the need to address these disparities and ensure that the benefits of digital initiatives are accessible to all, regardless of their socio-economic status, age, or geographical location.


Equity in Access to Care

A cornerstone of the NHS is its commitment to providing quality healthcare to every individual in the UK. To uphold this commitment, it is essential to recognise and mitigate the barriers that hinder equitable access to digital services. The report rightly underscores the potential risk of exacerbating existing health inequalities if digital initiatives are not implemented thoughtfully. Vulnerable populations, such as the elderly, those with limited digital literacy, and people in remote areas, are at particular risk of being left behind in the digital transformation process. At the HIN we have recognised this need in our projects, and implemented an involvement strategy to ensure we are working in partnership with the communities we serve. We also employed two lived experience partners (LEPs) who are a crucial part of our organisation, to advise on involvement activities within our projects, expand our community networks and support other experts by experience and service users who work with us. Their role is fundamental in supporting us to embed involvement within our organisation.


Addressing the Challenges

To bridge the digital divide in NHS transformation, several key strategies must be employed:

  • User-Centric Design: Digital initiatives should be designed with the diverse needs of users in mind and through involving the people who will become end users. User-centric design principles ensure that digital tools are intuitive, easy to use, and accommodate varying levels of digital literacy.
  • Assistive Technology and Support: Consideration should be given to individuals with disabilities or special needs who may require assistive technology to access digital services. Providing necessary support, such as screen readers or adaptive devices, can enhance their experience and ensure information is accessible to all.
  • Collaborative Partnerships: Collaboration between the government, private sector, and community organisations can help create innovative solutions to bridge the digital divide. At the HIN we run our own London Accelerator for digital health companies with a product or service that has high potential to meet the current challenges facing the NHS and social care today. So far 160 companies have been supported resulting in over 3,500 pilots in the NHS.

Conclusion

The government report on the NHS serves as a wake-up call to address the digital access disparities that exist within the healthcare sector. As we embrace the potential of digital initiatives to transform the NHS, it is imperative to ensure that no one is left behind. By implementing strategies that prioritise inclusivity, accessible infrastructure, and user-centric design, the NHS can achieve its transformation goals while upholding its core principle of providing equitable healthcare access to all members of society. The journey towards a digitally empowered NHS must be guided by the principle that every individual, regardless of their digital prowess, should have equal access to the benefits of modern healthcare services.

Addressing the challenges of interpreting services in maternity care

Blog

Post Title

Darzi Fellow Dr Ella Caine writes about her experiences on the programme, how she used the opportunity to shine a light on health inequalities, focusing on the provision of interpreting services in South West London maternity services, and makes her recommendations to support ongoing work.

Having worked as a midwife for nearly 24 years, alongside helping to educate the next generation as a lecturer at the University of East Anglia, I was on the lookout for a new challenge when the opportunity arose to participate in the Darzi Fellowship.

The Fellowship, which is sponsored by South West London Integrated Care System (ICS) and the Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London, involves studying for a postgraduate certificate in healthcare leadership while addressing a challenge in maternal health inequalities. The challenge I chose to address was provision of interpretation services for women and birthing people who do not speak English.

This group experiences significant differences in health outcomes in the UK compared to English speakers. Furthermore, a language barrier can increase misunderstanding and even fear during what can already an intense and life-changing period. Within this group there are further challenges experienced by members of refugee and asylum seeker communities, who not only face language barriers but have often had traumatic prior experiences. My aim was to shine a light on the difference in provision between the four South West London Trusts and beyond, highlighting best practice and suggesting improvements.

Even for native English speakers, navigating NHS maternity services and labour can be confusing. While efforts had been made to improve alternate language provision, it is predominantly available by telephone and online, and is often problematic during emergencies or unexpected situations.

My first few months were dedicated to immersing myself in the four maternity services in South West London, which each provide care in the births of over 3,000 babies per year. There are also significant differences in demographics and wider contexts between the trusts, and my first challenge was familiarising myself with the South West London landscape, as well as identifying and engaging with key stakeholders.

Another important challenge was engaging with the women and birthing people who used maternity services whilst speaking little or no English. To do this I collaborated with third-sector organisations and community groups to reach them through trusted and established channels. It was not always clear in advance who would turn up to sessions, so I had to remain flexible. I also took the ethics of my research very seriously. Sponsorship by the HIN and South West London ICB ensured fair reimbursement for participation, obtaining consent and engaging with participants in an open, honest and transparent way. Overall. I felt very privileged to be welcomed into these spaces and to be trusted by these communities.

Findings

While it was challenging to work on the project in an unfamiliar part of the country while studying at the same time, after an intense year I was able to provide a comprehensive summary of the support available and make a series of recommendations.

While all trusts used phone-based translation services through Language Line, some also employ video interpreters, which added a more relational touch. However, not all interpreters understood maternity care and its terminology, leading to gaps in understanding, and some women and birthing people using the services felt uncomfortable with male interpreters during their care.

There are new innovations available, such as CardMedic, which consists of virtual cards with common questions to aid communication between staff and people accessing maternity services. CardMedic is in the pipeline for some London Trusts, once funding progresses, and is being trialled by another London maternity service.

Beyond London's borders, I encountered Trusts that offered multilingual doulas who stayed on hand throughout labour, offering emotional and linguistic support. In my opinion, this is the most comprehensive level of support available in labour, though it is resource-intensive. This initiative was offered through a voluntary sector organisation and anecdotally led to high levels of women’s satisfaction.

Key recommendations


  • Where possible aim for continuity of interpreter to allow trusted relationships to grow

  • Care pathways must be amended to include the interpreter as a member of the muti-disciplinary team

  • Building on this work South West London Local Maternity and Neonatal System (LMNS) should benchmark interpreting services and ensure there is no unwarranted variation across the system

  • Training and guidelines for maternity and neonatal teams should be provided, benchmarking against the Maternity pan-London guidance (pending publication September 2023)

  • Development of interpreting services must be coproduced with collaboration between:
    a) Women and birthing people
    b) Maternity and Neonatal care providers
    c) Community assets
    d) Maternity and Neonatal Voice Partnerships
    e) Maternity core connectors/community engagement practitioners


It was a difficult but immensely rewarding journey, and I am pleased to have participated in serious engagement already on how to address the problems outlined and improve services. Maternal health inequalities, though deeply ingrained, are not insurmountable. By working together to highlight and tackle inequalities when we find them, we can bridge the gap and ensure that everyone, regardless of background, receives the support they need and deserve.

Find out more

For more information on how we address health inequalities, please get in touch.

Contact us

The importance of active listening in heath and care practice

Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London has been working alongside the Health Foundation’s Q Network to launch the Communities of Practice Leadership Development Programme. This is an immersive learning course that was launched in January 2019 to offer health and care staff all of the building blocks for effective community practice leadership. Current participant Rona Inniss, a nurse working in a London teaching hospital, shares her reflections from her participation in the last Communities of Practice leadership development programme.

I am a nurse, working in a London teaching hospital. Before studying nursing and gaining my professional registration, I studied and worked in architecture. This year I started an ICA Pre-doctoral Clinical and Practitioner Academic Fellowship (PCAF) focused on hospital environments. I will continue the fellowship part time over the next 18 months with the intention of submitting a PhD proposal through the Doctoral Clinical and Practitioner Academic Fellowship (DCAF) scheme at the end of 2024.

As part of the training plan that I put together, I applied for and was offered a place on the HIN South London Communities of Practice (CoP) Leadership Development Programme running from January 2023. I wanted to do the CoP programme because I was interested in less hierarchical and more collaborative ways of working. I have found the modules, guest speakers and tools, and the group working and reflection incredibly valuable. For me the most important tools have been those that foster an environment of authentic communication and dialogue. Over the years, I’ve done many courses and training that have had elements focused on active listening, but this is the first course that really supports the genuine processes of listening, engaging, and honestly reflecting.

Although each module focuses on a different element and style of leadership, the importance of listening has run through each module and session. The tools are often very simple and tend to boil down to permitting each other to talk openly while others listen with compassion, without judgment, and without the need to immediately react and respond.

One powerful tool asks people to sit in a space together (virtually or face-to-face) and take it in turns to talk while the others listen without interrupting or reacting. Knowing that you will be given the opportunity to speak without having to interject, and that you will be listened to, slowed the conversation, and allowed everyone to have their ideas heard. It stopped the usual voices from dominating and forced us all to reflect on what was really being said before we responded. I found that fleeting thoughts were lost as the dialogue was passed from person to person before I had my chance to speak. By listening fully to what was being articulated without mentally preparing what I was going to say or listening for a gap in the flow to interrupt, the conversation felt richer and more meaningful.

Like all my colleagues in the NHS, we are working under tremendous pressure. When you and your team barely have time to carry out the fundamentals of your role, it feels like taking the time to indulge in listening exercises is an unnecessary luxury. I would argue that exercises are always valuable, but right now, working in near constant crisis mode, the act of listening is more vital than ever. As a result, I am doing what I can to make sure that communication I lead is reflective and allows everyone space to speak. It is easy to forget the power of listening, in the heat of each exhausting and often demoralising day, I struggle to find the time and energy to listen. For me, this course is a reminder to continue to try harder to act with compassion and to really listen to my colleagues and patients.

We're here to help

If you have any questions or would like more information about Communities of Practice please contact us.

Get in touch

Healthy ageing: improving quality of life in older age

Blog

Post Title

Each year, the Chief Medical Officer (CMO) for England publishes a report on a theme of importance to national health and care. This year CMO Professor Chris Whitty has focussed on Health in an Ageing Society. In this blog Andrea Carter, Programme Director for Community and Care Homes, and Dr Carrie Chill, Clinical Director delve into why this is relevant to us all.

People are living longer – ‘a triumph of medicine and public health’ – and contrary to images and references we’re used to seeing and hearing in media and more widely across society, the majority of people enter old age in good health; ill health and disability in older age is not inevitable.

Nine out of ten 80 to 84-year-olds in the UK do not have dementia. UK census data from 2021 shows that around eight in ten people aged over 90 years were not living in care homes.

Professor Whitty stresses the need to reduce negativity about ageing and maintain physical, social and mental activity. He reminds us that adhering to the familiar public health messages of increasing exercise, stopping smoking, moderating diet, and reducing alcohol are among the best ways to delay the onset of disease and reduce the period spent in ill health.

The report poses challenges to medicine, government and wider society to plan to ensure that older age is as healthy, independent and enjoyable as possible, both by reducing disease to delay or minimise disability and frailty, and by changing the environment to allow people to maintain their independence for longer, even with a given level of disability. The increasing concentration of older people living outside cities is highlighted as a particular challenge for policy makers, with the recommendation that NHS, social care services and suitable housing, transport and public spaces are expanded in these areas.

The stark reality that deprivation doesn’t just reduce life expectancy, but ‘healthy life expectancy,’ hits hard in the report, and is a challenge for all ICBs as they consider their statutory duty to address health inequalities.

Quite simply, people living in the poorest parts of England spend the least time in healthy older age.

There has been much support for Professor Whitty’s report from experts in the field, who have welcomed its recognition of these health inequalities, as well as the need to renew focus on mental health improvement interventions and services for older adults.  Notable also is the recommendation that older adults should be the focus of research as they are currently often excluded.

Here at the Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London, many of the report’s themes strike a chord. We have long been championing innovations and supporting programes which can allow  people to maintain their independence for longer, or delay or minimise disability and frailty. We recognise the challenges faced by people living with multiple conditions as they age, and the importance of identifying frailty and providing high quality care to keep people as independent as possible.

We were particularly pleased to see ESCAPE-pain featured on page 236 of the report. This programme supports older adults with management of knee, hip and back pain and is a good example of spread and adoption of evidence-based care driven by health innovation networks (until recently known as Academic Health Science Networks). Starting with just a couple of physiotherapy services running the programme in 2013, with our support at the HIN, and of health innovation networks nationally and current host-organisation Orthopaedic Research UK, the programme has now grown to over 300 locations across the UK and Ireland, and has received numerous accolades. It improves quality of life for the thousands of middle and older age people with chronic joint pain and can be delivered in the leisure sector, which as Professor Whitty notes, has the benefits of relieving pressure on NHS physiotherapy services, as well as giving people additional support for this long-term condition: “Making it easy and attractive for people to exercise throughout their lives is one of the most effective ways of maintaining independence into older age.” ESCAPE-pain makes exercise a reality for thousands of people who have chronic joint pain.

In summary, Health in an ageing society focuses on improving quality of life in older age more than extending lifespan.

Through innovation and improvement, we’re passionate about improving the experience of people as they face the complexities of ageing, so that healthy older life is a reality for more and more citizens. For more information about our current work, do have a look at our web pages.

Find out more

If you would like to speak about how we can work together to improve health and care in our ageing society, please do get in touch.

Contact us

Reducing restrictive practice: it’s always the right time to make a difference

Post Title

Forensic mental health units (sometimes referred to as secure units) provide a vital service in caring for people with severe mental health conditions who may be a risk to the safety of themselves or others.

Reducing the use of restrictive practices (such as inappropriate physical restraint or rapid tranquilisation) in these units poses a unique set of challenges. In this blog, we hear from HIN Project Manager Ayobola Chike-Michael, Expert by Experience, Igoche Ikwue and Ward Manager Toheeb Bawala about how a recent visit to a forensic ward provided proof that impactful interventions can still be implemented successfully in the face of significant operational pressures.

This is the latest in a series of reflective blogs about the Health Innovation Network’s involvement in local efforts to reduce restrictive practice based on the findings of a successful pilot led by the National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health. Find links to all our blogs here.

Ayo

An integral part of our reducing restrictive practice programme is to visit participating mental health wards to build relationships and support systematic quality improvement.  We have worked with ten wards across our region to enable shared learning, suggesting and supporting change ideas through codesign and coproduction with experts by experience and insights related to health inequalities.

One of the wards we have visited is Ruby Ward – a 10 bedded, female forensic ward. Although Ruby Ward was not the first mental health ward we have visited, visiting a forensic ward was a unique experience which offered valuable insights into the world of forensic mental health and challenges faced by both staff and service users.

As expected, there was a high level of security at the ward. This meant we passed through several checkpoints and adhered to strict rules before being allowed access to the unit. The ward itself was clean, well-maintained and staffed by a team of dedicated healthcare professionals led by Toheeb Bawala, the ward manager.

Delivering high-quality person-centred care on forensic wards is inherently more complex and potentially more challenging than other inpatient settings, and the Ruby Ward team also have to contend with limited physical space (although we were pleased to hear that the ward is moving to a more spacious location) and the current workforce pressures affecting mental health staffing levels. Although many mental health services are experiencing problems with recruitment and retention of staff, forensic units face particular challenges due to the high staff-to-service user ratio required to safely deliver this type of specialist care.

Despite these difficulties, we immediately noticed that the staff demonstrated a deep understanding of the unique needs and challenges faced by service users and they were committed to providing the best possible care and support.

We also discussed positive interventions that had worked to reduce restrictive practice in their environment. The ward manager Toheeb talked us through their collaborative daily planning exercises with service users; a simple but highly effective technique which they had found reduced conflict and created a calmer environment for everyone on the ward. Daily, staff engaged with all patients after their breakfast to co-plan their day. This helped staff with planning and gave service users a voice to express their own preferences.

Although the intervention itself was straightforward, coming to these arrangements needed flexibility on the part of staff to move away from previous protocols (such as more rigid weekly activity planning), working with service users to listen and adapt the approach taken to their care.

I was grateful to the staff for allowing us to visit at a time when pressures were so high, for showing us that a quality improvement philosophy can still make a difference to outcomes even when teams are exceptionally busy. It also served as a reminder to me of why support from the rest of the system for frontline teams is so important – sharing learnings and helping to catalyse service development.

Igoche

My reflections as an expert by experience remain fresh in my mind every day. I keep thinking about the best ways to improve mental health services in a more compassionate and humane way, while also ensuring safety.

My visit to Ruby Ward felt like diving into the unknown, and from the moment I began the series of security checks to enter, I knew it was different to anywhere we had visited as part of our project so far.

I believe that walking into such an environment and interacting with members of staff must be done in a person-centred way. My thought process focused on showing more compassion and kindness through communication to demonstrate that we are truly there to support, listen and learn.

One of the things that struck me was the physical space. We know that having the right physical environment is important for service user recovery and reduces the need for restrictive practice. Well-designed spaces can reduce stress and anxiety, promote social interaction and support a sense of normalcy and autonomy. They can also support the efforts of staff, for example designing clear sight lines throughout the unit so that service users can be monitored and situations can be identified early and de-escalated before restrictive practice becomes the only option.

Ruby Ward’s current setting included some recreational spaces and a gym, but it also had features that were less than optimal, such as a lack of natural light in some areas. The overall footprint of the unit is fairly small, meaning that personal space for service users could feel limited.

It was great to hear from Toheeb that the Ward will be moving to a more well-suited location. I am sure that this new space will make a real difference to service users and staff, and I think it is important to reflect on the commitment that it has taken to make this happen. Some interventions can be straightforward to implement – such as the daily planning exercises Ayo has discussed – but others may take months or even years of work to bring to fruition. It is important that we provide the practical support and knowledge required to help teams make changes of all sizes which can improve care.

My main takeaway from visiting the ward was that quality improvement support needs to be offered in a way which demonstrates kindness and compassion. Services such as forensic units care for extremely vulnerable people who are often very unwell. This is not easy work, especially when combined with external factors such as the shortage of mental health professionals across the NHS. We must recognise that the staff of these wards are striving to do the best they can in challenging circumstances, and that our efforts need to be led by love and humanity if we want to build relationships which will allow us to help them on their journey.

Toheeb

Ruby Ward is an extremely busy and complex environment to work in. We care for patients who can be very unwell and we operate with greater restrictions than many other services because we must maintain a secure environment.

As such, it is perhaps unsurprising that the staffing pressures affecting the whole mental health sector have had a particularly pronounced impact on forensic wards like ours.

Despite these challenges, I am proud of the quality of care we deliver and the spirit in which we deliver it.

The visit of Ayo and Igoche was a welcome chance to take a step back and gain additional perspective on how we might be able to continue to reduce the use of restrictive practices on our ward. We discussed interventions that had worked in our setting (such as the daily planning exercises) and we also talked about other ideas from the Mental Health Safety Improvement Programme, such as safety crosses.

Since the visit, our work on reducing restrictive practice has continued on a positive trajectory; there were no uses of restrictive practice in March and April 2023. We have also made positive progress on recruitment, and in the longer term we have a move to a new ward to look forward to.

Regardless of the setting or service, quality improvement does not happen in theory or in textbooks. It is about making a real difference to real patients. Sometimes that means we must strive to make things better in challenging situations or with limited resources. I hope that our own progress on Ruby Ward helps to remind staff in similar scenarios that with dedication and access to the support, positive progress is always possible.

Find out more

Please get in touch if you would like to learn more about our work in quality improvement, mental health or patient safety.

Contact us

Collaborating to target Atrial Fibrillation in South East London

Blog

The Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London and South East London Integrated Care Board (SEL ICB) have partnered to continue work targeting atrial fibrillation by identifying patients who could benefit from life-saving anti-coagulation treatment.

Post Title

Atrial fibrillation (AF) is a cardiac condition which causes an irregular heart rate and can decrease the efficiency and effectiveness of the heart. This year the HIN and the South East London Integrated Care Board (SEL ICB) have partnered on targeting AF, to continue the work started with the AF Toolkit Programme, in order to improve the pathway that treatment is being delivered.

Rachel Howatson, Senior Cardiovascular Pharmacist at SEL ICB said ‘the benefits of collaborative working between the HIN and SEL ICB are being experienced by many patients and healthcare professionals across the South East London Integrated Care System and we really are making every contact count.’

Direct oral anti-coagulants (DOACs) reduce the likelihood of patients with AF having a stroke. Following NICE guidance, DOACs are considered both safe and effective for the treatment of  AF and stroke prevention compared with warfarin which was the conventional treatment option. NHS England (NHSE) now recommends that DOACs are first line treatment for anticoagulation of AF. NHSE estimate that 21,700 strokes could be prevented, and 5,400 lives saved over the next three years thanks to these developments. Through new programmes to expand access to DOACs, NHSE have established agreements which have led to a cost saving per patient.

Cardiovascular Disease (CVD) causes a quarter of all deaths in the UK and is the largest contributor to premature mortality in the deprived areas. The NHS Long Term Plan aims to reduce 150,000 cardiovascular events over the next decade of which Atrial Fibrillation is one of the national priorities. The aspiration is to identify 85 per cent of AF cases and improve anticoagulation rates to 90 per cent by the year 2029. People with AF are five times more like to have a stroke, and the British Heart Foundation estimates that 270,000 people aged over 65 are living with undiagnosed AF.

SEL ICS redesigned clinical pathways to ensure more patients have access to the latest treatment according to national and local guidance. The HIN supported the SEL ICS through project management to deliver an AF detection programme. This supports the national aims to increase the detection of AF and we have utilised resources to re-invest in AF detection to identify patients who may benefit from anticoagulation.

Creating clear guidance has been important in terms of the raising awareness of detection of atrial fibrillation as well as its management and ensuring that processes are not prohibitive to the care of patients. This programme is aimed at detecting undiagnosed AF by deploying non-invasive devices that can quickly and accurately detect an irregular heart rate. Patients can then be referred for investigations and treatment. This allows patients to access potentially lifesaving anti-coagulation and reduce their risk of having a stroke.

This project highlights the importance of clinicians and colleagues working towards the NHS Long term plan of reducing 150,000 CVD events over the next decade. The early diagnosis and treatment of atrial fibrillation will go a long way to supporting this ambition.Dr Roy Jogiya, Clinical Director, Cardiovascular Disease, HIN

This work was also supported by the Clinical Effectiveness for South East London (CESEL) programme for AF management and SEL ICB CVD pharmacists working with acute trust specialist pharmacists to upskill and support health care professionals to initiate and manage anticoagulation for patients within primary care.

Working together, the HIN and SEL ICB were able to deliver this project to reduce the risk of heart attacks and strokes. Further work is being started to continue detecting and managing AF across south east London.

Find out more

For more information about AF or other cardiovascular disease prevention programmes, please get in touch.

Contact us

MatNeoSIP: collaborating to improve maternity and neonatal outcomes post-pandemic

The Health Innovation Network held its fifth Maternity and Neonatal Quality Improvement (QI) Series event: ‘Sustain and Share’ in October 2023. The Maternity & Neonatal Safety Improvement (MatNeoSIP) team at the HIN has been working with trusts across south London, improving clinicians’ working knowledge of quality improvement methodologies and facilitating project work. Our newly appointed MatNeoSIP Lead, Hebe Davies-Colley shares key outcomes and reflections from the event.

The Perinatal Optimisation Workstream is a set of 9 interventions that all maternity and neonatal units nationally are aiming to successfully implement. The workstream aims to reduce the rates of neonatal deaths, stillbirths and brain injuries that occur during or soon after birth by 50% by 2025 and to reduce the national rate of preterm births from 8% to 6% by 2025.

We were delighted to host colleagues from trusts across south London who came together to share their progress towards reducing maternal and neonatal harm ambitions, learn from the last year of collaboration, and collectively look forward to what the perinatal optimisation workstream will bring next. We heard three local project presentations, a reflective fishbowl discussion, and further presentations from our south east and south west London Local Maternity and Neonatal System (LMNS) leads and the National NHS England MatNeoSIP team.

Since the pandemic, many maternity teams have been running on maintenance mode. This event showed us how the tide is starting to turn; now there is an ever-increasing motivation to start improving outcomes and learn from each other in a collaborative, multi-organisational, multi-disciplinary community. It was inspiring to see great successes in several south London trusts, with notable improvements in rates of delayed cord clamping (DCC) and maintenance of normothermia for preterm babies.

DCC is where clamping of the umbilical cord separates the baby and the placenta is delayed 60 seconds after birth. This allows time for extra blood to flow from the placenta to the baby and evidence shows that DCC reduces death in preterm babies by nearly a third. Normothermia is maintaining the normal body temperature which is important because hypothermia (temperature too low) carries risks including sepsis and respiratory distress. At the same time, hyperthermia (temperature too high) can have significant metabolic consequences. DCC and normothermia are 2 of 9 elements measured as part of the perinatal optimisation workstream in the MatNeoSIP.

Dr. Mirna Krishnan, Neonatal Registrar at King’s College Hospital (KCH), gave an excellent overview of their QI project named ‘Optimum Cord Management: “Hurry-up and Wait"’. In a year, KCH successfully increased the rates of DCC for babies under 34 weeks at the Princess Royal University Hospital site and Denmark Hill site by 12% and 27%, respectively. Both sites are achieving 90% documentation of cord management and the rate of DCC is now sitting just below the average across the patient safety collaborative area.

Dr Yogita Shanmugharaj, Neonatal Clinical Fellow at the Queen Elizabeth Hospital site of Lewisham and Greenwich Trusts (LGT) also gave a presentation on optimal cord management titled ‘Improving compliance with Delayed Cord Clamping (DCC) for preterm babies < 34 weeks’. Yogita reported that after 2 improvement cycles to raise staff awareness and introduce measures where basic newborn life support (NLS) was initiated (stimulation and airway support) to the baby to perform a heart rate assessment at 30 seconds while still attached to the cord, the overall rate of DCC increased from 49% to 83%!

Dr. Drupti Jogia Paediatric Registrar and Dr. Alina Petric Paediatric SHO of Croydon University Hospital (CUH) also presented their successful work. They spoke about their audit project entitled ‘Maintaining normothermia on Admission to the Neonatal Unit.” Through implementing a checklist for admission temperature, rates of hypothermia dropped from 32% in Q1 2022/23 down to 4% in Q3.

We then used a “fishbowl” technique to hold a reflective discussion exploring the experiences of those who had participated in the projects at a trust level with engagement from the HIN.

Looking at the factors which made the process work, it was clear that the dedication of the project team and working group members was key. Challenges discussed included trying to sustain the measures to become ‘business-as-usual’ after QI programmes had ended. The participants also discussed difficulties with juggling clinical responsibilities and project work.

Dr Justin Richards, Consultant Neonatologist at St George’s Hospital and south west London (SWL) Neonatal Network Lead presented clear updates from the SWL LMNS workstream. He reported that the appointment of two Neonatal Quality Leads has incurred drastic improvement in the SWL engagement with the perinatal optimisation interventions and therefore steep improvements in the rate of uptake across SWL trusts.

Mel Howie, Maternity Project Manager from the south east London (SEL) LMNS set out SEL priorities for 2024 including a parent passport, integrating neonatal parents into the maternity voices partnership, and further progressing the preterm birth pathways.

Finally, we were pleased to hear from Charlie Merrick, Senior Improvement Manager in the national MatNeoSIP team at NHS England. Charlie provided clear insight using the Preterm Optimisation Dashboard (available on the MatNeoSIP page on FutureNHS) and displayed outcome data of some huge achievements since the start of MatNeoSIP in 2018. These included the potential lives saved, brain injuries prevented and cost savings to welfare and society in south London. Looking forward, MatNeoSIP will have a new ambition for 2024/25 starting next April, the details of which will be confirmed in due course.

I feel that we had an incredibly positive event. It was brilliant to bring our colleagues together celebrate their successes and collaborate in a positive space. Delegates reported that the ‘energy for improvement was palpable’ and a real appetite for change in the south London region. We at the HIN hope to continue providing practical and facilitative support to improvement teams at the trusts, and we’d like you to watch this space for news of our next round of workshops sharing learning about quality control and sustainability of interventions within QI projects so the improvements in practice are maintained.

We're here to help

If you have any questions or would like more information about Maternity and Neonatal Safety Improvement Programme, please contact Hebe Davies-Colley, MatNeoSIP Lead.

Get in touch

Are virtual wards sustainable?

With the current pressures on the NHS, helping staff to manage the unprecedented demand they are facing is a top priority. One exciting development gaining traction is Virtual Wards (VWs), which could help to maximise resource usage while improving patient experience. Here Amanda Begley, Director of Digital Transformation at the Health Innovation Network, describes how a recent event showcased to her how VWs offer a safe and well received alternative to traditional inpatient care, potentially relieving some of the pressures on our healthcare system.

VWs are a new model of care which is still under design and testing, so the evidence is not yet robust enough to support a traditional business case. In addition, ring-fenced national funding for virtual wards is coming to end, and so ICBs need to decide whether and, if so, how to continue funding them. In this context, the question arises: how do we build a business case and ensure sustainability for VWs?

To answer this question, the Health Innovation Network South London and NHS England London brought together key financial, clinical and operational stakeholders from across the capital along with national representatives to seek a consensus around the benefits of VWs that could best drive business cases. The goal was simple: to reach a consensus on why VWs matter and how that can drive investment decisions.

The event buzzed with energy, and discussions were so engaging that attendees willingly stayed beyond our planned 5:30pm close to keep the discussion going. I was struck by the enthusiasm for doing the right thing for patients, thinking through how we enable people to be cared for in the place of their choosing. The insights from the session will be invaluable in guiding systems deciding where to prioritise investment.

Some key system and financial benefits highlighted at the event were:

  1. Reducing admissions and re-admissions: Implementing VWs can help minimise avoidable non-elective admissions and re-admissions, leading to better patient experience, outcomes and use of resources. This shift also frees up physical beds for unavoidable non-elective and planned elective care.
  2. Decreasing Emergency Department wait times and improving flow: VWs can play a crucial role in reducing ambulance handover times, decreasing ED waiting times, and streamlining the "decision to admit" process. They allow for patients to be discharged from the ED to a VW and earlier discharges from inpatient beds, ensuring smoother patient flow through the hospital.
  3. Making the most of limited resources: VWs have the potential to optimise resources by reducing the cost per patient stay compared to inpatient beds. They also allow for a more efficient use of the workforce, thanks to the ability to safely deliver care at a lower staff-to-bed ratio. This is particularly so for tech-enabled virtual wards.

In a world where demographic changes mean pressure on services is only increasing, the VWs event was about finding innovative solutions, by creating an atmosphere of collaboration, meaningful conversations, and shared purpose. The journey ahead may still be under construction, but the destination promises a healthcare system that's even more patient-focused, sustainable and future-proofed.

Our recent virtual wards event also included reflections on patient experiences of virtual care. Click here to read our summary blog focused on patient experience.

Need support with virtual wards?

Talk to our team to find out how we can help plan, implement and evaluate virtual care solutions.

Get in touch

Supportive, spiritual or secluded – what is the actual experience of receiving virtual care?

Imagine being unwell and having the comfort of your own home as your healthcare setting—an idea that is becoming a reality with the concept of virtual wards. NHS England London Region and the Health Innovation Network South London (HIN) recently held a patient and people involvement group to delve into the experiences of individuals who have been a part of this innovative healthcare approach. Here Amanda Begley, Director of Digital Transformation, and Joe Barker, project manager in digital transformation at the HIN describe the benefits, challenges and improvements highlighted by patients and carers.

Patients’ views and experiences are central to any new models of care, and so we were keen to hear how it feels being cared for on a virtual ward, and to share these insights with those leading the planning and operational delivery of virtual wards.

During the discussion patients and carers highlighted a range of benefits they had experienced by being able to be stay in a home environment. Three key themes that came up in the discussions were around:

  1. Emotional wellbeing: One of the most heartening takeaways from the discussion was the profound impact of emotional support. Participants emphasised that having loved ones around during their illness made them more determined to heal. As one patient aptly put it, "It's like you want to give up more when you're in a hospital bed." The familiar surroundings of one's own home, with the comfort of your own bed and the freedom to watch your favourite TV shows, contributed significantly to emotional well-being.
  2. Self-perception and quality of life: One carer highlighted how being in a familiar environment helped their loved one feel less like a "very ill" person. It allowed them to maintain a sense of normalcy in their life during their illness, which positively influenced their self-perception and overall quality of life.
  3. Praying and spiritual support: Another important benefit was the importance of spiritual support. One person spoke about how being at home allowed them to receive visits from people who could pray for them, and they could continue openly practicing their faith, like reading the Bible, which isn't always possible in a hospital setting.
"Having [friends and family] around you makes you want to recover more quickly. It's like you want to give up more when you're in a hospital bed."Participant

However, it was also clear that peoples’ individual circumstances meant that virtual care presented challenges. The three main challenges highlighted were:

  1. Isolation and mental health: Some people expressed concerns about isolation when recovering at home. They recognised the potential impact on mental health, as being alone for extended periods during illness can lead to feelings of loneliness and isolation.
  2. Carer commitments: Carers in the group shared their experiences, revealing how work commitments sometimes limited their ability to provide continuous care. This issue highlights the importance of integration with social and domiciliary care.
  3. Suitability and accessibility assessments: Accessibility concerns were raised as well, particularly for individuals living in multi-storey buildings with access challenges. The need for proper suitability assessments and emergency response planning was raised.
"If you're at home by yourself, that can be very isolating and could have an impact on your mental health."Participant

Practically there were some suggestions for improvements that resonated with the group as a way to ensure the model is as effective as possible:

  1. Patient choice: Participants stressed the importance of including patients in the decision-making process, particularly the decision to admit and discharge. They emphasised that patient views should be considered during multidisciplinary team (MDT) discussions. One specific issue that was raised was around the number of staff that would be visiting the patient’s home.
  2. Service branding and communication: Some patients found the term "virtual" off-putting, associating it with technology and not seeing anyone in person. They suggested a shift in branding, proposing that the term "NHS Care at Home" better reflects the essence of the service.
  3. Time to connect: Patients valued the personal connection with healthcare staff, continuity of care givers and highlighted the need for staff to have time for meaningful interactions. This human touch was felt to be particularly important for older individuals.
“If [the staff] don’t have time to interact, you don’t get that connection, and older people particularly like that connection, they like that same face.”Participant

In conclusion, our patient focus group shed light on the nuanced experiences of those involved in virtual wards. While the benefits are significant, addressing challenges and incorporating patient and carer views can further enhance the effectiveness of this evolving healthcare model. By continuously improving and adapting, we can ensure that virtual wards provide the best possible care while supporting compassionate and meaningful relationships.

The discussions and ideas from this focus group will contribute to the development of virtual wards in the London region, improving them and making them sustainable.

Need support with virtual wards?

Talk to our team to find out how we can help plan, implement and evaluate virtual care solutions.

Get in touch

Transforming Mental Health Care: A Journey to Reduce Restrictive Practices

A sign showing different ward names

Blog

Post Title

Restrictive practices are techniques such as physical restraint, seclusion and rapid tranquilisation used to limit a person’s liberties, movements or freedom to act independently in potentially dangerous situations.

The inappropriate or overuse of restrictive practice in mental health services has been identified as an area of concern in healthcare since at least 2015, and our ongoing work to reduce restrictive practices was highlighted as part of our celebration of World Patient Safety Day in September.

Following on from her visit to an acute female psychiatric ward in August, HIN Patient Safety Project Manager Ayobola Chike-Michael visited Tolworth Hospital’s Jasmines Ward in South West London to see how they are working to reduce restrictive practices and create a compassionate and supportive environment for all patients.

In the ever-evolving landscape of mental health care, the Mental Health Safety Improvement Programme has been making significant strides since its inception in 2021. With a strong focus on reducing restrictive practices, the programme aims to reduce occurrences of physical restraints, seclusion, and rapid tranquilisation across participating wards. During my visit to Tolworth Hospital's Jasmines Ward in South West London, I had the opportunity to meet Hannah McCarthy, the new ward manager, and gain valuable insights into their innovative approach to care. The commitment and dedication of the Jasmines Ward staff to create a safe and compassionate environment were evident from the moment I stepped in.

Jasmines ward, a 16-bed mental health ward for older adults presented a unique set of challenges and requirements. A large proportion of the patients on the ward are living with dementia. While incidents of restrictive practices were explained to me as rare due to the frailty and older nature of the patients, the ward manager and her team seem prepared to handle any situation that might arise. The staff focus on providing personalised care, ensuring everyone’s needs were met. One notable practice was the "This is me" profile on the door of each patient, fostering a sense of identity and promoting a person-centered approach acknowledging each individual’s cultural and family background, as well as their interests and achievements.

The success of Jasmines Ward in providing comprehensive care can be attributed to its robust Multidisciplinary Team (MDT). Comprising of doctors, occupational therapists, physiotherapists, a dietician, an activity coordinator, an exercise therapist, the pharmacist and, upon request, visits from a chiropodist. The MDT works seamlessly to address the diverse needs of the patients. This collaborative approach ensures that the care provided is holistic, focusing not only on mental health but on physical wellbeing too.

The team working on Jasmines Ward recognises the importance of maintaining the dignity and pride of their patients, even during moments of potential restraint. Incidences of restrictive practice are handled sensitively, ensuring safety whilst minimising distress.

Like any healthcare setting, Jasmines Ward faces its own set of challenges; ensuring staff have time and are trained to lead on person-centred care remains a priority. To address this issue the ward is actively seeking long-term solutions; a recent recruitment drive has been successful and the ward are expecting the arrival of five new nurses to join the team in the near future. Flexibility with shifts and a focus on work-life balance are expected to create a more sustainable and fulfilling work environment.

The Mental Health Safety Improvement Programme has introduced several tools to monitor and track restrictive practices effectively. One such tool, the safety cross, is a simple visual representation that enables staff to identify patterns at a glance

In addition to their existing use for falls, the ward is encouraged to also implement safety crosses specifically for restrictive practices. This tool has proven invaluable in other participating wards to shape discussions around frequency of restrictive practices, de-escalation techniques, and proactive interventions.

Stepping into Jasmines Ward, I was greeted by a fast-paced atmosphere catering for patients’ needs constantly. Each patient's door bore a simple profile, offering a personal touch that goes a long way in making patients feel comfortable. The ward faces challenges related to the space available, particularly around storage, but despite this the staff remain dedicated to finding solutions and putting patient well-being at the centre of everything they do.

Image of a poem about Jasmines Ward

Jasmines Ward recognises the importance of feedback from service users and their carers. Verbal feedback is consistently positive, and I was shown an example of handwritten feedback that further exemplified the impact of the compassionate care provided.

A poignant poem displayed on the ward about dementia served as a reminder to both staff and visitors about the ongoing need for kindness and empathy towards patients.

Using the poem as an active reminder and not just part of the wallpaper would be part of my advice to pass on. I believe with their multidisciplinary approach, dedication to feedback, and continuous drive for improvement, Jasmines Ward will remain dedicated to reducing restrictive practices.

Find out more

Please get in touch if you would like to learn more about our work in quality improvement, mental health or patient safety.

Contact us

“We want to work in partnership” – World Patient Safety Day and MedSIP

Blister packs of medicines

On World Patient Safety Day, we hear the latest from the Pan-London Medicines Safety Improvement Programme Team on their dedicated efforts to include patients in the heart of medicines safety.

Key statistics

  • Around 15.5 million people in England (34% of the population) have chronic pain (Source: Public Health England (2020). Chronic pain in adults 2017: Health Survey for England. PHE, London)
  • Between January and October 2022, an average of 21,520 fewer people per month were prescribed oral or transdermal opioids (of any dose) for more than three months, compared with the baseline period of January 2021-December 2021 (Source: AHSN Network (2023). Supporting people to manage long-term pain without opioids)

The theme of this year’s World Patient Safety Day is engaging patients for patient safety. Chronic pain affects every aspect of health and well-being beyond the physical pain; therefore, it is important to work in partnership with patients to find out how we can best support their individual needs.

The Pan-London Medicines Safety Improvement Programmes (MedSIP) team have been working across England with the other 12 Patient Safety Collaboratives (PSCs) hosted by Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) to improve chronic (non-cancer) pain management by reducing harm from opioids. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) guidance states that opioids should not be used to manage chronic non-cancer pain as harm outweighs the benefit.

Each London PSC has taken a different approach to engaging patients as key partners based on local needs for patient safety and opioid stewardship.

Natasha Callender is a Senior Project Manager (Registered Pharmacist) and Medicines workstream lead from the Health Innovation Network (HIN), who led an experience-based co-design (EBCD) project, working with the HIN’s Involvement team and HIN Lived Experience Partners using the Point of Care Foundation methodology. Natasha commented on the project:

“The aim of this EBCD project was to improve chronic pain management by bringing the lived and learned experiences of staff and patients together to prioritise and co-design solutions as equal partners.

“We co-produced recommendations for peer support and group education for people living with chronic pain to share with the system. We also developed a patient film and poster to raise the awareness of how connecting with activities, groups, and services in local communities can support people to live well with chronic pain.”

You can read more about the HIN’s project in this blog and an overview of their progress and next steps with the EBCD project by clicking here.

Lucie Wellington is a Senior Innovation Advisor and Opioids Programme Manager, Imperial College Health Partners (ICHP). ICHP is supporting the North West London (NWL) Integrated Care Board in using a systemwide model to reduce harm from opioids. The programme is being delivered via two workstreams; improving opioid stewardship across the care interfaces and PCN opioid optimisation review. Both workstreams put patient and public engagement at the heart of their efforts. Speaking about their work, Lucie said:

“In line with our unwavering commitment to delivering high-quality care, our latest strategic initiative is aimed at involving patients and the public in shaping the direction of our programme. We are seeking experts by experience to contribute invaluable insights on programme strategy and patient and clinician facing resources. Collaboration with our local polypharmacy initiative further promotes shared decision-making through a behaviour change campaign, empowering patients in structured medication reviews.

“Guided by NWL co-leadership and our shared dedication to making an impact, our programme has cut high-dose opioid prescriptions by 57 patients monthly, reflecting patient centred-care.”

For more information about the ICHP programme, click here.

Jess Catone is an Implementation Manager leading the Medicines Safety Improvement Programme at UCLPartners . UCLPartners has formed a core working group and an Opioids Network with representation from patients, Primary Care Networks (PCNs), community pharmacy, secondary care and mental health trusts across North Central and North East London. The aim of the Opioids Network is to provide a platform for patients, healthcare professionals, and voluntary/charity sectors to engage, share learning and develop better ways to manage chronic non-cancer pain. Jess briefly summarised some of the key elements of the UCLPartners programmes:

“We have produced an implementation guide for group education sessions, which was co-developed with patients and clinicians and includes a suite of material to support the work. These sessions, called ‘Feeling ALIVE: I cAn LIVE well with pain’, provide patients with information on ways to better manage their persistent pain and incorporate a follow-up consultation with a healthcare professional. The sessions also give patients an opportunity to meet and converse with other people who are experiencing similar issues with managing persistent pain.”

For more information on the work underway at UCLPartners, click here.

We are delighted to work with NHS England Patient Safety Team, PSCs across England and Pan-London system partners to improve the lived experiences of patients living with chronic pain. Let's continue work together to empower patients, enabling them to play a vital role in enhancing safety and minimising opioid-related harm within chronic pain management.

 

Want to learn more about our opioids work?

Find out more about our work in medicines safety

Contact the team

Know Your Numbers: The Crucial Role of Community Pharmacies in Detecting High Blood Pressure

Know Your Numbers Week (4 - 10 September), aims to raise awareness of the risks around hypertension (high blood pressure). To mark the occasion, Dina Thakker, Community Pharmacy Clinical Lead for South West London ICS, writes about the role of community pharmacies in hypertension detection and management.

No matter what stage of life you are at, it is important to know your blood pressure numbers. Hypertension (high blood pressure) is a major cause of heart attacks and stroke, but doesn’t usually show symptoms until it is too late. As a result, getting a blood pressure check is often not prioritised, but knowing your numbers means you can make lifestyle changes or take preventative medicine to get your blood pressure to a healthy level.

As Community Pharmacy Clinical Lead for South West London ICS I oversee nationally commissioned community pharmacy services. One of the most important of these services is hypertension case finding, which helps us to detect hypertension throughout the region.

Community pharmacies are uniquely positioned to play a critical role in hypertension detection and management. In south west London, we have an extensive network of 293 pharmacies, out of which 223 are delivering the hypertension case finding service, ensuring good coverage across the region. Here's how community pharmacies are key to detection:

  • Accessibility and trust

    Pharmacies are easily accessible to the public and are regarded as trusted healthcare providers. Patients often feel at ease getting their blood pressure checked at their local pharmacy, making it a vital setting for early detection.

  • Comprehensive checks

    Pharmacies can conduct initial blood pressure checks and, if needed, follow up with ambulatory blood pressure monitoring (ABPM) to get a more accurate assessment of a patient's blood pressure over waking hours or 24 hours.

  • Target population

    Pharmacies can identify individuals aged 40 years or older, or at the discretion of the pharmacist, people under 40, with high blood pressure who have not received a confirmed diagnosis. These individuals are then referred to general practice for further evaluation and appropriate management where needed.

  • Supporting general practice

    Pharmacies can also support general practice by undertaking ad hoc clinic and ambulatory blood pressure measurements for undiagnosed hypertension cases.

  • Promoting healthy behaviours

    Community pharmacies offer a unique opportunity to engage patients in discussions about their health, providing valuable advice and support to promote healthy behaviours.

But there’s more we can do. As a participant in the HIN’s Cardiovascular Disease Prevention Fellowship, I am developing a project focusing on supporting the development of community pharmacy hypertension case finding. The project will aim to:

  • develop digital pathways that streamline communication between community pharmacies and general practices, enabling smoother referrals and follow-ups;
  • improve awareness of the community pharmacy hypertension case finding service among colleagues and patients in primary care;
  • optimise service use such as by upskilling pharmacists in the use of ABPMs and helping other healthcare professionals, such as technicians, to provide the service effectively.

By improving care pathways I hope to further expand and improve the detection of hypertension in south west London, helping more patients to make choices and access treatment to reduce their risk of cardiovascular disease. I am looking forward to completing the project and sharing the results with you in future.

Find out more

Find out more about Know Your Numbers Week.

Visit Blood Pressure UK

Reducing harm for people with chronic pain by reducing the prescribing of opioids

Introduction

At the Health Innovation Network (HIN) South London we developed a local programme across south London in response to the nationally commissioned Medicines Safety Improvement programme (MedSIP). The Patient Safety Collaboratives (PSCs) are working with a minimum of 15 ICS, will collectively achieve the ambition to improve care for people with persistent (chronic, non-cancer) pain by reducing opioid analgesic use by the end of March 2025:

  • 30,000 fewer people were prescribed oral or transdermal opioids (of any dose) for more than 3 months.
  • Of the 30,000 above 4,500 patients will have been prescribed a high dose (≥120mg day oral morphine equivalent) at baseline and have now stopped opioids.
“All too often the complexity of having chronic pain and of helping people and professionals to manage pain are overlooked. High prescriptions of opioids can be a result. I’m delighted that this work has looked at how to manage pain as well as reducing harm from opioids.” Natasha Curran, Consultant in Anaesthesia and Pain Medicine at UCL Hospitals and Medical Director of the Health Innovation Network.
Our local programme covered the following:

Working with staff to drive improvement

We delivered a CPD-accredited Opioid Stewardship Quality Improvement Collaborative for clinicians across south London from October 2022 to March 2023. Please click here to find out more.


Opioid Action Learning Set workshops

The Health Innovation Network South London invites primary and secondary care clinicians to join our online Opioid Action Learning Sets (ALS) to build their understanding of the complex issues surrounding initiating, de-escalating opioids and effectively supporting patients living with pain. Sessions will occur on 18, 30 January and 27 February 2024 from 12.00- 13-00. Registrations are now closed.


Using opioid prescribing data for system audit-feedback

We shared local opioid prescribing data packs with GP practices across south London based on the Campaign to Reduce Opioid Prescribing . Please click here to find out more.


Working in partnership with people living with chronic pain

We facilitated an experience-based co-design (EBCD) project using the Point of Care Foundation methodology. The aim of the EBCD project was to improve chronic pain management by bringing patients and staff lived and learnt experiences together to prioritise and co-design solutions as equal partners. Please click here to find out more.


Recommendations for whole systems working to improve opioid stewardship

  1. Pain clinic referrals are often seen as the next step once other options have been explored in primary care however onward referral to for example talking therapies, physiotherapy and exercise should be considered.
  2. Where possible it is important that the same clinician and prescriber who commence the opioid prescription are also responsible for ongoing monitoring and reviewing. Clinicians should have the opportunity to discuss complex cases at team meetings.
  3. Primary and secondary care clinicians should have an awareness of the breadth of services in their locality that can assist with supporting patients to adjust to the impact of living with persistent pain on their daily life e.g., social prescribing link workers.
  4. Joint consultations for complex pain management in adults across primary care networks e.g., clinic appointments with colleagues across several disciplines with specialist input from hospital pain clinics should be considered. GP appointments tend to be short, therefore making it challenging for clinicians to have sufficient time to support patients living with persistent pain as much as they would like to.
  5. Maximising digital prescribing systems e.g., creating alerts, issuing weekly prescriptions, and communicating plans to reduce high-risk opioid prescribing to other multidisciplinary team colleagues.
  6. Sharing decisions with patients about how to improve persistent pain management and agreeing on reductions when tapering opioids through regularly scheduled regular follow-ups.
  7. Introducing the idea of changes to the ways persistent pain is managed and informing patients of the risk of harm for long-term and high-dose opioid prescribing at an initial appointment and scheduling follow-ups to explore alternatives to pain medicines.

You can read more about developments with our local programme throughout 2022/23 here in our blogs:

Find out more

To find more about our local programme please contact Natasha Callender, Senior Project Manager and Medicines Workstream Lead.

Contact us

Relationship building to reduce restrictive practice: a visit to Avery Ward

Blog

Post Title

Restrictive practices are techniques such as physical restraint, seclusion and rapid tranquilisation used to limit a person’s liberties, movements or freedom to act independently in potentially dangerous situations.

The inappropriate or overuse of restrictive practice in mental health services has been identified as an area of concern in healthcare since at least 2015.

Beginning in 2021, the Health Innovation Network has been involved in local efforts to reduce restrictive practice based on the findings of a successful pilot led by the National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health.

We speak to HIN Patient Safety Project Manager Ayobola Chike-Michael, Ward Manager Lola Bakare, and Expert by Experience Igoche Ikwue about the programme team’s recent visit to a female acute mental health ward and their reflections on how sharing personal experiences and perspectives are key for further reducing restrictive practice.


Ayo

In my capacity as project manager for the Mental Health Safety Improvement Programme at the Health Innovation Network, I have had the opportunity to visit a few mental health wards in south London with my colleague Igoche Ikwue, who is an expert by experience.

One of the wards I was privileged to visit was Avery Ward, an acute female psychiatric ward. Despite their busy schedule, the staff welcomed us and we had the chance to meet the ward manager Lola, who later introduced us to other busy members of staff including the clinical consultant.

We had a fruitful conversation about the Ward’s approach to minimising restrictive practice. It was notable that the ward manager makes herself accessible through an open-door policy to both service users and staff. She described her unique approach as ‘we discuss, negotiate and we agree’.

This seems to be a working solution, despite experiencing the same challenge of high staff turnover which is common across these types of services. Situated in a deprived borough, the ward also faces system strain, evident in the long waiting list and pressure for beds.

Despite the dedication of staff, we learned that instances of violence and aggression affect both staff and patients. However, the team employs a range of verbal de-escalation techniques and other activities to de-escalate such as taking fresh air in the garden, and facilitating escorted leave, to manage and defuse tensions.

It was acknowledged that the pressures surrounding the ward can contribute to relapses among patients. We observed that the absence of a sensory room or equipment in the gym and the garden was in need of refurbishment. Nevertheless, plans were already underway to address these improvements and refurbish the ward.

We were told that staff experience emotional trauma from insults and violence from the service users (particularly the male staff). However, body-worn cameras have now been introduced to help take recordings of real time events.

It was evident that the staff have to daily work through a maze of challenges while trying to give quality care to the service users. We were very grateful for the open and honest conversations we had with Lola the ward manager and noted their laudable commitment to providing a safe and collaborative environment for both staff and patients.


Igoche

When I arrived at the ward, I had a positive interaction with a young man who was being discharged. We had a pleasant conversation, and he expressed his excitement about returning to his music. It set a promising tone for my visit.

As I continued exploring the ward, I noticed a slight tension in the atmosphere. There was a central glass office where the staff members and administrators worked. However, it was evident that there was a shortage of staff, which understandably was causing some challenges. Despite this, the ward manager Lola demonstrated true dedication to their role, striving to provide the best care and support possible.

During our conversation with the ward manager, Ayo and I clarified that our purpose was to support the ward and its service users. We discussed several concerns, including issues with the quality of food and the need for improvements, such as the functionality of facilities. Additionally, we addressed the struggle to find bed space for service user babies as the facilities were not designed to accommodate both mother and baby. The manager also mentioned plans to relocate the facility to another building, along with a positive update on recent recruitment. There is a specialised service for mothers and babies, so patient who requires a mother and baby bed will have to be transferred out.

As someone with expertise through personal experience, I firmly believe that staff members play a crucial role in providing care and reducing restrictive practices. It is essential to prioritise the well-being of both the service users and the staff themselves. Creating a safe and open space for caregivers to express their concerns without fear of negative consequences is vital.

Despite the strain caused by system constraints, the dedication and commitment of the staff members were evident. I also observed that the ward manager maintained an open-door policy, encouraging collaboration and engagement among service users and staff.

One particular moment stood out during our visit. As we were leaving the ward, a service user approached me, expressing her strong desire to see her children. Recognising the urgency of her request, I directed her to speak with the ward manager, who promptly attended to her with responsiveness and compassion.

My experience at Avery ward highlighted the importance of providing comprehensive support and care to service users while prioritising the well-being of staff members. The ward manager and their team demonstrated a commitment to creating a safe and collaborative environment throughout our visit. I am grateful for the opportunity to contribute my expertise and be part of the ongoing efforts to improve the ward.


Lola

As a ward manager, my philosophy is that personal relationships are at the heart of creating a calm, safe and positive environment for staff and service users, where the use of restrictive practice is minimised.

I have found that building those personal relationships tends to rely on flexibility and trying to have an understanding of the whole person.

For example, I have my own ‘open door’ policy. Staff and service users can always come to me with their problems and we will do our best to figure out a solution.

Often that means negotiating; realising that both sides have to give and take in order to find a position that works for everyone.

Sometimes it is finding a way to be flexible about the small details which can make the biggest difference. Allowing more flexibility with meal times has been one way where we have seen really positive impact with service users – from a practical point of view it raised some challenges, but I am so glad we worked through them to achieve something that the people on our ward wanted.

We try and make the ward as close to home as possible, whether that means encouraging staff to make the time for escorted visits off site or building relationships with the other people who are important in the lives of our service users.

Often, we find that working with family to overcome challenges is a really effective tactic. We have multi family groups which run once a month. Family/carers and patients are invited to this meeting. Our aim is to try and create one team of people all working together for a positive outcome; that strong team is I think a big reason why we have reduced the level of complaints and of the use of restrictive practice.

Our ward – like many others – has experienced difficulties with staffing in recent years. Our staff are well trained and skilled to deliver job role. As part of my team, I have a professional nurse advocate, who provides restorative supervision for staff, and we offer monthly training days for staff.

The Ward Manager also acts as our See Think Act consultant, helping to develop relational security. This has improved the way we deliver care to our patients; our staff maintain safe and effective relationships with patients in a professional, therapeutic and purposeful way, with understood limits.

Despite the difficulties we sometimes face, I am so proud of my team; they understand how to deliver great care (including reducing the use of restrictive practice) and they are motivated and committed to continuing to get better.

Find out more

For more information on our Mental Health Safety Improvement Programme, please get in touch.

Contact us

Looking after the NHS podcast: Episode 4

Looking after the NHS is a podcast produced by the Health Innovation Network which discusses how we can make the NHS even better. Whether you are a health and care professional or simply have an interest in innovating healthcare, Looking after the NHS aims to motivate and reassure listeners that change within the health and care sector is possible.


Key Statistics

  • There are over 1.5 million full time equivalent staff working in NHS in England

  • The theory of Dunbar’s number tells us that in our lifetime we can only maintain a stable social relationship with 150 people

  • The Chaos Report found that of 50,000 projects around the world, 71 per cent failed to meet these three criteria: being on time, on budget and with satisfactory results.

The podcast is hosted by Catherine Dale, Deputy Coordination Director at The AHSN Network, and Ayobola Chike-Michael, Senior Project Manager at the HIN.

In episode four Catherine and Ayo were joined by Sam Hudson, Director of Überology Ltd and recognised expert in patient participation and experience. The episode discusses Communities of Practice (CoPs), which are groups of people who share a passion for improving practice in health and care. Practitioners from different backgrounds, with different perspectives, come together across organisations and across hierarchies to meet as equals to create new knowledge and develop potential solutions to problems that go beyond what each of us can address in isolation.

Sam is currently leading the HIN and Q Network's Communities of Practice Leadership Development Programme, and was able to provide some useful insight into the real-life improvements in health and care that can be achieved through CoPs.

The impact Communities of Practice can have is really powerful. There's a kind of magic in the room when it's really in its flow.Sam Hudson, Director, Uberology

Listen to more

Catch up on previous episodes of Looking after the NHS

Listen now

Find out more

For more information on Looking after the NHS, please get in touch.

Contact us

My experiences of autism and mental health care: the bad, the good and the future

Close up of young person sit on sofa hand holding mobil

There are more than 700,000 autistic people in the UK. Many autistic children and young adults experience a delayed diagnosis, which can have a significant negative impact on their mental health. 

We hear from Freddy Henderson (she/her) about her experiences being diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and her reflections on what mental health services can do to care for autistic people in a more effective and person-centred way. 

Freddy also discusses how innovations such as Tellmi can provide valuable access to safe, anonymous peer support for autistic children and young people, who may often prefer to use digital channels. Tellmi is an innovative digital peer support app which is commissioned by the NHS and has been used by more than 80,000 young people to discuss their mental health.

Please note that this article contains some mentions of self-harm, suicide and eating disorders which some readers may find upsetting. 

I have 2 disabilities, Functional Neurological Disorder (FND) and ASD, although the latter is what I am going to be talking about today. I was diagnosed with autism six years ago, at age 17. That diagnosis came about after I was referred to the integrated neurodevelopmental team by Child & Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS) as they suspected I was autistic. I had originally been referred to CAMHS when I was 15 by my school, as I was suffering a lot with my mental health and was grappling with self harm, depression and anxiety. I later developed anorexia and so was also under Child & Adolescent Eating Disorders Services (CAEDS) for about three months until I turned 18. Later at university I accessed NHS services in conjunction with the university resources to help me balance my mental health needs and medication for it.

I want to highlight that my ASD was not the direct reason I was using these services, but rather that I needed these services because the effects of my late diagnosis had become so catastrophic that it ‘broke’ my ability to cope with the world.

What I hope I can give an insight on in this blog is my own perspective what was helpful, what was not, and how I think services and treatment could be improved.


The bad

Let’s start with the worst of my experiences to get them out of the way.

My first therapist at CAMHS was terrible. They made me feel belittled and patronised, and their complete failure to understand my attempts at communicating what was going on meant that my health got actively worse.

I was very quiet and reserved in sessions and had flashes of anger when my therapist tried to make suggestions; I felt attacked and as though they were accusing me of not trying hard enough. I never shouted or expressed that anger outwardly, but it meant I was defensive and ardently against sharing information that I deemed to be too personal.

At the start of one session my therapist walked in and put a colouring book and pencils on the table and told me to colour. After a few minutes, I asked if we were going to talk. They replied with “well if you’re not willing to talk to me, why should I talk to you?”.

A couple of days later I was held overnight in hospital after a bad self-harm incident, which led to meeting my next therapist.

The next therapist made me feel much better. They were kind and patient with me and gave me practical help with how to formulate sentences expressing my thoughts and feelings. They would ask direct questions rather than open-ended ones, something that helped immensely.

We’ll come back to them later, but first let’s quickly talk about another bad experience.

It is now widely recognised that eating disorders are rife within the autistic community (especially young people) and I was no exception. What started as a desire to get “in shape” quickly morphed into a monster beyond my control.

I won’t describe any of my thoughts, actions or physical consequences as eating disorders are notoriously competitive and I don’t want to trigger other people who might be vulnerable themselves. The only part relevant to this story is that I was very unwell.

I was only in CAEDS treatment for about three months just before I turned 18, and so was transferred to the adult services where I promptly discharged myself after the therapist there criticised me for not making eye-contact with them.

Any readers with a vague understanding of autism may see the issue here. Eye contact is often difficult for autistic people and I don’t look at people’s eyes at any time, let alone when I’m feeling vulnerable. By this time, I had my diagnosis and the sheer disregard for my condition and the traits it presents as meant I rejected all additional treatment for my anorexia.

I am very pleased to say that I no longer have anorexia as I put in a lot of hard work and, with the help of some borrowed ideas from the fat acceptance movement, managed to overhaul the disease that controlled me for 3 years.


The (mostly) good

Now, onto the good experiences!

My second primary therapist was the person who helped me get an autism diagnosis, which turned out to be one of the biggest turning points in my mental health journey.

Up until that point I genuinely believed that I was fundamentally flawed as a human being and there was something intrinsically wrong with me. I considered myself nothing short of a complete waste of space and that my life would forever be spent in pursuit of a goal I would never achieve.

Getting my diagnosis put a stop to most of these thoughts, although it remains difficult to completely dismiss ideas you have held for the majority of your life.

It helped me come to terms with my differences and understand that I was not ineffectual as a human being, but rather I just operate a bit differently.

I was able to recognise my strengths for what they were, rather than consider them some minor penance for my otherwise catastrophic flaws. The diagnosis helped me to separate my brain from my mental health disorders. It helped me understand why I thought the way I thought and act the way I act.

It also helped explain why so much of the therapy I had had had been ineffective. Of course the CBT for panic attacks hadn’t worked; I wasn’t having panic attacks, I was having meltdowns.

Another type of support that helped hugely was when I met other autistic people.

At my university there was an autism support group. Granted, it was run by non-autistic staff members and in my third year it took such a drastic turn for the worse that I left after arguments with said staff, but still. I met a couple of good friends there who I miss dearly as we are no longer in the same city.

Meeting other people like me was amazing. We were able to connect on a level I hadn’t experienced before as we had an innate understanding of each other. That is not to say that my friendships with autistic people are inherently better than those with non-autistic people – they are just different.

Of course, autistic people are not a monolith and so there were some people there who I really disliked. Regardless of the ups and downs – being able to talk about our shared experiences was such a relief.

During my second year at university, the pandemic hit.

Covid-19 impacted every aspect of our lives, including the support services I was in. I got removed from the NHS community mental health service and the university wellbeing service as they wanted to free up capacity for people struggling to adjust to life in such a different world. The irony was not lost on me.

The ASD group was also moved online and let me tell you, trying to do a jigsaw puzzle over zoom presents some complications. I think it’s fair to say that aided in the breakdown of the group dynamic and made it quite difficult for the members who weren’t very confident to get to know the group.

We ended up doing activities such as a name-this-vegetable quiz, organised by one of the staff members. This quiz was later referenced when the whole group was arguing with the mentors that they were treating us like children.

The difference between in person support and digital support was stark. No one was ready for the pandemic and as everyone struggled to adjust, those accessing support services just plain struggled.

However, there was a definite silver lining to the switch to digital content and support: my university was online, which turned out to be an absolute godsend. By my second year I was still struggling with my mental health and processing a suicide attempt a year earlier. I had also started to develop what I now know is FND, although it would take roughly 4 years to get diagnosed.

In short, I was both physically and mentally really ill. Being able to do classes online was bizarre at first, but not having to expend energy getting to and from class and dealing with the sensory nightmare of being in public was amazing.

Lots of the pressure I had felt, both economically struggling at work and socially struggling on nights out, had been lifted. People found ways to socialise online, and jobs offered flexible working where possible. It hugely helped me.


The future

That is why going forward I am such a proponent of a hybrid approach to pretty much anything that can be hybridised. Whether it’s flexible office hours or the option of having therapy online, giving people the option to choose what suits them best hugely helped me and so many of my autistic and otherwise neurodivergent friends.

I still like going out with my friends, and having workplace banter is fun, but having seen the real benefits that digital services offer makes me very reluctant to go back to how things were.

And this is a key concept that I want to convey: when the world changed it was because it had to, but the effect was more surprising than anyone anticipated. All manner of people benefitted in unforeseen ways and thus having an open, flexible approach to resources and services is, in my humble opinion, the way forward.

Peer support does not have to be in person. Digital channels can be just as useful as in-person, and possibly more so when you consider factors such as geographical isolation, physical disability or time restrictions. Apps like Tellmi allow users to connect with others like them. Just as meeting my autistic friends was hugely helpful, having access to other people who may be experiencing similar issues is hugely helpful.

I’ve had the chance recently to speak with and work alongside the creators of the Tellmi app, and it seems clear that a lot of the reason why their service works for autistic people is because they put an emphasis on listening to and learning from autistic people to make their app better. Having people involved in the day-to-day running and development of the app who are neurodiverse is undoubtedly a good thing.

Consulting, engaging and co-producing with diverse groups of people will help build better solutions that work for all people. Just as neurodiverse people should be consulted about improving services for neurodiverse people, changes which have the potential to affect any group should be decided with the involvement of people who are representative of that population.

An underlying cause of the lack of effectiveness for many of the treatments I experienced was that they did not account for my autism. Autism is a fundamental part of me – and something I am very proud of – yet I was being funnelled through services not designed for people like me. As such, is it not surprising that they did not help me, and in some cases caused me harm?

Any support for autistic people needs the input of autistic people. And any services that might support autistic people also need the input of autistic people. You can have the best intentions in the world and be the brightest person alive, but if you haven’t lived as an autistic person, you will never build services which truly support autistic people alone.

Almost all the solutions I have found that have got me to where I am now have been of my own creation.

And where I am now is pretty darn great. I am happy, I am optimistic, and I am enjoying my life – which is much more than I could say when I was 15.

You might look at me, in my wheelchair with my headphones on and sunglasses blocking out external stimuli and think my existence is something which requires improvement. But I am at my best. Imposing one’s own ideas of how someone else should live is an issue for the ages, and that is precisely why it is imperative that we remove assumption and prejudice from the equation when we are trying to make services better for people.

I mostly don’t read work on autism by non-autistic authors. It is often derogatory, wrong or just plain offensive and I have no time for it.

My autism is a condition of which I take pride in and use to my advantage. I don’t have to be a genius like Einstein or a world changing advocate like Greta Thunberg in order to deserve the right to live as my authentic self.

I have no interest in support that hasn’t been developed by someone like me because it will be inherently steeped in presumptions and expectations that I don’t ascribe to. I will only ever be happy when I accept that I am not fundamentally flawed because of my condition and work alongside it to shape my life in the best way for me.

Interested in how digital technology can be used for mental health?

Speak to our expert team about how digital technology can be used to help mental health and wellbeing.

Get in touch

Working Together to Tackle Racism in South London

We recently hosted a roundtable event with south London stakeholders on tackling racism in the health and care sector. HIN anti-racism leads Pearl Brathwaite, Adam Ovid and Catherine Dale write about the key themes from the discussion

While racism is unfortunately not a new phenomenon, since 2020 there has been increased attention paid to structural inequalities, the impact of colonialism and the racism experienced by people who are part of ethnic minorities in white-majority countries.

As an academic health science network (AHSN) much of our work involves tackling the health inequalities which exist – and which were highlighted during the pandemic. As such we are in quite a unique position of having a view which cuts across south London’s health and care sectors.

That’s why we brought together people from this community, in particular leaders with health inequality, clinical and managerial roles to discuss opportunities in tackling racism in south London. Organisations represented included South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust (SLaM), Guy’s & St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, Mabadaliko, the Greater London Authority GLA), NHS England London Region, and South East and South West London ICSs. Here are some of the examples of what they shared about the work they are doing.

  • South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust (SLaM) has developed its Patient and Care Race Equality Framework in partnership with Lambeth Black Thrive and Croydon BME Forum. This framework exists to eliminate the racial disparity in patient access, experience and outcomes. The initial focus of the work has been on issues which Black communities face. The framework aims to significantly improve trust and confidence in mental health services.
  • Mabadaliko is working with senior leaders and management teams to provide advice and guidance on strategic initiatives in equality, equity and anti-racism objectives and spaces. It supports organisations to develop cultures and programmes aiming to reduce racial and ethnic inequalities in the communities that they serve.
  • The Greater London Authority (GLA), in partnership with the Race Equality Foundation, is establishing a peer learning network ‘Anti-Racism Practice Learning Hub’, involving peers and organisations sharing practice, resources, and support  becoming an effective anti-racist organisation. The GLA has also developed a strategic framework to support London health and care partners to progress towards being anti-racist as an approach to address ethnic disparities.

Thank you to everyone who came and shared their views. Here are just some of the main takeaways.

Bringing in external voices

Bringing together people from outside your organisation can be a highly valuable way of gaining perspective on how your organisation is doing and what can be improved. It provides fresh perspectives, highlight blind spots, and encourage critical self-reflection.

These voices can include expert consultants, community leaders, and individuals with lived experience of racism. The HIN’s work in shaping the discussions we had internally benefited from advice from external sources such as a clinical psychologist specialising in anti-racism and a workforce development consultancy, and other participants reported similar benefits.

These can help challenge existing ways of working. It is often easier for an external expert to be direct and honest about how an organisation is doing. It can be a particularly valuable way of bringing diverse voices to white-led organisations.

However, risks were also identified – external input must be balanced with internal expertise and knowledge to ensure their recommendations are relevant to your organisation. It is also essential to ensure that the involvement of external voices does not become counterproductive. But getting the balance right can provide perspectives which are instrumental in driving change.


Notice who is not in the room

It is crucial to acknowledge who is not present in discussions about anti-racism, as well as who is. Status threats, privilege, and discomfort often prevent people without personal experience of racism from participating.

To overcome these barriers, efforts must be made to notice who is not present and encourage them to become involved – only by doing this can we escape echo chambers and create genuine understanding between people with different experiences. Creating safe spaces, addressing power imbalances, and fostering open dialogue can help bridge this gap and ensure that all perspectives are included.


Reaching beyond your organisation

To make anti-racism efforts impactful, it is crucial to extend beyond one’s own organisation. This requires fostering an appetite for collaborative working and using existing tools and platforms.

Creating sounding boards, which provide opportunities for diverse voices to be heard, can be an effective approach. As can shadow boards, which mirror the work of decision makers and give individuals from underrepresented communities access to important discussions and decision-making processes from the start.


Power and balance

When implementing anti-racism organisational programmes or workforce strategies, it is important to strike a balance between empowering colleagues from ethnic minorities to speak about their experiences and challenge the way things are done, without burdening them with the difficult challenge of tackling institutional racism in addition to their normal work function. To do this there must be an environment where colleagues feel supported and included, with active participation and input from leaders and white colleagues.


Getting names right

Individuals with uncommon or hard-to-pronounce names are often “othered” by having to repeatedly explain how to pronounce their name. But there are simple steps which can be taken to address this.

A number of the participants identified time spent by colleagues understanding how to pronounce people’s names as a way of fostering a culture of respect and inclusivity. Some mentioned a specific workshop where staff discussed their names, correct pronunciation, and shared their experiences as a way of creating a conversation and improving awareness.

Another approach is to implement phonetic pronunciation guides as standard – for example to name badges and pronunciation guides in email signatures – to make things easier for everyone and reduce feelings of exclusion.


Working towards substantive change

To ensure the effectiveness of anti-racism programmes, initiatives should start with self-reflection and dialogue to highlight the problem, clarify the focus and specificity of planned work and garner support for change. To convert this into meaningful long-lasting progress, it is essential to maintain momentum and enthusiasm. To keep the focus on substantive change organisations should set clear goals and time-bound, measurable objectives wherever possible.


Conclusion

Structural and institutional racism in the health and care sectors is not a problem which can be solved overnight, but it is clear there are actions we can all take within our areas of work to create an environment which is inclusive, open and focused on tackling racism.

There was a strong desire among the group for further inter-organisational work to share learning and collaborate on the wider issues of racism, and we look forward to exploring these opportunities. Racism is a current and ongoing problem, and creating an environment where we can have open and honest conversations about it is a crucial first step in changing the culture of our organisations.


What can I do?

  • Engage in conversations in your organisation around race and racism to raise awareness and think about the impact this has on your people and the work that you do.
  • Consult experts to support you, such as Mabaliko, anti-racism experts and internal or external Equality, Diversity & Inclusion consultants who have a particular focus on racial inequality and inequity.
  • Generate commitments for your organisation or teams through engagement with your colleagues. Consider what resources and action you need to develop and sustain these commitments and how you will get there.
  • Read our toolkit for support on how to take action and top tips for keeping focused on change.

Contact Us

Contact us for more information about the journey we are on as we aim to be an anti-racist organisation.

Get in touch

“We are ‘done unto’ by health” – how do we help care home providers get an equal voice in integrated care?

Here the Health Innovation Network’s Clinical Director Carrie Chill reflects on the learnings from a recent event focusing on how to ensure social care can have a louder voice in integrated care systems, and how those in the health system can support them.

Have we unlocked the full potential of integration?

I joined colleagues recently at a London-wide event to explore the potential of increased involvement from care providers at a more strategic level in the health and care system.

The Health Innovation Network supported a number of organisations at the event, which was hosted at City University London. These included My Home Life England, a charity working to improve the quality of life for those living, visiting, and working in all care settings, and Care Providers’ Voice, an organisation aiming to create strong networks of providers and maximise the benefits of collaboration across local geographies.

Attendees included care professionals in leadership roles from London nursing homes, residential homes and domiciliary care providers. They were joined by system leaders from local authorities and at a London level to explore how care providers can contribute to strategic development of Integrated Care Systems and Integrated Care Partnerships.

One of the early themes which emerged from the discussion was that care colleagues felt they needed a better understanding of the way health and care systems operate at a strategic level. They also felt they needed confidence, support, and resource to become more involved. There was a feeling among care providers of sometimes being required to undertake training or activity which had been done before or was of little value to the care setting. I felt many of these feelings were summed up by the comment that “we are ‘done unto’ by health”, with very little power to influence such situations.

We heard from Mike Armstrong and Tay Nagendran from Care Providers’ Voice on what has worked well in north east London. They explained how they have supported providers with recruitment and training and how “having a seat at the table” has helped local authorities deliver services more effectively.

I was struck by the consensus that the involvement of care providers would be both valuable and welcomed, but also by the hurdles to be jumped before it could become a reality. Care providers felt mentoring and ongoing support would be beneficial and there was much debate about exactly where and how their involvement would be most impactful.

It is so positive that My Home Life and Care Providers’ Voice have raised the profile of this important issue in London, and continue to do so. I feel we at the HIN are well placed to support these discussions through our networks including our Care Home Leads Forum, our Pioneer Alumni, through strengthening partnerships, and by exploring the potential of a London Care Network.

I believe we are just starting on the road to full integration. Great work has been done to configure the system, but we now need to work from the bottom up, to engage and include not just health, but also care and the voluntary sector.

It may not be quick, it may not be easy, but it will certainly be worthwhile.

The HIN and MHL are in the fifth year of working together to deliver the South London Care Home Pioneer programme to develop the leadership skills of senior care home staff.

Find out more

To learn more about this programme, contact us via the email below.

Get in touch

Musculoskeletal leaders join the HIN for third Improvement Network event

On Friday 23 June, the HIN hosted its third Musculoskeletal (MSK) Improvement Network event.

The forum provides an opportunity for professionals involved in delivering or leading musculoskeletal services to share expertise, and discuss and debate how to improve the quality of life of people living with an MSK-related diagnosis.

June’s event attracted over 70 participants, and was expertly co-chaired by Christina Sothinathan, Innovation Business Partner at Chelsea and Westminster NHS Foundation Trust and Advanced Practice Physiotherapist; and Ben Wanless, Consultant Physiotherapist at St George’s Hospital NHS Foundation Trust.

The event started with a friendly live debate between Julia Tabrah and Dr David Herdman on the role of Cervico-Cranial Red Flags. Julia is Consultant MSK Physiotherapist and Clinical Lead for MSK Community Services at NHS England – London Region, and Dr David is Clinical Lead for Neurology and Vestibular Rehabilitation at St George’s University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust. A red flag tool was shared and discussed and is available on the resource page. The resource outlines some of the key symptoms relating to cervical, spine and headache conditions and can help with decision making for onward referral if concerning features arise through history taking and clinical reasoning.

Dr Lesley Perkins, GP and MSK Clinical Lead at North East London Integrated Care Board (ICB), discussed Quality Improvement (QI) in primary care, outlining how Tower Hamlets Primary Care Network (PCN) used a QI approach to help staff improve communication skills and achieve better outcomes for patients.

The session then had three five-minute showcases of various services, followed by interactive Q&A sessions (see 'Showcases' box on right).

Showcases

  • Dr Jim Kelly from Ashford Clinical Providers shared Ashford’s success story in commissioning an MSK pathway and how this helps to take pressure off secondary care services.
  • Consultant MSK Physiotherapist Andrew Cuff presented on PhysioNow, a patient self-assessment tool that provides enhanced choice of how and when to access physiotherapy services, bringing care into the community and closer to home
  • MSK Physiotherapist and Strategic Lead for Integrated MSK Services Dee Pratt spoke about the Dual Triage Model, which aims to ensure that patients are referred to the right services at the right time. This helps to reduce delays and allows greater ability to recall and review patients, improving staff capacity.

The final presentation was given by a team from the UK Frost Trial, a National Institute for Health and Care Research (NIHR)-funded multi-centre randomised control trial comparing three common treatments for frozen shoulder. Attendees had the opportunity to discuss the draft pathway and share feedback. This initiative is the largest randomised trial to compare early structured physiotherapy, manipulation under anaesthesia, and arthroscopic capsular release for frozen shoulder.

Sharing her reflections, co-chair Christina said:

The last three events have gone from strength to strength and it’s incredibly inspiring to see so many fantastic leaders and clinicians all in one space. We’ve received extremely positive feedback from attendees and are looking forward to bringing together our learning to accelerate innovations within the musculoskeletal field to drive better outcomes for all.

- Christina Sothinathan, Innovation Business Partner at Chelsea and Westminster NHS Foundation Trust

Please have a look at the slides and resources from this event on this resource page.

Find out more

To find out more about the London MSK Improvement Network and other related projects, please contact us.

Get in touch

Meet the innovator: Zoe Wright

In this edition, we catch up with Zoe Wright, Founder and CEO of The Real Birth Company, a service and training programme that supports pregnant women and people who access all maternity services and the midwives, doulas and antenatal teachers who support them.

Current job role:

Founder and CEO

Name of innovation:

The Real Birth Digital Workshop

Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

The Real Birth Digital Workshop™ is an award winning, interactive, user friendly, animated, and easily accessible tool, providing mothers-to-be, many from underrepresented groups, with the essential support that they may not otherwise receive.

The Real Birth Company won the award for Innovation in Helping Address Health Inequalities at the Innovate Awards 2023.

What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

Being a community midwife I often found it hard to have in-depth conversations about birth physiology in appointments, as they were just not long enough. Even with an hour for birth planning, there is so much information to share to give time for true informed choice to take place. This was even harder with women whose first language was not English. I often felt like I was failing. Even with all the extra hours and time taken to try and create resources that I could share, I just kept thinking that there had to be a more proactive way of supporting people.

What three pieces of advice would you give budding innovators?

There is a quote that I have stuck on my wardrobe door since I made the decision to turn years of ideas into action. This quote was photocopied for me by a person who also started her own business and has grown it into a wonderful charity that supports so many. ‘Many of life's failures are people who did not realise how close they were to success when they gave up.’ There are weeks when I never seem to seem stop walking uphill and get no closer to the top, but then something happens and the core of our work and its purpose make the distance worth it!

Three things:

  • Don’t give up
  • There is always something to learn even if it's not clear in the beginning
  • Be adaptable. Even though the idea is great, it may not work! Learning how to be adaptable, open to ideas and new findings is essential!

What’s been your toughest obstacle?

Learning how to become a businessperson. In our journey so far, I have met lots of innovators and they are all so passionate, it's infectious! Most of us know our industry really well, but turning that into a business and running one, for me has been a huge learning curve. I have had to learn a whole set of new skills and am learning every day, which is very similar to midwifery as there is always something to learn there too!

What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

I think that this is really hard to answer. I’ve had so many, for example, the first time we went live in a hospital when the midwives were actually using it and most importantly liking it. Then there was the day I found out I had made the NIA interview list! Becoming a fellow on the NHS Innovation Accelerator programme is very high up on the list!

If I had to pick a moment (maybe two!), it would be the first time we pulled post-birth data from people using our innovation. The comments had me in tears! Knowing that people using us were feeling more confident about their birth choices and reading that they felt it had helped their birth experience - you can’t get any better than that. The second was about four months ago: I was walking to the office and three of our employees were walking up the stairs. They didn’t know each other before they worked for us. They met, laughed and chatted about the work they were going to be doing that day, and their work is what makes us work. That was a real highlight to see.

The digital programme has reached over 11,000 women, 10.8% of those being from ethnic minorities and 4.5% under 16 years of age. After completing the programme, 66.1% of women reported they had a vaginal birth versus NHS average of 50%. Meanwhile, 24% of women used water for birth versus the 5% NHS average, and only 15% of women used pethidine as analgesia versus 25% NHS average.

What is the best part of your job now?

Besides working with some amazing people who are so passionate about our organisation, it’s working out how to make it better. Better for people accessing it and a better resource that midwives want to share to support midwifery practice and informed choices. To do this we hold a lot of Patient and Public Involvement and Engagement activities. I feel really passionate about progression and working out how to engage more people to support their informed choices and decision-making in childbirth.

If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

There are lots of great innovations to support the NHS, but it can be very slow for adoption to happen. For good reason too, especially to measure if they are fit for purpose. But there are some things that would be helpful. For example - to gain an understanding of all the different accreditations and certifications innovations have achieved to be where they are now, a more standardised approach would support innovation. One of the slowest factors is people not really understanding what they all mean or what innovators have had to do to achieve them.

A typical day for you would include…

Getting up, and having at least two cups of tea to start the day! Checking my emails and organising them into urgent for me, urgent for someone else and non-urgent.

Asking for a report on usage across the UK and assessing if there are any issues to be aware of.

At the same time, I have a quick catch up with our Chief Operations Officer who fires at me all the things going on that day, and if there is something foreseen that I may need to be involved in.

I’ll then pop my head around the door of the tech team, see if they are all okay.

I quite like going to see the graphic designer next and seeing where we are up to with project work, for example the ‘Meet your baby’s care team’ animated video in our SBRI Healthcare funded module of preterm birth.

Then I’ll have two or three meetings with ICBs, Heads of Midwifery, Digital Midwifery leads or other stakeholders.

Next some dedicated time set aside for report writing or future planning, often looking at what we need to do next how that fits into our future workstream or scope, then measuring it against the needs from our Patient and Public Engagement activities and National agendas. In-between that I may have a call or ten with one of my four children, normally about something they can solve but won’t! Luckily the dogs don’t have phones...

You can find The Real Birth Company on Twitter and LinkedIn.

Accelerating FemTech: East Midlands

On Tuesday 20 June, innovators, academics and clinicians came together for the in-person event “Accelerating FemTech: East Midlands”, to explore the innovative and transformative possibilities in the realm of women’s health. 

This event was part of the Accelerating FemTech initiative, which aims to support innovators to boost the development of technology solutions to address current challenges in women’s health. Accelerating FemTech is being delivered by the Health Innovation Network and partners, including: Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs), CW Innovation and others, utilising Innovate UK funding as part of the Biomedical Catalyst in collaboration with the Medical Research Council.

This event was hosted by East Midlands AHSN was introduced by Nicole McGlennon, Managing Director of the AHSN. A wide range of experts presented on the day including:

  • Dame Barbara Hakin, who delivered the day’s keynote speech on digital solutions to the challenges facing women’s healthcare. Dame Barbara is a renowned system leader who was the former CEO of East Midlands Strategic Health Authority as well as former Deputy CEO and COO of NHS England. She detailed how the NHS is delivering innovation and explained about potential barriers and strategies to get around them, including the importance of real-world clinical and economic evidence.
  • Nelli Morgulchik, Venture Development Associate at Pioneer Group, then shared insights from guiding budding entrepreneurs and structuring businesses from scratch within the FemTech space. She described the 3 W’s that companies should consider when looking for investment: Who is the investor, What are going to use the money for and When is the right time to raise investment.
  • Zoe Wright, the Founder of the Real Birth Company and Registered Midwife, discussed her award-winning antenatal education programme and the highs and lows of working within FemTech. She shared some great insights about how to work effectively with both clinicians and patients to develop a programme that meets everyone’s needs.
  • Simon Harris is a seasoned professional leading transformative NHS projects and AI initiatives and, in his presentation, he discussed how digital health company, Kheiron, is using AI to help transform breast cancer diagnostics. Simon discussed the challenges of implementing an AI solution across systems and how Kheiron have overcome them. He also shared Kheiron’s experience of using an AI radiology tool to work with clinicians to improve cancer diagnosis and save coasts.
  • After a networking lunch where attendees worked in groups to discuss what the key FemTech challenges were, Angie Doshani, Consultant Obsterician and Gynaecologist, provided an overview of innovation in women’s health, with a particular reference to the JANAM app that she has developed to help support South Asian mums-to-be in Leicester and beyond. It was a great example of how technology can be used to supported under-represented communities.
  • Ollie Croft, FemTech Mentor and Business Development Engineer, then wrapped up the presentation section with a summary of the key considerations for innovators when developing a FemTech product. He presented his significant experience in the design of both physical and digital FemTech products and what needs to be considered.
  • Anna King, Commercial Director at the Health Innovation Network, concluded the event by providing an overview of the Accelerating FemTech initiative and importantly how companies can apply and how everyone can get involved!

Innovators from across the FemTech space were then able to network, linking together to discuss their areas of interest and potential partnership opportunities. We look forward to seeing new partnerships forming as a result of the Accelerating FemTech initiative, to help boost the development, evaluation and deployment of innovations in the women’s health space.

If you’d like to dive deeper into the topics discussed, you can now download the slide pack from the event.

Accelerating FemTech: Manchester – Inspiring the improvement of women’s experience of health through technology

On Tuesday 13th June, innovators, academics and clinicians in the women’s health space came together for the in-person event “Accelerating FemTech: Manchester - Inspiring the improvement of women’s experience of health through technology”. 

This event was the first of three face-to-face events as part of the Accelerating FemTech initiative, which aims to support innovators to boost the development of technology solutions to address current challenges in women’s health. Accelerating FemTech is being delivered by the Health Innovation Network and partners, including: Academic Health Science Networks, CW Innovation and others, utilising Innovate UK funding as part of the Biomedical Catalyst in collaboration with the Medical Research Council.

This event was hosted by Mills & Reeve in partnership with Health Innovation Manchester and Charlotte Lewis, Principal Associate at Mills & Reeve, opened the event before handing over to the speakers. A wide range of experts presented on the day including:

  • Liz Ashall Payne, Founding CEO of ORCHA who spoke about empowering women’s health through digital solutions
  • Sarah Cordery, Director of Kuppd, a new breast prosthesis brand, showcased their collaboration with academic institutions to use innovative 3D body scanning to help understand more about the shape of the area of the body affected by breast cancer surgery.
  • Then came a panel discussion featuring Zoe Wright, Midwife and CEO of The Real Birth Company, and Caroline Finch, Programme Development Lead - Patient Safety Collaborative for the Maternity and Neonatal Safety Improvement Programme at Health Innovation Manchester.
  • Prof Richard Edmondson, Clinical Professor in Gynaecological Oncology at the University of Manchester spoke about innovations and progress within gynaecological cancers.
  • Vicky Bertenshaw, Research Operations Manager at Health Innovation Manchester then provided an overview of the health innovation ecosystem in Manchester and the AHSN Network.
  • The speaking section concluded with a panel discussion on digital innovation in menopause services featuring Gaele Lalahey, COO of Balance Manopause App, Dr Laura Clark, GP at Archwood Medical Practice in Stockport, and Prof Carol Atkinson, Director of Research for the Faculty of Business and Law at Manchester Metropolitan University.

Innovators from across the FemTech space were then able to network, linking together to discuss their areas of interest and potential partnership opportunities. We look forward to seeing new partnerships forming as a result of the Accelerating FemTech initiative, to help boost the development, evaluation and deployment of innovations in the women’s health space.

If you’d like to find out more about the day’s agenda and speakers, you can now download the information pack. You can also download the slide pack from the event if you'd like to dive deeper into the topics discussed.

Small products, big benefits: bringing MedTech innovations to south London

Blog

Post Title

HIN Senior Programme Manager Dom Norton writes about a national programme, called the MedTech Funding Mandate, and the impact it is having on patients in south London.

Did you know?

  • The translation of healthcare research into practice takes a long time: the estimated time is 17-20 years. But implementation support, through programmes such as the MTFM, can accelerate this. Find out more here.

At the HIN, we often work with our local hospital teams to introduce and spread the use of exciting new technologies, to ensure that everyone in south London is able to access the best in healthcare solutions. In this blog, I talk about the MedTech Funding Mandate (MTFM) which was launched by the NHS Accelerated Access Collaborative in April 2021. As we come to the end of the programme's second year, I discuss the programme, two of the MTFM innovations, and reflect on the impact they are already having for patients in south London; these technologies do not always impact large patient cohorts, but for eligible patients they can be life-changing. Lastly, I briefly look ahead to future programmes and provide suggestions on how you can help.

Product case-studies

Case-study: GammaCore

Cluster headaches are a relatively rare type of headache, but the symptoms can be debilitating. The Migraine Trust describes them as “One of the most painful conditions someone can have.” gammaCore is a handheld device which alleviates the symptoms of cluster headaches by stimulating the vagus nerve. The treatment isn’t invasive or pharmacological and can be self-administered, unlike other treatments.

In the below video, some local clinicians from Guy’s and St Thomas’ and King’s College Hospital NHS Trusts talk about the device and the benefit it is bringing to patients’ lives.


gammaCore is now available to patients at all south London neurology centres, with more than 40 patients already having accessed this life-changing treatment option. You can access more information on gammaCore, plus an in-depth video on the device and its benefits here.

Case-study: SecurAcath

Dislodged percutaneous catheters can cause pain, infections and complications. SecurAcath is a clip that helps secure these catheters, improving patient experience and reducing the need for re-insertions.

SecurAcath is now available to patients in south London at six of seven eligible trusts, with the remaining trust in the process of introducing the clip. With the volume of clips already ordered and in use since 2020, an estimated 100,000 fewer catheter-related infections are expected, and even more hospital appointments for re-insertions are expected to be avoided. You can access more information on SecurAcath here.

Why a national programme focusing on specific products?

One of the challenges we all face is the sheer volume of new healthcare solutions entering the market. NICE publishes guidance for over 100 new products per year, so which ones should we invest time in supporting? The benefit of national programmes such as the MTFM, with a robust product-selection processes, is that only products with the strongest evidence for effectiveness, patient benefit and cost saving make the cut.

We also know it can take a long time for newly-evidenced technologies to reach real clinical practice, and even longer to be taken up everywhere, leading to inequitable access. Our aim, through programmes like these, is to address this access gap.

Impact and looking forwards

The story of these first two years of the MTFM in south London is overwhelmingly a positive one: all technologies on the Mandate have been adopted by south London hospitals, and in most cases by all eligible trusts.

The really good news is that we have shown that we are able to work with partners across south London to rapidly bring new innovations into NHS hospitals; and similar success has been seen across England.

The MedTech Funding Mandate programme is now into its second round, with products supported in urology, ear, nose and throat, sickle cell disease and cardiothoracic surgery.

The department for health and social care has also recently published its first ever MedTech strategy, which highlights the important role MedTech played through the Covid-19 pandemic, and its potential for the future.

For more information, contact the AAC Programmes team on hin.nhsaac@nhs.net

Are you a clinician or commissioner?

Work with your local AHSN to improve access to proven innovations.

Work with us

Are you an innovator?

Find out how you can bring your products into the NHS.

More information

Taking Action on Sickle Cell Disease

To mark World Sickle Cell Day HIN project manager Iona de Wet writes about the impact of sickle cell disease on those who have it, and what is being done to improve care.

It is difficult to talk about sickle cell disease (SCD) without reflecting the frustration, anger and sadness of the communities who live with this inherited genetic disorder. If you haven’t read No One’s Listening I urge you to do so. It is a report commissioned by the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Sickle Cell and Thalassaemia (SCTAPPG) in response to avoidable deaths and long standing failures of care for sickle cell patients. It is a sobering read.

I became aware of SCD through my work as a project manager, supporting improvements in treatment through the MedTech Funding Mandate, a policy vehicle that has seen funding released for automated red blood cell exchange, using the innovative technology Spectra Optia. I say ‘aware’, because the cursory nod given to the condition in textbooks cannot even begin to address the challenges faced by people living with SCD: rigid, sickle shaped red blood cells, that are not great at carrying oxygen, and have a tendency to ‘stick’ together. This can lead to, amongst a number of other symptoms, distressing sickle cell crises, causing unimaginable pain. But the fact I found hardest is that, as it stands, our healthcare system fails to adequately support patients.

"We need your help to continue changing the narrative."

Contributing to efforts to improve care, therefore, feels good. South London, our ‘patch’, is home to the largest number of people of African and Caribbean heritage in the UK, a community disproportionally affected by SCD. We are working with specialist centres called Hemoglobinopathy Coordinating Centres (HCC) to improve access to automated red blood cell transfusions for these communities. Whilst this work is important, it is only a part of a much larger landscape of care.

We want to join national efforts and contribute to telling a different story about SCD, one where positive experiences become the norm rather than the exception. We recognise that this a huge job but we want to bring our skills in building and nurturing connections, implementing change and accelerating innovation to this important challenge.

What you can do

  • If you are a systems leader, I urge to read this report and be an advocate for action.
  • Visit the Sickle Cell Society website and learn about the experiences of people living with SCD.
  • If you are an innovator with innovations that can support SCD, please get in touch.
  • And if you work in the system doing work to support SCD, we are well placed to convene ideas.

We need you help to continue changing the narrative.

Work With Us

If you would like to work with us to tackle SCD get in touch with project manager Iona de Wet.

Add button text

Accelerating FemTech: How can FemTech help reduce inequalities in maternity care?

The final webinar in the Accelerating FemTech: Inspire series was hosted by West of England Academic Health Science Network (AHSN) and was on the topic of inequalities in maternal and neonatal care.

Anna King, Commercial Director at the Health Innovation Network, began the webinar by introducing the Accelerating FemTech initiative and the Accelerate programme which is currently open for applications.

Alex Leach, Director for Innovation and Growth (acting), provided a short introduction to West of England AHSN and the work the organisation has being doing across Bristol, Gloucestershire and Wiltshire, leading the way on multiple maternity and neonatal care programmes.

The first presentation was delivered by Ann Remmers, Maternity and Neonatal Clinical Lead for West of England AHSN, on the topic of health inequalities and the impact they have on outcomes and experiences in maternity care. Ann provided insight into what is meant by inequalities in health and what these mean in maternity care, sighting shocking statistics such as the MBRACE-UK Report finding that black women were 3.7 times more likely to die than white women during maternity care. Ann concluded by emphasising the power of collaboration when looking at innovation in this space.

Sonah Paton, Founder and Director of Black Mothers Matter, spoke next about the lived experiences of black mothers, the evidence available and the context which led to the founding of Black Mothers Matter, encouraging innovators to remember the real people behind the statistics. She provided an overview of the support which the organisation provides including an online resource library and shop, antenatal support boxes and taught sessions in a community group including with pelvic health specialists and baby yoga instructors. Sonah also discussed the Black Maternity Matters initiative, co-produced with multiple partners including West of England AHSN, and currently being piloted in Bristol Trusts, involving training and QI projects.

Finally, the Founder & CEO at Anya, Dr Chen Mao Davies, gave an inspiring presentation on the multi-award winning FemTech start-up which is leveraging AI, 3D technology and access to world-class specialists to support parents with breastfeeding. This was born out of Chen’s personal experiences of breastfeeding and aims to help the 90% of mothers who are reported to give up breastfeeding before they wanted to. She shared the company’s co-production approach and patient involvement strategy, and the resultant improvements that they were able to make to the Anya product as a result.

If you found these clips interesting, you can now express an interested in attending our in-person Accelerating FemTech events happening in Manchester, London and East Midlands.

Applications are also open to Accelerating FemTech: Accelerate, a 10-week support programme is for small / medium-sized companies (SMEs) from across the UK, that have early-stage innovations addressing current challenges in women’s health.

Looking after the NHS podcast: Episode 3

Looking after the NHS is a podcast produced by the Health Innovation Network which discusses how we can make the NHS even better. Whether you are a health and care professional or simply have an interest in innovating healthcare, Looking after the NHS aims to motivate and reassure listeners that change within the health and care sector is possible.


Key Statistics

  • In the NHS there are around 164,000 full-time doctors and 360,000 nurses and midwives
  • Between June 2021 and June 2022, the NHS saw a 25 per cent increase in the number of nurses leaving their role
  • It costs around £9,250 per year to become a nurse.

The podcast is hosted by Catherine Dale, Deputy Coordination Director at The AHSN Network, and Ayobola Chike-Michael, Senior Project Manager at the HIN.

In episode three Catherine and Ayo sat down with Hazel Steele, a Matron in Medical Specialities at Guy’s and St Thomas’ Hospital and former Project Manager at the HIN. The episode discusses the importance of clinical and non-clinical roles collaborating during projects which aim to improve outcomes for patients.

Hazel, having worked in both clinical and non-clinical positions, sheds some light on how projects can be more beneficial to the needs of patients by involving nurses and clinicians in the initial scoping of projects.

“It’s all about understanding the scale of the problem at the point of delivery.”Hazel Steele, Matron, Guy's and St Thomas' Hospital

Find out more

For more information on Looking after the NHS, please get in touch.

Contact us

The Key to Evaluation: involving experts by experience in our research on remote monitoring

Supporting remote monitoring has been an important focus of the HIN over recent years. In 2019, we brought together colleagues from Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital, Lewisham and Greenwich and the South East London Clinical Commissioning Groups with the aim to improve outpatient experiences for a cohort of patients with long-term conditions, with rheumatology chosen as the focus area. Fast forward to 2021, the HIN began a project with Kings Improvement Science, working closely with Experts by Experience, Emma-Jayne Adams and Mary-Ann Palmer to inform research on remote monitoring for rheumatoid arthritis (RA).  This project has allowed the experts to use their personal experiences of RA to make a difference to others living with the same condition.

Around one per cent of the UK population is affected by RA, a chronic autoimmune joint disease that causes pain and inflammation, for which there is no cure. Symptoms can fluctuate unpredictably over time, with worse periods known as ‘flares’. It’s important for patients to get treated quickly during a flare to prevent progressive joint damage and irreversible disability. This doesn’t always fit with the way traditional face-to-face services have worked; appointments may not fall at times when patients most need to be seen, or at the right times to accurately capture a variation in symptoms. Remote monitoring can help to overcome these challenges, by allowing more regular oversight of symptoms so that patients can signal when they need to be seen most.

In 2020, a new remote monitoring service for RA was rolled out across three NHS trusts in south east London. This service involves inviting patients each month, via text message, to fill in a questionnaire about their symptoms. If their answers indicate they are having a flare, the service can provide tailored advice and support. Patients can also get in touch with a clinician via text. They have expressed a wide range of positive outcomes from the survey, including time saved from filling out long forms and attending appointments, as well as a happier, healthier mindset. You can find out more about the service and patients’ views by watching the video on this page.

For the past two years, KIS, NHS and patient partners have played a fundamental role in evaluating the rollout of this service. We wanted to know what patients and staff thought about the service, and what existing research can tell us about similar programmes.

"Having experienced the highs and lows of rheumatoid arthritis for many years, we wanted to use our lived experiences and skills to help make a positive difference to patient care and the lives of others with the illness."Emma-Jayne Adams and Mary-Ann Palmer, Experts by Experience

Patients were overwhelmingly positive about the remote monitoring service and engagement was high. In contrast, staff views were more mixed and engagement beyond the pilot site was low, which may be explained by barriers specific to roll-out sites. Equal levels of patient and staff engagement are required for the service to be sustainable.

Patient and public involvement was integral throughout this work. One of the stages that is often missed in involvement facilitation is working with existing patient networks and groups, which means reinventing the wheel is very common. To avoid this we established a close working relationship with the patient-led organisation, National Rheumatoid Arthritis Society (NRAS). NRAS helped us bring in Emma-Jayne and Mary-Ann, who both live with RA onto the research team as paid partners. We also ran workshops with a wider group of patients at key points in the project. This dual approach enabled us to balance building long-term, in-depth working relationships with getting a range of views.

Our Expert by Experience team members have written more about working with us here. They are also named as co-authors on the academic manuscript (currently under review), alongside the clinicians and researchers on the team, which reflects the influence they’ve had on the project and the amount of work they have put in. The full results of the evaluation will be published later this year.

This service is a strong example of the ongoing importance of involving people in projects and working in partnership with them to co-produce health innovation. In line with our long-term involvement strategy at the HIN, we are continuing to work with our own lived experience partners across various programmes to embed involvement as a key culture of our organisation.

If you would like to hear more about the remote monitoring service, the evaluation results, or patient involvement in the project, we’d love it if you could join our livestreamed panel and Q&A on 28 June at 7pm, via the NRAS social media and YouTube channels.

You are also welcome to join the involvement mailing list for news and opportunities to get involved with KIS.

Meet the innovator: Jonathan Knight

CEO and Co-founder of Tefogo, Jonathan Knight

In this edition, we catch up with Jonathan Knight, CEO and Co-founder of Tefogo. His innovation, Compassly, allows comprehensive clinical competencies to be easily managed with the simplicity of an app.

Current job role:

CEO & Co-founder at Tefogo

Name of innovation:

Compassly

Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

Compassly is an incredibly easy-to-use app for assessing the skills of clinical staff and assuring healthcare teams have the right skills to care for patients while motivating ongoing professional development - all digitally signed off and portable across organisations.

What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

This was more a gentle dawning than an instant lightbulb. It came from repeatedly hearing nurses and healthcare leaders –  people I really respected –  saying that this was one of their biggest unsolved challenges, which got my attention. They were so frustrated, and almost couldn’t believe that it hadn’t been solved already.

But beyond that, I was inspired by the fact that this was an important problem to solve on many levels: staff professional development, patient safety and experience, and helping the workforce to be more productive. And then from the moment we started showing people the prototype designs, we got such a positive reaction: “this is exactly what we need”.

What three pieces of advice would you give budding innovators?

  • Always listen to your customers, but don’t be afraid to challenge and come with your own perspective too – you have a lot of knowledge to bring, and you have probably spent more time thinking about the problem you are solving than anyone else
  • Be relentless in improving your product. One day it will be used by hundreds of thousands of people, and every improvement will make their lives just that extra bit better
  • Always try to move at pace, but have patience with your customers and users in healthcare; they have far more to deal with than you will truly understand

What’s been your toughest obstacle?

It’s no secret that the NHS is under enormous pressure, and most people are just swamped. It’s very frustrating to have a great innovation that people really want to use, but there are everyday challenges preventing them having the time and space to make the improvements that could help them.

What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

It’s a cliché but the overall highlight remains getting to work with the clinical teams in the NHS. From the very start we designed Compassly alongside the nurses who would be using it, and even when it was a basic concept people freely gave up their time to help because they could see how it would help colleagues and patients. To then be able to come back to them further down the line with a polished solution that they can use is truly satisfying.

But if I were to pick one specifically, it was winning the tender to use Compassly to digitise the UK Oncology Nursing Society’s chemotherapy (SACT) competency passport. It’s an organisation that I had admired from afar, and to be chosen to work with them felt like a huge validation of what we’re building. That project will soon bring Compassly to around 10,000 oncology nurses across the UK helping to treat cancer patients, and the whole team is massively motivated by supporting them.

What is the best part of your job now?

At heart I’m a product person. So while I enjoy pretty much all the different elements of my job, I think I will always be happiest coming up with innovative digital products that help solve important problems for people.

We showed Compassly to a senior NHS nurse for the first time a few weeks back, and he said “You’ve solved all the problems that I wanted to ask you about, and some that I hadn’t even thought of. It’s like you read our minds”. To know that we can help clinical staff that way is a tremendous feeling, and exactly why I love this job.

If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

The problem isn’t innovation, as there’s no shortage of innovative products out there. Rather, it’s adoption, the fact that so few of them are being widely used because of how hard it is to do.

There has been a lot of effort more broadly in healthcare to give a template of how to do things (GIRFT, Model Hospital, What Good Looks Like etc), but far too little for adopting technology. I would create a repeatable but adaptable process, forms and funding for NHS organisations to adopt a wide range of innovative digital solutions.

A typical day for you would include…

It’s almost impossible to describe a typical day as they are so very varied. One thing that is consistent is that I’m lucky to get to start the day with my kids as I do school / nursery drop-off each morning. That means that, however busy my day is, I always know I’ll be able to dedicate time with them, and it’s a great way to start the day.

We have an international team so there’s already quite a lot to catch up on straight away, and I find it energising to get into what they’ve been working on. There are a few things I’ll try to do consistently everyday - look at ways to improve the product, think about what new knowledge and content we can produce and make sure I’ve kept on top of all emails and comms. And most days I’ll be doing some sort of demo or discussion of Compassly – there is just no substitute to getting to speak to users and customers.

Beyond that, it’s whatever challenge the day brings!

You can find Compassly on Twitter and LinkedIn.

Making Diabetes Self-Management Accessible Across South London

As part of Type 2 Diabetes Prevention Week, Faye Edwards, Senior Programme Manager for diabetes at the HIN, writes about the HIN-backed services which are helping improve access to essential support for people living with diabetes.

For those working in the NHS, particularly primary care, the ever-increasing number of people diagnosed with type 2 diabetes can feel like an uphill climb that just keeps getting higher. Across south London around 180,000 people are living with diabetes, over 120,000 have non-diabetic hyperglycaemia (pre-diabetes), and many more people are undiagnosed.

"For those newly diagnosed with diabetes it can feel overwhelming, confusing and even isolating."

For those newly diagnosed with diabetes it can feel overwhelming, confusing and even isolating. As with any new diagnosis it can take a while for people to understand the implications, and how they should manage their future health. Diabetes education and personalised, supported self-management are vital in the prevention and long-term management of type 2 diabetes, which is why they are priorities for the NHS.

The Health Innovation Network has had a focus on diabetes since 2014 and during our work with local people the importance of access to diabetes education and peer support became really clear. In 2017 the HIN convened the 12 south London clinical commissioning groups to collaborate and create Diabetes Book & Learn, a service to help people access diabetes education wherever they choose in south London. This cross-boundary working is a great example of how commissioning can enhance patient care and deliver a wide choice of options, achieving an economy of scale that would be impossible to deliver alone.

Across south London the Diabetes Book & Learn service provides people with type 2 diabetes with a wealth of education options, including group sessions led by a specialist diabetes dietician or nurse, delivered in person or online, depending on individual preference. These group courses include the DESMOND and X-PERT HEALTH programmes, both of which are well established, quality assured  type 2 diabetes education programmes delivered by trained educators. It also includes HEAL-D, which is a culturally-tailored type 2 diabetes education course for people of African or Caribbean heritage, created in partnership with members of the African and Caribbean communities in south London.

Book & Learn Digital also has a range of options that provide diabetes education and self-management support via a mobile app or telephone. These include the Low Carb Program, which provides structured education, coaching and support on how to self-manage your type 2 diabetes and uses AI to provide personalised recipe and exercise suggestions; and Second Nature, which uses behavioural insights to support people with type 2 diabetes to make lifestyle changes and gain knowledge of self-managing the condition.

Image

Image

Image

Image

Image
Screenshot of diabetes book and learn homepage. Large header image of South London overlaid with a search box. Main text reads: delaying your diabetes education means delaying better health. Book your covid-friendly type 2 course today.


Since the launch of Diabetes Book & Learn in 2018 the we have continued to support its development. During the pandemic we support the ICBs with the procurement of new digital services and facilitated the switch of in-person sessions to online delivery, keeping the service going when many other similar services in the NHS had been temporarily stood down. Since Diabetes Book & Learn began, over 14,000 people with type 2 diabetes have been booked into a diabetes education course, with over half of these people choosing our digital or online options.

The establishment of Diabetes Book & Learn at scale across south London provides an unrivalled choice of education options for people with type 2 diabetes. It is playing a vital role in simplifying access to key self-management support and encouragement, and is equipping people with type 2 diabetes to take control of their future health and wellbeing. No one with a diagnosis of type 2 diabetes in south London should feel overwhelmed, confused or isolated by their diagnosis: Diabetes Book & Learn is here to help.

Find out more

People with type 2 diabetes who are registered with a south London GP practice can self-refer at the link below or call our friendly call centre team on 020 3474 5500. Any health care professional can make a referral via our website, call centre or via their practice IT system.

Diabetes Book & Learn

The real impact remote monitoring has on care home residents and those who care for them

Project Manager at the Health Innovation Network Andrew Scott-Lee reflects on the learnings from an evaluation of more than 170 London care homes using remote monitoring.

The use of Remote Monitoring (RM) technology to monitor physical health conditions outside of hospital has increased rapidly in recent years, and in particular since the Covid pandemic. This growth in use has also been seen in care homes where the technology has been introduced to enable monitoring of residents’ health at home and to improve the chances of identifying deterioration quicker.

Our evaluation of the implementation of remote monitoring in 173 care homes across four London Integrated Care Systems in 2021 found that 73% of homes continued to use the equipment months after implementation. Many care home staff reported benefits to them, residents, and the wider healthcare system.

The report highlights the confidence that RM instils in care home staff, who are often not trained to the same level of nurses or doctors. Utilising the physical health monitoring kit, baseline health data is collected, and guidance is available so that appropriate action can be taken when readings change. Training in use of the technology empowers staff to interpret observation readings and communicate effectively, confidently and in a clinically appropriate way with GPs, urgent care, and ambulance services.

I was able to explore in detail the approach that South West London (SWL) Integrated Care System took to implement RM in care homes, by undertaking a series of interviews with staff who led the digital transformation, and care home managers. The experience of these staff is described in this report.

You can see from the report that SWL’s Integrated Care System has made impressive progress in implementing digital transformation in care homes. My conversations with staff also highlighted the challenges faced by the care home sector in general in making the transition to digital ways of working.

Prior to the pandemic, many care homes predominantly used paper-based approaches for tracking and monitoring resident care, so the transition to digital monitoring requires - for some - a change in mindset. Care homes continue to experience high staff turnover rates, making it difficult to embed change. The amount of training and on-going support for digital transition may vary across different geographies, which impacts a home’s ability to sustain a digital transition once they have begun the journey.

Despite challenges, the commitment of care home staff to do what is best for their residents dominates. Although RM remains in its early stages of adoption in care homes overall, care home staff and GPs recognise its value.

Further evaluation may demonstrate that more consistent early identification of deterioration could result in fewer 999 calls and ambulance conveyances from care homes, and shorter, more appropriate hospital attendances and admissions.

Technological advances offer the potential for health and care services to work even better together to ensure that care home residents receive the right care, in the right place and at the right time, and services are used as efficiently as possible.

This can only be good news for care home residents, and the people who support them.

Download the report

Find out more about the impact of remote monitoring in care homes in our full evaluation report.

Download here

Making time: using technology to make clinicians’ days better

HIN Chief Executive Rishi Das-Gupta writes about the potential of technology to reduce pressure on the NHS workforce.

The current industrial action by doctors and nurses is a symptom of a much deeper underlying problem which goes beyond pay, and the workforce crisis isn’t just that we don’t have enough staff. Our jobs have become much less human and ironically the way out may be through using technology better (and making it more fun) – giving us back time to care and improving our experience at work.

Workforce challenges

There are several complex factors that I think have led to a reduction in satisfaction, but among them are changes in working patterns and teams, increased workload and the need to use non-intuitive technology.

Firstly, we have been successful over 20 years in reducing the number of hours worked by clinical staff but often this has meant moving to a much more fragmented way of working with less continuity of care for patients and less satisfaction for medical staff. In addition, clinical staff now work with an ever-changing team and it’s harder to form the deep-peer support relationships.

Secondly, the workload has been increasing and we’ve had a 40 per cent productivity increase over the last 20 years in some areas.

Finally, poor interfaces for medical technology mean that new products and devices require training to use. This means that, rather than making clinicians’ lives easier from the outset, their adoption can be a struggle. Having spent some time looking at technology to support clinicians I believe that the next generation of technology can support our workforce in all three of these factors.

The four most promising uses of technology in my opinion are:

  1. Intelligent automation of note-taking and transcription tasks to make time to think;
  2. Scheduling staff and working patterns to make time for our lives;
  3. Remote working and communications technology to help at times of overload; and,
  4. Training and wellbeing support to prepare us to make the most of our time.

I will now briefly highlight the potential of each area with an example and I’ll expand each area in future blogs (depending where you’re interested)!

1. Intelligent automation

Firstly, the way we interact with computers to do day-to-day tasks is changing rapidly and some of the technology suppliers are using data from systems to improve the usability and staff satisfaction with their products – but this will take a product cycle (several years) to come to market. However, many of the processes we have are repetitive and require high levels of attention to do well. This is where we should be applying supervised intelligent automation (IA).

An example of this is automated note-taking in outpatients. I recently saw a prototype from Nuance for listening to a consultation in the background, transcribing this and using the transcript to populate a clinical note in an outpatient setting. This means talking as if there is an AI assistant in the room supporting us to write a clinic note. Voice interfaces and large language models (LLMs) are developing fast and have got a lot of press recently, but I think that the first application to clinical practice might be in note taking.

If we do this early, we’re likely to end up with products that suit our practices in the UK, and I can see advantages in partnering across the NHS with a tech provider to develop something to suit our needs. My hope is that if I’m a patient sitting opposite a doctor using this type of technology, they’ll look me in the eye and have time to think and to focus on me during a consultation.

2. Working patterns

Secondly, having moved to shift patterns and rolling-rotas, our ability to plan our lives has reduced. If I’m invited to wedding in December, I don’t know if I can attend. I recently saw a new product from Lantum designed to use artificial intelligence to fit rotas based on local rules to generate compliant rotas and enable swaps between people on the rota. Technologies like this offer the promise of more control over the trade-offs we make in our work-live balance.

3. Remote working

Thirdly, remote working and communications technology offers the ability to support us in real time but also the risk that we’ll always be working/available. We’ve all got used to zoom and phone calls for support but there is more we can do to have integrated communications that route calls to the right person to support us and to others if they are busy. The opportunity I see here is to support each other when the workload is really high or we need help to know what to do. This technology has been around for a while, but I’ve previously thought it suitable for deployment only by large organisations. At the Health plus Care show in April there were several companies with products addressing this including in assisted living facilities and care homes where I saw a demo of the Ascom solution which integrated an easy patient interface (using Amazon Alexa devices) with a clinician platform that meant that all calls can be prioritised. This need is reflected in the fact that a requirement for improved communications platforms has also been included in the new contract for GPs for this year.

4. Training and wellbeing

Fourthly, during the pandemic we saw a lot of training move online and we’ve been learning from this experience and adding well-being support to our staff development and support offers. Online and hybrid training can be delivered on-demand or at specified times in groups or alone. However, in addition to traditional training we’re also seeing other staff offers being delivered using non-face to face platforms such as mental fitness by Fika or meditation through apps like Headspace which were made available to NHS staff over the pandemic period.

This list isn’t exhaustive but I think outlines why I have hope that we could improve staff experience using technology that exists now… and the even bigger potential win would be embedding all this in a universal NHS staff app I could carry in my pocket that would integrate these features and my staff passport documents!

Staff experience impacts patient safety and evidence shows that Trusts delivering the best care have tended to also record high performing staff survey results. With tools like this I think that staff satisfaction can be impacted in months – and we need to measure it during that timeframe. NHSE has launched a shortened quarterly (NQPS) and monthly versions of the staff survey it used to publish annually (we are trialling the monthly people pulse survey at HIN) and I think it’s time we reframe the conversation about our work to bring staff experience and staff satisfaction to the forefront, alongside patient outcomes, and that we use metrics like productivity/throughput as measurable by-products of happier staff.

Although it’s easy to highlight shortfalls in the current approach I think we are at a point where we can see concrete ways to improve staff experience and to demonstrate the impact of this (and spread learnings fast) to improve the lives of hundreds of thousands of people working in health and care over the next year.

Can we help you tackle a workforce challenge?

The Health Innovation Network works closely with health and care teams in south London and across the country to develop skills and capabilities through a variety of programmes.

Get in touch

Unintended impacts: using Equality Impact Assessments to understand how technology can impact mental health inequalities

Innovations help us to tackle the biggest challenges in health and care, but it is not always obvious how the spread and adoption of new technology affects people in terms of widening or diminishing health inequalities.

In this blog, we hear from Karen West and Cameron Baker of patient monitoring company Oxehealth about how a Health Innovation Network-supported equality assessment helped them understand and improve the equity of their solution.


The inequality challenge for mental health care providers

Inequality in mental healthcare is nothing new. It’s been flagged as an issue since it was reported on over 50 years ago[1]. Recent reports show staggering rises in restraints of black people in NHS care, disproportionate levels of face-down restraints used with girls and women as well as overrepresentation of minority groups dealing with mental health challenges.

As a result, mental healthcare providers, and the integrated care systems they are now a part of, are focusing efforts to tackle inequality. By March 2024, providers will be required to draw up their own Patient and Carer Race Equality Framework (PCREF) and appoint an executive lead for PCREF at board level.  And they must report on their performance against core measures like detentions under the Mental Health Act, their provision of access to services for ethnic minorities, and the diversity of their workforce.

But the mental healthcare landscape is not static. Technology is rapidly emerging. For example, today there are an estimated 20,000 mental healthcare apps in existence.  Technology has the potential to transform the way healthcare is accessed and delivered, but what about its potential to impact inequality?


How technology can impact equality

As a technology provider, we recognise the tremendous impact technology can have when it comes to supporting staff to deliver better and safer patient care. Right from the start, we involved both patients and staff to help us develop products and services that not only addressed clear challenges in mental health but were broadly accessible. Oxehealth recognises that we need to be part of the solution to tackle inequality and this starts with taking responsibility to ensure our products and services create a positive impact, rather than exacerbate the problem.

Lord Victor Adebowale, Chair of NHS Confederation, takes this point further, amplifying the need for digital to be supportive of access and equity:




As far as I’m concerned, there are only 3 challenges facing most first world health systems; they are equity, access and digital - in that order. And the reason why they are in that order is that if digital isn’t helping you with the first two, then why are you using it?

Lord Victor Adebowale, Chair, NHS Confederation


Image showing equality and equity using different bikes as a metaphor - not everyone can ride the same bike in the same way

Those reading carefully will note the use of the word equity rather than equality. It's important to recognise the distinction as illustrated in the image (credit: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation) shown above. Although we often seek equality, this can lead to exclusion rather than inclusion: the same bike doesn’t fit everyone. But by providing a bike that fits their needs enables everyone to ride. What this means for us as technology providers is that we need to think not only about the aim of equality but also about how we make that happen by providing the “right bike” for everyone.


A little bit about Oxevision

Our patient monitoring technology - Oxevision - is designed to support clinicians in mental health inpatient settings and is currently deployed in half of NHS England’s mental health trusts. Oxevision uses an infrared-sensitive camera, which operates with regulated medical device software, to enable privacy-controlled vision into the room and contact-free measurements of pulse and breathing rate. This enables clinicians to check patients are well without disturbing them at night. The system also provides ward teams with actionable insights which can inform care planning and prompt staff to intervene proactively.

Oxevision is ideal in a space where wearable pulse oximeters would not be appropriate and provides a far wider range of benefits in comparison to these wearables. This includes consistent accuracy with different skin tones, a common and concerning issue with wearable pulse oximeters.


Assessing equality impact

Following a discussion with the Health Innovation Network, we realised we needed to understand the potential impacts of Oxevision on equality. This led to us conducting an Equality Impact Assessment (EQIA) which looked specifically at inequality impacts in relation to the nine protected characteristics covered by the Equality Act. This sort of evaluation is commonplace in the public sector, but is rarely carried out by private companies.

Our EQIA covers all aspects of the Oxevision product as well as Oxehealth’s implementation services, including training, engagement, service monitoring and benefits realisation. For each area of work, we analysed the impact across all protected characteristics, providing a clear assessment to show if implementing Oxevision might enhance or potentially adversely affect equality.

We also asked several NHS stakeholders, including the Health Innovation Network, to provide feedback and to challenge our assessment. The current assessment is very much a working document, subject to regular reviews to ensure it reflects the latest evidence.

A summary of our current findings is below:


How the assessment has impacted our work

As a result of the assessment, we have made several improvements, including:

  • improving the accessibility of documentation by creating easy read versions of staff and patient information on the technology and its use in inpatient settings
  • collecting more detailed evidence of staff and patient experience across different demographics; and
  • incorporating feature and design considerations into future product development plans

Taking a structured approach to equality

Equality has always been a fundamental consideration in developing and implementing our technology. But the EQIA enables us to think more broadly and in a structured way about equality. Before starting any new initiatives, we always think about the impact on equality. Using the EQIA framework helps us to identify how evidence of impact will be collected,  assessed and actioned to ensure we address any adverse impacts.




Technology partners in healthcare invariably have good intentions to help patients and staff, but understanding the real-world implications of their innovation in terms of how it might exacerbate or reduce inequalities requires proper consideration and analysis. Companies would do well to follow the path Oxehealth has set out; a process driven approach to creating positive social change. They exemplify how companies should take accountability beyond supplying a product and improve equality outcomes as part of their mission and in their business practices.

Aileen Jackson, Head of Mental Health, Health Innovation Network

Technology has a fantastic opportunity to transform healthcare, particularly in areas poorly served such as mental health. As part of that transformation, companies need to consider the wider impacts of change and play an active part in ensuring that change benefits everyone, equally.

We're here to help

If you'd like to learn more about making technology more inclusive or equitable get in touch with us

Get in touch

[1] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9746991/#:~:text=People%20from%20ethnic%20minority%20groups%20in%20the%20UK%20have%20poorer,reported%20for%20over%2050%20years.

Putting LGBTQIA+ Service Users First: What we learnt from our queertech roundtable

The Health Innovation Network recently hosted a roundtable event bringing together leaders from the health and tech sectors to discuss the challenges and opportunities in designing health technology for the LGBTQIA+ community. Karla Richards, Innovation Project Manager at the HIN, writes about what we learned.

The potential of new technology to widen and improve access to healthcare can barely be overstated, but in a fast-moving world there is a tendency to create solutions which work for the “average” person, meaning minority groups with specific health or access needs can be overlooked.

This is particularly true for the highly diverse LGBTQIA+ community, which encompasses a broad range of identities and cuts across nearly all sections of society. If the tech sector mantra is “move fast and break things” then we need to ensure LGBTQIA+ people are included from the outset.

In March 2023 the Health Innovation Network hosted a roundtable event with leaders from the health and tech sectors with an interest in queertech to share learning and best practice in designing queer-focused services and overcoming the challenges faced by innovators in this sector.

Attendees from the NHS included senior leaders from trusts and integrated care boards, and representatives from local authority public health teams. We were also joined by representatives from the third sector, LGBTQIA+ mental wellbeing apps Kalda and Voda, and LVNDR Health, an LGBTQIA+ platform offering sexual healthcare and wellbeing services.

Here are some of the key themes to come out of the discussion:

    1. Using language appropriately

    The terminology around sexual orientation and gender identity is constantly evolving and there is no universally-accepted term for LGBTQIA+-focused technology - even the term queertech is off-putting to some. This can lead to a fear among some service providers of getting it wrong and causing offence, but there was recognition that this is a complex area, with a considerable degree of personal preference, and that it’s not possible to get it right all the time. Positive engagement with the community and person-centred service design is more important than getting the language exactly right.

    2. The importance of data

    Data is the lifeblood of the digital economy, and reliable, consistent, and thorough data allows services to precisely meet the needs of populations and improve efficiency. However, some patient management systems do not accommodate all identities, or produce errors when combinations of data are provided that don’t meet hetero or gender-normative standards. On occasion this can lead to individuals being refused access to the care they need without being misgendered or misrepresented on clinical systems; for example trans or non-binary individuals who may need to access gynaecological and breast care services.

    Cyber-security is of course always essential, but an additional level of sensitivity is needed when asking about and storing information linked to sexual orientation and gender identity. However, this can also mean that data collected at sexual health services may be difficult to access for population health databases and that research linking specific health risks to sexual orientation or gender identity may be limited.

    3. Queer services are not just for cisgender white men or sexual health care

    When considering the needs of the LGBTQIA+ community, there is a tendency for health care commissioners to focus on cisgender white men and limit their considerations to sexual health services. This perpetuates stigma and stereotypes of sexual promiscuity amongst gay men and continues a lack of visibility and understanding of the unique health needs and experiences of the wider LGBTQIA+ community. When services are only designed for one part of the population this sends a message that other populations are not valued or welcomed in the health care system. This can discourage people from seeking out the care they need and exacerbate existing health disparities.

    4. Co-design

    The only way to ensure services meet the full needs of LGBTQAI+ people is to ensure they are involved in iterative design of services from the start. This include reaching a broad spectrum of LGBTQIA+ people which cuts across other demographic groups to ensure specific needs are met.

    5. Barriers

    Continued discrimination and phobia

    Unfortunately, some participants had experience of institutional discrimination, in which their concerns are not taken seriously or adequately resourced by decision makers, leading to a lack of trust and disengagement from the community. Digital and technology solutions can create safe and inclusive spaces by allowing individuals to access care from the comfort of their own homes, connecting them with supportive communities, and offering resources that are tailored to their unique needs.

    Concern about re-enforcing stereotypes

    Another challenge is the need to examine specific issues (such as the higher levels of mental ill health and suicide across LGBTQIA+ people) without reinforcing stereotypes.

    Digital exclusion

    There was also concern that potentially effective digital solutions may be less likely to be commissioned due to fear of excluding those without the skills or resources to access them. While digital exclusion is an important consideration, this needs to be weighed against the benefits of designing services which can make service access quick and easy for the majority. Doing this can help free up resources and staff time for more complex cases through traditional pathways.

    Data exclusion

    Current approaches to reporting and data often mean that people are either not given the opportunity to share information on their sexuality or gender or do not feel safe in doing so. This means the needs of the LGBTQIA+ community are not considered when designing or improving services.

    6. Addressing queertech challenges benefits other groups

    While the focus of the discussion was on improving services for LGBTQIA+ people, some of the issues discussed apply to other minority groups including lack of prioritisation from institutions and the need to involve end users in service design. Similarly, addressing concerns around data management can help people including refugees and those fleeing domestic violence.  


    I would like to thank everyone who came along to this event and participated in such a lively discussion. I have not been able to capture everything which was said here but this hopefully offers a taste of the challenges faced, and the enthusiasm which exists to help overcome them. There was consensus on the benefit of having a forum to share learning and an appetite to do more of this. As such we will continue to hold similar events in future and look forward to sharing our learning with you.

    Remote monitoring: embracing cultural change and developmental partnerships to enable patient choice

    The Health Innovation Network and NHS England (London Region) recently held a series of procurement roundtables focused on remote monitoring. In this blog Dr Sanjay Gautama, Clinical Informatics Lead for the London region and consultant anaesthetist, discusses why it is crucial for suppliers and services to change their ways of working if they want to deliver change for patients.

    At the heart of the promise of remote monitoring is the ability for patients to exercise greater choice as to where they receive safe and high-quality care. Remote monitoring is already starting to deliver on that promise, and enable people to be cared for in their own homes – a giant leap forward for digital technology in healthcare.

    Whilst the early signs are that many patients are adapting well to this brave new world, commissioning, designing, and implementing these new technologies has been challenging for many of the professionals involved.

    A particular impediment to progress thus far has been navigating existing procurement processes; a topic some of my colleagues discussed last month.

    I am pleased that we are now in a position to share the in-depth outputs of recent collaborative work, bringing together perspectives from industry, commissioning, procurement and implementation teams to suggest a new way forward, focusing on developmental partnerships.

    Getting the way we work together right has huge implications, not just for the initial procurement of digital infrastructure, but also the ongoing flow of data between different systems and ability to maintain interoperability as our requirements and ecosystems inevitably evolve over time.

    Ultimately, it is the collegial and collaborative relationships between suppliers and services which will be vital if we want to see the pace of improvement to patient outcomes keep up with the potential speed of technological advancement in remote monitoring.

    Technology should make doing the right thing for the patient the easiest option for the clinician – and developmental partnerships seem the way to achieve this.

    Our report covers practical insights into key elements of establishing successful developmental partnerships, such as choosing who to involve, and advice on how to nurture these partnerships over time through effective engagement and contracting.

    We hope that you will find it useful.

    Read the full report

    View our full roundtable report containing expert insights into how developmental partnerships may help to improve the commissioning, design and implementation of remote monitoring solutions.

    Download report

    Improving Care for Inflammatory Bowel Disease Under Challenging Circumstances

    Dr Rishi Goel writes about how a HIN innovation grant is helping to improve care for inflammatory bowel disease, and how the new service has been co-designed under challenging circumstances. Rishi is Consultant Gastroenterologist and Kingston Lead for IBD Services.

    Approximately half a million people in the UK are living with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), with numbers rising. The chronic condition has high rates of morbidity, and can lead to poor mobility and a significant need for self-care. It can also prevent people from engaging in usual activities, as well as causing discomfort, pain, anxiety and even depression.

    IBD can behave unpredictably and patients may struggle to access care when they need it the most, such as when the disease flares up. This increases the likelihood that patients will go to emergency departments and GPs, rather than specialists, when urgent care is needed. On this basis, the case for improving care for people with IBD is clear.

    In 2021 we won a HIN innovation grant for a project to improve access to IBD care. Not only was staff time constrained by the pandemic response, but social distancing rules completely changed the way people access care. Since then, the ongoing staffing crisis and pressure on services have made it very difficult to find the time and space to push the project forward, but have made the case for improving access to care stronger than ever.

    Research findings

    • 80 per cent of patients wanted communication via digital means
    • 75 per cent wanted a mixture of face-to-face and remote consultation
    • 75 per cent wanted to be reviewed within 48 hours

    Designing a service which meets user needs

    We adopted a co-design approach to ensure that the new service met patient needs as much as we possibly could. This included a patient survey and holding a patient engagement and co-production workshop attended by 20 patients. Results of the survey showed that 80 per cent of patients wanted communication via digital means, 75 per cent wanted to be reviewed within 48 hours and 75 per cent wanted a mixture of face-to-face and remote consultation. This valuable information gave us a direction and we sought to redesign the care pathway along these lines.

    We created a digital portal using software from Zesty with the aim of putting care directly in the hands of patients. The top priority from patients was getting a quick response with advice when having a flare, and this was something we have tried to address. For the first time, the portal enables patients to log in and access help when they need it most, as well as accessing their records and results, and enabling direct messaging with healthcare professionals.

    The aims are to reduce the burden on outpatient appointments and provide a more proactive way to manage patient care, as well as educating patients on how to manage their condition themselves while still being able to access specialist help when needed. The hope is that patients no longer need to wait for conventionally-scheduled outpatient appointments which rarely coincide with disease activity or a need for care.

    The healthcare team will also be able to send prescriptions, alerts and appointment reminders, reducing the cost of missed appointments. In addition we hope it will minimise administrative burden and reduce pressure on over-stretched services.

    Looking forward

    We hope that the project will improve satisfaction with services, access and education about IBD, while reducing trips to hospitals, hospital admissions, length of stay and days off work for patients. We really appreciated the support we got from the HIN in getting to where we are now.

    While the project is ongoing, initial feedback is positive. We have been able to change and improve the patient pathway for IBD in a way which focuses on the specific needs of this condition, and did so against some extremely challenging circumstances. We are continuing the rollout of the platform, and when this has concluded we will evaluate the new service fully, with hopefully some positive results to share.

    Introducing Lived Experience Partners at the HIN

    In 2022, the Health Innovation Network launched an Involvement Strategy that represents a refresh in thinking and effort to co-produce health innovation. Part of this strategy was a new Lived Experience Partner role and we are delighted to have successfully appointed two partners, Faith Smith and Aurora Todisco. Faith and Aurora are working with us to advise on involvement activities within our projects, expand our community networks and support other experts by experience and service users who work with us. Their role is fundamental in supporting us to embed involvement within our organisation.

    As people with extensive experience of the health and care system and involvement activities in this space, our partners are looking forward to bringing their specialist knowledge to the table and informing the development of our co-production work. Faith has worked with local and national involvement initiatives including being on the South London and Maudsley (SLaM) involvement register which focuses on mental health. In this role she regularly provides staff training and supports recruitment processes. More recently, Faith has supported the development of the Seni Lewis Training Programme for SLaM staff to prevent and manage challenging behaviours in the mental healthcare setting.





    I'm very much a people's person, and I think a lot of what I do is because I want others to be empowered to have their voices heard.

    - Faith Smith, Lived Experience Partner

    Faith is no stranger to the HIN, having already worked with us on our Mental Health Safety Improvement Programme, and she is delighted to be able to share her expertise at a more strategic level.

    Aurora has also previously worked with us and was part of our lived experience reference group who helped to develop our Involvement Strategy. When this new role was introduced, Aurora saw a unique opportunity to use her personal and professional experiences to help inform future engagement activities.





    In this role I'm focused on drawing upon my lived experience to deliver healthcare services from a local and neighbourhood level.

    - Aurora Todisco, Lived Experience Partner

    Aurora has extensive experience of supporting involvement work locally and nationally, and since 2021, she has shared her own lived experiences and taken part in over 350 co-production activities and engaged with over 70 national stakeholders. Her professional background, which covers finance, HR and governance development also complements the role. She currently works with Local Voice, a user-led charity that delivered the service provision for local Healthwatch organisations across north east London and supports resident voices.

    Having started their roles in February, our partners have integrated seamlessly into our organisation and are already in high demand for their expertise. Highlights so far include Faith supporting a workshop developing an e-learning for the Eating Disorders Transitions national programme and advising on focus groups for our HEAL-D programme that addresses Type-2 diabetes health inequalities.

    Aurora’s work has included taking an active role in our experience-based co-design (EBCD) project, which launched as an expansion of our work to help people manage chronic pain, for which she helped co-ordinate a patient-facing workshop in March. She has also given advice on involvement approaches for our Innovation for Healthcare Inequalities Programme (InHIP) with NHS England and has been attending the HIN Patient Experience Champions Club, a space for HIN staff to share their experiences of involvement and learn from each other.

    Both Faith and Aurora are keen to ensure their role has an impact locally at the HIN as well as on a wider scale.

    I'm keen to explore the importance of shared learning and take-up of research , recognising people's different experiences and ensuring that improvements are tailored to specific populations.

    – Faith Smith



    I'm looking forward to helping the HIN become an evidence-led organisation with strong links to the community, represented by people with lived experience.
    – Aurora Todisco

    Involvement is still a relatively new and developing area in the health innovation landscape, and we are hopeful that our approach to it will help to establish a model that can be applied in other health and care organisations. We are proud to be partnering with the people who lie at the heart of the healthcare system first, and hope that this is one way we can make our engagement more accessible, comfortable and a truly safe space for everyone involved. We are keen to be transparent and share both the challenges and successes of our approach, so please get in touch if you would like to hear more.


    I wish to be seen as a critical friend around the table where we discuss health care improvement and innovation, helping to keep track of changes and impact at governance level.
    – Aurora Todisco


    I feel very welcome at the HIN, and confident in the fact that my contributions are valued and taken seriously.

    – Faith Smith

    Find out more

    If you would like to know more, please contact Sophie Lowry, Implementation and Involvement Manager.

    Get in touch

    Meet the innovator: James Aitman

    In this edition, we catch up with James Aitman, CEO of JifJaff, an independent, intelligent automation consultancy that helps clients make the best use of their investment in automation.

    Tell us about your innovation in a sentence:

    JifJaff is a highly scalable (practice and PCN to ICS) tailored automated replication of both clinical and administrative workflows for primary care, delivered as a service.

    What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

    My light bulb moment was "on a basic level", having had a generic blood test that showed no issues. I rang my practice to find out my results, and in doing so, blocked other patients from calling and used an administrator's time to take a message. Then the practice had to allocate more time by booking a call to tell me there were no issues. In the call, I was also told a clinician had reviewed the results.

    I put the phone down, looked at the report and thought we could make something to read the results and make a predefined (clinically-led) decision if a follow-up is required. If not, the system could automatically generate an SMS to let me know everything is fine and I don't need to call. We can free up clinical and administrative time and support improved patient care. That was the catalyst to review multiple clinical and administrative tasks that needed to be done in primary care and automate them as much as possible. It was a busy two years of research!

    What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

    1. Know your market

    2. Take the time to understand the problem you are solving

    3. Be patient and do things properly

    What’s been your toughest obstacle?

    Finding the people that need our products.

    What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

    Seeing our clients’ faces when they watch their mouse move around the screen, following clinically led rules to safely do the work for the team. They see how using our tailored automation products can improve patient care, free clinical time, lower cost and enable them to spend more time focusing on patients that require support rather than admin—reviewing blood tests, coding, filing, LTC, repeat prescriptions, patient registrations and more. This helps people to understand that the products don’t have to only be used at the practice level but can also easily be scaled to PCNs, Federations and ICSs.

    Best part of your job now?

    Meeting new people and designing new automation for healthcare.

    If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

    Access to more funding!

    A typical day for you would include…

    Showing demonstrations and sitting with our innovation hub, having our products reviewed by practice owners, PCN directors, management at federations and strategic ICS leaders.

    You can find JifJaff on Twitter and LinkedIn.

    JifJaff are holding an invite-only private event in London on Thursday 27 April to build awareness around the automation work we do nationally in primary care. The event is for senior members of staff with responsibility in primary care (ideally ICS/ICB/Gov/NHS) to showcase the art of the possible with hyper automation at scale.

    Places are limited to 15 people and going quickly, so if you or any of your networks would like to attend, please register here.

    Using Virtual Reality to Help People with Acute Mental Health Conditions

    Aileen Jackson, Head of Mental Health at the HIN, writes about the promising results from a pilot of virtual reality (VR) relaxation technology on mental health wards.

    A scuba diving experience with wild dolphins. A sunny meadow in the Alps. A coral reef. A sunny mountain meadow with animals. A guided mindfulness meditation on the beach. A session of Tibetan sound bowls. These are some of the images and sounds that have helped to reduce stress for people with acute mental health issues.

    Learning about how a cutting-edge virtual reality (VR) relaxation innovation has supported people with acute mental health conditions has been truly inspirational and uplifting. After being made available on an acute in-patient mental health ward, the VR headset was, perhaps unsurprisingly, well received by service users and staff. So why is this intervention not routinely offered on all mental health wards?

    Background

    The project was made possible through a Health Innovation Network innovation grant back in 2019. It was developed by virtual reality pioneer Dr Simon Riches, Highly Specialist Clinical Psychologist, in partnership with Kings College London and VRelax.

    The pilot involved 42 service users at South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust, of which 28 were inpatients and 14 were attending outpatients. The most common diagnoses for those who participated were schizophrenia, schizotypal and delusional disorders. All service users had one session of virtual reality relaxation.

    How did VR help?

    Positive outcomes were reported by all 42 participants, including significant reductions in stress, anxiety, and sadness, and significant increases in relaxation, happiness, and connection to nature.

    A particularly interesting learning for me was how the virtual reality experience translated into the real world. Just one session resulted in participants being more open to trying new things and getting out into real world nature. There are also really promising indications that providing a calming VR experience can lead to a reduction in violence and aggression on the wards.

    As with all new innovations there are some lessons to learn. Some practical issues were encountered around navigating the VR devices both for clinicians and service users, and some clinicians reported disconnect with participants as they were unable to see and experience the VR at the same time. However, in general clinicians were enthusiastic about the benefits of the intervention.

    The main conclusion is that virtual reality relaxation can be a powerful tool in the context of often-stressful psychiatric wards, enabling service users to have a virtual break to visit beaches or mountains. This is especially pertinent to service users in south London and in any populated urban area, who don’t have ready access to peaceful, natural environments.

    Given these promising results, I would encourage mental health wards to consider how they can offer this low-cost and potentially highly beneficial option to service uses.

    Read the Full Evaluation Report

    Find out more about the impact of virtual reality relaxtion for acute mental health conditions in the evaluation report.

    Read the evaluation report

    Simulation Labs: Creating a Space for Constructive Failure

    We hear from Dr James Woollard about the importance of failure in innovation, and how HIN-funded simulation labs have helped create a space for this. James is Consultant Child and Adolescent Psychiatrist, and Chief Clinical Information Officer for Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust and the National Specialty Adviser for Digital Mental Health at NHS England.

    Adopting new ways of working after many years of practice can be daunting for a healthcare professional: “What if I/we get it wrong?”. Harm to a patient or patients, a complaint, an investigation, a referral to the professional regulator and personal harm immediately come to mind. This is compounded by resource pressures, whether financial, psychological or physical, which contribute to a sense of not being able to “afford” to get it wrong.

    This is at odds with the almost universally-accepted principle that when it comes to innovation if you don’t ever get it wrong, you will never get it right. There are many accounts from successful innovators of the role of failure in their success – thinking slowly about failing quickly is their approach. Yet the NHS’s natural and understandable aversion to risk can, ironically, lead to further failure in lots of small ways and occasionally, tragically, in some very big ways.

    If we have no dedicated space for failure, then every space becomes prone to failure.Dr James Woollard

    Creating space and time for failing safely is critical to other high-performance, high-risk industries. If we have no dedicated space for failure, then every space becomes prone to failure. One way we can enable this is through simulation. Simulation spaces have been adopted in healthcare professional training, for example around high-risk situations like resuscitation. However, they have not yet been widely applied to the adoption of new digital health technologies (DHTs) in clinical practice. I recently heard an innovator aptly describe the NHS’s adoption methodology for DHTs as “spray and pray”.

    With this in mind, Dr Victoria Betton, Dr Asanga Fernando and I applied for funding from the HIN to run a pilot of simulation labs to help mental health professionals to become more comfortable talking about digital health technologies with patients and carers.

    The project brought together simulation experts, clinicians, technology owners and digital clinical leadership to produce a range of insights for different users. Clinicians found it helpful to play with and experience different approaches for talking about technology with patients. Furthermore, they also understood how to make the best use of technology as part of that process. Tablet computers, for example, are better for shared exploration of an app than the tiny screen of a smartphone, particularly with concerns about social distancing.

    Clinicians wanted app owners to produce more standardised information about digital health technologies that could be used to support this process. They also wanted simulation or trial modes that would allow the clinician to explore an app without having to pretend to be a young person. The digital health technology developer involved in the lab has taken this learning on board and is working on supporting clinicians to have good conversation about their products. For the simulation team, we had further insight in how to organise and run simulation experiences around clinical scenarios involving DHTs.

    As a digital clinical leader, concerned with clinical safety, usability, and evidence for effectiveness, I am keen to continue to develop and use simulation-based approaches at all stages of the innovation lifecycle. By doing this we can ensure we have DHTs that work for patients and clinicians, are safe and deliver good value. As a child psychiatrist, I see we have much to relearn about playfulness as a serious endeavour for learning. I hope we have the courage to “pause and play” through simulation rather than “spray and pray” when it comes to innovation and digital health technology adoption.

    Find Our More

    Find out more about the simulation lab pilot in the full evaluation report.

    Read the Simulation Lab Report

    Accelerating the remote monitoring market through partnership

    The Health Innovation Network and NHS England (London Region) recently held a series of procurement roundtables focused on remote monitoring. In this blog HIN Chief Executive Rishi Das-Gupta and NHS England Regional Director of Digital Transformation Luke Readman discuss how developmental partnerships offer the chance to accelerate the development of this emerging technology.

    “Trust is hard won and easily lost. Any effective partnership needs to have a high level of trust, this means that partners must be willing to work together to solve problems collaboratively, agreeing to work in the best interests of the partnership goals.”

    Healthy relationships need clear boundaries and shared goals; during the pandemic we had to procure remote monitoring solutions at pace, leaving precious little time to build trust and align visions. In London, some remote monitoring suppliers overpromised and underdelivered on the quality and time taken to build and deliver solutions; whilst service expectations were not always realistic which also contributed to the breakdown of some relationships.

    The Health Innovation Network and NHS England (London Region) recently held a series of procurement roundtables, bringing together experts from across industry alongside commissioner and provider organisations to explore a better way forward.

    Given our collaborative approach, it seems fitting that the “red thread” running through these lively discussions was the importance of developmental partnerships and contractually enabled collaboration to achieve our collective goals.

    Some of the tactics discussed in the roundtable report include:

    Early market engagement: Co-defining problems with industry to lay the ground for partnership working through dialogue.

    Developmental contracting: Building the intention to develop a solution into contracting processes.

    Meeting future needs: Creating work packages which account for areas of uncertainty or with the flexibility to respond to “unknown unknowns”.

    Testing via pilots and evaluation: Testing work packages through contracts which build lower-risk pilots into delivery before committing to larger costs.

    Harnessing innovation: Contracting with multiple suppliers to harness innovation in all patient cohorts across a geography, including making use of Dynamic Purchasing Systems to allow new suppliers to join and local systems to articulate their own bespoke needs.

    We are delighted to share the initial outputs of our roundtable events.

    Further guidance and recommendations looking at how to procure and contract for partnerships can be found in our full report released in April 2023.

    Nipping it in the bud: helping the NHS treat eating disorders as early as possible

    To mark Eating Disorders Awareness Week, National Programme Manager Jill Owens reflects on the challenges of eating disorders, why it is crucial to treat them as early as possible and how early intervention services like First Episode Rapid Early Intervention for Eating Disorders (FREED) can help.

    Eating disorders are on the rise, with referrals already increasing before the Covid-19 pandemic and particularly pronounced growth afterwards. Hospital admissions for eating disorders have increased by 84 per cent in the last five years, with children and young people especially affected with a rise of 90 per cent. They can affect anyone regardless of gender, ethnicity, age or body size. Tragically, eating disorders have the highest mortality of all mental health disorders.

    I have personally seen how these disorders can fool people into thinking that it is a protective factor – providing either control or comfort. It can also be very secretive and isolate a person from those who want to help them. Recognising difficulties with eating and taking those first steps to find help takes courage and strength, but it is worth it because healthy eating habits help us live full and happy lives.

    The phrase ‘prevention is better than cure’ - attributed to the 15th Century Dutch philosopher Erasmus - seems so logical that it’s hard to imagine a time when this sentiment wasn’t commonly used.

    However, eating disorders are one group of illnesses where the causes and triggers can be so diverse that universally effective prevention is hard to find. If we can’t yet prevent people from developing eating disorders, what can we do?

    We know that eating disorders cause changes in the way a person thinks and feels, which become harder to reverse over time.

    Fortunately what we do have is the ability to tackle them as early as possible with the right tools, support and awareness. There is growing evidence that the earlier we act to provide help to people with eating disorders, the better their chances of recovering quickly and living their lives to their full potential.

    We know that eating disorders cause changes in the way a person thinks and feels, which become harder to reverse over time. While recovery is possible and well worth aspiring to at any stage, a “golden window” for starting treatment of about three years from the onset of the disease seems to deliver the best long-term results. To get treatment as early as possible, people need to be able to spot the signs in themselves or others and know where to go for help.

    At the HIN we have been proud to lead the spread and adoption programme for early intervention in eating disorders since 2020, a programme which has been coordinated by the AHSN Network. As National Programme Manager I have been thrilled to work with people who see the importance of early intervention, and to be part of a programme which has benefited so many people.

    The model for the programme is First Episode Rapid Early Intervention for Eating Disorders (FREED). FREED supports early interventions for people aged 16-25, the most likely age to develop an eating disorder and a unique time of life where considerable changes take place. FREED uses innovative methods to address the challenges of emerging adulthood and the early stages of eating disorder development, reducing the duration of untreated illness.

    FREED was developed by a team at South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust (SLaM) and Kings College London (KCL) with support from the Health Foundation. The FREED team have been working hard to develop research and evidence to demonstrated the effectiveness of this approach, including studies that show:

    • 32 per cent reduction in wait time from referral to assessment in FREED patients;
    • 59 per cent of FREED patients with anorexia nervosa reached a healthy weight by 12 months, compared to 17 per cent of non-FREED patients;
    • duration of untreated eating disorder reduced from 19 to 13 months.

    At the Health Innovation Network we are delighted that FREED services are now either active or developing across England. All 15 Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) have provided time and expertise to support local services in understanding the evidence behind FREED and work towards adoption. The programme is drawing to a close in March 2023, leaving a legacy of increased awareness of the benefits of early intervention, numerous resources to help eating disorder services set up early intervention services, and well over 2,000 young people having received treatment.

    The work will continue to move forward with support from NHSE and leadership from the team at SLaM/KCL, as well as the many specialist FREED Champions and services throughout England.

    If you are concerned about yourself or someone else, please contact your GP. You can also find more information through an eating disorders awareness and support charity, such as BEAT Eating Disorders.

    Find Out More about FREED

    FREED Website

    The Language of Involvement

    Group discussion with woman speaking on microphone

    Involving the public is crucial to ensuring health and care services are designed as effectively as possible. However, it can be difficult to get the language of involvement right. Alice Beaumont, in the HIN's Insights team, shares what we’ve learnt about using appropriate language around involvement and how this can help improve engagement.

    As our principal tool for expression and communication, language can be a vehicle for positive change. However there is a considerable amount of pressure when it comes to choosing how best to convey meaning. This is particularly true in the context of patient and public involvement (PPI) where a range of words and phrases are used synonymously, and the terminology used is not standardised. This can be confusing and has arguably slowed the adoption of involvement in improving healthcare services. At the HIN, we are keen to use terms that people understand and prefer, and this is a challenge that we have grappled with when developing our Involvement Strategy.

    Several of the terms used to define this area of work – particularly engagement, participation, and involvement – are used interchangeably, and other terms like co-production and co-design can add further complexity. In our strategy we use the word involvement as an overarching term to describe activities that actively engage people in AHSN programmes, seeking their feedback and using their insights to inform design and delivery. We see involvement as a way of working where service providers, commissioners and users work together to reach a collective outcome.

    There is a considerable amount of pressure when it comes to choosing how best to convey meaning. This is particularly true in the context of patient and public involvement.

    Within involvement, the idea of patient engagement features heavily. This phrase is generally used to describe the notion of producing more responsive and transparent healthcare systems. In the context of PPI however, the word engagement can be misleading. Unlike in involvement (where it is implied that inclusion is necessary), engagement can indicate that there is little to no expectation of reciprocal action from the participants within activities. The term engagement can also generate confusion between involvement and person-centred care (PCC, also known as care planning), which refers to working in partnership to focus care on the needs of individuals.

    Another word that is frequently used in the context of PPI is participation, which is usually applied specifically to involvement within health research. Additionally, co-production and co-design refer to a PPI process which emphasises the sharing of power and responsibility. While these terms may describe distinct approaches to involvement, they all share the philosophy of valuing partnership and collaboration.

    The challenges of language are not limited to defining the theory of involvement; we also need to be careful when describing the people that we involve. The terms patients and public are often used mutually with words including citizen, consumer, layperson, expert by experience or service user. Choosing between these can spark debate, for example the term consumer is often rejected as it can imply an element of choice, which does not come with an illness.

    Some people we involve dislike being referred to as experts by experience, as they may not see themselves as experts and feel pressured by this description. Similarly, patient is generally accepted in certain contexts, such as when discussing physical conditions. However within the sectors of mental health and intellectual disability, the term service users is more often used, and, where meaning will not be lost, we should simply say people.

    Within the HIN’s Involvement Strategy, we want to involve people with lived experience, which is a widely accepted and inclusive term. On its own, it is unclear what lived experience refers to, but within the context of healthcare, we define it as personal knowledge about healthcare systems gained directly and first-hand, rather than through representations constructed by other people.

    When delving into discussions about what we should and shouldn’t say, it is easy to become confused, or even overwhelmed. It is therefore important to remember that the way we approach involvement, and how we communicate with people and communities, should be primarily judged by the outcomes we achieve, rather than the words we choose to describe it. There is not one right answer when it comes to the language of involvement; all we can do is use tact and sensitivity. If we start by asking people what language they would prefer, and adapt according to the context and individuals, then there really isn’t too much to be afraid of.  

    Find out More

    Find out more about our involvement work in our involvement strategy.

    Read the HIN Involvement Strategy

    Is diversity in the workplace a good thing? (yes, but….)

    HIN CEO Rishi Das-Gupta writes about the importance of diversity in the workplace and the challenges it can present.

    The NHS recently dropped its diversity targets (they are not part of planning guidance for 2023-24) and some MPs and media are waging war to remove the posts which were added to make the workplace fairer and more diverse. While this is understandable in the current cost-constrained environment, diversity within the NHS is essential for providing high-quality, patient-centred care.

    A diverse workforce brings a wide range of perspectives, ideas, and skills that can lead to better outcomes for patients and their families. However, it is important to acknowledge that there can also be challenges associated with having a more diverse workforce. One such challenge is that there are usually more opinions to take into account (which is the point!) and so it can take longer to reach decisions - at a time of crisis this can be frustrating. However, I think that now is a time of change. Including diverse perspectives is essential and we all must get more comfortable fostering disagreement within our teams.

    I temporarily left the NHS to get experience in other industries before returning, so often feel I should speak up when I have a different view. I’ve always been surprised by how uncomfortable this feels in the NHS and call on all our leaders to understand and foster constructive conflict to get to better answers for our patients and staff.

    It is possible to argue that the NHS has one of the most diverse workforces in the world. In London, where I work, providers have people with backgrounds from almost every country in the world and speaking scores of languages. In addition, across the service as a whole we have near equal gender balance (NHSemployers). We bring individual perspectives based on professional background, patient interactions, and personal circumstances. Despite this, some groups are still systematically over/under represented in senior decision making. As the makeup of decision-making groups changes, the conversations can be less comfortable.

    Most NHS discussions start with common values and so if you disagree, you might not be ‘NHS’ enough. I temporarily left the NHS to get experience in other industries before returning, so often feel I should speak up when I have a different view. I’ve always been surprised by how uncomfortable this feels in the NHS and call on all our leaders to understand and foster constructive conflict to get to better answers for our patients and staff.

    When a group of individuals with different backgrounds, experiences and perspectives come together, it can often lead to a wider range of opinions and ideas being put forth. This can be a positive thing as it leads to more thorough discussions and considerations of different options. However, it can also lead to a longer decision-making process as the group works to come to a consensus. Without good discussion facilitation or chairing, this conflict can feel uncomfortable.

    Benjamin Laker and Vijay Pereira explored the reasons for team conflicts in an article in Harvard Business Review published on 31 May 2022 (that was not focused on diversity). However, they highlighted four common causes of conflict from a study of 1,000 managers across 76 companies – and I think that each of these can be exacerbated by diversity in backgrounds, professional experience and communication preferences:

      • Communication difference - 39%
      • Unclear expectations - 22%
      • Unreasonable time constraints - 16 %
      • Opaque performance standards - 14%

      These are all factors which are at play in our discussions in healthcare – and the risk of each of these factors coming into play increases as the diversity of the team increases and as we work across organisations as part of ICS working. It’s even more important as we work under time pressure and there is a need for swift and efficient decision-making.

      It is important to remember that this added time and effort is necessary to make well-informed and inclusive decisions that take into account the needs of all patients and staff. Which brings us to what we can do about it… In my opinion we should:

      • Spend time to outline what our values are (or have them pinned to the wall) and highlight whether a conflict is a result of us having different values or applying our values differently.
      • Spend time being clear about what problems we are trying to solve – my experience is that we always want to solve the problem without clarifying exactly what we understand by it. In a diverse group the chances of having different interpretations of the issues is high. Personally, I value using a problem statement worksheet to tease out the issues.
      • Recognise communication differences – in organisations I’ve worked with this has been done using Myers-Briggs or the Insights Discovery tool. These can be the start of a discussion but other factors are important too.
      • Spend time agreeing actions – and make these clear. Laker and Pereira suggest being clear about what is satisfactory delivery and what is good/above the required level which sounds like a great way to go… but I must admit I’m not always good at doing this!
      • Negotiate the time constraints if you feel this is what is causing frustration – I find the best questions to ask as a manager are “Is that a realistic timeline?” and “What will need to be delayed to get this done on time?”
      • Getting performance standards right in the NHS is harder… In general I think we are nicer than in other industries where I’ve worked. I think it’s important to highlight when performance is below the expected level and have seen this done sensitively with questions to understand why this was. Often, I’ve found it’s because the required outcome was unclear for instance, I might have a different understanding of what a “high-level financial model” is to a management accountant. Less frequently, the person didn’t have the skills and support needed, or there were personal issues that prevented delivery – it’s rare that people’s heart wasn’t in the right place (which I think of as a values issue).
      A diverse workforce brings a wide range of perspectives, ideas, and skills that can lead to better outcomes for patients and their families. However, it is important to acknowledge that there can also be challenges

      In conclusion, diversity within the NHS is a vital aspect of providing high-quality, patient-centred care. However, it is important to be aware that there can be challenges associated with having a more diverse workforce which include the potential for increased conflict within teams, taking longer to reach decisions and that discussions feel less comfortable.

      I think it is important to acknowledge these challenges and that it is crucial to remember that the added time and effort is necessary to make well-informed and inclusive decisions that take into account the needs of all patients and staff. As this is a change and doesn’t come naturally to all of us, supporting our teams and particularly facilitators and managers to foster good conversations is really important.

      So, the gauntlet is laid down! We need to create a culture of open communication and respectful dialogue (and implement effective conflict resolution techniques when things get heated). Together we can work through these challenges and ultimately create a more productive and successful work environment for the NHS.

      Delivering holistic care for physical health conditions through digital talking therapies

      Could digital talking therapies tools help to provide more well-rounded care to people with physical health conditions? Health Innovation Network project manager Gemma Dakin discusses the potential benefits of these digital tools and work being done to increase their usage.

      The links between physical and mental health are well-established. About one in three people with a long-term physical health condition also has a mental health problem (most often depression or anxiety), and people with mental health conditions may also have a long term physical health condition such as diabetes or cardiovascular disease.

      Despite this, approaches to treatment often remain segregated. Looking specifically at treatments primarily for physical health conditions, access to high-quality mental health support or “joined-up” physical and mental health interventions is limited.

      However, in recent years, innovations have started to emerge which provide tailored support to help people manage the mental health implications of physical health conditions. Many of these innovations are based around providing digital access to talking therapies (sometimes known as Improving Access to Psychological Therapies or IAPT).

      Talking therapies use techniques such as guided self-help or cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) to help people self-manage their symptoms and find improve their wellbeing. They are most suited to treating mental health problems of relatively low severity; there is a growing nationally-recognised evidence base suggesting they can improve the quality of life for people with physical health conditions ranging from diabetes to lower back pain.

      Improving access to talking therapies in south London

      Through the Health Innovation Network’s activities in mental health, the work of DigitalHealth.London and the work of our colleagues at King’s Health Partners (KHP), we have a well-developed network of promising innovators providing solutions to support mental wellbeing for people with physical health conditions.

      In late 2022, the HIN co-hosted a webinar with the Healthy London Partnership showcasing some of these solutions to an audience of NHS commissioners, clinicians and other interested parties.

      Presenting at the webinar were:

      • Limbic: a chatbot-based solution designed to speed up the patient journey between assessment and treatment and offering tailored psychoeducation and CBT.
      • Silvercloud: a system providing digital access to therapy and therapeutic tools, currently being used across four long-term condition areas.
      • Minddistrict: a versatile online mental health platform providing access to services such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), CBT and psychoeducation.
      • Mahana: a specialist digital treatment for people living with Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS).

      Each of these innovations presented evidence for the potential benefits of their solution to support people with physical health conditions – not only through improving outcomes for patients directly, but also through reduced administrative burden on services. You can find the slides presented at the event here.

      With 1.9 million people with depression or anxiety disorders expected to be using talking therapies services by 2024, digital services will have an increasing role to play in managing demand and enabling convenient access to effective care. New innovations embracing person-centred co-design will help to provide more different ways for patients to access tailored support. Waiting lists for many forms of treatment will continue to be a challenge across the mental and physical health sectors; evidence-based digital solutions which help people manage and improve their mental health and wellbeing will undoubtedly grow to be an important element of providing truly integrated care.

      Find Out More

      Interested in using digital talking therapies to support patients? Get in touch with the team to find out how we can help

      Contact Us

      Investing in our Care Home Leaders

      Cohort 4 of the Care Home Pioneers programme

      Blog

      Post Title

      The Care Home Pioneers programme is a leadership support and professional development programme for care home leaders in south London. To date, we have supported over 70 care home managers, nurses and senior deputies on the programme, facilitating their personal growth in order to deal with the complexities of care home life.

      On 7 December, the Health Innovation Network welcomed participants from the latest cohort of the programme to their graduation ceremony. The day celebrated all the Pioneers’ achievements over the course of the programme. Andrea Carter, the Healthy Ageing team’s Programme Director, reflects on the day and the importance of supporting the professional development of care home leaders.  


      Inspiring, humbling, innovative.


      These were the one-word descriptions given by participants and stakeholders at a recent celebration which concluded a leadership development programme for care home managers.

      Care home managers became all of our heroes during the pandemic. Nightly news coverage described the challenges they faced trying to safeguard their residents, while implementing policy decisions which changed weekly, if not daily.

      Over the past nine months, the Health Innovation Network, in partnership with My Home Life, has supported over 30 ‘Care Home Pioneers’ – managers leading care homes in south London. This is part of our wider programme of collaborative learning opportunities, designed to support our health and care workforce in developing technical and leadership skills and real-world improvement projects.

      During the programme, we witnessed emotionally bruised staff recovering, re-committing themselves to the challenge, and striving for improvement: for themselves and their residents. The resilience and kindness of this particular group shone through and will stay with me for a long time, even after 27 years working in health and social care.

      At the end of the programme the Pioneers shared their experiences and described their needs going forward.

      Many described their gratitude for the ‘safe space’ that the programme provided, to discuss challenges, as well as develop creative solutions to common problems. A few explained how the programme had enabled them to secure promotion within the care home sector.

      The resilience and kindness of this particular group shone through and will stay with me for a long time, even after 27 years working in health and social care. Andrea Carter, Programme Director, Healthy Ageing team

      Innovation was evident. Quality Improvement projects delivered during the programme covered a breadth of topics, including how to escalate concerns to health service colleagues when residents became unwell, new ways of supporting residents to live well with dementia, and creative approaches to encourage residents to eat and drink well.

      This poster presentation and video describe their achievements in more detail. Additionally, the South London Care Home Pioneer Programme 2022: Cohort 4 poster can be found here.

      We’re all familiar with the extreme challenges of providing emergency care in the current climate. In London, recent data suggests that the number of care home residents represents 0.4 per cent of the population, yet accounts for around 4 per cent of ambulance conveyances and around 10 per cent of occupied hospital bed days.

      Care home staff often tell us their residents do not wish to be taken to hospital, and it is vitally important that we get our escalation response right for residents, as well as for the wider system.

      To achieve this, continued dialogue with care home leaders is vital. They understand the factors that come into play when determining how an unwell resident can receive the right care in the right place at the right time, including how to ensure their residents don’t suffer the indignity of death in an unfamiliar place.

      Care home leaders need to be able to share their wisdom as true partners in delivering health and social care. Let’s not forget the knowledge amongst this group of leaders, and all strive to ensure that we embrace the opportunities afforded by Integrated Care Systems and Local Care Partnerships by properly engaging them in local debate.

      HIN colleagues at the Care Home Pioneers graduation ceremony

      Find out more

      For more information about the 2023 Care Home Pioneer Programme, please get in touch.

      Contact us

      Working with patients as equal partners to improve chronic pain management

      Natasha Callender, Senior Project Manager and Medicines Workstream Lead at the HIN, writes about how we are using co-design to expand our work to improve chronic pain management and reduce harm from opioids.

      Improving chronic pain management by reducing harm from opioids is a priority for the NHS. That is why in October 2022 we launched a Quality Improvement Collaborative, in response to the NHS England Medication Safety Improvement Programme (MedSIP) workstream. The Collaborative is helping to reduce harm from opioids by speeding up the adoption of innovative harm prevention initiatives and improving care of people living with chronic pain across south London. By providing participants with expert clinical advice and QI support, we are helping them to become Opioid Stewards within their practice, Primary Care Network or Trust.

      In October 2022, the HIN’s Ayo Chike-Michael, Senior Project Manager in Patient Safety and Experience, wrote about the Collaborative in more detail, including the complexity of pain management and the need to enable patients as key partners. We are now taking this one step further with a chronic pain experience-based co-design (EBCD) project with patients and clinicians across south London.

      Clinicians who work with people living with chronic pain know that the best way for them to reach their goals is for clinician and patient to work in true partnership. A person with pain is the expert on their life, what is important for them, how pain affects these and what types of treatments and solutions suits them best. It’s also the most rewarding way to enable people to most effectively manage their pain.

      - Natasha Curran, Medical Director at the Health Innovation Network and Consultant in Pain Medicine, University College London Hospitals

      NHS England's statutory guidance for working in partnership with people and communities states that people with ‘lived experience’ are often best placed to advise on what support and services will make a positive difference to their lives. This is particularly true for patients living with long-term conditions that require a multifaceted approach to managing conditions such as chronic pain. You can find out more about the HIN’s commitment to involving people with lived experience in our Involvement Strategy.

      Our new EBCD project aims to make the most out of chronic pain management improvement activities and ensure that services are responsive to patients’ wishes. The project will involve up to 10 people with lived experience of chronic pain and up to 10 health and care professionals. Participants will be able to take part through a range of online and in-person methods, including one-to-one interviews, feedback events and group co-design sessions. We will use small working groups who will be guided by professionals such as GPs, pharmacists and physiotherapists.

      Experience-based co-design (EBCD) involves patients and staff working together throughout a project, so we can focus on what it is most important to improve services. I have found it to be an inspiring and energising approach to tackling complex challenges in the NHS.

      - Catherine Dale, Programme Director for Insights and Patient Safety and Trustee for The Point of Care Foundation

      Through this project we aim to identify areas for service improvement based on first-hand, real-life experiences of day-to-day pain management. This will help to inform what new services and care pathways could be established, together in partnership. This will feed into the National Patient Safety Improvement Programme (NatPatSIP)’s priority of enhancing chronic pain management. We hope that clinicians and patients will work together to make small yet meaningful improvements to existing care.

      You can see the timeline for this project below. There are a range of opportunities for both patients and staff to feed in. If you are interested please contact Natasha Callender.

      At the HIN we aspire to be partners with people as we believe that, by sharing their insights and knowledge, people with lived experience of health and social care services can help us to improve health and social care. Involvement of people with lived experience helps us focus on the needs of service users whilst also addressing inequalities and ensuring better outcomes.
      – Sophie Lowry, Implementation and Involvement Manager at the Health Innovation Network

      Timeline

      Activity

      Dates

      Project interviews

      Weeks starting 6 and 16 February 2023 (virtual/online)

      Staff feedback event

      Wednesday 15 March 2023 (virtual/online)

      2 - 4.30pm

      Patient feedback event

      Thursday 23 March 2023 (virtual/online)

      2 - 5.30pm

      Joint patient-staff feedback event

      Thursday 30 March 2023 (in person/face to face)

      2 - 4.30pm

      Group co-design sessions

      Tuesday 25 April 2023 (virtual/online)

      2 - 4.30pm

       

      Tuesday 16 May 2023 (virtual/online)

      2 - 4.30pm

       

      Tuesday 6 June 2023 (virtual/online)

      2 - 4.30pm

       

      Tuesday 27 June 2023 (virtual/online)

      2 - 4.30pm

      Celebration event

      Thursday 13 July 2023 (Time and venue to be confirmed)

      This project is featured in our Annual Report 2022/23.

      Find out more

      For more information, please get in touch with Natasha Callender, Senior Project Manager for Patient Safety and Experience.

      Get in touch

      Understanding the Importance of Evaluation in Innovation

      Chandra Banerjee recently joined the HIN for an eight-week placement as part of the NHS Graduate Management Training Scheme. Here he writes about what he learnt from working on evaluation and shares advice for other graduates.

      Before joining the HIN, I had worked at a tech start-up, where I briefly came across Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs). After joining the graduate scheme, I again briefly interacted with an AHSN during my operational placement working on technology implementation. As part of the scheme, I would be doing an eight-week placement at an organisation of my choosing, and due to my interest in innovation and transformation my Director of Strategy suggested the HIN. He put me in touch with Rishi, the HIN’s Chief Executive, to find out more.

      Rishi painted a comprehensive picture of the role AHSNs play in fast-tracking the adoption of new technology, ways of working, and evaluation of programmes. I could see how valuable it was and wanted to be a part of it. From my experiences in implementing electronic patient record (EPR) systems, I knew the importance of robust evaluation of implementation processes and outcome KPIs in sharing good practice, disseminating new technology across the system and demonstrating value for money. Luckily, there was an opportunity to work on evaluation at the HIN.

      I joined the DigitalHealth.London Team at the HIN in November 2022, working on evaluating the Evidence Generation Bootcamp. The bootcamp is designed to help digital health companies get the evidence they need to demonstrate their products are suited to the NHS. The Insight and Evaluation team and other academic collaborators provided guidance how to develop an evaluation proposal and study design through a hands-on approach. I was encouraged to interact with the companies, design the study tools, collect data, analyse it in line with the protocols and formulate my first evaluation piece.

      I’m hugely passionate about the potential for evaluation to drive improvement, and this role allowed me to see first-hand how AHSNs like the HIN can help new products go from development through to implementation. I got a lot of support from colleagues to develop my skills and learned a huge amount which I’m looking forward to applying in my innovation journey within the NHS.

      The AHSNs play a hugely important role but are often overlooked. I would thoroughly recommend a placement at an AHSN for anyone else on the management training scheme. They can help broaden your understanding of bringing products and services into the system, and evaluation is a skill which is relevant for almost any role. AHSNs are also uniquely placed to give you an understanding of the whole spectrum of the health and care system. They offer a chance to work on a wide range of clinical themes at the cutting edge of developments which offer the opportunity to massively improve outcomes for patients.

      Find Out More

      Find out more about the Graduate Management Training Scheme.

      Find Out More

      Meet the innovator: Ross Harper

      Post Title

      In this edition, we catch up with Ross Harper, CEO of Limbic a cutting-edge software that drives information within psychological therapy to enhance mental healthcare in the UK.

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence:

      Limbic is making the highest quality mental healthcare available to everyone, everywhere, regardless of socioeconomic factors. Our flagship product, Limbic Access, is the world's first AI mental health chatbot to have achieved Class IIa UK medical device status, and has helped over 130,000 NHS patients enter care, releasing over 30,000 clinical hours for NHS Talking Therapies services.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      The lightbulb moment was speaking to NHS clinicians. From this we learned some important lessons:

      1. many existing digital solutions have an issue around patient engagement and are under-utilised, and;
      2. many clinicians remain over-stretched and this is a crucial bottleneck in the care journey.

      We realised we could use our AI not only to support patients but also clinicians. We found ways to make clinicians’ lives easier, freeing up their time and headspace to focus on other aspects of care, and supporting a truly personalised experience for patients, which was reflected in reduced wait times, improved recovery rates, and improved patient experience.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Be problem focussed (innovators exist to solve the world’s biggest problems)

      2. Be customer obsessed (they know more than you about their problems)

      3. Be willing to let go of your initial hypotheses in response to new data

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      The toughest obstacle has been finding the right balance between innovating at pace while staying compliant. Mental healthcare technology is a relatively new field, and the regulatory landscape is constantly evolving. We have to meet rigorous standards of safety and efficacy to achieve our Class 2 medical device status and ensure our tools provide meaningful help for those who need it most. Although this process was difficult, we are proud of the outcome and confident that this will pave the way for future innovations in mental health technology using AI.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      My innovator journey highlight has been the overwhelmingly positive (anonymous) feedback we've received from patients using Limbic Access. To be able to provide relief and aid through AI-based solutions is incredibly rewarding and I'm overwhelmed by the difference we're making in people's lives. It’s the whole reason we started Limbic. To give you an example:

      “I feel listened to, and like I was able to pinpoint certain areas that are affecting me.

      It has taken me so long to ask for help and this first step has been easier than I thought. Thank you”

      Best part of your job now?

      Working on cutting edge AI with some of the world's foremost scientists in the field. It really does feel like we are at the beginning of something revolutionary in psychological therapy. Our research team has over 6,000 citations, and we are uniquely placed to combine AI and clinical psychology in a meaningful way. It's truly exciting work! Every day it feels like we are pushing the boundaries of mental healthcare, and it's great to be a part of such an important movement. Our team is passionate about making sure the highest quality care is accessible and affordable for everyone, and we are committed to creating solutions that will make this a reality. I’m genuinely excited to see the next breakthrough to come out of our lab! (Spoiler: it’s coming soon).

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      I would encourage and ultimately require interoperability between software providers. Mental healthcare, especially with AI technology, requires seamless integration between multiple providers and services. By requiring interoperability across software solutions, we could open up the pathway for innovation and collaboration and create a more efficient process. This would ultimately create opportunities for better patient outcomes and improved access to mental healthcare services.

      A typical day for you would include…

      The first thing I do each day is talk to Limbic - I need to be a power user of our own AI in order to have insight into our users. I then check in with my direct reports on our goals and objectives for the day, and review key metrics and analytics from our software products to get a sense of how we are performing relative to our goals. After this, I spend some time networking with industry professionals and partners and then I meet with our product team to review any new features or updates. Finally, I end the day by connecting with customers and clients in order to gain insights into how they are using our products and what improvements could be made.

      You can find Limbic on Twitter and LinkedIn.

      Working Together to Prevent Cardiovascular Disease

      Supporting the NHS workforce to develop skills and drive improvement is one of the HIN’s top priorities. As part of this we set up the Cardiovascular Disease (CVD) Prevention Fellowship and now we’re sharing guidance to help other organisations looking to run similar programmes. Sophie Mizen, Project Manager for the Fellowship Programme, writes about what we learnt from running the programme and how you help spread the word.

      We set up the Cardiovascular Disease (CVD) Prevention Fellowship to address an area which is a top priority for the NHS. There are six million people in the UK with CVD and taking action to prevent it is the best way of reducing harm and saving lives. With a total cost to the NHS of £16bn per year, it’s also a more efficient way to tackle the problem than treating CVD at a later stage.

      CVD Fellowship Stats

      • 85 participants from all 12 south London boroughs
      • 19 projects in hypertension impacting 21 GP surgeries
      • 14 projects in lipids impacting 22 GP surgeries
      • Three projects in familiar hypercholesterolaemia impacting seven GP surgeries
      • Four projects in atrial fibrillation impacting eight GP surgeries
      • 98 per cent of participants feel more confident in delivering care to patients at risk of CVD
      • 96 per cent are more confident in supporting their colleagues with CVD care
      • 95 per cent think patients at risk of CVD have benefited as a result

      The Fellowship is one of a number of collaborative learning opportunities provided by the HIN to develop skills in the workforce and support the delivery of improvement projects aligned to health and care priorities. This supports our objectives of developing the skills needed to power health and care systems of the future, as well as making an immediate positive impact in areas of need.

      The CVD Prevention Fellowship ran between April and November 2022, and included clinical webinars from specialists in the field, and collaborative quality improvement (QI) sessions where fellows could gain new skills, share learning and work on their own QI projects. The Fellowship was open to all health care professionals in primary care in south London.

      Running the programme presented some challenges – not least because the number of participants was higher than we expected with over 100 initially expressing interest! We also know that clinicians tend to have very limited time, and while the Fellowship was free to join, we were not able to fund back-fill for time taken out of work. As such we had to keep the time commitment to a minimum, and were flexible in our approach to collecting progress updates.

      We also adapted our approach to communication channels as we went. Our used of continuous feedback helped us listen to Fellows' needs and adapt the programme accordingly. As such, we switched our focus from quality improvement theory to practical troubleshooting when we realised this would be more beneficial to the Fellows and a more productive use of their time. We also incorporated some additional sessions such as a webinar on behaviour change in CVD and a drop-in clinic with a specialist going through lipids case studies.

      The response to the fellowship was overwhelming, with over 80 fellows being upskilled in various areas of CVD and quality improvement. The fellows were required to deliver an improvement project in their practice/primary care network, to apply their new skills and knowledge. As part of the programme 40 quality improvement projects collectively impacting a total of 63 GP practices, representing all 12 boroughs in south London.

      Patients positively responded to the work and we received some great feedback on the impact the quality improvement projects had on an individual level:

      Thanks for giving me the information about statins. I did not realise that statins had anything to do with protecting the heart. I just thought it was to reduce cholesterol which I have been trying to do by good diet and exercise. Although sometimes I like to enjoy myself a little and eat the unhealthy stuff, I take my atorvastatin daily and I have not felt any side effects. Looking forward to the next blood test.

      You can find out more about the patient experience in our case study pack which includes information on all the projects.

      Throughout the programme feedback was received on the beneficial impact of education and training. A final feedback survey revealed that 98 per cent of fellows felt more confident delivering care to people at risk of CVD, and 96 per cent said they are supporting colleagues more with CVD prevention. Most importantly, 95% per cent said their at-risk patients have benefited from what they learnt. We also received great feedback from participants – you can find out more in the video below.

      We learnt a lot from running the programme and wanted to share this to make it easier for anyone else thinking of running a similar programme. That’s why we’ve put together a guide outlining our approach, learnings and what we would do differently next time. Please share with any individuals or organisations who might be interested.

      Find out More

      Find out more about the Fellowship and access the resources mentioned in this blog.

      Find out more about the CVD Prevention Fellowship.

      Collaborating to reduce restrictive practice: reflections from a visit to an acute psychiatric mental health ward

      Image of Ayo, Nokuthula and Igoche at the Goddington site visit

      Blog

      Post Title

      Restrictive practices are techniques such as physical restraint, seclusion and rapid tranquilisation used to limit a person’s liberties, movements or freedom to act independently in potentially dangerous situations.

      The inappropriate or overuse of restrictive practice in mental health services has been identified as an area of concern in healthcare since at least 2015.

      Beginning in 2021, the Health Innovation Network has been involved in local efforts to reduce restrictive practice based on the findings of a successful pilot led by the National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health. 

      We speak to HIN Patient Safety Project Manager Ayobola Chike-Michael, Practice Development Nurse Nokuthula Marks, and Expert by Experience Igoche Ikwue about the programme team’s recent visit to an acute psychiatric mental health ward and their reflections on how sharing personal experiences and perspectives are key for further reducing restrictive practice.

      Ayo

      As a patient safety project manager, I know how important it is to involve people and communities in shaping health and care services. The experiences of service users and carers make them experts in their own right and they should be viewed as equal partners – “Experts by Experience” – in  improving services and treatments alongside healthcare professionals.

      We have worked with Experts by Experience as part of our Reducing Restrictive Practice Quality Improvement Collaborative throughout the project.

      Personal perspectives are always enlightening for people like me tasked with helping services to improve, but the insights that have been shared during this project have – being truthful – been emotionally challenging.

      Some service users have recounted their experiences of restrictive practice with words like ‘powerless’, ‘dehumanised’, ‘traumatic’ or even ‘haunted’. These words evoke painful, negative experiences and feelings of being actively hurt by the very health and care system that is designed to keep them well.

      With these raw emotions in mind, I was nervous about what our planned visit to a local mental health ward might entail.


      My experience visiting the ward

      During our visit, we met the Ward Manager, some members of staff and inpatients on the ward.

      We spoke with the Ward Manager, Nokuthula, for over an hour, opening our eyes to the complex nature of the multidisciplinary team operating at the service and their efforts to look after people living with a range of mental health conditions.

      We were taken on a tour around the ward to gain a better feel of how the dynamics of the ward came together; it was positive to see so much interaction between service users and staff.

      The atmosphere was calm and peaceful. We observed some service users watching TV, some in the activity room and others in their rooms. We asked many questions as we walked around the ward – not least why anyone would be restrained at all in such an environment.

      The ward manager shared some of their own successful change interventions which helped keep the use of restraints low. They talked us through initiatives such as the use of safety pods and the Bröset checklist for risk assessments. An important theme was reflection and evaluation – taking time each month for staff to consider and assess their use of restrictive practices in order to reduce them where possible.

      We also talked about how important it was for both staff and service users to be encouraged to share their feelings about life on the ward. Personal relationships based on trust and understanding are vital for everyone involved in the service.

      Restrictive practice is a complex issue and does not have one solution.Nokuthula Marks, Ward Manager

      Reducing restrictive practice is a complex challenge, but the visit brought home to me that many of the practical interventions making a difference really boil down to doing more to understand and be compassionate towards the people involved, whether through motivating staff and providing staff wellbeing programmes, or creating a psychologically safe environment on the ward through looking at the physical space or ways in which people communicate.


      Nokuthula 

      I’ve spent eight years as a mental health nurse, and more than two-and-a-half as a Ward Manager. Working in acute inpatient settings is something that has always appealed to me; we see people who are very unwell and who have complex care needs, but showing the difference care and compassion can make to their recovery is incredibly rewarding.

      Reducing restrictive practice is something that I think everyone involved in delivering mental health care wants to work towards, and over the past two years it has been a real focus for me personally.

      The reality of working on a ward does mean it can be difficult to maintain perspective on restrictive practice. It takes conscious effort to avoid becoming “institutionalised” and treating interventions such as medication as being the only option. That is why projects such as the Reducing Restrictive Practice Quality Improvement Collaborative are so valuable – they allow for sharing best practice beyond our busy “day-to-day” lives, allowing us to gain inspiration and confidence from how other people are taking on this big, difficult challenge.


      My experience welcoming Ayo and Igoche to the ward  

      I understand that the view many people have of acute inpatient mental health wards can be quite negative. People worry that these are chaotic, dangerous places. That is why I love having the opportunity to show people first hand the hard work that goes in to making them a positive environment and a place that helps people to recover.

      It was so nice to speak with Ayo and Igoche about life on our ward. We shared insights on the approaches that have worked for us such as de-escalation techniques and spotting the early signs of distress to allow for early interventions. We also discussed specific tactics which have helped to make a difference on our ward such as the safety cross, a visual tool for recording uses of restrictive practice and prompting us to think about how we might be able to reduce them going forward.

      A common theme for making progress in reducing restrictive practice is building time for reflection into our work. On the ward that can mean scheduling regular time for multidisciplinary team staff to come together in “safety huddles” to discuss recent instances of restrictive practice. In some ways the ward visit itself was an extension of our commitment to reflective practice, and I hope our experiences can aid those working in other services.

      I believe that my experiences can be used to help improve mental health services.Igoche Ikwue, Expert by Experience

      Reducing restrictive practice is a journey and we still have a long way to go. Our ward is continuing to work hard to be the most supportive environment it can be for our service users; we have just moved to a new, brighter location, which our service users are enjoying. We have also invested in training in “See Think Actrelational security to enable us to use the knowledge and understanding that we have of our patients and apply this to planning and providing care.

      As long as we strive to communicate and collaborate, I am confident we will keep on making positive progress in reducing restrictive practice.


      Igoche

      My experience of caring for a family member who was suffering from poor mental health was very challenging. I was isolated in my own home and it put immense strain on my own health; it was the most difficult time of my life. It makes me sad as I reflect back and recall the lack of support that I needed in times of crisis.

      However, I believe that my experiences can be used to help improve mental health services – which is why I am a part of the Reducing Restrictive Practice Quality Improvement Collaborative.


      My experience visiting the ward

      Like Ayo, I was anxious as I walked through the door of the acute psychiatric ward we were visiting. Despite being an expert by experience, and wanting to help reduce restrictive practice, I had no idea of what to expect.

      With that in mind, I was pleased and relieved that common themes running through our conversations on the ward included compassion, kindness, and humanity. We talked at length about the importance of listening and learning from service users.

      My time speaking to service users and staff on the ward also made me think about my own experiences. Most service users on the ward have their own families and homes, and in many cases they will have sole carers who can be put under huge strain by the demands of looking after very unwell people. The support on offer from these services needs to extend to families – or else we risk a vicious cycle of mental ill-health and people having to spend more time as inpatients than they should need to.

      The visit also gave me insight into the personal connections that underpin services, and how we could seek to improve them to reduce restrictive practice and enable better care for service users.

      Whilst staff on the ward seemed to value personal relationships, I wondered if more could be done to “close the gap” between operational staff and senior leaders; understanding service user stories and experiences is of benefit to everyone and should inform decisions being made at all levels.

      In the same vein, what else could be done to support staff to develop themselves and bring their best selves to work?

      I was particularly struck by our discussions with Nokuthula about staff struggling with being assaulted by service users, and we discussed the importance of consistently and appropriately supporting staff wellbeing.

      Personal relationships based on trust and understanding are vital for everyone involved in the service.Ayobola Chike-Michael, Project Manager, Health Innovation Network

      Mentoring is another good way to help motivate and inspire staff and provide them with personal support to help to develop their confidence and willingness to try new things.

      I also think more should be done to build confidence and skills in communication between team members. For example, activities like lunch-and-learns that showcase hidden talents and hobbies may be helpful, allowing team members to bond over shared or new interests. From my experience teams that engage in fun activities together have a stronger sense of trust and transparency.

      Restrictive practice should always be a last resort. My visit to a ward reinforced that focusing on building understanding between staff and service users is really important in making sure it truly remains only a last resort – I hope that more effective communication, engagement and co-production of solutions between everyone involved in inpatient mental health services will continue to reduce its use.

      This project is featured in our Annual Report 2022/23.

      Find out more about this project in our Annual report 22/23.

      Partnering with People at the HIN: HEAL-D

      In the UK, Type 2 diabetes affects African and Caribbean communities at a higher rate than white European communities. To address this disparity, a type 2 diabetes self-management, and education programme called Healthy Eating and Active Lifestyles for Diabetes (HEAL-D) was developed.

      We hear HIN Involvement and Implementation Manager Sophie Lowry and Project Manager Sally Irwin talk about how HEAL-D was formed, pivoting to virtual delivery and the potential of a national scale-up.

      The project has recently become the subject of a protocol paper in BMJ Open, which can be found here.

      African & Caribbean communities in the UK are disproportionately affected by diabetes, with evidence that African & Caribbean communities are three times more likely to be affected than white Europeans. Additionally, there’s poorer control at diagnosis, where onset is 10 years younger. To help tackle this inequity, Healthy Eating and Active Lifestyles for Diabetes (HEAL-D), a type 2 diabetes self-management and education programme for people of African and Caribbean heritage, was launched in south London.

      Initially, this course was designed using co-production methodology by Kings College London (using National Institute for Health and Care Research) funding. As well as working with people with lived experience of type 2 diabetes, the project engaged community leaders and healthcare professionals. Often, the process involved building trust with community “gatekeepers” such as faith leaders, and then engaging with individuals once credibility within the community had been established.

      Through this engagement work, the project team identified barriers and facilitators to motivate lifestyle behaviour change, improve healthcare access, foster engagement amongst local communities, and identify appropriate cultural adaptations.

      At present, we at the HIN are supporting HEAL-D through the National Insights Prioritisation Programme (NIPP). This is an initiative by the Accelerated Access Collaborative (AAC) and the National Institute for Health and Care Research (NIHR) to accelerate the evaluation and the implementation of innovation that supports post-pandemic ways of working, builds service resilience, and delivers benefits to patients. Through this programme, we‘re evaluating the delivery of HEAL-D online (led by Sophie) while preparing for national scale-up (led by Sally).

      When planning our NIPP project, we were keen to continue with the co-production ethos and ensure that people with lived experience of type 2 diabetes helped to shape the project. To do this, we wanted to collaborate with people throughout, not just gather views as part of the qualitative evaluation.

      This all sounded great in theory, but then we had to do it!

      We believe that our lived experience collaborators should be fairly compensated for their time, given their contribution as equal partners to our projects. Therefore, we first prioritised building involvement in the project budget when sending our NIPP proposal. Once approved, recruiting people became easier as the developer of HEAL-D, Dr. Louise Goff, had the details of several enthusiastic people who had previously offered to support any further HEAL-D projects. After getting permission for their details to be passed on, we contacted everyone individually to explain more about the project and what we were asking them to do. We then had an introductory session where everyone got to know each other and shared their experiences of HEAL-D.

      The group have supported us/the project offline by doing various tasks.  These included:

      • Reviewing existing learning resources
      • Suggesting questions to be used in the post-course questionnaire
      • Conducting interviews as part of the evaluation
      • Reviewing evaluation materials such as information sheets and consent forms

      Additionally, the group has stayed connected via a WhatsApp group, which has enabled us to get quick input into the project through questions such as, "Would you prefer HEAL-D to be known as a ‘programme’ or a ‘course’?" Likewise, the group has served as a place for people to share advice, tips, and information on local diabetes initiatives.

      As the project develops, we will ask for people's input in further activities, including the analysis of data collected for the evaluation and reviewing an updated HEAL-D website.

      We are also involving people in other ways including conducting interviews with HEAL-D service users to gather their experience of HEAL-D online and seeking input from people who are not aware of or engaged with HEAL-D about their attitudes towards remote delivery and digital exclusion.

      To recruit people for these activities, we reached out through creating a poster and then sharing it with local community organisations to share through their social media, newsletters, and other communication channels. We have also attended community events, to speak with people, get their input and invite them to join us.

      Through building strong relationships with our group and reaching out to broader audiences to hear a range of voices, we have received valuable input and made sure that HEAL-D continues to be focused on the needs of those that use the service. We are pleased that we have been able to continue the HEAL-D involvement ethos and look forward to seeing the outputs that would not have been possible without involving people with lived experience.

      If you would like to read more, check out this blog by Lorraine, a member of the group who recently shared her experience of the HEAL-D course to help spread the message about HEAL-D, or check out our webpage about the NIPP project: https://healthinnovationnetwork.com/projects/heal-d/.

      This project is featured in our Annual Report 2022/23.

      Read the Health Innovation Network Involvement Strategy 2022-25

      Learn about how we are involving people and communities to change health and care for the better.

      View our strategy

      Recommendations for improving perinatal health inequalities: A Darzi journey

      Women and birthing people from Black, Asian, or mixed ethnic backgrounds are significantly more likely to experience poor outcomes during their maternity journey.

      Between September 2021 and October 2022, Darzi Fellow Rosie Murphy undertook work in Croydon to explore these inequalities and what might be done to improve local services.

      This is the second in a series of blogs reflecting on the learnings and experiences from her Fellowship. Read Rosie's first blog focusing on partnering with minoritised women and birthing people and third blog focusing on the challenges of tackling structural issues during fixed-term projects.

      Croydon is an ethnically and socially diverse London borough. Approximately 52 per cent of Croydon residents are from minority ethnic backgrounds and this is representative of the maternity population. As such, it felt a particularly appropriate location to spend time understanding why significant perinatal health inequalities related to ethnicity still exist.

      Over the course of my time as a Darzi Fellow, I spoke with maternity service-users, staff and other stakeholders from across Croydon about the underlying causes of these health inequalities; you can read about some of methods used to involve people and communities in the project here.

      This blog details five recommendations which I hope will support ongoing work in Croydon, but which may also be relevant to other maternity services or health and care services looking to tackle health inequalities.

      1. Acknowledge the role of systemic racism in upholding perinatal inequity and make organisational commitments towards becoming anti-racist

      This subject was raised during one of the earliest conversations I had with a voluntary sector colleague. At the time, she was also working on a project with a neighbouring mental health trust who had made an organisation-wide commitment to become anti-racist. She felt strongly that this was the minimum standard to build trust and engage with the NHS on projects such as this. During my fellowship there has been a catalogue of publications supporting this recommendation including the Black Maternity Experiences survey, the Birth rights Inquiry into Racial Injustice, the Race and Health Observatory (RHO) report on Ethnic Inequalities in Healthcare and the recent Invisible report from the Muslim Women’s Network.

      Of course, it is vital that an organisational commitment to strive towards anti-racism is backed up with a suitable action plan that identifies how this will be achieved - without which, it can serve as a fig leaf to hide inaction.  

      2. Work collaboratively to find solutions and invest in social capital

      Both health and health inequalities are created in the community. The solution to tackling perinatal health inequalities is unlikely to lie within the four walls of a hospital, even if that is where the inequality is being played out. It is therefore crucial that the NHS knows how to work collaboratively with its communities to co-design strategies to tackle perinatal inequalities.

      One of the messages that came across strongly from the conversations at the Whose Shoes event was the need for stronger networks to support birthing people and their families; an investment in local “social capital” for pregnancy and early years.

      The HEARD campaign is currently working on developing a local maternity programme to meet this need. Ideas included developing maternity peer support, training hairdressers to have conversations about the importance of early referral to maternity services to increase community knowledge levels and a Maternity Champions programme.

      3. Invest in effective data capture at a local level

      Capturing accurate data around ethnicity in the NHS can be problematic and unreliable. Although there is enough data at a national level to identify the scale of the issue, we don’t consistently have effective data capture at a smaller scale to evaluate of the impact of local initiatives. Without baseline data, assessing the impact of any programmes is difficult because realistic targets cannot be set and funding for projects is jeopardised.

      However, some localities have developed effective workarounds. For example, in maternity care, when the childbearing parent is booked in at hospital, a family origin questionnaire is completed to facilitate screening for sickle cell disease or thalassaemia. This could be used to also aid a conversation around the importance of accurate ethnicity data for population health monitoring and as such, upskilling midwives to carry this out could be effective.

      Finally, it is important that data capture also considers inequality through an intersectional lens. There is a clear need to improve data capture around other protected characteristics and exclusion health factors in conjunction with ethnicity such as sexuality, religion and deprivation decile or housing insecurity.

      4. Listen, hear and take action

      The theme of not listening to women has been written large throughout the course of my Darzi Fellowship. Accounts of women not having their concerns listened to, or not taken seriously are an omnipresent feature of sequential maternity reports. When women express choices that go against guidelines or medical advice they are often not supported adequately. Action must be taken to better equip maternity staff to have conversations around informed decision making and personalised care.

      Even in circumstances where maternity staff are supportive of women’s bodily autonomy, processes to support fully personalised informed decision-making during labour are not well established. Widespread uptake of new approaches, such as the iDecide tool, are likely to improve the safety, personalisation and experience of labour care.

      5. Invest in staff

      There remains a widespread misunderstanding about what racism is and how it plays out in health settings, so enabling staff to identify this and supporting them to examine their own bias is so important. Locally delivered cultural awareness training would further support increased safety of personalised maternity care.

      A second training recommendation would be to support maternity staff to develop an enhanced understanding and awareness of the role of maternity services in addressing social determinants of health. In maternity services, the perception persists that health interventions such as smoking cessation, weight management and glycaemic control are only required for the duration of the pregnancy. A more long-term view is required to maximise the long term health impact and mitigate against the disparate incidence of chronic disease. Consideration should be given from a commissioning perspective to other opportunities for staff to deliver public health interventions during pregnancy aligned with the prevention agenda. For example, this could be through improving family health and mental health literacy among specific populations.

      For any of these recommendations to be implemented, there is also a requirement to invest in a full-time member of staff with a responsibility focused on health inequalities related to ethnicity. Their role would include engaging with the local community and developing the social capital initiatives, embedding cultural shifts, and ensuring that choice and personalisation are protected in maternity care. They would also be there to deliver training as appropriate, set up mechanisms for routine collections of maternity experience feedback and oversee the implementation of new and improved data capture as described earlier in this blog.

      With enormous thanks to Ranee Thakar, Gina Short, Olamide Odusanwo, Manjit Roseghini, Donnarie Goldson, Mobola Jaiyesimi, Antoinette Johnson, Leila Howe, Gemma Dakin, Alison White, Jay Patel, Ima Miah, Felisha Dussard, Andrew Brown, Tai Lamard, Gill Phillips, Paul Macey and all the birthing families of Croydon who were so generous in sharing their experiences with me.

      Find out more about the maternity and neonatal work happening in South West London ICS.

      Find out more

      Read more about health inequalities in England in the Marmot Review. Originally published in 2010, many of its findings and suggestions are now more relevant than ever for healthcare professionals to understand.

      Read the Marmot Review

      Partnering with minoritised women and birthing people to improve maternal and perinatal outcomes: a Darzi journey

      Women and birthing people from black, Asian, or mixed ethnic backgrounds are significantly more likely to experience poor outcomes during their maternity journey. Between September 2021 and October 2022, Darzi Fellow Rosie Murphy undertook work in Croydon to explore these inequalities and what could be done to improve local services. This is the first in a series of blogs reflecting on the learnings and experiences from her Fellowship. Read Rosie's second blog focusing on key recommendations from the project and third blog focusing on the challenges of tackling structural issues during fixed-term projects.

      Evidence points to a shocking disparity in maternal and perinatal death, preterm birth and fetal growth restriction, between people from black, Asian and mixed ethnic backgrounds and their white counterparts. This has a significant impact on health and economic outcomes, and while the causality is not fully understood there has previously never been a policy ambition designed to address this.

      However, following the health inequalities highlighted by the Covid-19 pandemic and the impact of the Black Lives Matter movement, this is starting to change. In September 2021, NHS England requested each local maternity and neonatal system develop a strategy to address this by September 2022.

      The Context in Croydon

      In Croydon, work to improve outcomes for women from minoritised ethnic backgrounds was underway before this. The maternity unit delivers 3,200 babies per year and approximately 52 per cent of Croydon residents are from minoritised ethnic backgrounds, which is representative of the maternity population.

      In Spring 2021, a passionate and dedicated midwife, Olamide Odusanwo, was determined to do what she could to tackle the issue of perinatal inequality. With colleagues Gina Short, Helen Chambers and Ranee Thakar, she set up the HEARD (Health Equity And Racial Disparity) campaign.

      They carried out surveys with women (and birthing partners) and staff to better understand the local context. This led to changes including increased appointment length and frequency for people from minoritised ethnic backgrounds, and the creation of a dedicated service for people who felt their concerns were not being heard during their maternity journey. They also helped identify the scale of work needed to tackle the issue and the clear need for a dedicated midwife to work on the project.

      This is where I came in – a midwife by background, with a passionate interest in health inequalities – I came to Croydon as part of the Darzi fellowship leadership programme. The Darzi fellowship includes a PGCert Leadership in Healthcare and a change project in the hosting trust. We are expected to explore the challenge in depth to develop long term, sustainable solutions.

      Tackling a ‘wicked’ problem through involving people and communities

      To scope the project we interviewed a number of stakeholders including women and birthing partners from minoritised ethnic backgrounds, as well as voluntary sector staff involved in related health equity projects. The most common themes were access, barriers and listening to women and birthing people.

      We looked for data which could help illustrate these three themes. However, data on ethnicity is poorly recorded which made it difficult to establish a baseline. While work is ongoing at a national level to address this (NHSEI 2021), it was a significant limitation to the project. We also struggled to find data to illustrate the themes of listening to service users and barriers. However, the theme of not listening to women and birthing people was identified in the preliminary Ockenden report where recommendations were made about the need to improve this.

      Due to its complexity the issue was quickly identified as a ‘wicked’ problem. Wicked problems need to be addressed using a collective approach. This is because no individual perspective is enough and so solutions must be built on collective knowledge. Accordingly, there was a clear need to develop a ‘collective’ to undertake the work by creating a network.

      We hosted a Whose Shoes event to engage interested citizens and wider health and voluntary sector staff, to establish a network and start discussing solutions. Whose Shoes is an award-winning board game with a multi-perspective approach to transforming health and social care services by putting the person in the centre. It is renowned for its co-production ethos and has a strong track record in maternity care.

      It was crucial for us to reach groups beyond those normally reached by our engagement work. As part of this we had to overcome mistrust of institutions, which we started to address by holding the event at a trusted voluntary sector partner organisation - Croydon BME Forum - instead of on hospital premises. We sent invitations via social media from this organisation, the Asian Resource centre Croydon, Happy Baby Community and Big Local Broad Green.

      The event was well attended and resulted in us expanding the membership of the HEARD campaign to include local experts by experience (women and birthing partners) and wider health and voluntary sector members. This was key for co-design of the next steps. The picture board below recaps the informal discussions that were had during the Whose Shoes event, highlighting the topics that members felt were important to address.

      Mindmap. Title: More Voices, maternity experiences. Sections include communication, personalised, feedback, cultural competency and community.

      As is often the case with fixed-term projects, it feels like we are really starting to gather momentum, just as my year is coming to an end. Nevertheless, the brilliant work of the HEARD campaign will continue after the completion of my Darzi fellowship and as I leave, I am acutely aware of the power of people. This project started with one idea from one midwife, who shared her idea with others, who in turn shared it with more people who then all came to coalesce around the same cause - to drive the change they wanted to see in their community.

      With enormous thanks to Ranee Thakar, Gina Short, Olamide Odusanwo, Manjit Roseghini, Donnarie Goldson, Mobola Jaiyesimi, Antoinette Johnson, Leila Howe, Gemma Dakin, Alison White, Jay Patel, Ima Miah, Felisha Dussard, Andrew Brown, Tai Lamard, Gill Phillips, Paul Macey and all the birthing families of Croydon who were so generous in sharing their experiences with me.

      Find out more about the maternity and neonatal work happening in South West London ICS.

      Find out more

      Find out more about what Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) are doing to tackle inequalities in maternity care.

      Find out more

      Reflecting on the challenges of trying to change structural issues over a 12-month project: A Darzi journey

      Women and birthing people from Black, Asian, or mixed ethnic backgrounds are significantly more likely to experience poor outcomes during their maternity journey.

      Between September 2021 and October 2022, Darzi Fellow Rosie Murphy undertook work in Croydon to explore these inequalities and what might be done to improve local services.

      This is the third in a series of blogs reflecting on the learnings and experiences from her Fellowship. Read her first blog focusing on partnering with minoritised women and birthing people and her second blog outlining recommendations from the project.

      During my Fellowship, the lack of trust in institutions among minoritised ethnic communities, particularly for the NHS and maternity services within that, was profound. Mistrust of the NHS from communities who have traditionally been underserved or let down is nothing new; challenges with the rollout of the Covid-19 vaccination programme are proof of this. 

      What became clearer during my Fellowship was that short-term engagement projects – those designed to tick NHS boxes rather than really listen and work together – often did more to damage these relationships with communities. Every individual, in every voluntary sector organisation that I spoke to, raised the issue of sustainability and warned me that engagement would be challenging. Engagement is built on relationships, and relationships take time to build. This means that outputs or changes don’t come quickly, but when they do, they are likely to deliver more long-term benefits.

      "Engagement is built on relationships, and relationships take time to build."

      The lack of time to properly sustain and embed the new relationship presented a real barrier throughout the Fellowship. Whilst I recognise the merit of the Darzi approach to scoping and appreciate how this helped to generate a more comprehensive understanding of perinatal equity, this type of project requires significant structural and institutional change. It needs long-term investment and is not suitable for a 12-month fixed term contract. The consequences of the short-term project directly impact the proposed solution - engagement.

      The lack of long-term investment appeared to feed a sense of imperiousness about the way in which the NHS approaches engagement. The subject matter, location and timing is often based around the preferences of the system rather than the needs and wishes of the individual, with remuneration that is often inconsistent and bureaucratic. This in turn reinforces cautiousness or reluctance from people to participate. 

      Those who do choose to engage do so hoping it will make a difference and be a valuable use of their time and efforts. In turn, we must show them the impact of their contributions such as with visual minuting or other ways to convey that their voices have been heard, even if the changes are yet to be made or seen. The process of demonstrating that the people have spoken and supporting realistic management of expectations about the pace at which change is made in the NHS is not often factored into engagement work or shared with our stakeholders.

      I would argue that it is critical to sustain continued engagement with our stakeholders as time goes on. Where project participants have been invested in over a longer timescale, it is more likely that the tangible impact will be seen and felt by the communities involved and affected. As such, more trust and willingness to engage is built with the organisation. This positive impact creates a virtuous circle where engagement will feel more worthwhile and less risky to citizens.

      I hope that with the appointment of a new Darzi fellow with a focus on improving perinatal equity across South West London, those who did place their trust in my Darzi Fellowship project will still see the impact of their contributions. Along with the perinatal equity and equality strategies that the Local Maternity and Neonatal Systems are being supported by NHS England to achieve, I hope that the recommendations I have made will be taken into account. However, we must be aware that the more work like this is commissioned as short term projects producing unsustainable outputs, the more bridges will be burned and the harder and less effective engagement will become.

      "It is critical to sustain continued engagement with our stakeholders as time goes on. Where project participants have been invested in over a longer timescale, it is more likely that the tangible impact will be seen and felt by the communities involved and affected."

      With that in mind, I wanted to finish my series of blogs with an example which I feel captures the essence of what proper investment in lived experience can achieve for all involved:

      During my fellowship I worked alongside a woman who had experienced quite severe post-natal mental illness. During her recovery she was invited to join a patient participation group – a paid opportunity to talk with other women affected by post-natal mental illness about her experiences and recovery, as a part of their treatment.

      As well as helping the women she spoke to, she found the experience cathartic and felt it improved her own ongoing recovery from serious illness.

      Eventually, an opportunity presented itself to join a co-production forum at the same Trust. From a starting point of the uncertainty of recovery, the woman in question has now undergone a complete career change, giving up her old job to commit to improving NHS services as a lived experience lead. Her work has also helped her thrive as a mother, hopefully reducing her own risk of future illness, and improving her children’s wellbeing, all whilst making services better for others!

      It’s important to note here the impact of the participation being paid. Paid lived experience contributions help to foster a sense of value of the ‘work’ the lived experience expert is contributing and maintains their dignity, as well as reducing any sense of tokenism or box-ticking on the part of the NHS. In this case, it also enabled participation over a longer period of time which is likely to have not only benefitted the trust, but also facilitated the development of the necessary skill set to support the woman to move into a paid role within the NHS.

      We sometimes talk about an asymmetry between the respect we give to patients and healthcare professionals when they try to influence services; a healthcare professional “reports”, but a patient “complains”. The Patient Experience Library’s Inadmissible Evidence report discusses such issues at length. But, as the example of the lived experience lead shows, engaging with patients can bear fruit – as long as we have the bravery, determination and vision to approach it in the right way.

      With enormous thanks to Ranee Thakar, Gina Short, Olamide Odusanwo, Manjit Roseghini, Donnarie Goldson, Mobola Jaiyesimi, Antoinette Johnson, Leila Howe, Gemma Dakin, Alison White, Jay Patel, Ima Miah, Felisha Dussard, Andrew Brown, Tai Lamard, Gill Phillips, Paul Macey and all the birthing families of Croydon who were so generous in sharing their experiences with me.

      Find out more about the maternity and neonatal work happening in South West London ICS.

      Want to involve patients in your project?

      Read the HIN Involvement Strategy 2021 and learn about how we are striving to involve people and communities in making health and care better.

      Read our strategy

      2022 at the Health Innovation Network

      Cohort 4 of the Care Home Pioneers programme

      Blog

      Post Title

      It’s been a busy year at the Health Innovation Network, from publishing new reports on digital health inequalities and diabetes care for mental health inpatients, to starting new workforce development programmes for cardiovascular disease and opioids, through the launch of our new involvement strategy and supporting over £600,000 to pilot new automation solutions.


      Find out more about the projects we’ve worked on in 2022:


      Using leadership development to improve the quality of care provided to people living with dementia

      Blog

      Post Title

      With more people living with dementia, it’s important that care home leaders feel well equipped in supporting those living with it.  Dr Caroline Chill, the Clinical Director for the Healthy Ageing Programme at the Health Innovation Network (HIN), spoke at the 16th UK Dementia Congress in Birmingham on how we can use leadership development to improve care for people living with dementia.

      At the HIN, helping develop skills of those working in the health and care systems is one of our top priorities. Our flagship programme aimed at professional development in the care sector is the South London Care Home Pioneers Leadership Programme, facilitated in partnership with My Home Life England. Having recently completed its fourth cohort, the programme has helped over 70 care home managers and senior staff across south London to develop their skills, share learning and become champions for improving dementia care in their local area.

      Dr Chill used the presentation to explore the Service Improvement Projects, which Pioneers undertook as part of the programme within their homes, many of which focus on care home residents living with dementia. To celebrate the work that the senior care home staff have been doing, we interviewed, and filmed two Pioneers from care homes in Bromley: Natasha Leslie and Nicola Orme. Nicola focused on helping relatives understand more about dementia while Natasha explained how she had introduced activities to respond to ‘sundowning’ – a period of agitation commonly experienced by people living with dementia in the late afternoon.

      Nicola found that families’ understanding of dementia had increased following her Service Improvement Project, scoring on average 3.0 on a pre-workshop questionnaire and 4.75 post-workshop. Natasha also reported residents felt more supported and engaged in activities, with fewer incidents in the care homes such as falls and behaviours of concern. This had a knock-on effect with fewer 999 and 111 calls. Both projects have made a difference in the quality of care for residents, as well as a reduction in complaints and improvement in relationships between residents, staff, and their families. You can watch the full interview below.

      “Presenting at the 16th UK Dementia Congress was a great opportunity to showcase the achievements of care home staff and to demonstrate the importance and value of quality improvement work in care home settings.” Dr Caroline Chill, Clinical Director, Healthy Ageing, Health Innovation Network

      More information on the programme

      The South London Care Home Pioneers Programme is a leadership support and professional development programme delivered to Care Home Managers, Deputies, and Senior Nurses to advance their skills, facilitate personal growth and help them manage the complex everyday issues that impact on the quality of their service. The programme consists of a combination of four workshops, three which cover the managing of self, others, and change, and one service improvement workshop. Additionally, participants on the programme undergo nine monthly action learning sets, which involve experiential learning through a continuous process of action and reflection, supported by colleagues. The Pioneers on the programme also benefit from working alongside mentors from the HIN, who provide support to deliver a service improvement project within their care homes.

      If you would like to learn more about dementia, and understand how it affects the brain and memories, take a look at this video from Dementia UK. Alternatively, if you are interested in learning more about the Care Home Pioneer Programme and how it can support leaders to deal with the complexities of dementia, please get in touch.

      Find out more

      If you would like to find out more on the Care Home Pioneers programme and our work supporting people living with dementia, please get in touch.

      Contact us

      How Government Investment Can Support Life-Changing Medical Breakthroughs

      Following last week’s announcement by the Office of Life Sciences of a new approach to tackling health challenges, Lesley Soden, Innovation Programme Director at the HIN, writes about the important role government has to play in ensuring medical breakthroughs can benefit patients in the UK.

      The UK government announced last week that over £113 million will be available to fund research into four healthcare missions: cancer, obesity, mental health and addiction. This will help unlock the next generation of medicines and diagnostics to save lives, transform patient care and ensure UK patients are the first to benefit from medical breakthroughs.

      At the Health Innovation Network, we support many companies every year that have innovative digital and technology healthcare solutions at different stages of development. In the UK start-ups often create the most game-changing technology, however they lack evidence to demonstrate clinical efficacy and cost savings for the NHS. Government funding is crucial to pay for the research needed to demonstrate impact and support quicker adoption within clinical pathways.

      There are promising innovations whose clinical trials show excellent results supporting cancer diagnosis and can help our stretched clinical workforce to diagnose cancers earlier. These include:

      • Caddie

        An AI system developed by Odin Vision to support earlier and easier detection of colorectal cancer and characterise polyps (abnormal tissue growth in the bowl) by helping doctors to identify polyps more easily during colonoscopy procedures. Find out more about Caddie.

      • MIA

        A deep learning solution developed by Kheiron Medical to improve breast cancer screening that support radiologists to make the decision to recall or not recall. Find out more about MIA.

      • DERM

        A Class IIa medical device created by Skin Analytics using AI to help clinicians classify suspected skin cancer referrals, helping to safely discharge benign lesions without relying on dermatologists’ review. Find out more about Derm

      Funding will support the development of technologies that enable earlier, more effective cancer diagnosis helping to achieve the ambition that by 2028 three-quarters of cancers will be diagnosed at stages 1 or 2. Another step forward is the £40.2 million for research into mental health to develop and introduce digital technologies to support patients.

      The mental health in the UK has been impacted by the pandemic and the NHS is experiencing the greatest demand ever upon its services. But there are promising evidence-based innovations that can help people to manage better at home and prevent mental health crisis including:

      • Limbic

        An AI chatbot to support NHS’s talking therapies services (IAPT) to screen new referrals, collect patient information and create service efficiencies to reduce costs by saving hours of clinician’s time in triaging the referrals. Find out more about Limbic.

      • Wysa

        Helps users to get access to early mental health support by using clinically underpinned tools and strategies using AI to ensure users are provided with tailored modules and activities for their current mental health needs whilst waiting for assessment and treatment. Find out more about Wysa.

      • Lumi Nova

        Developed by BFB Labs has used gamification to support 7-12 year olds to self-manage their worries using cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). Recommended by NICE, this game can help to treat children with anxiety. Find out more about Lumi Nova.

      Generally, both the NHS and private investors are fairly risk-adverse when it’s comes to the most cutting-edge innovation and in particular those that disrupt existing clinical pathways requiring complex transformation. Being able to pump-prime these innovations helps to demonstrate the impact upon patient care, accelerating adoption and provides assurance to NHS providers and commissioners of their safety and effectiveness.

      If this funding is going to be truly transformational and build on the vaccine taskforce model, we need to make sure that the research can be used for both clinical trials but also for testing in real clinical settings. If we can roll out vaccines at rapid speed but in a safe and inclusive way, then we should be able to apply this motivation for digital and technology solutions.

      We look forward to hearing more about these funding competitions and how they can accelerate life-changing innovations for patients, boost NHS efficiency and keep the UK a global life sciences hothouse.

      Learn More

      Find out more about the government’s new strategy from the Office of Life Sciences.

      Read the government's new strategy

      “Let’s embrace the complexity and apply what we know”

      Head Shot of Amanda Begley

      Digital health adoption is the focus of a newly published set of journal papers, jointly curated by the HIN’s executive director of digital transformation Amanda Begley. Here she reflects on the role of complexity and evidence on digital health adoption and the practical steps available.

      With thanks to Frontiers, my co-editors Yiannis KyratsisHarry Scarbrough and Jean-Louis Denis and our 74 authors, we have just completed the editorial for our Research Topic Digital Health Adoption: Looking Beyond the Role of Technology | Frontiers Research Topic (frontiersin.org).

      With 50,000 views already and the research topic being in the top three in the journal section, digital health adoption is clearly a hot topic. So, I thought it important to let you know about the open-access articles available to read.

      Do read our short editorial – it provides brief summaries of all the articles and has embedded links to help you navigate to which of the 10 in the research topic are of most relevance to your work and thinking.

      The editorial also describes four key non-technology related aspects of digital health adoption (co-creation, stakeholder management, ethical and social factors and the need for transparency), and five key levers to adoption:

      1. Understanding and responding to the needs and preferences of diverse individuals and communities
      2. Early and active stakeholder engagement in both design and technology use
      3. Building the capability and confidence of all actors to acknowledge and raise quality, privacy, security and safety concerns
      4. Adopting a holistic, rather than a piecemeal approach to build a supportive ecosystem
      5. Considering seriously the wider ethical implications.

      I don’t want to repeat the content of the editorial here, so am instead sharing a couple of reflections:

      • Let’s embrace the complexity: We are increasingly realising the breadth of considerations and capabilities required to implement digital health technologies ethically, equitably, efficaciously, and economically. Although this may feel at times overwhelming, one of the many things I love about the health and care system is that it’s complex, requires careful thought and partnerships – change can be unpredictable, hard won, and takes time. With the growing research and practical insights accumulating, we are now better informed about how to enable technology adoption. Also, national policy work continues, like NHS England and National Institute for Health and Care Excellence’s (NICE) current work on a policy framework for defining the assurance pathway for digital health technologies and NICE’s Early Value Assessment
      • Let’s apply what we know. As an assistant and trainee clinical psychologist and when completing my PhD, reviewing the evidence-base was second nature to me. However, as I moved into commissioning and operational management, I got so busy fire-fighting that I forgot to draw on the evidence (like implementation-, complexity- and behavioural sciences) to inform my efforts to implement innovation and transform care. It’s only been in the last 15 years that I’ve drawn on the rigorously captured findings of the authors included in this series and utilised the vast knowledge that sits in our open access journals like Frontiers, BMJ Open and Implementation Science to name but a few. I know how hard it is to make time for this but doing so gives greater rigour to our efforts.

      So digital transformation is not easy, quick or straightforward – but perhaps I’d be bored if it were… 

      However, if we continue listening to our users and staff, openly sharing and actively learning from others, and working with colleagues across care settings and sectors then anything’s possible – including digital health adoption at scale for our patients, populations and staff.

      Find out more

      Speak to our team to understand how the HIN could support your organisation with digital transformation projects

      Get in touch

      Medication Safety: How patients and healthcare professionals make safety work

      Medicines are the most common healthcare intervention in the NHS. It is increasingly important that healthcare professionals work collaboratively with patients to minimise harm from medicines. Natasha Callender, Pharmacist, and Medicines Workstream Lead for Patient Safety shares some reflections on what the opportunities are.

      Key stats:

      • 54% of errors occur in administration, 21% in prescribing and 16% in dispensing

      • 72% of medication errors have little or no potential for harm, and only 2% have potential to cause severe harm

      Source: Prevalence and economic burden of medication errors in the NHS in England

      More than 200 million medication errors occur in the NHS each year. Most errors occur in administration, prescribing and dispensing. Most medication errors have little/no potential for harm, and only two per cent have potential to cause severe harm. The majority of errors are associated with administration. Tried and tested safeguards such as the 5 Rights of Medication Administration - the right patient, drug, dose, route, and time – are widely accepted ways to reduce medication administration errors.

      While humanistic safeguards can mitigate risk of medication errors, there is increasingly a place for using technology to improve the safety of systems, for example during transfer across traditional care boundaries between hospitals and general practices/primary care networks; or closed loop medication and administration prescribing systems in hospitals. I recently attended the Patient Safety Congress where speakers who shared their progress on implementing closed loop medicines administration, and suggested that standardisation was the way forward to reduce medication errors.

      However closed loop administration and other digital solutions will not reduce all medication risks. At the Health Innovation Network, we have been facilitating our Opioid Stewardship Quality Improvement Collaborative with the aim of helping healthcare professionals improve chronic pain management for patients. As part of this programme, we watched a video about asking the ‘5 Whys’ to reach the root cause of a problem. Fixing the actual root cause may be far more simple and inexpensive than the alternatives.

      Improving pathways or services to reduce harm from medicines does not always require complex or expensive solutions, but collaboration remains a crucial part of the process. By involving patients and allowing them to personalise their own care, we can make simple changes that have a significant impact. It is important to engage and co-develop improvements with patients when improving services. There is a lot we can learn from their experiences to inform changes for the better.

      At the core of the Medicines Safety Improvement Programme (MedSIP) that drives our local medicines workstream, is a quality improvement approach. But it is through reporting of adverse events to national data schemes that trends can be identified as areas of improvement. Both patients and healthcare professionals are encouraged to report suspected and actual adverse events from medicines and vaccines via the Yellow Card MHRA reporting service. Together we can work to ensure adverse experience with medicines drive the improvements we strive to make.

      Find out more

      For more information, please get in touch with Natasha Callender, Senior Project Manager for Patient Safety and Experience.

      Get in touch

      Resources

      Yellow Card scheme or via the Yellow Card app (download from the Apple App Store or Google Play Store) – only a suspicion is needed to report a suspected reaction.

      For suspected adverse reactions associated with COVID-19 vaccines and medicines, as well as suspected incidents with medical devices and test kits, report directly to the Coronavirus Yellow Card reporting site or use the Yellow Card app.

      References

      1. EEPRU 2018: Prevalence and economic burden of medication errors in the NHS in England
      2. NHS England: Enduring standards that remain valid from previous patient safety alerts

      “It’s not about me, it’s not about you, it’s about us” – World Prematurity Day & MatNeoSIP

      On World Prematurity Day, we hear the latest from the Pan-London Maternity and Neonatal Safety Improvement Programme Team.

      Key stats:

      • Around 2,900 babies are stillborn and 60,000 preterm births every year in the UK
      • Stillbirth and premature birth rates vary widely (up to +/-20%) across UK 

      Source: Provisional births in England and Wales: 2020

      The Pan-London Maternity and Neonatal Safety Improvement Programme (MatNeoSIP) team hosted its first face-to-face event since Covid in November 2022, celebrating the hard work Maternity and Neonatology teams have achieved across London to improve mother and baby care and safety.

      People gathered from across London Maternity Units, from the London Maternity Clinical Network, the Operational Delivery Network, the Local Maternity and Neonatal Systems, charities such as the Tommy’s National Centre for Maternity Improvement, and from the Maternity Voice Partnerships (representing service users). A member from the audience kicked off the afternoon stating that they had come today for cross-boundary networking. London is one hospital. It’s not about me or you, it is about us. We must work collaboratively across boundaries and across professions, bringing Maternity and Neonatalogy together.

      The Deputy Regional Chief Midwife, Nina Khazaezadeh, set out the London vision for maternity with more personalised, safer, and kinder care for women, birthing people and families. Thought should be given to culture and service-user voice to ensure that everyone is heard, and choice is taken into account early on in the pathway of the mother’s pregnancy. A “fishbowl” exercise discussing post-natal care reinforced how we need to optimise giving post-natal information antenatally to help to prevent complications and enable mothers and their families to spot abnormalities. A service user explained that cross cultural experiences and differences are not understood and so instead the mother and families can feel pressured to comply to a culture that they are not familiar with, told to do or not do something and not given choice in their care. Information needs to be accessible in different languages and culturally tailored for the diverse population of London.

      Olivia Houlihan, Regional Maternity Transformation Lead, discussed the Right Place of Birth for premature babies through the Quality Improvement (QI) pan-London project. The ambition is to ensure that all babies that are born pre 27 weeks (or pre 28 weeks for multiples) are born in a maternity unit co-located with a level 3 neonatal unit. This is an excellent example of co-design and collaboration across multiple stakeholder groups to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the pathway. Continuing on the topic of improving the care of preterm babies, Dr Ambalika Das, Consultant Neonatologist & Neonatal Lead at Queen’s Hospital in Romford spoke to us about their QI project on how to optimise the thermal care of admitted new-borns. She reinforces the message that it is possible to achieve normothermia in most babies with continuous monitoring, education and feedback via PDSA cycles.

      Finally, the team from the Tommy’s National Centre for Maternity Improvement, which has been established to reduce the number of babies born prematurely or stillborn, shared the risk assessment and decision support tool that has been developed and piloted at four sites across the UK. The vision is for each woman and birthing person to be offered the right care at the right time, no matter where they live. Lewisham & Greenwich NHS Trust, as an early adopter site, advocated that the identification of clinical champions in the Trust to lead this work and working closely with Maternity Voice Partners (MVP) helped with the rollout and adoption of the tool.

      Our fantastic clinical chairs, Dr Anita Banerjee and Dr Sabrina Das left us with some empowering words around kindness – “Kindness is the new superpower to enact change - Kindness should be recognised as a positive way to drive quality improvement and enact change.”

      Gemma Dakin, Project Manager for Patient Safety and Experience at the HIN would like to thank all speakers and her amazing MatNeoSIP colleagues at ICHP and UCLP for their continued hard work and collaboration to improve maternity and neonatal care for patients.

      Image

      Find out more

      For more information, please get in touch with our MatNeoSIP contacts.

      Get in touch

      Health Innovation Network - South London

      Gemma Dakin | Project Manager - Patient Safety and Experience Team

      gemma.dakin@nhs.net

      UCL Partners – North Central North East London

      Paulina Sporek | Maternity Improvement Advisor

      paulina.sporek@uclpartners.com

      Imperial College Health Partners – North West London

      Omid Nivi | Senior Innovation Manager

      omid.nivi@imperialcollegehealthpartners.com

      Sarah Stephens | Senior Innovation Adviser

      sarah.stephens@imperialcollegehealthpartners.com

      Medication Without Harm: Improving care for people living with chronic pain

      Unsafe medication practices and medication errors are a leading cause of avoidable harm in healthcare systems around the world. That’s why Medication Without Harm is the theme of the World Health Organisation’s third Global Patient Safety Challenge. The HIN’s Ayo Chike-Michael writes about the part we are playing to address this.

      The Impact of Opioid Over-prescribing

      People living with chronic pain understandably want to limit its impact on their daily lives. I can relate to this, having had three caesarean operations in the past 19 years. For weeks after the surgery, I didn’t need anyone to remind me to take my pain-relieving medicines! In my experience the pain resolved in a few weeks. However there are many people who live with chronic pain (defined as pain lasting longer than 12 weeks), estimated to be between one and six per cent of the population in England (NICE 2021).

      Where self-care pain-management approaches are not sufficient, most people typically depend on their doctor or increasingly their pharmacist to prescribe the right medication. Opioids (such as codeine, morphine, fentanyl and buprenorphine) are commonly prescribed and offer great benefits to many people living with pain. In the UK, most opioids require a prescription and are only meant to be used on a short-term basis.

      What clinicians think good looks like may be different from what the patient thinks. The work is easier when both discuss and agree together on way forward - Lelly Oboh, Consultant Pharmacist for Care of Older People and SEL ICS Pharmacist Over-prescribing Lead

      It is estimated over half a million people in England are prescribed opioid pain relief for longer than three months. When the source of long-term pain does not have a cause that can be treated, opioids can do more harm than good, especially in high doses. This leads to tolerance, which means higher quantities are needed for the same effect. This can cause overdependence, side-effects and worsened physical and mental health. In England, it is predicted that without action about 6,000 people a year could be hospitalised as a result of taking opioids for extended periods. (AHSN Network, 2021).
      This is why prescribers should review progress with patients to reduce or stop opioid use as appropriate and offer patients alternatives Initiating and prescribing opioids safely is one of the many ‘wicked’ problems in healthcare. The prescriber needs to decide the right dosage, monitor progress and support the patient with information; while the patient needs to be well informed from the beginning, involved in decision making and feedback.

      To help address the problem, NHS England commissioned 15 regionally based Patient Safety Collaboratives (PSCs) to address this issue through the Medicines Safety Improvement Programme (MedSIP). The programme aims to reduce high dose prescribing (>120mg oral morphine equivalent) for non-cancer pain by 50 per cent by March 2024. All PSCs aim to support clinicians in their region to prevent initiation of opioid use where possible, deprescribe when necessary, offer targeted support to patients prescribed opioids for chronic pain and aim to offer nonpharmacological alternatives.

      “It's about working differently, not working harder” – Cleo Butterworth, Associate Clinical Director- Patient Safety, Health Innovation Network

      Opioid Stewardship

      At the Health Innovation Network we’ve developed a CPD-accredited quality improvement collaborative programme that brings together clinicians from across south London to develop their skills for safer use of opioids. Masterclasses are delivered by clinical experts and people with lived experience, focusing on the complexity of pain management and how to support patients. The programme has thirty-five participants who are mainly GPs and pharmacists. It will conclude in March 2023 when participants will test their improvement ideas through a pilot, and ultimately implement them across a wider population.

      The opioids stewardship programme is championing empowerment of everyone involved with prescribing opioids – Sarah Dennison, Controlled Drugs Accountable Officer for NHS England – London

      As one of the organisers, the masterclasses have helped me to better understand the nuances interwoven into the work of the prescribers, and frustration of people living with chronic pain. It’s important to hear the patient’s side and listen, question and collaborate with them.

      Natasha Callender, the programme lead, has shared her reflections from the four sessions delivered so far below: 

      • Clinicians should not initiate discussions with patients about complex pain with a primary focus on deprescribing opioids. Instead patients should be primed with information about the best ways to manage complex pain, harms from long-term high dose opioids and supported through regular follow-ups so they can be involved in decisions.
      • Persistent pain is complex and has strong links to mood, emotional wellbeing, mental health, childhood experiences, patient expectations and fears, and previous experience of pain.
      • Pain is not one single concept – it is important to understand the different type of sensations and the impact these have on patients’ lives.
      • It is important to navigate the nuances of addiction and dependence through discussion with patients and raise awareness of non-pharmacological alternatives.

      This project is featured in our Annual Report 2022/23.

      Find out more

      To find out more about the Opioid Stewardship Programme contact Natasha Callender.

      Get in touch

      Transforming Type 1 Diabetes Care in South East London

      This World Diabetes Day we are very excited to share with you all the transformational work occurring in type 1 diabetes outpatient care in south east London.

      The Impact of Type 1 Diabetes

      Type 1 diabetes is a potentially devastating diagnosis for individuals and families, putting enormous demands on people to manage their diabetes every single day. More than eight per cent of people in the UK with diabetes have type 1 diabetes, and new diagnosis rates are increasing by four per cent each year. Recent advances in technology and understanding of type 1 diabetes have been huge, and the avoidance of diabetes complications is now possible for everyone.

      Diabetes complications can be severe, and avoiding these is linked to good glucose management. The NHS supports this through structured education sessions, clinic-based support from diabetes specialists and access to technology such as insulin pumps and glucose monitors. All people with type 1 diabetes should be receiving care from specialist services in order to support them to achieve and maintain safe glucose levels.

      Unfortunately, there are still variations in access to, and outcomes of, diabetes care. Recent analysis in Hackney and Brent suggests that around 30 per cent of people who are diagnosed with type 1 diabetes are not under the care of a specialist diabetes team. Nationally we measure whether people with diabetes meet three key treatment targets (HbA1c, cholesterol and blood pressure) as an indicator to how well we are managing diabetes at a population level. The recent National Diabetes Audit shows that only 24.4 per cent of Londoners living with type 1 diabetes have achieved all three treatment targets. This is even lower among people of ethnic minority groups and those living in more deprived areas.

      Type 1 diabetes outpatient transformation aims:

      • Engage and connect with people with type 1 diabetes in the community, and particularly those not currently under the care of specialist diabetes teams;
      • Improve equitable implementation of, and access to, technology;
      • Drive improvement in provision of, and access to self-management support, including structured education and peer support;
      • Build capacity and type 1 diabetes competency within the workforce across all specialist and non-specialist care sectors;
      • Improve data monitoring, reporting and transparency on health outcomes to measure experience of care.

      What We’re Doing

      To address these variations NHS London Diabetes Clinical Network have created the Type 1 Diabetes Outpatient Transformation Framework. The framework challenges providers and commissioners of diabetes care to question how we can make changes which reduce inequalities in diabetes care access and outcomes. Its ambition is to ensure 100 per cent of people living with type 1 diabetes have access to structured education, self-management support, specialist diabetes care and technology in a way that meets their needs and expectations, irrespective of location, ethnicity, and deprivation.

      We have convened a network of outpatient and community providers on behalf of south east London ICB in order to respond to and implement the framework. Collaboration and transformation is at the core of this network. It has strong representation from all outpatient provider sites in south east London, as well as community providers and mental health trusts. The network provides a space for providers and commissioners to work together on transforming and adapting local type 1 diabetes care to the needs of south east Londoners.

      Provider-commissioner collaboration and co-production will continue to be at the heart of what we do at the network. Healthcare transformation and improvement is inherently a WICKED problem. It is through the network’s diversity of thought and experience that we can hope to address this problem, and to unpick the challenges people with type 1 diabetes face daily when trying to manage their health. We are in the beginning stages of an exciting journey in south east London; a journey that we are embarking on as a team.

      I have really enjoyed working with south east London colleagues in setting up the network. It has given us the chance to understand the challenges and aspirations of providers and commissioners, and unite in our efforts to improve T1 diabetes care. – Dr Sophie Harris, Chair of South East London Type 1 Outpatient Transformation Network

      Find out more

      To find out more about what we’re doing to support people living with type 1 diabetes, contact HIN Project Manager Kate Rawlings.

      Get in touch

      Good Boost: Using AI to help people with musculoskeletal conditions

      Two women exercising in a swimming pool.

      Participants

      • Four fifths of participants had incomes in the lowest forty per cent;
      • Eighty-four per cent were Black or Asian;
      • Almost half were living with another long-term health condition;
      • Fifty-five per cent of participants reported they were inactive before they started.

      A project funded by a Health Innovation Network innovation grant has used artificial intelligence to improve the lives of Londoners with musculoskeletal (MSK) conditions.

      The year-long Good Boost Project was led by King’s College Hospital rehabilitation clinicians, physiotherapists and hospital volunteers. It was launched in Southwark in April 2021, and also piloted at Kingston Hospital.

      The project supported patients living with long-term MSK conditions (conditions affecting the joints, bones and muscles), those recovering from joint replacement surgery, as well as older patients, giving them the opportunity to keep active.

      Patients were offered a personalised water-based exercise programme, developed using artificial intelligence. This was tailored to their health condition, fitness level and confidence in the water.

      After just five months:

      • Two-thirds of participants reported an improvement in their health
      • Almost a quarter reported improvements in their functional capacity
      • More than a fifth reported a reduction in pain levels

      Nicky Wilson, Consultant Physiotherapist at King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, explained: “This project began in the second Covid-19 national lockdown to make sure that people with MSK conditions could continue to keep active and well.

      “Delivering the Good Boost Project in the heart of the community is increasing opportunities for people with MSK conditions to access rehabilitation, widen their social support networks, and embed regular ongoing physical activity into their lives, which will improve and maintain their health. It’s hugely exciting and humbling to see the impact the programme is having.”

      Dorothy Oxley, 74, from East Dulwich, was invited to take part in the project after undergoing knee surgery in October 2021. She said: “My operation on my knee had left me with mobility problems, and I was determined to get my independence back. So when my physiotherapist mentioned the Good Boost Project, I was delighted to take part.

      “I’m glad I signed up, because it really did help me build my confidence and become more mobile. Being in the water meant I wasn’t worried about losing my balance and falling, and everyone in the group supported each other. It truly was a boost.”

      Find out more

      Find out more about Good Boost in the full evaluation report.

      Read the full evaluation

      Meet the innovator: Antoine Lever

      Post Title

      In this edition, we catch up with Antoine Lever, Co-founder and Commercial Director of babblevoice, an affordable, high quality and reliable phone system that is purpose-built for primary care providers.

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence:

      Babblevoice is a cloud-hosted telephone system for primary care which supports practices, patients and staff across the UK.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      When we saw how surgeries were being treated by the telephone industry e.g. expensive equipment, functionality that added no value and especially long onerous contracts.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Don’t do this alone. Build a great team around you.
      2. Work as closely as possible with your customer and as soon as possible.
      3. Be relentless on quality. Reputation is everything.

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      Initially our biggest obstacle was persuading surgeries that voice over the Internet was reliable. Skype has done a lot of harm. Now our biggest obstacle is joining the relevant frameworks.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      My highlight was when I watched a surgery transform from a defensive blame culture into a patient centric culture thanks to babblevoice reporting and remote monitoring features.

      Best part of your job now?

      The best part of my job is watching practice managers’ faces as I explain how babblevoice can transform their day whilst supporting their staff.

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      I believe that if there was greater visibility of the problems faced each day by clinicians and administrators that innovators would step up to the challenge.

      A typical day for you would include…

      A typical day for me would include a briefing from the sales and marketing teams to see which events and opportunities are coming up. I would then meet with the operations team to let them know which surgeries are most likely to want babblevoice installed next month. I like to speak to at least one prospective surgery and one existing customer each day to learn more about their issues and experiences. The rest of my time is normally spent interviewing job applicants.

      You can find babblevoice on Twitter and LinkedIn.

      Bromley residents to benefit from wound care breakthrough

      Hundreds of thousands of people in the UK experience painful slow-healing lower leg wounds such as ulcers each year.

      A new collaborative project led by the Health Innovation Network (HIN) and Bromley Healthcare Community Interest Company (CIC) hopes to test evidence-based approaches to transforming care for these types of wounds, with the aim of improving the quality of life for patients and reducing costs to the NHS.

      The AHSN Network Transforming Wound Care national spread and adoption programme aims to ensure all patients with lower limb wounds receive evidence-based care. This leads to:​

      • faster healing of wounds
      • improved quality of life for patients​
      • reduced likelihood of wound recurrence ​
      • uses health and care resources more effectively​

      The programme uses the evidence, learning and recommendations from the National Wound Care Strategy Programme (NWCSP).

      The Health Innovation Network, the Academic Health Science Network (AHSN) for south London, is taking part in Phase 1 of the programme and is supporting Bromley Healthcare CIC to establish a dedicated Lower Limb Wound Clinic Test and Evaluation Site.

      The challenge

      Most wounds to lower limbs heal within a few weeks. Chronic lower limb wounds are those below the knee that are slow or fail to heal. Chronic lower limb wounds account for at least 42% of all wounds in the UK, with leg ulcers being the most common type (34% of the total wound population, compared to 7% pressure ulcers and 8% diabetic foot ulcers).

      A large proportion of the total wound care spend is for these chronic lower limb wounds because of their slower healing rates. In 2019, there were an estimated 739,000 leg ulcers in England with estimated associated healthcare costs of £3.1 billion per annum year.

      Based on evidence from the National Wound Care Strategy Programme, the prevalence of total leg ulcers is expected to increase by around 4% annually, to over 1 million by 2036 if there is no intervention. This is driven by an increase in leg ulcers that either recur after healing or those that do not heal.


      “Bromley Healthcare is delighted to be selected as a pilot Test and Evaluation Site for the new national Transforming Wound Care programme. The national wound care strategy will significantly reduce healing times for people, provide a better quality of life and maximise our nursing time. We feel honoured to be part of such an important programme working to improve wound care for people closer to home.

      As a community service provider for people in South East London, we work closely with GPs and acute colleagues to ensure wound care is joined up. Through becoming a Test and Evaluation Site, we look forward to strengthening our joint work to support the early identification of wounds and continue to build our shared knowledge to improve care for people with wounds” – Jacqui Scott, Chief Executive Officer, Bromley Healthcare


      How will we do it?

      The three key elements of the programme are:

      • People: the delivery of training to all staff supporting patients with wounds
      • Processes: implementing a new evidence-based model based on the recommendations of the NWCSP
      • Technology & design: supporting data collection and provision of care through a new digital wound management system

      Find out more about the national programme.

      National Wound Care Strategy Programme logo

      Get involved

      If you would like to be involved in the programme, please get in touch.

      Contact us

      Making mental health a priority starts with our workforce

      Andy Scott-Lee recently joined our Mental Health team, having spent most of his career with front-line mental health roles. We speak to him about his reflections on his first few months at the Health Innovation Network and what his experiences have made him think about how we could protect and improve the mental health of our nation.

      Every week, so it seems, a new worry is added to the list of issues affecting society. Between the housing crisis, the climate crisis, and the cost-of-living crisis, there seem to be more factors than ever making life difficult for ordinary people.

      In a world where everyone is affected by these issues differently, where do we start when it comes to finding common ground for improving our nation’s mental health and wellbeing?

      In my opinion, it all begins with looking out for the people looking after our mental health.

      Most clinical teams working in mental health are under significant pressure at the moment. I think awareness of those stresses probably peaked during Covid-19, where we saw a significant increase in mental health issues experienced by NHS staff, but it’s so important that we don’t slip into thinking those operational pressures have gone away.

      People working in the NHS need to feel they are valued and that they and their services are supported by their organisation to do the job they were trained to do. I've worked on the front lines of mental health, and so often have found that the times where I delivered the best care were when I felt my health and wellbeing were being prioritised.

      To be authentic and consistent in my care for others, I needed to first feel good about myself.

      Making time to change our culture

      Improving the way we look after our workforce is a responsibility for everyone working in mental health. 

      Many mental health professionals already take a mindful approach to their own wellbeing, and I feel this is something we should continue to encourage. Certainly, the mantra of "be gentle on yourself" was something that I repeated to myself when treating many of my patients with trauma, and there is a wealth of insight and guidance on effective self-compassion dating back as far as Buddha. But self-help is only a part of the solution. 

      One of the biggest things I’ve noticed since joining the HIN is that wellbeing isn’t just listed as an “organisational priority” – it is something that everyone actually invests time and effort into. 

      Finding everyone represented in health and wellbeing conversations has been a relieving and refreshing experience. At all levels, it is acknowledged that the time and effort that goes into improving our wellbeing is reflected in the quality of the work that we do. Dedicated wellbeing champions lead the way, and it is great to see staff from all backgrounds and seniorities consistently taking advantage of activities designed to improve our physical and mental health. 

      Of course, the HIN does have significant organisational differences to a Trust providing clinical care. But I think the essence of what we have here – senior leadership buy-in, dedicated champions and advocacy across the organisation for wellbeing as a priority – could be applied anywhere. 

      Practical action, not policies 

      Health and wellbeing isn’t a new topic within the NHS; NHS England’s People Plan from 2020 is full of sound thinking on the issue. 

      But despite “islands of improvement” we haven’t made enough progress as a system, and perhaps we’ve fallen into the trap of talking too much and acting too little. 

      So my challenge to people working in mental health is this – what can you do to improve the wellbeing of our workforce, and in turn improve the care that we provide? 

      Can you find a way to reduce the workload of someone so that their “wellbeing champion” objective becomes part of their core responsibilities rather than an add-on to do in their personal time? 

      Can you be the senior leader who always makes time to attend a wellbeing walk or other activity? 

      Can you be the person who takes the initiative to learn from what’s working elsewhere? 

      I believe you can. 

      Evaluating remote consultations in mental health: creating a positive legacy from the pandemic

      Covid-19 catalysed huge changes for mental health services, with many appointments switched from face-to-face to video or telephone consultations almost overnight. More than two years on from the start of the pandemic Dr Stuart Adams (Consultant Psychiatrist and Chief Clinical Information Officer at South West London & St. George’s Mental Health NHS Trust) discusses the lasting legacy of these changes – and how a new evaluation tool will be a vital enabler for further improvements to the service user experience.

      The pandemic has been exceptionally difficult for everyone involved in mental health – service users, clinicians and managers have all had to deal with situations that I think most of us hoped we would never experience.

      Whilst nobody will look back on the past two years fondly, I think it is important that we do what we can to ensure that we learn from such testing times, and maintain momentum on some of the accelerated transformation work enforced by the pandemic. One of the areas where I think we have a real opportunity to create a positive legacy is the use of remote consultations in mental health.

      Starting in 2021, we partnered with the Health Innovation Network, experts by experience, and other local stakeholders on a large-scale evaluation of the rapid adoption of remote consultation technologies. Over the course of that evaluation we spoke to thousands of mental health service users and staff about what the switch from face-to-face to telephone or video consultations had meant for them.

      Whilst the evaluation identified some complex challenges around the adoption of remote consultations by mental health services – not least ensuring digitally excluded people were not “left behind” – there were also many positive themes in our final report.

      People we spoke to in our evaluation often talked about the convenience of remote consultations, saving time and money on travel to appointments. Writing at a time of an emerging cost of living crisis and a renewed focus on making the NHS as environmentally sustainable as possible, the convenience factor seems more relevant than ever.

      Managing the transition from transformation to business-as-usual

      Two years on from the start of the pandemic, it has been positive to see that people are continuing to make the most of remote consultations as an option for accessing care. About 12% of all our consultations at South West London and St George’s are now conducted remotely, with much higher take-up in some services such as CAMHS.

      So – with a robust evaluation in the books and uptake seemingly in a steady state, is this “mission accomplished” for remote consultations?

      Not from where I’m standing, if we want to really make the most of the potential of these innovations.

      We’ve come a long way in terms of technology from those first days of the pandemic, from shaky connections and clunky interfaces, through to more dependable solutions with functionality that helps rather than hinders the therapeutic alliance. But – anybody who has been a part of a remote consultation knows there’s still room for technological improvement.

      We’re also still understanding the answers to some big questions around implementation – for example the benefits and drawbacks of phone versus video-based remote consultations.

      And finally, as with any service, we must commit to interrogating our delivery of remote consultations to ensure we are providing service users with the best (and most effective) choices and services. This brave new world contains many exciting opportunities for Quality Improvement, and we have only just scratched the surface of what might be possible.

      Meaningful evaluation underpins progress in all of those areas, which is why I am pleased that our partnership has produced a new appointment survey, designed to help Trusts understand service user experiences of remote consultations on an ongoing basis.

      The free tool can be easily adopted by any NHS service and delivered through a variety of platforms. Along with other project resources from the partnership, we hope it will be useful for clinicians and managers hoping to further develop remote consultations as an option for their service users.

      Here’s to continuing to drive progress that benefits services users, clinicians and systems – with robust evaluation illuminating the road ahead for all of us.

      Four Lessons from our Anti-Racism Project

      Our anti-racism project is co-led by Catherine Dale, Programme Director of Patient Safety and Pearl Brathwaite, Project Manager in our Accelerated Access Collaborative team. We hear from Pearl and our CEO Rishi Das-Gupta on what they have learnt from the project since its inception in December 2021.

      1. Sometimes you don’t know you have a problem until you talk about it.

      The HIN is a great place to work, and we employ people who commit to our values and want to improve care and health for all. We have an agreeable environment, but recognise that our teams don't yet reflect the diversity our local south London community.

      What we’ve realised is that sometimes you don’t know you have a problem until you talk about it. We started a conversation following George Floyd’s murder in 2020, speaking to staff to understand the impact of race and racism on people working in the HIN and the communities we work with and serve.

      We realised that our individual experiences of life, work and community have been and continue to be impacted by race, and that we wouldn’t have spoken about it without this opportunity.

      2. It starts with conversations in a safe space.

      Our underlying approach has been to create a psychologically safe space which embodies the HIN values of being brave, open, together, kind, and different. We listened to perspectives from across the organisation. We discussed case studies, stories, and relevant news to highlight the issues and understand how our perspectives differ as a result of our experiences.

      To aid internal discussion, we used a liberating structure framework to encourage the various themes to ask three questions: What? So What? Now What?. This structure is designed to help facilitate the gathering of facts ("what?"), make sense of those facts ("so what?"), and understand what we can do next ("now what?").

      This worked well for us because our teams tend to want to fix problems. Teams identified a challenge in moving to action and the "now what?" too quickly, because of the vast amounts to explore in the "what (is the issue)"’ and the "so what (why is it important)?".

      Practically it takes time to have these conversations and we had to set aside time to do this. This meant that we were making an active choice to engage in this work and appointed a trusted external facilitator to guide some of these organisation-wide conversations.

      The series of conversations were:

      • How we talk about our ambitions in becoming an anti-racist organisation;
      • How we talk about the impact of racism on individuals and the community that we serve;
      • How we seek to influence others, in our everyday lives and outside of the HIN.

      3. Expect the conversation to be difficult at first, but easier over time

      This topic brings people's experience to the fore. It helps to be clear that this can be an emotive and deeply personal subject… so it will probably make people uncomfortable. It challenged our unconscious bias and beckoned us to become vulnerable and open to change.

      There still exists a general worry around terminology, fear of getting it wrong and a fear of destabilising something that is working. Language is important and can trigger emotional responses, so it was important to recognise that we might make missteps and invite people to talk about the impact of language use on them. When it came to language, we wanted to agree a common terminology that we use to talk about this. Black and Asian Ethnic Minority, Minority Ethnic, BAME and Global Majority are some of the terms we have collectively chosen and discussed. We are still learning. 

      We have heard from a colleague, who took a secondment before the anti-racism programme launched, about the impact she noticed on returning to the organisation. She observes that the values of the organisation are the same, but we now have deeper and more confident conversations about race, racism and health inequality.

      4. Recognising progress keeps everyone going

      On this journey we need to stay motivated. We did this by sharing progress with our colleagues and keeping up to date with our commitments, vision, and ambitions for the organisation. We asked ourselves:

      • Is this sort of change measurable? Changes are incremental, and we are committed to seeing constant change in our meetings, projects and interactions, as opposed to one standalone project.
      • What metrics should we set and why? Measuring change is important to keep enthusiasm for the programme and to justify ongoing focus, commitment, and budget. Our evaluation team is helping to capture change via quantitative and qualitative means.
      • What about the change that can’t be measured? When we hear conversations have gone well, we reflect and highlight good practice. A recent example, as shared by Rishi, is a training opportunity that was shared with leadership only. However, as the leadership team is not very diverse we decided to share the training more broadly to give the opportunity to a wider group of applicants. This is not a conversation or decision that would have taken place without our anti-racism work.

      Change is incremental and we need to take stock from time to time. Though we have highlighted the impact of talking and having conversations, we recognise it doesn’t end here. After listening to views from across the organisation we have been able to identify action that is needed to make incremental change. We will move safely towards this.

      We hope to share more with you as the work progresses.

      Rishi and Pearl

      Access Denied: Addressing Inequalities in Digital Healthcare Tools

      Clinician using technology

      James Friend, Director of Digital Strategy at NHS England London region, writes about how the Access Denied report is shedding light on digital inequalities and what you can do to help.

      The NHS has the potential to transform services for patients, from assessment to treatment, through digital technology. But it is crucial that this is done in a way which reduces rather than increases inequalities.

      The Covid-19 pandemic led to a rapid increase in the use of digital technology in healthcare, whether this is the use of the NHS app for vaccine passports, the proliferation of online doctors’ consultations or the development of new tools for remote monitoring or self-management of conditions. This has many benefits. It can make services more flexible by enabling out-of-hours access, and digital services can be an improvement for people who are visually impaired or who have limited English skills.

      But while for many people accessing services digitally is now the norm, this is not yet universal, and there is evidence of a link between digital exclusion and social disadvantage. People with protected characteristics under the Equality Act 2010 (age, disability, race) are less likely to have access to the internet, and the skills to use it (NHS Digital, 2019); and the impact of this has not yet been fully understood.

      The role of digital is currently being considered by the newly-formed Integrated Care Boards, and this presents a unique opportunity to make sure that people without digital access are not left behind. That’s why the Health Innovation Network, the Academic Health Science Network for south London, hosted an important roundtable with experts on this topic which I chaired. The Access Denied report takes the key points from this discussion and explores the impact of digital inequalities in healthcare, making a series of recommendations for those seeking to adopt new technologies:

      • Work with digital innovations that meet the highest standards for accessibility and usability.

      • Test digital products and services thoroughly with a cross section of patients, providers and commissioners.

      • Use data to optimise delivery to improve outcomes and minimise exclusion over time.

      • Understand how people may need specific channels of delivery at different times or for different services.

      • Ensure you capture data so you can measure and compare outcomes and experience by channel.

      • Don’t plan care pathways for the majority – ensure it is optimised for those from minority backgrounds too.

      • Consider the support needed to move people to digital pathways.

      • Ensure equality impact assessments for transforming care pathways pay attention to digital exclusion as a potential risk of inequality.

      We are also calling on designers, developers and the NHS to work together in two ways:

      • We need to develop frameworks, similar to those seen for information governance and clinical safety, which would set out guidance for mitigating against health inequalities that could become adopted and embedded by design.

      • Ethical considerations must be built into the clinical safety case of the tool and data used to inform or train algorithms must be thoroughly examined for bias.

      You can find out more about digital inequalities, their impact and what you can do about them in the Access Denied report.

      Find Out More

      Find out more about digital health inequalities and how to avoid them.

      Read the Access Denied Report

      How the Low Carb Program is Helping People with Type 2 Diabetes

      Person using phone app in kitchen surrounded by healthy vegetables.

      Post Title

      We hear from Arjun Panesar, Founding CEO and Head of AI at DDM Health, developers of the Low Carb Program which provides type 2 diabetes structured education across South London, with a particular focus on supporting ethnic minority communities.

      As of May 2023...

      • Current average HbA1c reduction is 7.0mmol/mol
      • 6.2 per cent average weight loss at 12 months
      • Additional patient and public involvement to explore attitudes to digital tools for type 2 diabetes support

      South east London ICB commissioned the Low Carb Program in June 2021 to provide structured education for patients with type 2 diabetes in south east and south west London.

      Alongside type 2 diabetes structured education, health coaching and behavioral change support aligned to NICE guidelines, users can choose to follow a low carbohydrate, Mediterranean or balanced diet approach tailored to their health goals, needs and preferences. The platform provides live weekly cook-alongs, exercise classes, meetups, a moderated community, and AI-tailored recipe suggestions based on allergies, dietary requirements and cultural preferences.

      “I found the weekly group sessions very useful. When you are trying to lose weight and feel like you are not making progress on certain weeks, you get encouragement from the health coaches and fellow members.” – Karthik S

      By providing users with a personalised program to meet their needs, we make it so much easier for people to integrate healthy lifestyle choices in their lives and stick to a program of self-management. This helps to support long-term maintenance of a healthy weight and ongoing behaviour change.

      The platform, delivered in nine languages, has proven to be very popular. Real-world data collected after 12 months demonstrates that 83 per cent of patients activated their referral, with 73 per cent of participants completing the intervention. Over 60 per cent of participants are from ethnic minority backgrounds and list English as a second language, with almost half digitally excluded. The project also supports the ICB’s broader Primary Care Green Plan to use local languages to convey important health messaging and understand the cultural needs of the communities affected.

      “I went for a blood test the other day and my HbA1c has gone down from 7.2 per cent to 6.5 per cent. I’ve also gone from 107kg to 91kg in 5 months” – Maxine K

      We started with a series of digital patient workshops with prospective service users and existing patient champions from within the identified boroughs to understand local needs. South east London alone has an estimated 1.9 million residents and is an area of mixed deprivation. Over and above the language needs, we identified a requirement to support digital and digitally excluded users. The platform was integrated within the existing digital booking platform used in the borough and directed eligible patients with type 2 diabetes to the Low Carb Program.

      “I have successfully maintained my blood glucose level and weight loss (17kg) over more than 12 months now.” – Albertos F

      The project, supported by the Health Innovation Network, hasn’t just shown popularity but impact too. Self-reported measurements showed a -6.9mmol/mol HbA1c reduction and 6.2 per cent weight loss at 12 months. A five per cent weight loss reduction can reduce a person’s risk of heart disease, musculoskeletal problems, stroke, type 2 diabetes related complications and some even cancers, such as breast cancer, by 12 per cent.[1]

      Notably, the service supports democratising access to digital tools for hard-to-reach communities. The project has led to the Low Carb Program’s outcomes being showcased to NHS England, which we are incredibly grateful for.

      “It’s made such a big difference to my confidence. I love the new Mary!” – Mary R

      Find Out More

      Find out more about the Low Carb Program and how it’s helping address health inequalities.

      Find Out More About the Low Carb Program

      Meet the innovator: Louisa Stacey

      Woman in front of wall

      Post Title

      Woman in front of wall

      In this edition, we catch up with Louisa Stacey, Head of Strategy and Operations at Ufonia, an automated telephone-based system that allows routine clinical conversations to provide a standardised, high quality and efficient experience for patients.

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence: Dora is an automated telephone based system that can have routine clinical conversations with patients to provide a standardised, high quality and efficient patient experience.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      Being approached by Nick (CEO and Founder of Ufonia) to come and work for Ufonia. This gave me the confidence to believe that I could use all of the skills, abilities, and experience I had gained throughout my academic and NHS career, to make a bigger difference to more patients, clinicians, and the wider NHS.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Be brave and bold - believe in your vision and have the conviction to see it through; there will always be very difficult days
      2. Work collaboratively - there are so many talented people willing and able to assist you in achieving your vision
      3. Be empathetic - to develop a true and meaningful understanding of how your innovation will be used to make a difference

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      My toughest obstacle has been and still is…trying to reconcile striving to do the best with a ‘just do it’ mentality to ensure we are delivering value to patients, Trusts, and commissioners as readily as possible.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      The buzz I get when I work directly with clinical teams to understand their processes and constraints, followed by the collective realisation of the potential impact that Dora can bring in releasing clinicians’ valuable time to deliver services to the many thousands of patients on their waiting lists.

      Best part of your job now?

      Genuinely, the team I work with and the impact that this has on the pace, scale, and quality of work delivered. Everyone is phenomenally talented and driven to achieve the same goals which is fundamental in any team to support happiness, retention, and delivery. Check out the team here: https://www.linkedin.com/company/ufonia/mycompany/

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      Reduce the duplication of effort and variety of systems and processes in place at each individual Trust to support the adoption of technology e.g. all Trusts accepting a set of nationally recognised assurance documents supporting information governance and security measures (DPIA, DTAC) without having a Trust-specific template.

      A typical day for you would include…

      My day is very varied and can start with meeting busy clinicians at 8am before their clinics begin or logging on early to check emails and slack messages to understand the priorities for the day. Then I will meet the Ufonia team for our virtual daily standup at 9am and find out what work everyone has on as well as a fun fact (e.g. What are you most looking forward to about Autumn?). Whilst we are recruiting more team members into operations, a lot of my day involves meeting with NHS staff to support the implementation of Dora to their services, and with commissioners to demonstrate return on investment. I particularly enjoy helping members of the Ufonia team to find and solve problems which drive improvements in our ways of working. When I have a quiet moment, the creativity flows and I can think of bigger picture strategic work which is a huge motivator for me.

      You can find Ufonia on Twitter and LinkedIn.

      Opioid Stewardship QI Collaborative

      In response to the nationally commissioned Medicines Safety Improvement Programme (MedSIP), the Health Innovation Network has developed a local programme aiming to reduce opioid-related harm to patients experiencing chronic pain (non-cancer related).

      This work is one of at least 15 Patient Safety Coalitions collaboratives (PCS) established at ICS level across the country. By March 2024, the aim is to have 30,000 fewer people prescribed oral or transdermal opioids (of any dose) for more than 3 months preventing ~484 deaths.

      The Health Innovation Network (HIN) delivered a CPD accredited Opioid Stewardship Quality Improvement Collaborative for clinicians across south London from October 2022 to March 2023.

      Image

      If you would like to see examples of how participants improved chronic pain management by reducing harm from opioids, please click here.

      The collaborative combined masterclasses from local and clinical specialists with QI workshops. Participants were supported to develop an improvement project linked to one of the focus areas in their own practice. You can read more about the QI collaborative in our blog here. Below you can see a summary of the key learning from the masterclasses and QI workshops.

      This masterclass was co-delivered with Dr Cathy Standard, Consultant in Complex Pain and Pain Transformation Programme Clinical Lead for NHS Gloucestershire ICB who provided an overview of complex pain management and Clare Howard, Wessex AHSN. Clinical Lead for the Wessex Medicine Optimisation Programme who provided an overview of the NHS BSA Opioid Prescribing Comparators dashboard.

      Key learning

      • Persistent pain is complex and has strong links with mood, emotional well-being, mental health, adverse childhood experiences, patient expectations, fears, and previous experience of pain.
      • There is not a strong association between the perception of persistent pain and the extent of tissue injury at the pain site.
      • Clinicians must work as a team to support the management of complex cases, acknowledge the complexity of persistent pain and assess appropriately with consideration of patients’ preferences and recognise high dose opioid prescribing is a sensitive marker of complexity.

      Evidence-based audit and feedback

      In response to the nationally commissioned Medicines Safety Improvement Programme (MedSIP), the Health Innovation Network has developed a local programme aiming to reduce opioid-related harm to patients experiencing chronic pain (non-cancer related).

      This work is one of at least 15 Patient Safety Coalitions collaboratives (PCS) established at ICS level across the country. By March 2024, the aim is to have 30,000 fewer people prescribed oral or transdermal opioids (of any dose) for more than 3 months preventing ~484 deaths.

      To support practices, they were provided with a resource pack signposting resources to support staff in general practice to review patients prescribed high-risk opioids (e.g. patients on opioids for more than 12 weeks for chronic pain and those prescribed high doses). The approach was modelled on a successful campaign undertaken by the West Yorkshire Research and Development team and their support enabled the production of opioid prescribing reports

      Monthly reports were cascaded through medicines optimisation leads to general practices between November 2022 to March 2023. The reports were based on NHS BSA Opioid Prescribing Comparators dashboard, to help practices understand their own opioid prescribing trends and to increase awareness of the dashboard. The objective was to encourage a reduction in inappropriate prescribing of high-risk opioid prescribing in chronic pain.

      The graph below highlights the impact of both the QI collaborative and evidence-based audit and feedback across general practices in south London.

      Experience-based co-design

      In response to the nationally commissioned Medicines Safety Improvement Programme (MedSIP), the Health Innovation Network has developed a local programme aiming to reduce opioid-related harm to patients experiencing chronic pain (non-cancer related).

      This work is one of at least 15 Patient Safety Coalitions collaboratives (PCS) established at ICS level across the country. By March 2024, the aim is to have 30,000 fewer people prescribed oral or transdermal opioids (of any dose) for more than 3 months preventing ~484 deaths.

      It is widely known that living with chronic pain can impact all areas of life, and at times can be stressful and challenging. Living with chronic pain can leave people feeling alone, isolated, and not being aware of how to access support that does not come in the form of pain medicines e.g., opioids. To ensure patients were involved in our programme of work, the HIN Involvement and Patient Safety and Experience teams facilitated an experience-based co-design (EBCD) project using the Point of Care Foundation methodology. The project aimed to improve the experience of people living with chronic pain by leveraging existing service improvement in south London.

      Our chronic pain experience-based co-design project provided a great space for service users to share their personal experiences across the integrated care pathway. By taking part in the project, I felt that patients were listened to and empowered to speak up to ensure services providing care and support to people living with chronic (persistent) pain were improved based on their needs and preferences.Aurora Todisco, Lived Experience Partner, Health Innovation Network

      The stages of our chronic pain experience-based co-design project


      The project used all the standard elements of EBCD: filmed interviews with people living with chronic pain, staff interviews and feedback events. The catalyst film summarised patients collective experience providing insights into getting a diagnosis, the role of medicines, the role of alternatives to medicines, relationships with health and care professionals, follow-up with health and care professionals, self-management and adjusting to living with chronic pain.

      In this project, the approach moved away from traditional EBCD in two important ways.  We did not observe any chronic pain consultations as they vary significantly, and we had a large co-design group that we split into two to explore a range of options during the co-design meetings. The co-design groups focused on deciding and refining co-design group outputs.


      Who was involved?


      The majority of project participants were from south East London and included the following:

      Our implementation considerations

      1. Treat people living with chronic pain as a whole person. Appreciate that everyone will be at a different stage of living with chronic pain and are still processing and adapting to living with chronic pain.
      2. Build relationships with staff members delivering services to support chronic pain in your integrated care systems.
      3. Ensure participants are aware of what the project can deliver in the time allocated from the outset and they have collective ownership of the co-design group outputs.
      4. Map the chronic pain services in your integrated care systems.
      5. Identify services that offer alternatives to medicines for chronic pain management in your integrated care systems.

      The joint priority chosen by participants was bringing people together. The project outputs intend to raise awareness of how people living with chronic pain can connect to activities, groups and support that improve health and well-being.

      You can access the outputs of this project below:

      We've recently worked on a resource pack, which accompanies our Opioid Stewardship Action Learning Set 2023–24. This is a collection of resources that supported us in meeting the Medicines Safety Improvement Programme's (MedSIP) aim to minimise opioid prescriptions to reduce harm for people with chronic (non-cancer) pain.

      The EBCD poster provides guidance on how social prescribing link workers can support you in dealing with persistent (chronic) pain. While also providing you with a link to find support in your area.

      Below is a series of videos filmed during pain awareness month in September 2023. These were interviews of participants of the EBCD project and highlighted key outputs:






      Award-winning Accelerator pays testament to six years of AHSN support for innovators

      As DigitalHealth.London’s Accelerator programme is recognised for its role in supporting innovators, we reflect on the vital importance of AHSNs and their partners in helping the patients and the wider health and social care system benefit from commercial innovation.

      On 7 July, DigitalHealth.London’s Accelerator programme was selected as winner of Accelerator of the Year award at the UKBAA Angel Investment Awards 2022. We are delighted that this award recognises the impact and importance of collaborative working by Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) to help innovators bring their digital health solutions to bear against some of the biggest challenges facing the NHS.

      The DigitalHealth.London Accelerator is a highly competitive 12-month programme for digital health companies that have products or services with high potential to meet NHS and social care challenges. High potential SMEs undertaking the programme are given bespoke support and advice, expert-led workshops and events to broker meaningful connections between innovators and NHS organisations.

      The programme is delivered by Health Innovation Network and UCLPartners, MedCity and Chelsea and Westminster Hospital Charity (CW+), and has benefited from AHSN funding from NHS England, the Office of Life Sciences and Greater London Authority ERDF. The delivery of the Accelerator programme has connected industry, academia and the NHS to exchange ideas and collaborate to support innovation and the adoption of digital health.

      “I am extremely proud to see the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator being recognised as pivotal programme, supporting high potential innovators to tackle health challenges within the complex NHS market. Being selected as winner of Accelerator of the Year award is a fantastic achievement that reflects the collaborative efforts of everyone involved across the London AHSNs and our partners.”Anna King, Commercial Director, Health Innovation Network

      With the NHS under continued pressure following the Covid-19 pandemic, innovative solutions are already proving crucial for tackling issues such as the elective care backlog and widespread workforce challenges, with new approaches also helping to counteract existing health inequalities.

      Beyond its positive impact on patients and NHS services, the Accelerator is also a significant catalyst for economic growth in the capital.

      In the six years since its inception, the Accelerator has supported 143 digital health companies and 591 new contracts have been secured by these companies because of Accelerator support. The companies on the Accelerator have created a gross total of 1,498 new jobs during the programme and 45 new products have been launched to the NHS market.

      Find out more

      Get in touch to find out more about DigitalHealth.London and their Accelerator programme.

      Contact us

      Meet the innovator: Meera Radia

      PocketEye: Connecting Eye Care

      Post Title

      PocketEye: Connecting Eye Care

      In this edition, we catch up with Meera Radia, founder and CEO of PocketEye, a platform which improves access to eye care.

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence:

      PocketEye is a cloud-based digital triage platform for eye care, enabling secure communication, seamless referrals and triage between primary and secondary eye care.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      As an ophthalmologist, I was working in eye casualty one day when there was an extremely long (~6 hour) wait for patients, and I realised the majority of these patients had been referred as same-day emergency referrals, which could have been prevented and remotely managed. Furthermore, my sister who is an optometrist would phone me regularly for general eye advice and teaching, as she felt there was a gap in her knowledge, and also her colleagues' knowledge, in terms of when to refer and when to not refer. 

      I scribbled down a list of ideas I had that could solve this problem, spoke to a lot of professionals affected by these healthcare delivery challenges, and eventually, PocketEye was born!

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. When you hear a ‘No,’ that does not mean it is the end of the road - Get creative and use it as a learning opportunity
      2. While researching your market it is important to take strong opinions with a pinch of salt as the more people you speak to, the more you will gain a ‘bigger picture’
      3. Use technology to your advantage, we almost have no excuse with so many resources (many are free!) at our fingertips!

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      I would say it has been navigating the highly variable NHS pathways that exist in eye care. No two CCGs/ICSs are the same and so understanding the nuances of each one we speak to has been challenging. Understanding funding in the NHS is also crucial, and takes time to grasp as a concept.

      Furthermore, behaviour change is a big challenge, especially within NHS organisations. But overall, I believe that it is an exciting time to be in the NHS, as there is a nascent appetite and spirit for being more open to change and innovation.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      • Being selected to take part in the Digital.Health.London Launchpad accelerator programme in 2022 – This was a very empowering moment as it proved to us that others believed in the problem we are trying to solve!
      • Engaging with the eye community, and learning a lot more about eye healthcare structure and services
      • Having 200+ optometrists sign up to use our service

      What is the best part of your job now?

      Using creativity to problem-solve, and best of all, understanding the impact and difference our innovation can have in the eye care landscape, including improving patient safety and the patient experience

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      I would push for a flat structure (non-hierarchical), and increase collaboration between allied healthcare professionals and managerial team members.

      A typical day for you would include…

      My days are varied, interesting, sometimes exhausting but always exciting!

      I can either be found in a hospital examining, operating on, or thinking about eyes, or I’m in the office, meeting with the PocketEye team. When in the office, I will be juggling various arms of the business including business development, marketing and comms, compliance, and of course working on product with Ed, the CTO. This manifests itself in lots of emails, Twitter page posting, pitchdecks, meetings, and of course, ringfenced thinking time.

      You can find PocketEye on Twitter and LinkedIn.

      ‘That’s how we’ve always done it’ – why AHSNs hold a powerful role for staff and patients

      As part of the NHS Graduate Management Training Scheme, Ellie Boden spent eight weeks working at the Health Innovation Network. Here she describes what that taught about the role of AHSNs.

      At one point or another, I think all of us have heard the phrase ‘that’s how we’ve always done it’, which can be annoying at best and dangerous at worst. Enabling change in the NHS can be a difficult and lengthy process and the formation of the AHSNs were set up with the aim of tackling this challenge.

      This means the HIN is in a position to look at a service with a fresh perspective and question why it’s always been done a certain way. By sitting separately to hospitals and community trusts, the HIN can help partner organisations to take a step back from the fire fighting and develop a headspace in which opportunities for change can be considered.

      This may appear indulgent, but it is vital in the process of innovation and improvement, allowing care providers to think differently and collaborate. And by driving the spread and adoption of innovation, the HIN can improve health outcomes for patients and drive economic growth. Whether this be technology or service redesign, I saw changes move quickly due to the vast network of stakeholders with which the HIN has formed relationships.

      It’s important to recognise that lots of our colleagues in transformation teams closer to the frontline also want to implement change. Yet, they may struggle to do so due to multiple barriers, which is why the work that AHSNs do is so important. HIN colleagues are the enablers and facilitators of change – they may not implement the change on the ground, but they support those on the frontline to do so. Since working at the HIN, I have seen first-hand the strong relationships that each team has with key stakeholders. That these relationships help the HIN to influence organisational change is one of its biggest strengths.

      Although the HIN consistently demonstrates its ability to facilitate change, it can still come up against challenges as an AHSN. It can be difficult to determine the impact of an AHSN – wicked problems make it harder to measure tangible benefits of changes. Furthermore, the complex steps between engaging with teams to introducing a transformation that leads to service improvement, can make the impact unclear. In addition, it can be tricky to convince a team to introduce new innovations, even more so during the pandemic.

      Yet AHSNs are the solution – crisis creates innovation at a time when the NHS needs it even more and these changes, particularly regarding digital technology, will be a necessity for the healthcare system moving forwards.

      With the HIN being such a unique organisation, working with them may be a good choice for organisations needing additional support. The breadth of skill and expertise that exists, along with strong relationships throughout the system and an ability to be flexible, creates an organisation that would make an excellent partner.

      As a Graduate Management Trainee, working at the HIN provided me with insight into an area of the NHS I had no former knowledge of. The opportunity to be challenged and yet supported made the HIN a fantastic placement experience and I would highly recommend it to graduate trainees seeking similar opportunities.

      Inclusive innovation: 5 things you can do to make healthtech better for the LGBTQI+ community

      Blog

      Post Title

      To celebrate Pride Month 2022, we’ve teamed up with DigitalHealth.London NHS Navigator Brett Hatfield to look at some practical steps anyone working in health and care can take to make health tech more accessible and inclusive to the LGBTQI+ community.

      The LGBTQI+ community is affected by disproportionately worse health outcomes and experiences of care. Health technology and innovation can play an important role in tackling these long-standing inequalities, with progress already being made through movements such as Queertech – but it is important we keep up this momentum.

      Whether you are a clinician or commissioner, member of the LGBTQI+ community yourself or aspiring ally, any person working in the health and care system can contribute to making health and care technology better for people who identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer or intersex.

      In this blog we’ll be looking at 5 steps anyone can take to get started with LGBTQI+ inclusive innovation – if you’ve got additional ideas or resources we’d love to hear from you.


      1. Learn about the health experiences of LGBTQI+ people

      People from the LGBTQI+ community have faced – and continue to face – specific barriers and challenges when it comes to health. In recent years, progress has been made on understanding some of these challenges and starting to address some of the underlying issues that have resulted in health inequalities.

      • Read Stonewall’s “LGBT in Britain Health Report” (PDF)

      On the other side of the therapeutic relationship, many LGBTQI+ NHS staff also sadly continue to experience discrimination, with one recent survey revealing that more than a quarter of lesbian, gay or bisexual staff had received bullying or poor treatment from their colleagues.

      • Read The King’s Fund blog “Supporting LGBTQ+ NHS Staff

      2. Join a community

      The LGBTQI+ community has a long tradition of connections spanning geographies, languages and backgrounds. Many thousands of communities and forums now exist in helping to bring together people who identify as LGBTQI+ (and allies) with specific interests. Many of these intersect with the worlds of health and technology, making them the perfect place for incubating ideas, discussing challenges, or simply listening and learning more about the experiences of LGBTQI+ people.

      We’ve listed a handful of relevant communities below, but many more can be found by searching the web:

      Intertech
      Lesbians who Tech
      Guy’s and St Thomas’ LGBT+ Network
      Pride in STEM
      LGBT+ Future NHS workspace


      3. Be data-savvy

      A particularly relevant inclusive innovation topic for people working in the design and deployment of NHS technology services is the importance of getting monitoring and data collection right.

      Monitoring refers to the collection of consistent data about service users to help identify population health risks, inequalities, or opportunities for service improvement. In many instances, having information about characteristics such as sex, gender or sexual orientation provides vital insight that makes a real difference to service users.

      Whilst monitoring (or data collection for other purposes, such as for clinical risk management) is important, the way that this monitoring is conducted is also important to consider for inclusive services. For example, if required, methods for collecting data around sex and gender should be designed inclusively to avoid excluding people who identify as trans or non-binary.

      • Read “If we’re not counted, we don’t count” (PDF), a guide from the LGBT Foundation about monitoring best practice
      • Read NHS Digital guidance on monitoring
      • Read “Let’s talk about sex*”, a blog from former NHS Digital service designer Emma Parnell about how her personal connection to the trans community helped to shape a more inclusive Covid-19 vaccination booking service


      4. Get inspired

      The future looks bright for innovations that may tackle health inequalities within the LGBTQI+ community, or improve health outcomes for people who identify as gay, lesbian, bisexual, transgender, queer or intersex. We’ve picked a few innovations that are already making waves:

      LVNDR, who are pioneering a new approach to inclusive and personalised healthcare that integrates with existing services
      Love Positive, who are exploring new approaches to more inclusive and body positive relationship and sex education programmes
      Plume, who are improving access to gender-affirming therapies and supporting trans people in the US
      Helsa Helps, who deliver Empathy VR (virtual reality) training combined with psychological mechanisms to immerse users in stories depicting stigma and discrimination towards minority people, experienced through the eyes of the stigmatised, addressing homophobia, transphobia, racism, and sexism
      Kalda, who offer a smartphone app for LGBTIQ+ mental wellbeing. They provide users with access to on-demand LGBTQIA+ courses and mindfulness sessions addressing some of the stressors that come with being LGBTQIA+

      Note: these apps and services may have not been formally evaluated or assessed by the Health Innovation Network and their inclusion in this article should not be considered an endorsement for use.

      Don’t forget that if you’re an innovator looking for support, you can get in touch with us!


      5. Challenge yourself

      Helping your workplace become as inclusive as possible could start with something as simple as changing your language slightly, or thinking about using your pronouns to introduce yourself. Whether you identify as LGBTQI+ yourself or you want to become an ally, what could you do to help LGBTQI+ colleagues thrive?

      • Read “Challenging the default“, an NHS Employers blog from Dr Michael Brady
      • Read “Why pronouns matter“, an NHS Confed blog from Dr Jamie Willo
      • Read “7 ways you can be an LGBTQ ally at work“, an article from Stonewall


      Adapting Diabetes Care to the Challenges of Covid-19

      You & Type 2

      As part of Type 2 Diabetes Prevention Week we hear from the HIN's Kate Rawlings on the You & Type 2 programme, and how it was adapted to the challenges of Covid-19.

      Post Title

      Since early 2020 organisations across the world have been asking “How do we adapt and respond to Covid-19?”, and nowhere was this more true than in our own halls at the HIN (or virtual halls, as they soon became).

      Since 2018 the HIN has worked with NHS South West London Clinical Commissioning Group to develop a personalised care and support planning pathway known as “You & Type 2” for people living with type 2 diabetes. Like with other healthcare services, its delivery was significantly challenged by the emergence of Covid-19. However, with this challenge also came opportunity, and the HIN launched two new branches of You & Type 2 to support people living with diabetes in light of Covid-19: @ Home and Risk Stratification.

      @ Home

      As the pandemic gained momentum, more and more pressure was being placed on primary care practices, who were forced to prioritise emergency care and reduce face-to-face contact. This often meant a halting routine checks, including annual diabetes care reviews.

      You & Type 2 was temporarily paused, however, with the help of remote technology providers Thriva and Healthy.io, a remote monitoring pathway was developed. The @ Home pathway allowed people with diabetes to receive a free home blood testing kit, urine kit and blood pressure machine in the post. Following the tests, a care planning phone call allowed for seven of the eight key care processes to be completed remotely.

      Risk Stratification

      Identifying and prioritising high-risk populations was an important part of the Covid-19 pandemic response. It quickly became apparent that people with diabetes were at higher risk of severe illness should they contract COVID-19, but also at risk of their diabetes worsening with the halting of routine care.

      Building on existing frameworks produced by the London Clinical Networks and UCL Partners, and with the support of clinical experts, the HIN developed a risk stratification framework. This framework consolidated general and disease specific criteria to focus on people at high risk, but not currently under secondary care. It could be loaded straight into EMIS and created a list for GP practices of people with diabetes at high risk for follow up. This allowed practices to focus their limited resources appropriately.

      Image

      Evaluation

      Initial feedback on the pathways is positive. Over 100 people have used the @ Home pathway, and users have praised it for its convenience. Four practices across South West London have been trained to use the risk stratification tool. Full evaluations are being completed and will be released in the coming months.

      Although borne out of the restrictions placed on routine care by COVID-19, these pathways show how the NHS can innovate and adapt in long term disease management to make services more convenient to their population, and how to prioritise interventions for those most in need.

      Meet the innovator: Gabe Jones

      Blog

      Post Title

      In this edition, we caught up with Gabe Jones, Consultant in Emergency Medicine at St George’s Hospital and Director of Patientcheck.in which allows patients to provide simple clerking information and see their accurate waiting time on their smartphone, while they wait.

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

      Patientcheck.in allows patients to check in to the Emergency Department (ED) and tell staff why they are attending – using their own words and a smartphone.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      Basically, it became obvious almost every aspect of the modern world now works like this. It just makes the current process in most EDs seem ridiculous (I’m sure most patients will agree).

      Are there any exciting things in the pipeline for Patientcheck.in’?

      Patientcheck.in has been realised on the back of a grant from the Health Innovation Network. Without this support it’s hard to see how we would have managed to get off the ground. Having developed and trialled patientcheck.in with over 30,000 patients we are looking forward to sharing the solution when we launch later this year.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Speak to as many people as you can. You won’t get very far unless you have convinced at least a few people to lend their support.
      2. Don’t take no for an answer. The reality of the NHS is that everyone has a million things do to and almost no time or money to do them. It’s not Google.
      3. Plan your next three moves. It’s easy to lose momentum and get bogged down.

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      Navigating the seemingly never-ending complexity of the NHS. It’s like peeling an onion, one layer at a time. When you think you are getting somewhere, you suddenly realise that not only are there another ten layers, but there is a whole sack of onions you didn’t even know about. For example, simultaneously working your way through governance, compliance, data protection and ethics with all the relevant bodies requires both patience and persistence.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      The whole journey has been fascinating. I’ve met a lot of  interesting people and I’ve learnt lots of new skills, as well as a better understanding of the logistics and business side of healthcare. It’s a great feeling when you see your idea actually being used and making someone’s life a bit easier.

      Best part of your job now?

      Having the opportunity to improve patient care in a meaningful way.

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      Streamline and standardise the compliance framework. In fairness, NHS Digital have made a great start already.

      A typical day for you would include…

      Well, like most innovators I still have another job. I am a full time clinician, so I guess a busy shift in resus dealing with major trauma and sorting out sick patients. The meetings, writing documents, talking to the developers, managers, IT people and interested parties all happen around my clinical commitments. I wouldn’t have it any other way as this keeps it real.

      Making fitness fun for adults with learning disabilities in Greenwich

      Blog

      Post Title

      To celebrate World Health Day we caught up with Daniel Bank, Greenwich Leisure Limited, to hear about one of our in-progress HIN Innovation Grant winning projects which aims to improve the physical and mental health of people with special needs.

      UPDATE: You can now read the full evaluation of this project.

      Mencap commissioned spear, (The Centre for Sport, Physical Education & Activity Research) at Canterbury Christchurch University to undertake an evaluation of their Round the World Challenge (RTWC) project. As part of their evaluation, they produced a report along with five case studies, one of which is described here.

      Fun and Fitness is a community sports development programme to support adults with learning disabilities to increase the amount of exercise they do and improve their physical and mental health. It’s taking place in Greenwich, linking up a host of key partners including Royal Borough of Greenwich, Oxleas NHS foundations Trust and Greenwich Leisure Limited. They’re hoping to share their learning with other boroughs so they can replicate the programme and expand to invite more users.

      Key aims of the project

      • To increase levels of physical activity, especially in those who are currently not very active
      • To monitor participant’s weekly movement through digital trackers
      • To improve physical health metrics like BMI, blood pressure and heart rate
      • To create an enjoyable and safe space for participants
      • To improve participant’s mental health
      • To provide equipment to help participants be active in their free time, outside of the programme


      The project began virtually on Zoom with gentle chair-based exercises, then once Covid rules were relaxed, the sessions began to take place in real life at the Waterfront Leisure Centre in Woolwich, Greenwich. The participants were guided by Sophia Loew, a GLL fitness instructor.

      The project coordinators made sure that any information that was needed for the programme was accessible to participants by creating easy read guides about the programme and the leisure centre. This clearly paid off as one participant described knowing where to be and when as “a piece of cake” and another said it was “simply easy”

      Knowing when to be and where was “a piece of cake” with the specially produced easy read guides produced for the programme

      The group really enjoyed meeting in person and attendance improved when the group could meet at the leisure centre rather than online.

      But it didn’t stop there – participants who wanted to go even further and exercise outside of the sessions were given digital exercise trackers and trained how to use them.

      What were the outcomes?

      While we are still waiting for additional data on physical health metrics like BMI, blood pressure and resting heart rate, there were positive individual improvements in some participants.

      The group were provided with a questionnaire (sample below) about their mental health before the programme and will be asked to fill it in again afterwards so we can monitor if there has been any improvement in their mental health.

      While we are still waiting for official data, testimony from participants like “The instructor, Sophia, she makes me laugh”, and a growing demand for spaces on the programme leads us to believe the project is proven successful.


      Celebrating Transgender Day of Visibility – find out why 100% of patients at a sexual health and wellbeing service for trans and non-binary communities would recommend the service to a friend

      In 2018/19 King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust was given a HIN Innovation Grant of £8,250 to set up a sexual health and wellbeing service, in partnership with cliniQ, a trans-led community interest company for trans, non-binary and gender diverse people, in south east London.

      To mark Transgender Day of Visibility on 31 March, we got in touch with Dr Michael Brady, Sexual Health and HIV consultant at King’s and National Advisor for LGBT Health, NHS England, to find out how the service was going from strength to strength, and how the Innovation Grant funding helped.

      He said: “The Innovation Grant funding really helped us with the trans clinic. It enabled us to get the clinic set up, established and evaluated and was a really helpful endorsement of the service which complemented the funding our local commissioners’ provided.

      “We’ve been given another two years’ funding from the commissioners, which takes us up to April 2023, and we now have three research projects attached to the clinic, so we’re evaluating and researching as well as providing the clinical service.

      “The clinic provides sexual and reproductive health service (STI testing and treatment, contraception, vaccinations, cervical smears and PrEP), hormone advice and support as well as peer support, mental health and well-being support and counselling. The clinic is very well evaluated by our service users with 98% of respondents to our patient survey reporting a positive experience and 100% would recommend the service to a friend. A key reason for the success of the service is the fact that it is co-designed and delivered in partnership between King’s College Hospital and cliniQ.

      We were even visited by the Minister for Equalities in the Government Equalities Office, Mike Freer MP, a few weeks ago as well – so we’re getting some national attention as well!”

      You can find out more about the trans clinic here.

      Get in touch

      For more information about how we support innovators, please get in touch.

      Contact us

      Over 100 clinicians to champion CVD Prevention in south London

      This news story relates to the 2022 CVD Fellowship. Click here to find out about the 2023 CVD Fellowship.

      Over 100 clinicians working in primary care in south London have today (Monday 21 March 2022) been welcomed on to the Health Innovation Network’s (HIN) first ever Cardiovascular Disease (CVD) Prevention Fellowship.

      This free HIN programme is designed to help improve outcomes for patients across south London who are at risk of CVD by supporting clinicians working in primary care to develop their skills and knowledge and champion CVD prevention in their practice or wider Primary Care Network.

      In total there are 104 Fellows who are either pharmacists, GPs, practice nurses or physician associates. From Richmond to Bexley all 12 south London boroughs are represented and Fellows come from a range of backgrounds and are representative of the communities they serve.

      The programme will provide free expert clinical advice and quality improvement support to help Fellows become CVD prevention champions. It will also help them identify and implement specific local CVD prevention initiatives in their practice and local area.

      With six million people living with CVD in England with a combined cost of £16 billion every year improving outcomes for at risk patients is an NHS priority. This programme will help to speed up the adoption of innovative initiatives to help prevent CVD across south London.

      Applications to the programme have now closed.

      Dr Roy Jogiya, Cardiovascular Disease Prevention Clinical Director, Health Innovation Network, said:

      “It gives me great pleasure to welcome over 100 clinicians to our first ever Cardiovascular Disease Prevention Fellowship. This is an exciting learning opportunity that will include teaching from a number of national experts in cardiovascular disease. This will empower Fellows to be up to date in their knowledge base and feel more confident in managing cardiovascular disease prevention within their community of pratice.”

      Oliver Brady, Programme Director for CVD Prevention, Health Innovation Network, said:

      “It is fantastic that so many clinicians from a wide variety of backgrounds applied to be Fellows. And it is great that every borough of south London is represented on the programme. We will support these Fellows to champion cardiovascular disease prevention in their local area and together we have the opportunity to make a real difference to people who are at risk of cardiovascular disease.”

      Running from April to October and culminating with a graduation ceremony in November the programme will consist of six monthly lunch time webinars led by experts in a range of areas including lipid management, hypertension and atrial fibrillation. There will also be ongoing Improvement Collaborative sessions and peer to peer networking opportunities.

      Get in touch

      For more information about our Cardiovascular team and the CVD Prevention Fellowship Programme, please get in touch.

      Contact us

      Personalising care plans – how PCSPs can improve health outcomes

      Blog

      Post Title

      Christianah Olangunju, Project Manager, talks about the future of Personalised Care and Support Planning (PSCPs) and why she’s excited to watch this space develop.

      Pictured above: Christianah Olangunju

      One of the great things about my job at the HIN is getting the opportunity to work on a   wide variety of projects. I didn’t know much about Personalised Care and Support Plans (PCSPs) prior to this project, but I now think it’s a very exciting, promising and important area being developed in the health and care space. So, I thought I’d share what I’ve learned and what I think future developments might look like.

      So, what are PCSPs?

      We’re currently seeing a large number of people living longer with complex health conditions and health needs. Collaborative personalised care and support plans are essential tools to effectively support these citizens. PCSPs let people manage their condition while still doing what’s important to them, and still getting the most out of their lives. This may mean something different for everyone for example, planning in time for an individual to take their dog for a walk, or to walk to the post office for exercise, or to generally keep a level of independence. In short, they do exactly what they say on the tin – it’s a care plan which is uniquely personalised to each individual.

      What’s the benefit of PCSPs?

      PCSPs cross over the health and social care spaces, it’s not just medical professionals who can access a patient’s PCSP but also social care professionals. This means they can bridge what’s historically been a tricky communications gap and make sure everyone relevant to a person’s care can access the right information quickly and easily.

      Having consulted with stakeholders and those in the field to determine what makes a good PCSP and what capabilities a digital solution should have to support the entire PCSP process, I’ve come to realise just how much potential these solutions have.

      Good PCSP solutions should allow a focus on what matters to the person, they should be outcomes based, shareable and able to be reviewed regularly. PCSPs consider individuals’ wants and their lifestyle and work them into the care plan. Digital PCSP solutions then capture all this information and store it in one place that is owned by the patient and can be accessed by them and by their healthcare professionals.

      Why the HIN was involved

      This piece of work came about when our colleagues at Kent Surrey Sussex AHSN asked us to work on two workstreams from NHSEI’s digital personalised care programme. The aim of one of the workstreams was to define which capabilities and requirements the PCSP digital solutions should have to help support health and social care staff and patients. NHSEI then wanted to embed these requirements to ensure consistency across suppliers – meaning that when a commissioner wants to purchase a PCSP solution, they can be confident that it has all the necessary capabilities, and that the quality is consistent.

      What’s next in the PCSP space?

      There are a lot of personal health record solutions out there already which are doing a great job of supporting citizens, but I think PCSPs will take this further as we start to use them more, as people will be able to edit some of their information and therefore really take ownership of their care plans. This is still a new space, but from engaging with industry on this project I can see a lot more solutions emerging over the next few years, and I’m really excited to see how they develop.

      I see the future of PCSPs creating a more collaborative way of working between citizens and healthcare professionals. People will be able to go into their plan, update certain fields and document any big changes that might affect their care. These plans are also dynamic, meaning that both citizens and professionals can think about actions they’ve taken, what worked and what didn’t, and update them accordingly.

      Keeping the person at the centre of their PCSP process means that they’re equal partners in the care planning process. I think that this will see better outcomes because people have ownership of their own plan, and because the plan takes their whole life into consideration, not just their condition. I’m really looking forward to seeing how PCSP digital solutions develop to improve care planning for both citizens and health and social care professionals, I’ll be watching this space closely!

      We're here to help

      If you want to find out more about this project, please contact us.

      Get in touch

      What has working through a pandemic taught us about recruitment?

      Post Title

      In our latest blog Rayvathi John, Health Innovation Network People Lead, reflects on how we get the recruitment process right and what is important in the hiring process in an ever competitive employment market.

      Getting recruitment right, for every post, it is crucial to ensure not just that our important work is completed to a high level, but also that we engender the right culture at any organisation. A lot has changed in the way we hire and onboard our new starters at the Health Innovation Network (HIN) over the last two years. We have made some significant changes, and I am keen to share some of my experiences.

      As People Lead, there are two questions I ask myself when it comes to recruitment.

      The first is what is important in the hiring process? Is it simply finding the right candidate who can do the job or appointing the right candidate through a fair process which is without any hiring biases? NHS appointments and recruitment systems are robust and compliant with the Equality Act. This helps mitigate some of the issues of unfair practices at the application stage.

      The second question is how can we attract the right candidates? How can we be the employer of choice? Gone are the days where it was the employer’s market. With globalisation and the HIN being located in the capital of the country, it is important to be competitive in the employment market. This is getting harder for the NHS as the demands of the workforce have changed and many more employers are also offering great pension schemes and improved work life balance schemes. So, how can we sell and promote our job roles to attract the right candidate where we have limitations in what we can offer to the candidate? How can we seek the best candidate from across the sectors to make NHS teams reflect with wider experience?

      So what does attract candidates?

      According to Hays’ data, 62 percent of professionals would be willing to take a pay cut for a job with more purpose. “Money is important, but it’s about having that compelling purpose and visions,” says Cathy Donnelly, Sr Director, Talent at Liberty IT. “We need to help people understand the difference they can make.” We are fortunate at the HIN that our jobs do have purpose and make a difference to NHS staff and patients and innovators in south London and we need to demonstrate our understanding of that. For example some of our latest projects have demonstrated the value that remote consultations, teledermatology, and virtual wards can add.

      This is why it is vital during interviews that we promote the projects the HIN undertakes and the impact they have on the lives of patients and society – did you know that one of our Innovation Grant funded projects provided health checks for 441 people across six health clinics at local Black Caribbean and Black African Churches, a Tamil template and two mosques? We need to ‘recruit with reputation’ by emphasising our values of being kind, brave, open, together and different, so candidates are able to feel the culture as well as the work we deliver.

      We were able to put this into practice in 2020 and 2021 when we had a number of business-critical appointments in the organisation, including a new CEO and a Chair. The process for the appointment of the CEO and Chair was intense but with a clear expectation that we wanted to appoint based on merit with equality of opportunity for all. Jobs were advertised externally on NHS jobs, NHS Executives, LinkedIn and Twitter for maximum coverage.

      We engaged with stakeholders who know how the HIN operates and how the success of the appointment would be measured, including using our key external stakeholders, Board members, diverse panels and our host organisation. As with all recruitments, there was a need to balance conducting an efficient process but making sure the right candidate was appointed so that there was not an adverse impact on the HIN’s performance.

      Having been a candidate using NHS Jobs or Trac to apply for a vacancy, I have at times felt extremely frustrated trying to complete the online application form. I am sure all the applicants who applied to the role of the CEO and Chair might have felt the same frustration. While the application process can still do with some improvement, the improvements to the anonymous shortlisting and online working have helped make the process run more smoothly and is a practical step to protect against bias.

      We are a great place to work and we invest a lot of time getting our recruitment right. As we continue our journey towards becoming an outstanding organisation, we will be focusing on improving the responsiveness of our services, and looking for innovative ways to further promote equality, diversity and inclusion in our recruitment process.

      If you would like to share your innovative ways of recruitment or if you need more information on our processes, please feel free to connect with me at rayvathi.john1@nhs.net.

      Reference:

      www.peoplemanagement.co.uk/long-reads/articles/how-be-employer-choice-talent-attraction-retention

      Meet the innovator: Emma Selby

      Blog

      Post Title

      In this edition, we caught up with Emma Selby, CAMHS Lead and Clinical Safety Officer from WYSA; an Artificial Intelligence company helping users gain access to early mental health support.

      Pictured above: Emma Selby

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence:

      Using Artificial Intelligence to support everyone in accessing mental health tools.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      I was working as a mental health nurse in services and doing some co-design work with a patient when it just hit us, something has to change. There are not enough therapists to support the number of people coming through services, we have to make mental health and wellbeing more accessible.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Get networking – social media can be your friend so learn how to use it within your professional code.
      2. You don’t know what you don’t know – and it’s okay to admit it. Don’t be afraid to say when you don’t understand something.
      3. Look after yourself – there is a culture in innovation and start ups that you must work your fingers to the bone. Take time to look after yourself or you will burn out.

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      AI is a very emerging technology, particularly within the mental health sector. Services are rightly concerned with risk and safety so it was important that we spent a lot of time getting the clinical safety case as strong as it can be.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      Being the first Mental Health AI application to be awarded an AI in Healthcare Grant by NIHR and NHSX.

      Best part of your job now?

      Being at the forefront of developmental changes in my profession and helping to shape the future of the UK mental health offering.

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      Have a single place where everyone across the country can go to find out about the innovations available.

      A typical day for you would include…

      Lots of online meetings, calls and paperwork as well as a good walk with my dog Arty so I can take a break from my screen.

      Where can we find you?

      Visit our website www.wysa.io or follow us on Twitter @wysabuddy or myself personally @Emmyselby

      How getting people involved can help make the NHS even better

      Post Title

      Catherine Dale, HIN Programme Director for Patient Safety and Experience and Sophie Lowry, Implementation and Involvement Manger, provide an update on the HIN’s Involvement Strategy – also a key theme of lively discussions in episode 2 of our Looking After The NHS podcast series now available for listening.

      Catherine Dale reflects on episode two of our Looking After the NHS podcast:

      “The mechanic doesn’t ask me where they need to put the fanbelt. So why should healthcare experts, who have trained for years, have to listen to someone else?” 

      Ayo Chike-Michael and I get to grips with this issue in Episode 2 of our podcast series ‘Looking After the NHS’ which I am delighted to say you can now listen to below.

      In this episode we are joined by Cristina Serrão – Lived Experience Ambassador in the Experience of Care Team at NHS England and Improvement. If you want to find out the answer to this question – give it a listen.

      We have a great discussion about how involving people in the design and development of services can make the NHS even better. We cover a range of topics including why we should involve patients and what co-production actually looks like in reality. We also grapple with a range of challenges around involvement and consider the benefits, including reducing health inequalities.

      I loved recording this episode, Cristina has a real wealth of insights and her passion for involvement is truly infectious! Involvement really is a real priority for me and for the HIN, and I hope this episode brings to life why it is such an important topic for us to address.

      Sophie Lowry provides an update on the HIN's Involvement Strategy:

      Over the last few months Catherine and I have been working with colleagues and people who live and work in south London to develop the HIN’s Involvement Strategy. We heard:

      “No one person, no one part of the system knows the 'right' answer.”
      “Patients are people who are more than their condition and diagnosis.”
      “You can’t do innovation without involvement.”

      Well, here at the HIN we wholeheartedly agree with all of these statements.

      This week we brought together some of the people who have contributed to our Involvement Strategy to update them on the progress we have made and also to gather feedback on our emerging approach and delivery plan. This was the first opportunity we had to meet some people in person, and we felt such a buzz being able to socialise in person and use real post-it notes! We were also able to trial a “hybrid” approach, with some people dialling in to join in the discussion. It provided a great opportunity to connect, and our Chief Executive Rishi Das Gupta was able to thank people first hand for their insights, ideas and experiences that are centre stage of our Strategy.

      We were delighted to hear that there was broad consensus that we have the basis of a strong strategy, one that will make a real difference to the way which we work and to the impact we have on local health and care systems. We were also pleased to hear that people were encouraged by the fact they could see the outputs from the workshop feeding into the strategy.

      You may be asking “why does the HIN need an Involvement Strategy”? Well, we want to build on the HIN’s history of involvement and co-design activity and create a more embedded and consistent approach. We truly believe that the best way to achieve the HIN’s mission to ‘speed up the best of health and care together’, is to work in partnership with people in south London. As we believe that, by sharing their insights and knowledge, people with lived experience of health and social care services can help us to improve and innovate health and social care.

      That is why this strategy, and the plan that will deliver it, has been co-developed with people with lived experience, HIN colleagues, other partners and stakeholders (over 65 people in total). We have had some incredibly open and honest discussions looking at both the psychological and practical barriers to involvement and how they can be overcome. And we believe that this transparency has been vital in developing a meaningful strategy that will make a genuine difference.

      Catherine and I are so grateful for everyone’s ongoing support in helping to get this right. We will now work to finalise the Strategy and look forward to publishing it shortly and working with our colleagues, both at the HIN and wider, to put it into practice!

      Get in touch

      More information about the HIN's Involvement Strategy

      Contact us

      QUiPP app improving outcomes for women in threatened preterm labour

      Quipp App

      Creating a toolkit for effective implementation of the QUiPP app

      ‘Better care for women at risk of pre-term labour 


      The QUiPP app @theQUIPPapp (Quantitative Innovation in Predicting Preterm birth) determines the risk of pre-term labour more accurately, helping to improve care for women at risk. Funded by the HIN Innovation Awards, this project tested the app in selected maternity wards in south London and created a toolkit to support wider adoption across other sites.

      QUiPP at-a-glance


      Key achievements

      • “This project was successfully funded by the HIN Innovation Awards which allowed the QUiPP app to be rolled out in selected maternity wards in south London and create a toolkit to support wider adoption across other sites.”
      • QUiPP Toolkit is now been recommended both locally and nationally by NHS England and the British Association of Perinatal Medicine.
      • Version one of this toolkit was rapidly rolled out during Covid-19 in April 2020 as it helps decrease unnecessary admissions and transfers.

      The app is an innovative and evidence-based diagnostic tool that uses analytics to help clinicians understand the risk of pre-term labour more accurately. This improves the lives of women and babies by identifying those who truly need medical intervention and reassuring those who don’t.

      The app was tested across 20 UK sites and the QUiPP Toolkit has now been recommended both locally and nationally by NHS England and the British Association of Perinatal Medicine.

      Pre-term labour is a clinical conundrum: it’s very common for women to be at-risk of pre-term labour, but the actual number of women who go on to deliver early is very low. To be safe, this means that many women are currently over-managed: they are treated as though they will deliver early even if the risk is low in reality. Because it is very dangerous to move an early baby once it is delivered, women at risk of pre-term labour are often moved to specialist hospitals further from home with specialist cots for early babies and are given more invasive care.

      "Your idea is a good idea!"Naomi Carlisle, NIHR Clinical Doctoral Research Fellow

      This tool has the potential to make a big difference and to improve care for these women. Whereas currently women are simply either ‘high’ or ‘low’ risk, the app calculates a percentage score so that clinicians can understand risk to a much higher degree of accuracy. This reduces the need for women at lower risk to move far from home and frees up the cots for the women who genuinely need them, so that people receive the care that is most appropriate to their risk and are not moved from their family and familiar midwife team if it is not necessary.

      How does it work? 

      It’s a clinical decision support tool based on a validated algorithm that incorporates existing point-of-care tests and risk factors. A clinician enters information about a number of biomarkers, such as the scan that measures the cervical length and the swab on quantitative fetal fibronectin. QUiPP uses all the data across risk range for each variable and provides a user-friendly clinical interface. This is more useful for making management decisions and women find it very useful to see and discuss their risk as a percentage, with a highly visual aid to support discussions and decisions around treatment. The QUiPP app is free and has significant cost-savings associated with reducing unnecessary admissions and interventions. By freeing up NHS capacity for patients in the most need of care (eg maternal beds, neonatal cots), this intervention can save money and transform maternity pathways beyond the preterm birth setting. Qualitative findings suggest that the majority of clinicians involved in triaging threatened preterm labour found using the QUiPP app time-saving, simple and that it increased confidence in decision-making.

      Quipp App

      Innovator Spotlight

      Professor Andrew Shennan, Professor of Obstetrics at King’s College London and Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, said:

      “This is a great example of the way that technology doesn’t replace clinicians, it makes our lives easier and helps us to care more effectively for our patients. QUiPP calculates the risk in a quick and visual way, giving women reassurance at a worrying time in their lives. What you really want is an exact chance of what’s going to happen. That way women and clinicians can make the most informed choices.

      “These kinds of real-world testing are so important for scaling innovation. We hope that through this work, we can show the value of a tool like this and support others to use it in their practice.”

      We also spoke to Naomi Carlile about the project one year on…

      Tell us what has happened since the Innovation Grants:
      I recently co-develop a toolkit to enable hospital sites across England to implement a best care pathway (the QUiPP Toolkit) for women who arrive in threatened preterm labour. I am now working on my NIHR Clinical Doctoral Fellowship, which is looking at how the Preterm Birth Surveillance Pathway is implemented across England (the IMPART study).

      What has been your proudest moment so far:
      I am proud that our QUiPP Toolkit has now been recommended both locally and nationally (by NHS England and the British Association of Perinatal Medicine), ensuring that more mothers and babies are receiving optimum care.

      What your advice for future innovators:
      Your good idea is a good idea! Get in touch with organisations like HIN south London to help advise on how to get it off the ground!

      Share this Post

      Meet the innovator: Tiba Rao

      Blog

      Post Title

      In this edition, we caught up with Tiba Rao, Director of Innovation and Co-founder, Soar Beyond Ltd; the SMART workforce platform helping health and social care teams to manage and accelerate safe workforce capability development and impact to meet individual, organisational and system needs.

      Pictured above: Tiba Rao

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

      The SMART workforce platform helps you to manage, integrate and accelerate the impact of your clinical and non-clinical team members using innovative competency assessment and capability mapping tools.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      As a provider of clinical services and training to primary care, we needed to set and manage expectations of what new roles could deliver safely and competently from day one in practice and what they were working towards. I scribbled three concentric circles on a piece of paper and asked the team “what if we had a tool that you could drag and drop competencies into and define clearly what is ‘out of scope’, ‘stretch’ and ‘in scope’ and additionally, what if you could watch your circle of competence physically grow as you and your team develops?”.

      The simplicity of the concept, the visual nature and relatable language immediately captured interest –  we started doing this in poster and sticker format at face to face training workshops then evolved this to an interactive tool on our i2i and SMART platforms. SMART can now capture this individually and collectively with bespoke clinical and leadership competencies for any established or novel role at team, organisation, practice, department and even system-level now!

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?
      1. “Conceive, Believe and Achieve” – adapted from Napoleon Hill
      2. Start small but think HUGE!
      3. Sell, then build!

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      Going through so many demos and pitches with NHS personnel in 2021 from practice-level to  federation to NHSE and AHSN-level – all of whom immediately grasped and valued the SMART Workforce platform  only to say “but I don’t know how to pay for it,  which pot of money would it come from?” – it can be very testing and we often feel like truffle hogs foraging for the truffles at times!

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?
      • Co-desiging the SMART workforce solution based on real customer needs. For example, we provided visibility and clinical assurance for the whole of the national programme in Northern Ireland (350 GP Pharmacists across 17 federations with 30+ line managers”
      • Of course, being selected to take part of the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator Programme in 2022 – knowing that others also believe in the transformative nature of the SMART Platform.

      Best part of your job now?

      Having the freedom to innovate and evolve solutions to meet customer needs and best of all, seeing the real impact and difference our services have on confidence and competence of HCPs. 

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      Overcome resistance to change.

      A typical day for you would include…
      • My days are quite long and I tend to do most of my thinking and creativity in the morning if possible.
      • Quick check-in on our “musts” for the week with the Soar Beyond team.
      • Some social media – Twitter or LinkedIn.
      • Pitches and exploratory meetings with pharma or NHS clients.
      • Internal scoping meetings on project delivery or product development.

      Where can we find you?

      Visit our website thesmartworkforce.com or follow us on Twitter @workforce_smart and @SoarBeyondLtd

      GetUBetter – how we can implement a digital self-management tool into a busy emergency department for patients with back pain

      Erin Murray – A Specialised Musculoskeletal (MSK) Physiotherapist, discusses how we can implement a digital self-management tool into a busy emergency department for patients with back pain.


      Could we potentially prevent a huge number of patients returning to healthcare settings by empowering them with the knowledge and tools to recover well, then and there? 

      getUBetter© is being piloted in St Georges Hospital Emergency Department

      About four years ago, I found myself working in the Emergency Department (ED) at St George’s Hospital (SGH), south west London. This was where the problems facing patients with back pain or sciatica were first highlighted to me.  I found that these patients weren’t in the right place to be managed appropriately and were often given inconsistent discharge messages and advice and eventually sent back to their GPs.

      Understandably, the ED is not a place where clinicians have the time to do anything but rule out serious pathologies, but equally, it felt to me like something was missing.  Could we potentially prevent a huge number of patients returning to healthcare settings by empowering them with the knowledge and tools to recover well, then and there?  This is what the literature advises, after all.

      To be able to act on this four years later, with the help from the Innovations Grants Programme 2021 – has been extremely exciting for me.  We have been working on a real-world evaluation study in SGH ED, implementing the NHSx endorsed digital self-management tool getUBetter© for patients with back pain or sciatica.

      The app supports patients by providing personalised and targeted day-by-day support, as well as advice and direction to local healthcare providers and services (including NHS physiotherapy) when needed.

      Implementing this has been challenging, but hopefully, it will be the first step in showcasing the value of this kind of tool to reduce the burden on our overwhelmed EDs and improve the experience for patients and clinicians alike.

      There is a consensus of negative feelings towards being faced with a patient with back pain in an ED.  This is understandable as there are often queues out the doors and down the corridors and no time or resources to complete a holistic assessment.  Hopefully, this feeling can now begin to change, as there’s now a streamlined pathway with an evidence-based tool to match.

      “The app was easy to use, and the patient was able to download it there and then in the clinic.”

      I have highlighted some of the positives, challenges, and next steps for this project below.

      Positives

      We have changed the back pain pathway to signpost clinicians to the getUBetter tool, for all patients discharged from the ED with MSK related back pain or sciatica.  This has required a lot of teaching and promotion to improve awareness and has included e-mails, teaching sessions, drop-in sessions, and posters.  There have been lots of positive messages so far about this such as

      Many clinicians have felt this tool has filled a gap in the management of these patients. One said; “The app was easy to use, and the patient was able to download it there and then in the clinic.”

      Challenges

      Trying to change someone’s practice is always challenging, and I think this has been made more so by clinicians working in an often very stressful and busy department.  There are also frequent, large turnovers of staff as well as slow Wi-Fi and computer systems which can make referrals more clunky.

      Inappropriate and unscheduled care for back pain in the urgent care system is a significant challenge to influence.  This project is an opportunity to raise awareness of this to clinicians and patients, to increase the number of patients being referred to the appropriate health care service in future.  A drop in the ocean – but an important one!

      We have listened to feedback so far to simplify the referral process and now have QR codes on business card-sized handouts.  One of the most important things I have learned so far is to keep things as simple as possible when introducing a new process.

      Still to come…

      • We are collecting feedback from patients and clinicians on the acceptability of this app
      • We will continue to promote the use of this tool, if agreed with all stakeholders, and support other EDs to use it in their practice
      • We will explore expanding to all other MSK conditions (which are already set up on the app)

      The opportunity to make these positive changes to patient and clinician’s experiences of managing back pain and sciatica has been made possible through the HINs innovation grants programme.  It is truly exciting for me that patients are now being given a standardised and evidence-based tool to enable them to self-manage their condition from the outset at St George’s Hospital.

        It is truly exciting for me that patients are now being given a standardised and evidence-based tool to enable them to self-manage their condition from the outset at St George’s Hospital.

      Do you know?

      Low Back Pain is the leading cause of disability globally¹.  It is the most common MSK complaint in EDs in the UK; but the good news is that most people should be able to self-manage with minimal support if they are given the correct advice²,³.

      Attendances to the ED show a higher incidence of back pain in ethnic minorities.  The care given to ethnic minorities  can be different and driven by an entrenched unconscious bias within healthcare professionals⁴.  More work needs to be done but hopefully, this project is one small step in the right direction.

      The NHS’ Long-Term plan highlights the need to deliver ‘digitally enabled care.’  The getUBetter app is the only app of its kind that offers the key features of self-management, behaviour change techniques and referral to local services and signposting⁵,⁶.  It has also been rated the number one MSK app in the U.K (Orcha Health).  Providing digital solutions has never been so important as now with the current COVID-19 pandemic and an over-burdened healthcare system.

      We're here to help

      You can find out more about GetUBetter here or if you want support with an innovation of your own you can contact our Innovation team.

      Get in touch

      References

      1. Vos, T., Abajobir, A. A., Abbafati, C., Abbas, K., Abate, K. H., Abd‐Allah, F., Abdulle, A. M., Abebo, T. A., Abera, S. F., Aboyans, V., Abu‐Raddad, L. J., Ackerman, I. N., Adamu, A. A., Adetokunboh, O., Afarideh, M., Afshin, A., Agarwal, S. K., Aggarwal, R., Agrawal, A., ... Murray, C. J. L., et al. (2016). Global, regional, and national incidence, prevalence,and years lived with disability for 328 diseases and injuries for 195 countries, 1990‐2016: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of disease study 2016. The Lancet, 390(10100), 1211–1259.
      2. Artus M, van der Windt DA, et al. Low back pain symptoms show a similar pattern of improvement following a wide range of primary care treatments: a systematic review of randomized clinical trials. Rheumatology. 2010.
      3. Foster N, Anema J, et al. Pain One Week After Associated Emergency Department Visit for Acute Low Back Pain is associated with Poor Three-month Outcomes. Academic Emergency Medicine. 2018.
      4. Hoffman KM, Trawalter S, et al. Racial bias in pain assessment and treatment recommendations, and false beliefs about biological differences between blacks and whites. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2016.
      5. https://www.csp.org.uk/system/files/documents/2020-06/digital_physiotherapy_solutions1.pdf 
      6. Berry et al. Evidencing the behaviour change model underpinning a personalised and tailored app for low back pain. Virtual Physiotherapy UK conference. 2020.

      Meet the innovator: Nick Mayhew

      Blog

      Post Title

      In this edition, we caught up with Nick Mayhew, Sales and Marketing Director at Bleepa; a revolutionary medical imaging communications platform.

      Pictured above: Nick Mayhew

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

      Bleepa is a revolutionary medical imaging communications platform, providing an easy-to-use, high-quality tool to enable remote and secure communications between frontline clinicians and teams.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      The initial lightbulb moment came from our CEO, Dr Tom Oakley. Just about every time I speak to a clinician, we receive another idea though. Their feedback is invaluable – I must have spoken to at least 200 clinicians since I joined and that’s a lot of ideas.  I really feel like we are representing them and I feel obligated to make Bleepa work and embed it in the NHS.  We passionately believe that Bleepa can empower every clinician working in a healthcare setting.  Given our heritage, we knew that we could create a mobile-based clinical-grade communication tool that provided diagnostic imaging, associated annotations and reports at a quality that would make a real difference to the day-to-day lives of clinicians in both primary and secondary care.

      Since launching Bleepa it has been used to routinely seek second opinions, manage inpatient referrals, provide high-quality multi-disciplinary team meetings and manage COVID-19 care pathways, amongst others. It has been amazing to see the far-reaching impact to date and we look forward to growing this impact with as many hospitals and community diagnostic centres as possible.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. The most important thing for any start-up or innovator is to really spend time talking to your potential customers to identify their needs and challenges.
      2. Understand customer pain points and ensure that your solution meets those needs, you need to be able to demonstrate and evidence as early as possible the positive outcomes and benefits of your innovation.
      3. Be driven, enthusiastic and very, very focused.

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      We’ve been very lucky in finding a forward-thinking trust that understood the benefits of collaboration. Finding an early adopter who supports and believes in your product and is willing to put that belief into practice within an often risk-averse healthcare environment is the biggest challenge for most tech companies and we were lucky. Through collaboration, you need to find ‘early adopter’ doctors willing to work with you to grow and develop your product and shout about your successes. We were very lucky to find an amazing champion in Georges Ng Man Kwong, Chief Clinical Information Officer and Respiratory Consultant, at Pennine Acute Hospitals NHS Trust and his enthusiasm helped us engage with their clinical teams across the hospital to co-develop Bleepa in its early stages.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      There are so many passionate, inspiring people who work within healthcare, particularly the NHS. Working with customers and clinicians who are really progressive, want to break the mould and have a really strong vision of how digital innovation can improve the way they work and deliver real benefits to patients drives all our teams forward. Whenever we speak to frontline clinicians about Bleepa we get such great feedback recognising how it can help make their working life easier, save time on referrals and relieve many of their pain points.

      Best part of your job now?

      For my role leading the sales and marketing team, it has been great to reach the point of brand awareness where NHS organisations, commercial suppliers and key individuals are approaching us because they’ve heard about Bleepa and recognise how we can help their organisation to improve clinical communications. It is really rewarding to see that shift to predominantly inbound requests and enquiries.

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      As a software-as-a-service company, we are constantly battling against the lack of some of the simpler technical infrastructure that other businesses would take for granted – decent WiFi and mobile network coverage, users being able to use their own mobile device securely for work. Digital innovation would be much faster and easier to adopt if some of these basic technical requirements were already in place for frontline clinicians.

      A typical day for you would include…

      Lots of conversations with customers, our development and operations teams.

      I am very lucky – we have a wonderful, talented and committed team at Bleepa. It’s a very vibrant environment with lots of very bright people, so it keeps me very much on my toes.  I’m involved in all sorts of projects: from scaling up our involvement in the community diagnostic centre programme in the UK to shipping out equipment for a tuberculosis screening programme in India with funding from Amazon Web Services.

      Where can we find you?

      Visit our website bleepa.com or follow us on Twitter @BleepaMe and LinkedIn.

      The digital transformation agenda and the changes in 2021

      Denis Duignan, Health Innovation Network’s Head of Digital Transformation reflects on what’s been happening recently in the world of digital transformation and technology.

      NHS Digital and NHSx merging into NHS England

      The government announced that NHS Digital and NHSx are to be merged into NHS England, forming part of the new Transformation Directorate within NHSE alongside Improvement, and Innovation, Research and Life Sciences. This move has come about following the publication of the much-anticipated Laura Wade-Gery Review.  It’s been driven in part by a desire to build on the progress made in digital transformation throughout the pandemic and to create greater alignment and co-operation between the ‘digital’ policy and strategy people and the delivery agents across the organisations.

      What might this mean?

      We will have to wait and see how much it’ll practically affect the merging arm’s length bodies and what this means for patients and staff on the ground, but I suspect due to the recent injection of funding for digital and technology in the Autumn Budget (£2.3 billion for increased diagnostic capacity and £2.1 billion to support the innovative use of digital technology) that we (digital health enthusiasts) have reason to be optimistic.

      “Within the Digital Transformation & Technology team, we are kicking off a number of exciting projects…”

      The other reason for optimism around the digital transformation agenda comes as a result of some clarity given in recent NHSx publications describing what good looks like (WGLL), who pays for what and the unified tech fund which has set out to simplify and consolidate the many funding pots for digital. WGLL has set the goalposts for Integrated Care Systems (ICS) and already we are seeing digital strategies emerging across the country, with south west London Health and Care Partnership recently approving its, signifying a real step-change in ICS maturity.

      What’s the HIN’s Transformation & Technology team up to?

      Within the Digital Transformation & Technology team, we are kicking off a number of exciting projects which will see us explore automation in primary care, address elective recovery and improve outpatient services through technology.

      On a personal note, the highlight of my last few weeks was trying our Office Manager’s Oculus Quest two virtual reality system which she set up in the office for a few of us to try. This tech absolutely blew my mind and although I’ve been hearing about how VR will change healthcare for quite a while, seeing is believing.

      We're here to help

      To find out more about what the Technology team is up to, contact us.

      Get in touch

      The value of simulation labs in supporting the adoption of health technology in nhs services

      Blog

      Post Title

      Nicola Reynold, deputy Clinical Director for Mental Health at the Health Innovation Network (HIN), shares her experience of using the HIN Innovation Grant funded simulation lab. Nicola is also a Principal Clinical Psychologist at Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust and Clinical Lead for the Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) pathway.

      I was recently invited to participate in a digital simulation lab by my colleague, Dr James Woollard, Consultant Child and Adolescent Psychiatrist, Chief Clinical Information Officer at Oxleas and National Specialty Advisor in Digital at NHS England. The NHS has used simulation in clinical training for several years to provide a safe and controlled learning environment where clinicians can make mistakes and learn in real time without compromising patient safety, but whilst simulation labs are well evidenced in contexts such as medical training, they have not been used to support clinicians to develop skills in prescribing digital interventions to service users. This specific pilot was part of a project funded by a HIN innovation grant in 2019, and run by partners Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust, St George’s Advanced Patient Simulator, St George’s University Hospitals NHS FT and mHabitat – a digital health innovation team operating as a self-funding business unit within Leeds and York Partnership NHS Foundation Trust. The aims of the project are to explore the value of simulation labs in supporting the adoption and spread of digital technologies within the NHS.

      The experience

      The simulation lab involved professional actors and clinicians simulating a clinical scenario in a mocked-up emergency department, in this case, the assessment of a 17 year old girl who had presented to A&E with her stepfather following an episode of self-harm. It took place at the simulation labs in St George’s Hospital and a simulation team were present to guide us through the process. Our task was to undertake a clinical assessment of the girl, played by an actor, and prescribe the “Calm Harm” app to her. We also had to discuss a care plan with both her and the actor playing her stepfather.

      After an initial briefing, we spent some time preparing for the simulation. We thought about the concerns that might be raised and how we would address them. The developer of the App was also present to address any questions we might have and we were provided with a checklist of the areas that were important to address, such as the young person’s IT literacy and the functionality, efficacy and safety of the app. Following the group preparation and discussion, one clinician simulated the scenario with the actors, whilst the rest of us observed via screen and took notes. After we held a debrief where we reflected on what had gone well and areas we could improve on. Finally, the actors came out of character and gave feedback on their experience as the patient.

      You would be forgiven for thinking that this all sounds like elaborate role play and, to be honest, that was my first thought. However, no roleplay I have ever done in my clinical training has ever come close to the same level of authenticity or richness of learning that the simulation lab did. It provided a real opportunity to safely practise new skills in an environment that was as close as possible to a real-life clinical setting, and as such felt much more valid than role play.

      “Simulation labs provide a valuable learning opportunity for all clinicians to develop their knowledge, skills, and confidence in health technology.”

      The value of simulation

      But simulation has a role beyond patient scenarios. The NHS Long Term Plan emphasises the need for digital transformation in the NHS and invests millions in new technology every year, with a view to supporting clinicians to deliver more efficient and safe care in a timely way. Unfortunately, rollouts of new technology are complex and there is often a disconnect between user testing at the development stage and the application of the technology in a real-world clinical setting. Simulation labs provide an opportunity to bridge this gap by making it possible to identify, mitigate and manage problems early on. This could save

      In addition, the Topol review rightly emphasised the need for clinicians to develop the knowledge and skills to prescribe apps and digital products. I was previously a Fellow on the Digital Pioneer Fellowship, but many clinicians lack knowledge or confidence to prescribe apps to service users and since there is currently no mandatory training provided to achieve this it is down to individual clinicians having an interest in digital technology to find training opportunities. This not only acts as a barrier to adoption and spread but creates inequalities in services. Simulation labs provide a valuable learning opportunity for all clinicians to develop their knowledge, skills, and confidence in health technology.

      As a learning experience, the simulation lab has stayed with me and I have continued to reflect on what I learned in the weeks since participating. I have found that I am discussing apps more readily and confidently than before but am also more mindful about when to do this. One thing I learned from the simulation lab is that the service users are unlikely to be receptive to a conversation about new apps when they are in crisis or preoccupied with other concerns and could feel that their concerns are not being taken seriously. I look forward to attending further simulation labs and would hope to see these becoming more widely applied to digital health contexts in the future.

      We're here to help

      You can find out more about our Innovation Grants here, our other work in Mental health here or if you want support with an innovation of your own you can contact our Innovation team.

      Get in touch

      Looking After The NHS

      We absolutely love the NHS. But let’s face it, it’s not perfect. Yet.

      Do you know?

      • We developed the OnlyHuman campaign to support healthcare staff prioritise their wellbeing during the pandemic
      • King’s College Hospital have adopted the OnlyHuman approach
      • You can download the OnlyHuman project here.

      In our brand new podcast Looking After The NHS Catherine Dale and Ayo ChikeMichael speak to guest experts all about how we can make the NHS even better.

      Listen to episode one where we explore how to improve staff wellbeing and discuss our OnlyHuman project with Deputy Chief People Officer at Maidstone and Tunbridge Wells NHS Trust, Ainne Dolan.

      Let us know what you thought of Looking After The NHS

      Get in touch

      Meet the innovator: Grace Gimson

      Blog

      Post Title

      In this edition, we caught up with Grace Gimson, Co-Founder and CEO at Holly Health; your personal health and motivation coach, in your pocket.

      Pictured above: Grace Gimson

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

      The Holly bird 🐦 becomes your personal health and motivation coach, in your pocket, providing you with the daily direction and support to feel psychologically and physically better!

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      Experiencing my challenges with burnout, and struggling to keep on top of my physical and mental wellbeing through a busy career. I also saw the same thing happening to so many people around me. Luckily I found a way out, through being consistent and deliberate with daily habits like getting enough sleep, getting outside for walks, and taking time to give my brain space. Then I wanted to help others to find their way too.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Believe in yourself, everyone is making it up as they go along, it’s a tough journey but stick to your guns as your unique insights and experiences are what set you apart.
      2. Remember that you won’t be able to last the journey unless you take care of your own physical and mental health along the way. Set boundaries to avoid burnout.
      3. Take and seek help and support in the areas you’re less sure about. Even just one conversation with someone who’s been through it before can make all the difference.

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      In the early stages, with a tiny team, it’s a difficult balancing act. Some weeks I feel like I’m doing five different jobs, and I want to do them all well. But the reality is you have to prioritise, be realistic, and set really clear goals with yourself, being ruthless about things that don’t move you closer to them. I often still overfill my calendar and should say no to things more often.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      Hearing the stories of others finding their health and wellbeing path with the help of Holly Health. Especially receiving feedback that it’s changed people’s mindsets for good because I know personally that when you cross through that barrier, there’s no going back!

      Best part of your job now?

      I get to learn about psychological medicine every day. It’s so exciting combining psychological science with technology to innovate beyond what’s been possible before!

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      I’d use my influence to go to the school education system, to change up the curriculum. I believe the future survival and success of the NHS comes from encouraging preventive health approaches (for both physical and mental health) from the earliest point possible.

      A typical day for you would include…

      A bit of deeper or creative work first thing in the morning, when fresh. This could involve some product design planning, or company goal setting. Followed by lots of remote meetings, for example; a team check in, a podcast episode recording, a partnership chat with a healthcare provider, an investor conversation. Then a few hours of emails and admin. I end the working day by preparing for tomorrow!

      Where can we find you?

      Visit our website hollyhealth.io or follow us on LinkedIn.

      The pathway to transformation and acceleration: The vital role of AHSNs from the viewpoint of Jonathan Abraham, CEO & Founder of Healum

      Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) across England work to spread innovation at pace and scale – improving health and generating economic growth. Here, Jonathan Abraham, CEO & Founder of Healum shares his experiences with the network.

      This week Healum had the pleasure of joining CitizenUK and Sweatcoin as part of the Health Innovation Network’s showcase. We were demonstrating the vital role that AHSNs, like the Health Innovation Network (HIN), play in driving digital change in healthcare in local health economies to Dr Tim Ferris, Director of Transformation, NHS England and Improvement, Matthew Whitty, Director of Innovation, Research & Life Sciences at NHS England and Professor Gary Ford, Chief Executive of the Oxford AHSN.

      The showcase was a chance to explain our work in providing care planning software and patient facing digital services for people with type 2 diabetes to show how essential this is in helping to recover services and address health inequalities in the system. Our work with the HIN, our local Academic and Health Science Network, has provided Healum with the opportunity to serve people with type 2 diabetes in the local community.

      Developing and releasing digital products alone is not enough to transform health services in the NHS. Making full use of data, insights and digital remote methods for supporting the delivery of care requires collaboration with patients and NHS staff to listen, iterate, observe service redesign, skilful implementation, and understand the impacts.

      Since Healum started trading four years ago, the HIN has been a vital partner in providing us with access and the opportunity to innovate and serve. They helped us to drive the pace of innovation faster and more effectively alongside other clinical academic and SME tech partners.

      “The project’s focus, later branded You & Type 2, was about making it easier for people living with type 2 diabetes to get the most from health and social care systems.”

      The pathway to transformation and acceleration: Getting started with HIN

      We first started working with the HIN four years ago to address an issue in the adoption of the nine diabetes care processes, particularly in South West and South East London. They pulled together a consortium of clinical leads and project managers working on the provision of diabetes care in primary care settings across the 12 Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCGs). This work was crucial to identifying the opportunity to deploy new models of digitally enabled, personalised care and support planning so that more patients from a range of communities could take control of managing their diabetes in a way that was important to them.

      It was at this stage that the HIN decided to put together a Research and Development consortium to bid for the NHS Diabetes Test Beds Wave 2 competition. The objective of the competition was to evaluate the effectiveness of innovative technologies in transforming health outcomes and quality of care for patients with type 2 diabetes. The HIN was instrumental in managing that process in which a set of industry and academic partners were chosen. Healum were selected alongside Citizen UK, Oviva and NHS Year of Care to work collaboratively on the bid, which we subsequently won. Without HIN’s involvement, this consortium across south London would not have happened.

      Implementation and rollout of personalised care planning

      The project’s focus, later branded You & Type 2, was about making it easier for people living with type 2 diabetes to get the most from health and social care system. The HIN helped to set up a dialogue with patients from multiple communities, with input from healthcare professionals from across primary care – organising focus groups and events for clinicians to help align innovation needs with academic and technology capability.

      Co-Creation sessions helped to map care and support pathways, identifying opportunities to support patients to make choices when managing their care, and to assist the healthcare professionals to implement the Year of Care approach. The approach was geared around helping people to understand their own health information and what mattered to them as captured in the nine diabetes care processes, and suggest their best options for care and support.

      Healum was given the important role of providing the care and support planning software to enable primary care healthcare professionals, such as practice nurses, HCAs, GPs and link workers to create digital plans of care and support. We did this by capturing patients’ objectives and goals with daily and weekly actions, and providing them with personalised resources – all of which could be accessed through a mobile app designed to Digital Technology Assessment Criteria (DTAC) standards.

      Our technology was developed to improve the health outcomes and quality of life of people living with type 2 diabetes to make personal healthy choices through having access to the care plan when it matters.

      The team at HIN have deep connections with stakeholders across GP practices in South London, so when it came to figuring out how to organise the set of resources in our software and connected apps, it was only natural that we turned to them. They were able to quickly assemble the right clinical teams to look through the articles, videos, exercises, recipes and local services to ensure that the software was set up to provide the right resource for the right patient at the right time. The sessions they organised with clinicians and patients guided us on how the content for ethnically diverse communities in South London and they advised how we could make the content more personal by helping to pull together community assets and educational resources for those communities.

      “Our biggest learning about working with an AHSN was just how crucial they are in helping a small company like us to drive the adoption, usage and understanding of our innovation.”

      Rollout and implementation

      Our biggest learning about working with an AHSN was just how crucial they are in helping a small company like us to drive the adoption, usage and understanding of our innovation. The HIN was responsible for training over 30 GP practices on the Year of Care processes for care planning and the use of our technology as part of it. Not only did it work tirelessly to train the teams at practices, but HIN colleagues also helped to communicate key logistics around technical implementation and service evaluation. This has set the whole project team up to measure the long-term impacts of these innovations on outcomes, delivery, quality and patient experience.

      HIN’s team also supported us in the project when care planning services were paused during the pandemic in a way that we would have been unable to do. They helped the whole project team to find ways that we could use our technology to support remote care and alleviate some of the worst effects on people with type 2 diabetes from communities that were hardest hit by the effects of Covid-19.

      “We have a lot to thank HIN for – it has been one of the most transformational organisations in our company’s journey.”

      Understanding the impact

      One year on and over 1,000 plans of care and support have been created, with over 700 app downloads with 30% of people setting goals and looking at resources on the app. The personalised videos from Citizen, which were integrated with EMIS test results and delivered through Healum, have had over 70% completion rates. Stay tuned to see the final results on health outcomes from the service evaluation to be published in 2022!

      In summary

      Navigating the health and care system is complex and implementing new ways of working and technology products in the NHS can be a bit of a mine field when you first start out. Our advice to any other digital health company that wants to have the opportunity to serve people in its local population, is to build relationships with their AHSN and to use the opportunities that they provide to listen, learn, understand, develop and iterate.

      We have a lot to thank HIN for – it has been one of the most transformational organisations in our company’s journey. Thanks to their efforts in the You & Type 2 project we are now working with South West London Health and Social Care Partnership for the next three years. Huge thanks go to people working at the HIN including Dr Neel Basudev, the clinical lead for diabetes at HIN, to Nina Pearson, Project Manager Diabetes for the most sterling work in project delivery and to Oliver Brady, Programme Director, Diabetes and Mental Health for his leadership of this project from its inception to its present day. Not to forget the incredible leadership of Chris Gumble at South West London Health and Social Care Partnership who has been driving this project every step of the way.

      We're here to help

      You can find out more about our work with diabetes here or if you want support with an innovation of your own you can contact our Innovation team.

      Get in touch

      If you can see it, you can treat it

      Blog

      Post Title

      Health Innovation Network Marketing and Communications Officer Rahel Gerezgiher reflects on why healthcare innovation won’t solve health inequalities until it achieves diversity.

      This Black History Month we have seen numerous celebrations of Black individuals who have made in impact across all areas of society. Healthcare is no different. Warsame (Sami) Nur (NIA fellow 2021) and Ivan Beckley, Cofounder and CEO of Suvera Health, a platform for clinicians to follow up with patients remotely are just two examples of great Black innovators. However, more needs to be done to ensure that innovation continues to meet the needs of our diverse communities.

      Let’s start with Evan Nathan Smith.

      There are approximately 15,000 people in the UK who have sickle cell disease and Evan Nathan Smith was one of them. He was just 21 years old when he passed away after contracting sepsis, which triggered a sickle cell crisis resulting in his death. In May this year, his death was deemed preventable had staff recognised the symptoms associated with sickle cell disease earlier.

      Sickle cell remains the fastest growing genetic condition in the UK with 300 babies born with the trait every year. It can affect anyone from any background but is most prominent in African and Caribbean communities. Evan was from Walthamstow, a borough with an estimated 53 per cent of residents from a minority ethnic background. So how were health care professionals in one of the borough’s local hospital unaware of how to care for someone living with this disease? Is it a lack of knowledge, unconscious bias or has sickle cell been an afterthought when it comes to merging innovation and healthcare? That is why it was good that this month saw the first new treatment for sickle cell in 20 years.

      Diversity in education and training

      Had a member of staff who was familiar with the symptoms associated with sickle cell or a crisis been around to advocate for Evan, would the treatment on offer been different and would there have been a different outcome? What if health care teams were training specifically on the diseases that most effect their local communities? Advocacy is key here and embracing this is vital to help tackle health inequalities. Speaking to others, it is not uncommon for people from ethnic minority backgrounds to present at a health setting and find a GP or another colleague has been called in to support or offer a different opinion on a diagnosis.

      We need to have further training that better equips healthcare professionals when it comes to treating individuals from various different backgrounds to ensure that the right treatment/services are being offered.

      Diversity in design

      Another example comes to mind. During the height of pandemic, individuals with Covid were encouraged to use pulse oxygen monitors to keep an eye on their oxygen levels, which could be impacted as a result of the virus. However, the monitors didn’t work as well on darker skin. With Covid already affecting those of Black African or Black Caribbean descent at a higher percentage than their white counterparts (Black males were 4.2 times more likely to die from Covid  than white males), the idea that an innovation to support treatment not being as effective on darker skin was concerning. Is it possible that there was no one from a Black community in any part of its creation or testing, that would have helped this fact come to light before its mass rollout?

      Diversity within innovation – both the innovators themselves and those involved in the testing process – is key to ensuring that underrepresented groups are taken into consideration when creating new products or designing services. Being brave and calling on support in areas where there are clear gaps in representation within the team should be encouraged and embedded throughout the process rather than an afterthought.

      Diversity in patient involvement

      For those wise enough to harness the power of patient groups, what measures are in place to ensure that they are as diverse as they can be? Take the recent Remote Consultation in Mental Health project that we have been working on at the HIN, where we co-produced a suite of materials to support on the effects of remote consultations for those living with mental ill health, alongside people with lived experience. When creating the resources, an individual pointed out that marginalised groups need to be factored in, and it dawned on me that these groups are not only vital in helping us understand the patient’s personal experience, but so key in pointing out our blind spots. Somewhere this has been done well recently, was the OneLondon deliberation project. The project held a summit with over 100 individuals in order to reflect the diverse communities in London to discuss how different areas of the health and care system should be joining up their data sharing to provide the best possible care.

      Diversity in leadership

      We cannot talk about diversity without looking at the top. A survey showed that in 2019/20, 7.5 per cent of executive directors in Trusts were from a BAME background (81 out of 1,077 directors). As statistics go, that isn’t that shocking but could more diversity at the top have a real impact? We need to continue to ensure that our leadership is inclusive and reflects the communities they serve, so they can effectively advocate for them. Beyond it being the right thing to do, there is a clear business case for diversity too. CEO of Yorkshire and Humber AHSN, Richard Stubbs, explains in this video “a team with a member who shares a client’s ethnicity is 152 per cent more likely than another team to understand that client.” We need to be bold, and part of that is calling out the gaps where this can potentially impact of the care someone could receive.

      Across maternity and mental health it is well documented that the outcomes are poorer for Black people. For instance, Black women are four times more likely than white women to die during pregnancy or childbirth in the UK and Black people are four times more likely to be detained under the Mental Health Act than white people.

      Diversity is not a nice to have or a question of ticking a box, but in many cases now, can mean a matter of life or death.

      So where can innovation fit in?

      • Products shouldn’t be created using a one size fits all model, both the individuals producing and the products themselves should be inclusive and diverse. This is to ensure that this reflects the diversity of our communities and the products themselves are fit for purpose.
      • Introduce a pledge to hold yourself accountable and to ensure that you are encouraging applications from a diverse range of innovators.
      • Innovators shouldn’t just specialise in one area and encourage curiosity even if it’s not their usual area of expertise as there is strength in diversity.
      • Tailor more services to cater to the most underrepresented communities in society to ensure the most appropriate service are provided, great example of a wellness clinic dedicated to Black and Asian communities here.

      Things we can all can do to help:

      • Donate blood. Black donors are ten times more likely to have a blood type needed to treat the 15,000 people in the UK with sickle cell. Black donors are in high demand, especially as we approach winter months.
      • Be aware of how to advocate for yourself (explore resources around this), also support by advocating for others where appropriate.
      • Participate in product trials or share feedback on your experience in healthcare settings. Whether good or bad this can all contribute to a better experience for all in the long run.

      References

      https://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/content/statistics-about-borough

      https://www.mobihealthnews.com/news/meet-10-black-people-disrupting-digital-healthcare-industry-today 

      https://www.onelondon.online/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Public-deliberation-in-the-use-of-health-and-care-data.pdf

      https://www.mentalhealth.org.uk/a-to-z/b/black-asian-and-minority-ethnic-bame-communities

      https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2021/jan/15/black-women-in-the-uk-four-times-more-likely-to-die-in-pregnancy-or-childbirth

      https://nhsproviders.org/inclusive-leadership/bame-representation-and-experience-in-the-nhs 

      https://nhsaccelerator.com/fellow/warsame-sami-nur/

      https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/health-58032842

      https://www.nhsbt.nhs.uk/how-you-can-help/get-involved/download-digital-materials/sickle-cell-awareness-day-2020/

      https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/health-58791333

      https://www.hsj.co.uk/quality-and-performance/nhse-trusts-must-report-performance-by-deprivation-and-ethnicity/7030996.article

      https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/evan-nathan-smith-death-sickle-cell-b1827443.html

      https://www.theguardian.com/society/2021/apr/06/nhs-staff-were-too-slow-to-treat-man-who-rang-999-from-his-hospital-bed-coroner-rules

      How innovation is leading the fight against raised cholesterol levels

      Blog

      Post Title

      Oliver Brady, our Programme Director for Diabetes and Mental Health, celebrates Cholesterol awareness month with his reflections on what we have learnt so far from innovating to reduce the risk people face from raised cholesterol levels.

      Over the last year the Health Innovation Network, along with all of the other AHSNs across the country, have been working to reduce the risk of raised cholesterol to our populations. Cardiovascular disease (CVD) causes one death every three minutes in the UK and costs the UK economy £7.4 billion per year. The NHS Long Term Plan identifies cardiovascular disease as the single biggest area where lives can be saved over the next 10 years and set the NHS a target of preventing 150,000 strokes, heart attacks and dementia cases.

      Through identification and treatment of three key cardiovascular conditions we can significantly reduce the number of these cardiovascular events that occur – these three conditions are Atrial Fibrillation, high Blood pressure, and raised Cholesterol (also known as the ABC of CVD). We’ve already done a significant amount of work on Atrial Fibrillation in South London, and we have now started to focus on raised cholesterol. We will also be working on high blood pressure in the near future so watch this space!

      So how can we start to have an impact on the risk our population experiences from raised cholesterol? It is a complicated task and there is a role to play for people across all healthcare settings, and this is reflected in our approach which has covered a number of different types of innovation.

      Medicines

      The first area we are looking at is the uptake of medicines that can lower cholesterol. We have worked with partners across the healthcare system to identify barriers to the uptake of NICE-approved medicines including high intensity statins, Ezetimibe, and PCSK9 inhibitors, supporting our members to improve pathways that ensure as many people as possible benefit from these medicines (where they are eligible.) Recently a new medication known as Inclisiran has been approved by NICE and we will be supporting the roll-out of this across south London to ensure people who have are at increased risk of cardiovascular disease from cholesterol are able to benefit from this new treatment as soon as possible.

      Tools for clinicians

      Navigating the NICE guidance around cholesterol is a complicated task and one that largely falls on colleagues working in Primary Care. Fortunately, there are a number of innovations that attempt to simplify the task for Primary Care. One of the key innovations we have shared with healthcare professionals in south London has been the proactive care frameworks developed by our friends at UCL Partners AHSN in North London. These frameworks support primary care teams with the tools and resources they need to manage patients with long term conditions in a prioritised and efficient way – including applying the NICE guidance around cholesterol management. Through our work we have also spoken to a number of digital health innovators working to develop clinical decision support tools to assist clinicians at the point of care with identifying patients who could benefit from help managing their cholesterol. I am really interested to see how software produced by companies we have spoken to such as Metadvice, Patient Leaf, and Abtrace can help us to maximise the impact we have on cholesterol management and reduce variation in care.

      Community

      We know that the last 18 months has been especially difficult for those working in primary care and so we have aimed to promote innovations that help manage cholesterol risk across the healthcare system. One of the key ways we can do that is by working directly with our communities and identifying people at risk from cholesterol outside of NHS settings. We are building on the fantastic work being rolled out in south west London to deliver community health clinics to offer point of care testing for cholesterol for the first time from next month, with the aim of this testing being carried out across a number of community venues over the next year.

      Technology

      We have also been in touch with a number of industry partners providing innovations in this area including VitalSigns Solutions, who have been part of our DigitalHealth.London accelerator with their innovation PocDoc this year, and Thriva, who offer at home blood testing. We have heard about the ambition in the future to use this kind of testing in combination with an analysis of polygenic risk scores, which help clinicians to predict a person’s genetic risk to a disease, to provide personalised treatment plans to individuals based on their genetics, which could change the way we look at cholesterol management in the years to come.

      Education

      The final area of our work I wanted to highlight is innovations that support education for patients and staff. The AHSN Network have been working with Heart UK to develop online training materials on cholesterol management for healthcare professionals and members of the public, which you can find here. We are also in the process of developing a local training programme for healthcare professionals in primary care who want to learn more about CVD prevention, and we will be launching this in 2022. Get in touch if you’re interested in knowing more.

      Hopefully innovations that are emerging, such as the ones above, will help us identify the people who are at most risk from raised cholesterol early, ensure they get the treatment that will prevent them from experiencing heart attacks and strokes, and save lives. At the Health Innovation Network we look forward to supporting health and care professionals across south London to take action on raised cholesterol over the next few years and ensure people across south London benefit from these potentially life-saving innovations.

      Further information

      Find out more about our work across Cardiovascular.

      Explore more

      The importance of Patient and Public Involvement (PPI) in healthcare research and transformation

      Blog

      Post Title

      Covid-19 has led to significant changes in how mental health services in south London have been delivered. There has been a rapid shift from face-to-face to remote telephone and video consultations. Although remote consultations bring about many benefits for those using them, they can also be challenging.

      As a key part of the Remote Consultations in Mental Health project, the Health Innovation Network (HIN) collaborated with King’s Improvement Science (KIS) at King’s College London who facilitated the set-up of our experts by experience team. This team have been part of the project’s Patient and Public Involvement (PPI) group to better understand the benefits and challenges of remote consultations in mental health settings.

      Involving people with lived experience, including service users and carers,  through PPI is a vital part of healthcare research and transformation. For our Remote Consultations in Mental Health project, our PPI group is comprised of people with lived experience of physical and mental health conditions, as well as a variety of treatment experiences and ethnic and cultural backgrounds.

      The Health Innovation Network would like to thank our PPI group collaborators – Mel, Lana, Paul, Sarah and the patient and public involvement co-ordinator from KIS Len, who also has lived experience of using mental health services - for sharing their reflections on the project with us through the blog that follows:

      Why we got involved

      Many of us in the project group have lived experience of how dramatically the changes brought about by Covid-19 have affected the provision of mental health services. For all of us, regardless of whether we come from a place of being a current service user or have been one in the past, we wanted to ensure that mental health services were fit for purpose given the scale of change that has happened very quickly.

      We all have specific things that we want to bring to the project. For example, we have members of the group who have been inpatients during the pandemic and haven't had access to the internet – making them reliant on different methods of communication, and significantly changing their therapeutic relationships.

      It's so important to have people talking about their own experiences of health care during these turbulent times. It can be easy to overlook people who are "digitally excluded" if they are just numbers on a page, but we think being able to talk about our experiences first-hand really helps clinicians understand the day-to-day complexities of living with a mental health condition.

      We were determined to make sure that PPI was not about going through the motions. PPI is a term you hear a lot and isn’t always done right. The group has been involved in project meetings and work since September 2020 and, given the challenging situations we have worked through over the last 18 months, we are grateful to have been able to input and provide expertise to the project team. Although we strive for coproduction, what we achieved in this project was good PPI throughout the project timeline.

      What we did

      Working as part of the PPI group has provided a great opportunity for many of us to contribute experiences in order to better support the improvement of mental health services. We had the chance to get involved in a wide range of different activities with numerous goals.

      Throughout the work, we have seen the power of bringing people with lived experience and health professionals together. Whilst we as the PPI group have been empowered to help shape the work of organisations, such as the HIN, we also hope that we empower the health professionals that we work with by providing them with a deeper level of understanding of the human side living with a mental health condition – not just from our own personal experiences, but reflecting the wider shared experiences within our communities.

      One of the key elements we have worked on has been a series of infographics that are designed to be clear summaries of the latest research in this area which can be understood by everyone from public to clinicians and researchers. As well as deciding the content, we also shaped the visual look of the infographics and the language used, using our own experiences to make the final products inclusive and accessible for the widest possible audience. PPI can often seem like an abstract concept, but we were lucky enough to have something tangible that the group could see evolve in real time and have ownership over. The infographics provided us an opportunity to tap into our creative side and condense a lot of information in a succinct way, helping us to connect the wider service user population back to the work of the project.

      We also felt we had a key part to play in highlighting the challenges with remote consultations in mental health settings, particularly around digital exclusion. For example, one important point that we discussed during the work was that there are easily overlooked groups, such as service users in the criminal justice system. This was interesting as it looks like many pieces of research about remote consultations weren’t necessarily including insights or experiences from such groups.

      More symbolically, we think it is reassuring for the wider service user population that we are visibly involved in the work. Change can bring anxiety for many people and we hope that knowing the patient and service user voice is represented in these changes will let people know that it isn’t just clinicians or commissioners who are making decisions that will affect their treatments. 

      Image

      Pictured above: An infographic co-created with the PPI group.

      Looking to the future

      One of the big takeaways from all this work has been that remote consultations offer a useful choice for lots of people in how they access mental health services. For many people, having appointments remotely is beneficial– saving time and money and being more convenient.

      We think the key point that we want to make sure is heard is that technology giving us more options is a positive thing, but letting an enthusiasm for technology run unchecked can be absolutely disastrous. We cannot let new technology cause harm through worsening digital exclusion, and we have to keep listening to service users when they say they want choices in how they access care – not just going with the latest and greatest technological solution.

      More generally, we hope that this kind of involvement of service users, carers and public members within research continues and is strengthened in the future. We feel that the project has benefitted from PPI and we have in turn benefitted from our involvement – we are proud that the process has felt nothing like “ticking a box”!

      We're here to help

      Delve deeper into this project by exploring our dedicated resource page.

      Explore now

      New report shows remote mental health consultations make care more accessible but are not the right solution for all patients

      Clinician pictured in remote consultation with patient

      Remote technology has transformed mental health consultations during Covid-19 but it’s not the solution for every situation nor for all patients.

      Key stats

      • 6,030 patients responded to the Trust surveys
      • 554 clinicians that responded to the Trust surveys
      • The report included a synthesis of 77 papers from 19 countries

      A new report has found the shift to remote mental health consultations held by telephone or video, rather than face-to-face because of the pandemic, led to improved access, reduced missed appointments, and reduced travel stress. However, it also highlighted challenges, including access to technology, issues around broadband connectivity and data packages.

      The report, produced by the NHS’s Health Innovation Network, NIHR Applied Research Collaboration South London, King’s Improvement Science and involving experts by experience, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust, South West London and St George’s Mental Health NHS Trust and Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust, makes several recommendations to inform clinical practice and to determine ongoing gaps in knowledge.

      Key findings from the 6,030 patients who responded to the Trust surveys on remote consultations in mental health settings were that they allowed the flexibility of varying levels of support during the pandemic, and care was more accessible to populations who may have previously found travel to appointments challenging and some patients felt more relaxed in their own home during the consultation.

      From the 554 clinicians that responded to the Trust surveys, including psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and nurses, training to use technology was raised as a need for both clinicians and patients.

      Patients, carers, and clinicians said remote consultations were more convenient, reduced travel time, saved travel costs and meant family members were readily able to attend family sessions. In particular, remote mental health consultations were acceptable to people during Covid-19 to continue their treatment.

      However, there is no ‘one size fits all’ and an individualised approach will always remain the gold standard, especially for new patients and children, those with a psychosis diagnosis, learning difficulties or the digitally excluded. Other barriers to remote consultations included where patients or clinicians could not access a private space where they were confident they would not be interrupted.

      The report includes three evaluations:

      • Two evidence reviews of research both before and during Covid-19 were conducted jointly with the NIHR Mental Health Policy Research Unit.
      • Thematic analysis of patient and staff surveys from across the three Trusts, which received 6,608 responses.
      • The results of an e-survey on 32 projects with a focus on patient and/or staff perspectives on experience.

      “Technology has allowed clinicians to provide consultations remotely, and this has been well received by many patients who say it is more convenient and saves the time and stress of having to travel to appointments. ”Dr Natasha Curran, Medical Director Health Innovation Network

      Health Innovation Network Medical Director Natasha Curran said:

      “Access to mental health services during Covid-19 has been disrupted as patients were isolated and clinicians were unable to hold face-to-face consultations. Technology has allowed clinicians to provide consultations remotely, and this has been well received by many patients who say it is more convenient and saves the time and stress of having to travel to appointments.

      “This study also shows that remote consultations don’t work for everyone for a variety of reasons: the nature of some patients’ condition, technological barriers, or privacy, for both clinicians and patients. This comprehensive report points to the benefits of a hybrid system, the importance of patient choice, where some consultations can be carried out remotely and others face to face, that could support vital ongoing mental health treatment both during Covid-19 and beyond.”

      Delve into the report

      See the full report on our website.

      Click here to see the report

      We're here to help

      Need more info? Get in touch with the team.

      Get in touch

      Innovating in mental health in an unequal world

      Blog

      Post Title

      Written by Aileen Jackson, Head of Mental Health at the Health Innovation Network.

      Working in innovation in mental health can be exciting, and it is easy to get swept along with the thrill of implementing new ways of working through service design and technology. Between digital solutions that  can for example support the diagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and service transformations that improve access to treatment , it can feel like we’re contributing to solving  many issues. And we are. But sadly, the harsh reality of the inequalities of our world can also mean we’re creating new ones too.  

      According to the Kings Fund inequality is unfair and avoidable, yet 52 per cent of the LGTBQ+ population have experienced depression compared with 20 per cent of the general population, and three per cent of black men have experienced a psychotic disorder compared with less than one per cent of white men.  

      This year’s theme of World Mental Health Day demands us to stop and ask, how do we make mental health services better in an unequal world? And on a personal level I ask, how do we ensure that innovation is a driving force in improving healthcare that meets the need of everyone, as per our founding NHS principles, and not exacerbating inequalities?

      At the Health Innovation Network, we have a strong emphasis on both conducting an Equalities Impact Assessment and on addressing inequalities . Here are some of my recommendations on how we can all work together to put this into practice.

      Be data informed

      Eating Disorders is a prime example of where this can help. One of our national projects is Early Intervention in Eating Disorders. Our research revealed that historically, eating disorders have been perceived as disorders that affect only white women and that people of colour  are significantly less likely to receive help for their eating issues. Black teenagers are 50 per cent more likely than white teenagers to exhibit bulimic behaviour, such as binging and purging (Goeree, Sovinsky, & Iorio, 2011).Dig a bit deeper and this issue becomes more complex. People of colour with self-acknowledged eating and weight concerns are significantly less likely than white participants to have been asked by a doctor about eating disorder symptoms, despite similar rates of eating disorder symptoms across ethnic groups. (Becker, 2003).

      Listen

      Our approach to addressing the issue of inequalities in eating disorders recognition and treatment includes, services collecting demographic data on referrals and treatment outcomes, engaging directly with young black and Asian people to listen to their experiences, collating these experiences into a resource and sharing  with health care professionals. We are also creating a video to attract more diverse clinicians into this area of mental health .

      Listening to staff and service users is even more important since the Covid-19 pandemic caused dramatic changes to the way we all interacted. In mental health, for example, there was a rapid shift from face-to-face consultations to remote consultations.

      Offer Patients Choice

      Together with our south London partners we have  gathering evidence on the impact of remote consultations in mental health. We have learned from academic reviews, staff and patient surveys and service evaluations of the inequalities that have arisen from this shift in service delivery .

      We have discovered that patient choice is paramount, and that there are large gaps in evidence on digital exclusion. There are definitely some benefits for patients and staff, such as less travel, convenience, and more opportunity for family involvement, but there is also concern about private space to engage on digital platform for a consultation. Our evidence is showing us that a face-to-face appointment is preferred by many for a first appointment and that video consultations are emerging as more acceptable than a phone call. Remember always to put the person at the heart of making this choice, a phone call to an older person may be better received, where as an online chat will suit others. A letter to invite comments can still be viewed as a gift.

      Challenge yourself

      And challenge the innovators of digital technology and service redesign. Ask them how can the latest mental health app/innovation support more equitable access to treatment and recovery? Work with them to help them understand the barriers marginalised groups face so they can help you to find solutions.

      Share your findings

      A large part of our work at the Health Innovation Network is to spread and adopt innovation. We have made it our mission to share our learning from our work in remote consultations nationally so we can influence decision makers.  to date we have engaged with close to 2000 mental health stakeholders  through our learning webinars.  Join us at our next webinar on 27 October to hear directly from people with lived experience how together  we are promoting the patient voice  to influence the future of remote consultations in mental health, register to attend here

      Further information

      Explore more on our work around mental health at the Health Innovation Network.

      Click here

      Patient safety Congress 2021

       
       
       

      Compassion, learning and listening – our patient safety project manager Ayobola Chike-Michael recaps the key lessons from this year’s Patient Safety Congress.

      Transforming patient safety across health and social care was the theme at this year’s Patient Safety Congress held earlier this month.

      For most of us, it was the first time since the pandemic to experience a face-to-face congress, which allowed us to attend quality sessions presented and facilitated by UK and international experts across safety and patient care.

      The congress was a successful platform for front line healthcare workers, patient safety professionals from Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) and leaders in healthcare to discuss achievements, difficult issues, debate and share learnings about patient safety. It was a perfect place to connect physically bringing together a huge wealth of knowledge and space to reflect following the stress of the pandemic.

      “ The NHS looked after over 400,000 patients who were sick with Covid19 and over 40,000 were successfully monitored via the covid oximetry@home and virtual wards pathway.”

      Over the two days, there were sessions on a variety of pertinent patient safety topics, such as, ‘learning from the pandemic’ which was high on the agenda. Among many others were sessions on co-production, psychological safety, racism as a pandemic, long Covid, maternity care, lessons from Ian Paterson inquiry and the Ockendon report, sexual safety in mental health, health inequalities, tackling the backlog, digital innovation, and updates on NHS safety improvement programmes.

      The National Director of Patient Safety, Aidan Fowler explained how his team responded to the pandemic through the safety improvement programmes. The NHS looked after over 400,000 patients who were sick with Covid-19 and over 40,000 were successfully monitored via the covid oximetry@home and virtual wards pathway.

      Patient voice remains highly important, and staff are encouraged to create and protect the time to involve patients and evaluate work with them. It is important to place people before the process by prioritising the time for staff to have time out to reflect and recharge.

      In conclusion, one of the speakers, Derek Richford aptly recapped the learning from the congress in his words to the audience: ‘Whatever your role, make sure your organisation has compassion, listening and learning at the heart of what they do.’

      We're here to help

      Learn more about our Patient safety work in south London.

      Find out more

      Post Title

      Meet the innovator: Max Kersting

      Blog

      Post Title

      In this edition, we caught up with Max Kersting, Co-Founder and CEO at Regimen; a digital certified health program for erectile dysfunction.

      Pictured above: Max Kersting

      Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

      We’ve developed the world’s first CE-certified guided health program for erectile dysfunction (ED), effective for three out of four members within only 12 weeks.

      What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

      I’ve had erectile dysfunction in my early 20s. Pills, injections, even surgery did not work. With a few excellent urologists, we’ve created a strict program that helped me to overcome my issues – including pelvic floor and cardio exercise, lifestyle modifications, mindfulness, vacuum pump training, supplements, and pills. It worked!

      With Regimen, we offer access to such a personalised holistic program to everyone who struggles with ED.

      Together with healthcare professionals, we can not only help clients struggling with ED, but also identify those with elevated risk for cardiovascular disease or mental health issues, and prevent severe health events including heart attacks, strokes and depression.

      What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

      1. Focus on your clients: it took us two years to build a program that was excellent in terms of efficacy AND retention. Nobody needs a program that theoretically works but that your clients don’t use.
      2. Use your first user cohorts as partners: understand their real needs and build for them.
      3. Understand your economic case, in the short, medium, and long term. There might be a direct-to-consumer market that helps you make revenue, quickly. But to work with healthcare organisations, you also have to understand the needs of doctors, and payers to be able to cater to them.

      What’s been your toughest obstacle?

      Convincing doctors to try something new, beyond the blue pills (although, every doctor who refers Regimen is raving about their client feedback). If you’d like to offer Regimen to your patients, please get in touch with our Director of Partnerships Giordano Blume, we are looking forward to hear from you.

      What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

      The emails from our clients. It is always a very happy moment to read how our work changes the lives and relationships of thousands of people around the world.

      Best part of your job now?

      Being able to inspire guys who lost hope to take care of their most intimate health. I really love the feedback of our clients.

      If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

      Centralise and at the same time lower the barriers for reimbursement to make digital innovation accessible to those who also feel too ashamed to see their doctors.

      A typical day for you would include…

      Working with our amazing team on new features, understanding how we can grow faster, and learning from healthcare professionals and our users how to improve Regimen, in the long run.

      Where can we find you?

      Visit our website joinregimen.com or follow us on Instagram or LinkedIn.

      Improving outcomes for maternal and new born care

      Blog

      Post Title

      This year’s World Patient Safety Day focuses on safe maternal and newborn care. Our Patient Safety Project Manager Ayo Chike-Michael reflects on why in the 21st century are women and children are dying before, during or after childbirth from largely preventable and treatable complications.

      Globally nearly 5,400 stillbirths occur, about 810 women lose their lives and 6,700 newborns lose their lives on a daily basis (WHO, 2021).

      So why do women die before, during or after childbirth? They die because of complications that are either preventable or treatable such as severe bleeding, infections, high blood pressure during pregnancy, delivery complications or unsafe abortion.

      Newborns also die before, during or after childbirth. Why? From complications such as placental problems, bleeding, complications of pre-eclampsia, cord prolapse, liver disorder, genetic conditions infections, prematurity or low birthweight. 

      In the past 10 years, about 600,000 babies have been delivered yearly in NHS hospitals. In the UK, about 14 babies die before, during or soon after birth every day, one in 250 births is a stillbirth and 2,020 babies die within the first four weeks of life. 

      These incidents have a major lifelong impact on women and their families. These also significantly impact the NHS staff involved.

      These figures are staggering, and NHS England and Improvement have launched a national programme to drive the improvement of maternity and neonatal safety which we are part of at the Health Innovation Network.

      So what can be done?

      We have been collaborating with ICHP and UCLPartners (the AHSNs covering the rest of London) as advocates for identifying and adopting best practices at the point of care to prevent avoidable risks and harm to all women and newborns during childbirth.

      This  Maternity and Neonatal Safety Improvement Programme (MatNeoSIP) sees us work with local maternity systems in south London to reduce the UK national rate of preterm births from eight to six per cent and to reduce the rate of stillbirths, neonatal death and brain injuries occurring during or soon after birth by 50 per cent by the year 2025.

      Specifically the MatNeoSIP aims to :

      • Contribute to the national target of increasing the proportion of smoke-free pregnancies to 94 per cent or greater by March 2023.
      • Support the spread and adoption of the preterm perinatal optimisation care pathway across England by 95 per cent or greater by March 2025.
      • Support the development of a national pathway approach for the effective management of maternal and neonatal deterioration using the Prevent Identify Escalate Respond (PIER) framework across all settings by March 2024.
      • Work with key stakeholders to support the development of a national Maternal Early Warning Score (MEWS) by March 2021 and spread to all providers by March 2024.
      • To support the spread and adoption of the Neonatal Early Warning Trigger and Track score (NEWTT) to all maternity and neonatal services by March 2023.

        We continue to build on past experiences and successes such as PReCePT (Prevention of Cerebral Palsy in PreTerm Labour) as part of preterm perinatal optimisation care pathway. In addition to this one of our Innovation Grant winners piloted a free toolkit (the QUiPP app) to accurately predict the risk of preterm birth, which was rolled out five months ahead of schedule to support during the pandemic.

        We have also responded to the pandemic by adapting our priorities to highlight that vaccination is the best way to protect against the known risks of Covid-19 in pregnancy for both women and babies. These risks include an increase in high blood pressure, premature delivery of the baby with the baby needing neonatal support and possible admission of the woman to intensive care (PHE, 2021).

        On a personal level, women in pregnancy can speak to their health worker about how they can reduce safety risks during pregnancy and around childbirth. Just as importantly spouses or partners, families and communities can speak up for safe and respectful maternal and newborn care.

        References

        WHO – https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-patient-safety-day/2021

        https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-patient-safety-day/2021/objectives

        https://www.sands.org.uk/about-sands/baby-death-current-picture/why-babies-die

        Pregnancy, breastfeeding, fertility and coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccination – NHS (www.nhs.uk)

        ZOE study webinar on Pregnancy and Covid – https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7vaJ-YS8H3o

        https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/901085/nhs-resolution-2019-20-annual-report-and-accounts.pdf

        https://digital.nhs.uk/data-and-information/publications/statistical/nhs-maternity-statistics/2019-20#key-facts

        PHE, 2021 – Increasing vaccine confidence – Pregnancy and Fertility for both men and women

        PHE,2021 – https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/covid-19-vaccination-women-of-childbearing-age-currently-pregnant-planning-a-pregnancy-or-breastfeeding/covid-19-vaccination-a-guide-for-women-of-childbearing-age-pregnant-planning-a-pregnancy-or-breastfeeding

        We're here to help

        We believe we have a duty to help provide safe and respectful maternal and newborn care and our projects support this. If you want to discuss any of our projects in more detail please feel free to get in touch and together we can act to ensure all mums and babies are kept safe.

        Get in touch

        Meet the innovator: Lorin Gresser

        Blog

        Post Title

        In this edition, we caught up with Lorin Gresser, Chief Executive Officer at Dem Dx.

        Pictured above: Lorin Gresser, Chief Executive Officer at Dem Dx.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        The Dem Dx Clinical Reasoning Platform (DDx CRP) is used by nurses, paramedics, physician associates and other frontline clinicians to help them assess and triage undifferentiated patients at the first point of contact. The platform combines AI with medical expertise to enable allied healthcare professionals to take on more clinical responsibility safely and with confidence.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        One day working alongside a community nurse, I realised that with the support of a technical tool, we could augment nurses’ decision making to equal doctors when determining the initial steps and management of the common conditions encountered in any given clinical setting. So, after a few years of development and testing, we found a way of unpacking the clinical reasoning process and making doctors’ additional years of experience and knowledge more widely available. Dem Dx clinical reasoning platform was then born to increase frontline clinical responsibility roles for all healthcare professionals, speed up patient pathways and improve overall clinical care.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Build your product in partnership with the users: Talk to the users in all stages of development, test and adjust based on the feedback.
        2. Be resilient and be prepared for the rollercoaster: I don’t think people are vocal enough about how hard it is to be an innovator: you are doing a much better job than you give yourself credit for!
        3. The right team is key: Bring the right people to work with you with a diverse mix of experiences and talents. It will be essential for your success.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Getting innovation adopted and scaled in a naturally conservative industry is really hard, especially if your innovation requires changes in how they are used to work. You will have to build trust and credibility with the key partners and a wider stakeholder base.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Getting the NIHR, NHSx and AAC Artificial Intelligence in health and care awards to a value of over £1m, with less than 1% success rate. The award is a testament that our hard work with our NHS partners delivered value to date. The financial support has been a critical turning point to the company, and getting our vision vindicated by such institutions added credibility to our growth.

        Best part of your job now?

        The privilege of working with an innovation that I am passionate about with a team that shares the same vision. Also, seeing our technology deployed and making a difference to patients and clinicians daily.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        First, it is really hard for NHS decision-makers to get the balance right between the benefits of new technologies and managing the governance and risks. I think it would help if we could work to introduce incentives for NHS trusts to test innovations safely and generate clinical evidence of effectiveness. This would lower the hurdle of adoption. Another area that would help would be to make the purchasing process more straightforward and procurement less bureaucratic for both SMEs and NHS institutions.

        A typical day for you would include…

        As a co-founder/ CEO, there is no such thing as a typical day! Every day is different, exciting and normally long. Your day includes everything from sales to product design, boring administrative tasks to getting interesting feedback from customers. But building and developing the business is always a very positive experience.

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at demdx.com or follow them on Twitter @dem_dx

        Community-led health clinics – mass screenings across south London

        This video provides an update on a 2019 Innovation Awards grant funded project to host community-led health clinics.

        Called ‘Stroke Busting Health Checks’, the project aimed to provide various health checks for up to 1,000 people at greatest risk of stroke and other conditions in Wandsworth.

        This co-produced, community-led scheme saw the NHS partner closely with faith and community groups, led by Wandsworth Community Empowerment Network, to use mobile ECG devices to test people for irregular heart rhythms (a warning sign for stroke) and offer wider health advice.

        The health checks included Atrial Fibrillation (AF) checks using innovative mobile ECG devices, diabetes testing, blood pressure, cholesterol, and body mass index.

        It also provided an opportunity to talk about the risk of smoking, including the direct link to stroke.

        Hard to reach groups have greater health inequalities and poorer health outcomes, with Black, Asian and minority ethnic communities at substantially higher risk of poor health and early death, including due to stroke.

        Traditional NHS approaches aren’t working well enough – these communities are less likely to attend NHS health checks, despite being the most at risk. Therefore, this team worked in an innovative new way to go to these communities and work alongside local leaders to engage people.

        It is widely recognised that hard to reach groups have greater health inequalities and poorer health outcomes, with Black, Asian and minority ethnic communities at substantially higher risk of poor health and early death, including due to stroke.

        Get in touch with the project team

        Contact the NHS South West London CCG project team directly here.

        E-mail

        Find out more about HIN Innovaton Grants

        See the webpage on the link below.

        See the webpage here

        ‘Apps on prescription’ – could new payment models unlock the benefits of digital tools for the NHS?

        Blog

        Post Title

        Many people are looking to digital tools and apps to revolutionise the way health and care is delivered, including facilitating an increased emphasis of supported self-management by patients. With a number of promising digital innovations becoming available for use and a rapidly developing evidence base, the future looks bright. However, as Programme Director Lesley Soden writes, could the practical issue of payment risk putting up a roadblock to progress?

        Like many people, I use a handful of health and wellbeing apps on my phone – some of which come with a subscription fee. With these fees often only amounting to a few pounds a month, it wasn’t until I sat down to write this blog that I really added up how much I was spending. It turns out digital health technology doesn’t come cheap!

        To take a fairly typical example, someone using a selection of the most popular apps and digital tools to eat healthily, manage their weight, keep active, stop smoking, help managing their anxiety and address sleeping problems could easily tot up an annual spend approaching £400.

        Whilst these digital apps and tools are a boon for some of us, we shouldn’t forget that a significant proportion of the population are currently priced out of accessing health and wellbeing support in this way.

        Health inequalities related to socioeconomic factors and household income are nothing new.

        The gap in life expectancy between the most and least deprived areas of England has significantly widened in recent years. People in the most deprived areas were four times more likely to die prematurely from cardiovascular diseases and 2.2 times more likely to die from cancer than people living in the least deprived area. The relative inequality gap in suicide rates is still almost twice as high in the most deprived areas compared with the least.[1]

        Grasping the nettle

        Last September, the Health Innovation Network hosted a roundtable to look at the urgent need for new payment models for digital tools, including the viability of an ‘apps on prescription’ approach. We developed a number of proposals with senior stakeholders in the NHS and social care landscape for how to tackle the financial and practical aspects of how these digital solutions are to be purchased and paid for.

        It does not seem fair that digital solutions that could address significant population-level health challenges are only available if the individual pays for them. In some parts of the country, access to digital solutions are starting to be funded[2] however these examples are rare. Does it seem right that the privileged few can afford apps to the keep themselves healthy, but those individuals who are economically challenged aren’t able to access them?

        Why can I get medicine prescribed by my GP but not a digital app that would help with losing weight? If I pay £9 for each medicine prescribed, why can’t I be prescribed an app in the same way? If a GP could prescribe evidence-based apps for their patients who are exempt from prescription charges we could take a bold step towards ‘levelling up’ preventative healthcare[3].

        Unlocking the potential of digital apps and tools

        With Covid-19 worsening the digital divide and health inequalities in general, now is the perfect time for the NHS to be taking advantage of the digital solutions that keep people engaged and change their health behaviour. There is a wealth of evidence that shows that digital solutions can contribute towards prevention of ill health or better management of a long term disease[4].

        Smoking cessation is just one example of how changing payment models could deliver real benefits to both patients and the NHS. In 2018, the Government estimated that smoking kills about 78,000 people a year and costs the NHS about £2.5Bn annually. Smokers are about three times as likely to be in the lowest earning segments of our population as the highest earning groups.

        Fast forward to 2021 and we have a number of evidence-based apps that we know can help people stop smoking such as Quit Genius, Quit with Bella or Smoke Free – but in most areas there is no mechanism for the NHS to fund or subsidise access to these apps for the groups who might need help the most.

        For these populations the NHS as a payer should be looking at all digital interventions that are evidence-based and demonstrate a clear return on investment.  For some of the small companies that we support through the Health Innovation Network, it is difficult to identify who and where in a patient pathway should be paying for digital solutions. For example, MUTU System one of the NHS Innovation Accelerator fellows that provides a 12-Module web-based programme app for expectant and new mothers, to improve pelvic floor strength. But identifying the NHS payer for this evidence-based solution has been challenging – would it sit within the maternity pathway or within the continence pathway, or perhaps would it be GPs or physiotherapists prescribing? Some of the proposals in our recent report could be applied for MUTU System, whether that is maximising the NHS transformation funding available, or population level commissioning.

        With an expectation that the pandemic may have caused a significant increase in the number of mental health problems in young people, the digital tool MeeToo is an example of one way technology could help managing this crisis. MeeToo is a multi award-winning app that makes it easier for anxious young people to talk about difficult things. This digital platform is informed by psychological research, and fully moderated intervention to harness the power of peer support. This preventative support supports the 61 per cent of children and young people who are referred for mental health support by their GPs referrals, but who are not eligible because they don’t meet the high threshold criteria for CAMHS[5]. Imagine if a GP could make a referral for a young person with anxiety to CAMHS but also use a tool like MeeToo to potentially prevent deterioration in their mental health during the long waiting period for NHS treatment.

        The pandemic has proven the NHS can adopt technology and innovation rapidly and at scale. Payment models might not be headline-grabbing in the same way that vaccines, oximeters or even remote consultations might be – but if we want to unlock the enormous potential of digital apps and tools to support the NHS recovery, we need to take urgent positive action before the opportunity slips away.

        [1] https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/health-inequalities-dashboard-march-2021-data-update/health-inequalities-dashboard-statistical-commentary-march-2021

        [2] https://www.oxfordshiremind.org.uk/sleepio/ https://www.oxfordhealth.nhs.uk/apps/sleepio/

        [3] https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5d349e15bf59a30001efeaeb/t/6081711f326bde0eea34a3f6/1619095840963/Levelling+Up+Health+Report+Digital+Final+2.pdf

        [4] https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/819766/advancing-our-health-prevention-in-the-2020s-accessible.pdf

        [5] https://digitalhealth.london/innovation-directory/profile/meetoo

        We're here to help

        Get in touch if you have any queries relating to payment models.

        Get in touch

        Meet the innovator: Adam Hunter

        Blog

        Post Title

        In this edition, we caught up with Adam Hunter, Chief Commercial Officer at Phlo Digital Pharmacy.

        Pictured above: Adam Hunter, Chief Commercial Officer at Phlo Digital Pharmacy.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Phlo Digital Pharmacy allows consumers to manage their NHS and private prescriptions online, track the order in real-time and have it delivered within hours via Phlo’s same-day delivery service.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Nadeem Sarwar who founded Phlo Digital Pharmacy had a regular monthly prescription and was frustrated with the pharmacy experience which didn’t suit his lifestyle: rigid opening hours, stock shortages, queues, incomplete prescriptions and numerous trips to the GP. Nadeem had seen far more advance digital pharmacy services in the USA which focused on providing a superior patient experience.

        The online pharmacy market in the UK is still in its infancy. However, it was clear that one of the major barriers to wider patient adoption was the uncertainty around receiving medication in the post. Nadeem decided that Phlo needed to have Pharmacy hubs in every city Phlo operated in providing an on-demand, same-day service with its own couriers delivering medication to our patients. Phlo launched its service in London in late 2019 and was the first online pharmacy to offer such a service.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        There is so much to learn when trying to disrupt an existing sector or bring new innovation to the market. However, at a very high level anyone trying to innovate in the healthcare space regardless of what service/product you are developing never forget the “three pillars of digital healthcare”. In my opinion, all three pillars must be present for a truly world class digital healthcare experience.

        1. Great Patient/Customer Service: your innovation must provide the best in class in terms of patient/customer experience. For a healthcare innovation to stand the test of time your offering must genuinely improve the patient and/or clinician experience. Your product or service should always be laser focused on delivering this outcome.
        2. Great Engineering: assuming your innovation is a digital one, great engineering is key to ensure your product does what you say it does. If your service/product is not built to be robust and scalable it doesn’t matter how great your innovation is, it will fail. Great engineering is the platform for your innovation to grow and disrupt an existing market/sector.
        3. Great Design: your service/product has to be easy/intuitive to use removing any frictions from the process that may stop patients/customers from adopting or continuing to use the product or service. A user-centred design approach in healthcare is vital for long-term adoption and the retention of users.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Establishing credibility and trust. As a new business in the healthcare space with no track record in the Pharmacy sector, we had to and still have to work very hard every day to ensure Phlo is delivering the service we promised to our patients. In general, the healthcare sector is very much based on the level of trust between the patient and the service provider. Our “north star” at Phlo is providing superior patient care and service. The whole team at Phlo is responsible for delivering on this which has helped establish trust with our patients and potential patients.

        We have adopted tools such as Trustpilot to allow our patients to provide honest feedback about our service so we can improve our offering. On a personal level, it is great to see Phlo rated as “Excellent” on Trustpilot and the positive impact our service has had on the health of our patients is fantastic.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Our initial vision for Phlo was an on-demand Pharmacy service with rapid delivery of medications to our patients within hours, from our pharmacy to their door. This is a classic business-to-consumer (B2C) model. However, we quickly realised we had built a first in class full stack Pharmacy infrastructure platform that other healthcare providers could use to provide a digital Pharmacy experience to their patients. Healthcare providers can plug directly into our Pharmacy platform and offer the Phlo service to their patient base. For example, Phlo has partnered with Babylon Health to be their Pharmacy partner for its private patient base enabling Babylon to offer its patients an end-to-end digital healthcare experience from consultation to prescription fulfilment.

        For a young business like Phlo to partner with one of the world’s leading telemedicine providers was a great vote of confidence in Phlo that we were offering a service/solution that both healthcare providers and patients valued. 

        Best part of your job now?

        For me, it is knowing that we have helped thousands of patients access their medication during a global pandemic safely and securely. Phlo has played a small role in the fight against Covid-19, but I am very proud of the entire team for delivering such a vital service during the past 15 months.

        At the beginning of 2020, we had 12 members of staff, this has now increased to 50.  I get a real kick out of scaling the company, creating new jobs and witnessing individual team members grow and develop. It’s a privilege to work with such a talented and diverse group of people at Phlo.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        The NHS is probably one of the last institutions in the UK that has almost unanimous backing from the public. For the NHS to continue to provide the service that we will need in the future, we need to assess the regulator barriers and processes that digital healthcare companies must navigate.  At the moment a lot of the regulations in the healthcare sector were created for the “analogue world” not the “digital world”.  We need a root and branch review of how digital healthcare companies are regulated and integrated into the NHS which balances the needs for patient safety and the need to deploy innovative services quickly and efficiently to improve the overall performance of the NHS.

        Collaboration and engagement at a government and administrative level with digital healthcare companies is vital if we are to provide the right conditions for the NHS to thrive in the 21st Century.

        A typical day for you would include…

        No day is the same at Phlo. It can be incredibly busy, and you have to be able to spin several plates at once. My role touches on most areas of the business and I love how varied the work can be. I may start the day looking at our marketing strategy, contribute to our product roadmap, assist Nadeem with raising finance and investor relations, developing new areas of the business and implementing our hiring strategy. Every day is a school day and I love this about my role.

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at wearephlo.com or follow them on Twitter @wearephlo

        Ensuring women at risk of pre-term labour in England receive the best care through Quipp App

        Over 18 months after winning a Health Innovation Network (HIN) Innovation Grant, we catch up with Naomi Carlisle, NIHR Clinical Doctoral Research Fellow Department of Women and Children’s Health, King’s College London to tell us about her team’s project and what’s happened since then.

        In brief

        • In England and Wales, eight per cent of babies are born prematurely.
        • Due to the increased interest in the toolkit owing to Covid-19, the team rapidly rolled out the first version five months ahead of schedule.
        • So far, the team have helped over 20 sites across England embed the toolkit.

        In England and Wales, eight per cent of babies are born premature (before 37 completed weeks of pregnancy). Babies who are born preterm are more likely to be unwell or die.

        Often, the first time clinicians can assess risk of preterm birth is when a woman presents to hospital with threatened preterm labour symptoms (such as period-like pain, tightening, or backache). However, threatened preterm labour symptoms are not very good at predicting with women will deliver their baby early. Research tells us that only three to five per cent of women who have symptoms will deliver within seven days.

        Therefore, clinicians have to consider the best plan of care, being mindful of the potential consequences of a woman having a preterm birth alongside the risk of overmedicalizing women and offering them unnecessary treatments and interventions.

        As a team of clinicians (two obstetricians and a midwife) with specialist preterm birth knowledge, we were aware of the complexities of triaging women in threatened preterm labour. Our aim was to produce a toolkit to promote a best practice pathway for affected women and help accurately predict the risk of preterm birth. This 12-month project begun in September 2019, with the aim of producing a completed toolkit by September 2020.

        We decided to apply for a HIN Innovation Grant which would enable us to develop this toolkit. We found the process straightforward. Any questions that we had were quickly answered by the team at the HIN.

        The QUiPP app was developed by our group and is available for free. It identifies those who truly need medical intervention, offers reassurance to those who do not and has been shown to reduce unnecessary hospital admissions and transfers.

        Six months after starting the project, the first Covid-19 lockdown occurred. Concerns were raised that the pandemic would increase strain on hospital beds and ambulances. As the QUiPP App reduces inappropriate hospital admissions and transfers, interest in the toolkit grew.

        Our plans for the toolkit had to be adapted. Luckily our two stakeholder engagement events had already occurred, and we managed to complete our patient and public engagement via email through local Maternity Voice Partnership groups. Due to the increased interest in the toolkit owing to Covid-19, we rapidly rolled out our first version in April 2020 (five months ahead of schedule).

        “ We are proud to have developed a toolkit that is now recommended nationally and helps ensure that women and their babies are receiving the best care. ”

        The team at the HIN were invaluable during this process. They put us in touch with their contacts who aided in both the design and hosting of the toolkit. The team also helped disseminate the toolkit on their social media sites.  A few months later we updated the toolkit to a second version based on iterative feedback. This second version went live in August 2020 and you can access it for free here.

        Since the toolkit has gone live, we have helped over 20 sites across England embed the toolkit. This has included email support, telephone support and delivering online training sessions to aid toolkit implementation The toolkit has been included as part of the West and South West of England PERIPrem care bundle, and it has been recommended by the Pan-London Maternity Clinical Network. Nationally, NHS England recommended the app and toolkit in its Covid-19 update to the Saving Babies Lives Care Bundle and in the British Association of Perinatal Medicine Antenatal Optimisation Toolkit.

        We are proud to have developed a toolkit that is now recommended nationally and helps ensure that women and their babies are receiving the best care. Development of this would not have been possible without being awarded the HIN Innovation Grant, and its subsequent advice and support.

        We're here to help

        If you want support with an innovation of your own you can contact our Innovation team.

        Contact us

        What does digital inclusion mean for the NHS? Understanding the role of technology in tackling health inequalities

        Covid-19 has meant a worsening of the so-called “digital divide”, with those who are unable to use digital technology feeling the impact of changes to services. Gemma Dakin, Project Support Officer in our Digital Transformation and Technology Team, talks about what is being done to address the situation in south London and across the wider NHS.

        Health inequalities are unfair and avoidable differences in health across the population that arise because of the conditions in which we are born, grow, live, work and age. Population groups suffering from health inequalities have been separated into four groups (often overlapping):

        • People of lower socio-economic status.
        • People living in areas of deprivation.
        • People without a fixed address (e.g. traveller communities, homeless people or asylum seekers).
        • Oppressed minority groups determined by protected characteristics (eg age, disability, ethnicity, religion).

        There is evidence to suggest that these groups of people are most likely to encounter particular barriers to the use of digital technology such as poor digital literacy, accessibility issues (no income to buy devices/data, language barrier, disability) and fear or lack of motivation to engage with digital, which in turn leads to digital exclusion.

        An estimated 11.7 million (22 per cent) people in the UK lack the basic skills needed to use the internet for everyday life and 4.7 million (7 per cent) people in the UK are still offline. The research shows that the factors affecting digital exclusion are often closely correlated with those likely to be impacted by health inequalities:

        • 77 per cent of over 70s have very low digital engagement.
        • People with a physical or mental impairment are 25 per cent less likely to have the skills to access devices and get online by themselves.
        • People with an annual household income of £50,000 or more are 40 per cent more likely to have foundational digital skills than those earning less than £17,499.
        • 4 in 10 people who claim benefits have very low digital engagement.

        Digital exclusion in London

        The groups in London are statistically most likely to be digitially excluded are older people, disabled people and people in social housing. This is further explained by the barriers to the use of digital technologies that these groups of people often face:

        • Access: People in social housing suffering from poor socio-economic status are unlikely to be able to buy devices/data.
        • Literacy: Most older or disabled people are known to struggle with digital literacy without additional training or support. People who have never used the internet before often say “they don’t even know where to start”.
        • Trust/confidence: Online banking took approximately 10 years for people to trust this service and even now people, especially elderly people fear of online crime and lack trust in the digital systems, whether this be financial or health related.

        Tackling digital exclusion and health inequalities

        Over the past few years, and accelerated by the pandemic, multiple programmes and organisations across the country have been set up to improve digital access and address health inequalities. These include:

        • The Widening Digital Participation programme, commissioned by NHS Digital and delivered by the Good Things Foundation. This programme aimed to ensure more people have the digital skills, motivation and means to access health information and services online. The results from the 2 phase programme with 220,000 participants in phase 1 (2013-16) and a further 166,162 in phase 2 (2017-20) can be found here and here, respectively.
        • South West London Health and Care Partnership ICS are looking at health inequalities from a primary care perspective (part of the Transforming Primary Care programme) addressing digital access and health inequalities.
        • Our Healthier South East London ICS recently held a digital inclusion collaboration workshop where they tested a number of project proposals. These included a pilot in Bexley of a scheme to improvement access and engagement with service users who have severe mental illness and/or learning disabilities, and a project in Lambeth to develop a Primary Care Network (PCN) digital inclusion toolkit.
        • North East London (NEL) Tower Hamlets pathfinder assists people from ethnic minority backgrounds with the tools and information to access a GP or online services and to co-design ways to reduce exclusion. A report from the programme is available here.

        All of these projects promote digital as a solution to address health inequalities. Through projects such as the mental health remote consultations evaluation undertaken by the Health Innovation Network, we are hearing that people want digital to be an enhancement of services, but not a replacement, and that choice and flexibility is essential. It is also vital that digital improvements to services do not come at the expense of further disadvantaging people who are digitally excluded.

        In order to successfully develop initiatives that make a difference to communities, four key considerations should not be overlooked:

        • Co-production of digital services with patients to ensure that all patient, service user and carer voices help to shape the work and ensure it delivers the maximum possible value to the community. Co-production should be considered at all stages of the project from inception to evaluation, and is best supported by a clearly defined involvement strategy.
        • A form of Digital Equality Impact Assessment should be undertaken before progressing a project to ensure thought has been given to protected characteristic groups and to mitigate any potential increase of health inequalities.
        • Parity of access to ensure patients using digital routes (eg an online access method for appointments) do not have an unfair advantage over patients using traditional access methods (eg a walk in enquiry or telephone call). Equity of access to care should ensure all patients are able to access effective, safe and timely care regardless of the method of care they choose to adopt.
        • Robust and effective evaluation ensuring that services and pathways achieve their stated objectives. This is particularly relevant given that many services have had to adapt rapidly due to the Covid-19 pandemic, making normal measurement and evaluation more challenging in the short term.

        Creating solutions that tackle both digital exclusion and health inequalities together will be crucial, and with the NHS moving towards a much more integrated and holistic commissioning model, there is hope that real progress will be made over the coming years in this area.

        Further information

        Find out more about the projects that we have been supporting in the response to Covid-19.

        Explore now

        My experience transitioning from frontline nursing to a digital role

        Gemma Dakin is a project manager for the Patient Safety and Experience team at the Health Innovation Network (HIN), having previously trained as a nurse. For International Nurses Day 2021 – during her time in our Digital Transformation and Technology team – she shared her experience so far and how she was inspired to become a Digital Pioneer Fellow.

        Working on the wards after graduating

        I was eager to graduate and start my first job as a Registered Nurse in Major Trauma and Orthopaedics at Leeds General Infirmary (LGI). Every day, patients came in with severe and traumatic injuries and my small team of healthcare professionals had the responsibility of caring for them. This job required me to be efficient at wound care management, pain control and medication administration. I learnt to operate in high pressured and critical situations, which demanded professional competency, excellent communication skills and strong teamwork.

        It was during my time on the ward that eMEDs (electronic medications) and eObs (electronic observations) were rolled out. eMEDS allowed clinical teams to prescribe and issue medications to a patient through an electronic system. Similarly, eObs allowed clinical observations (Pulse, Blood Pressure, Temperature, Respiratory Rate, Oxygen saturations – all part of NEWS2) to be recorded via an iPad by a healthcare practitioner and the results to be fed back into the Electronic Patient Record (EPR). These systems helped the clinical teams to improve patient safety and reduce medication errors in different ways:

        • eMEDs flags drug interactions or patient allergies when a new medication is prescribed, acting as a safety net that was non-existent with written medication charts.
        • eMEDS removes the challenges of illegible hand-written medicines and associated errors.
        • eObs requires a double signature if a patient is above a certain NEWS2 threshold, meaning that the nurse is always informed if a patient reads to be unwell.
        • The integration of eObs with the EPR allows visibility to other healthcare professionals to track the patient, even if they are not on the ward (e.g. a doctor on the other side of the hospital can login, see the patient’s observations over time and intervene if necessary).
        • eMEDS allows a Doctor or Nurse Prescriber to login and prescribe medication from another ward permitting faster treatment and interventions.
        • eCharts were also rolled out during my time at the LGI, helping to more accurately assess, plan and record patient care.

        “ It was this transformation of care from paper to digital that made me keen to pursue a role that could have an impact on transforming the way the NHS works.”

        Big changes with better patient outcomes

        I felt really lucky to see such big changes happening that simplified how we cared for patients. Moving some processes to digital made a real difference to their health outcomes while in hospital.  It was this transformation of care from paper to digital that made me keen to pursue a role that could have an impact on transforming the way the NHS works.

        Today I work four days a week as Project Support Officer at the Health Innovation Network (HIN), Academic Health Science Network for South London. My fifth day of the week is spent nursing on a day surgical ward, which I think really helps me to understand the opportunities that might make the biggest difference to patients.

        At the HIN, I support the Digital Transformation and Technology team in health technology projects to drive the adoption and spread of innovative ideas and technologies across large populations. It occurred to me that, this combined with my nursing, put me in a position where I could capitalise on my clinical experience to help drive digital transformations for patients, clinicians and other stakeholders.

        To further enhance my digital learning, I applied to join the digital pioneer fellowship in September 2020. This was with the ambition of applying my learning from the fellowship to support the Dermatology Improvement Collaborative programme. The programme aims to provide NHS Trusts with a framework to improve their dermatology services.

        Research drives meaningful change

        Research is very important to implement change and transformation in the NHS. I have seen firsthand how proving a new process works can accelerate the uptake and eventual benefits to patients. I learnt that whilst the rollout of eMEDS and eObs had a large technological component to the project, for it to be successful, it required strong clinical and senior managerial engagement to drive the service transformation forward. This links to a few of the learning modules that I have studied as part of the fellowship. The psychological aspect of change management to properly engage stakeholders and how strategic influencing can impact the success of a project, are elements of the digital pioneer fellowship which I have found extremely beneficial to study and which I will be able to apply to my projects time and time again.

        “As a nurse, something that is always emphasised to you is the importance of evidence and evaluation. It’s important to understand what the evidence base is for treatments, and clinical research is of course vital for innovation. That is something that I think can be applied to my work at the HIN as well – a lot of the work we do is about real-world evaluation and there are definitely parallels in the mindset and approaches required”.

        “ …the network of like-minded people and senior NHS mentors taking part in the Digital Pioneer fellowship, willing to share their experience, has been invaluable…”

        The benefit of networks

        Equally, the network of like-minded people and senior NHS mentors taking part in the Digital Pioneer fellowship, willing to share their experience, has been invaluable in understanding what is going on in the system, helping to link up projects and share common problems with a group who all have similar goals, all involved in digital transformation and innovation programmes.

        Finally, each digital pioneer fellow choses a mentor from a pre-selected list at the start of the fellowship. I have been linked up with a digital nurse consultant at Oxford University Hospital, who has helped me to revisit the day-to-day life of technology projects being rolled out in hospital, looking at both the challenges but also the direct benefits this can have on staff and patients.

        I hope to continue using my learning, research and understanding of the evolving landscape to be involved in both the digital and clinical world. I am proud to be a nurse driving digital health projects forward focusing on the improvement and redesign of NHS services to best impact patient care and staff satisfaction.

        We're here to help

        Find out more about our work in technology and digital transformation.

        Explore

        Scaling up diabetes services in south London through partnerships, innovation and supporting choice

        Headshot of Neel Basudev

         

        The story of how south London transformed diabetes care for up to 300,000 people is one of care moving from niche to mainstream. The HIN’s Diabetes theme Clinical Director Dr Neel Basudev charts successes across 12 boroughs.

        Here is a letter I recently received in the post.

        I want to change and transform the care for a disease across a vast geography. I have about 180,000 people that I need to improve things for and probably a further 275,000 who are at risk of this disease. I need to get things moving from an almost non-existent baseline across the entirety of south London. I need to improve lots of things like outcomes, pathways and patient experience. I have tried calling the A-Team but they were engaged, who can I contact to make this happen and has this ever been done before? Help!

        Okay, so I made the letter bit up, but if you want to know how this can be done, then I may be able to help. I am always singing the praises of the diabetes workstream at the NHS’s Health Innovation Network (HIN). Apart from the obvious bias of being Clinical Director, I think that the story of diabetes transformation is one that needs to be told. I was lucky enough to get the chance recently at our flagship conference – Diabetes UK Professional Conference.

        Scaling up services for the whole of south London

        My role here began in 2016. There was already good work happening at the HIN, but it never got the traction it deserved across the vast geography of south London. I was lucky that my starting coincided with regional and national transformation work and funding. The HIN acted as a glue for south London and helped with much of the bid writing, coordination and then onward management. We soon moved on from niche to mainstream.

        The kick-start to a lot of this was type 2 diabetes prevention which brought together south east and south west London colleagues in a unified way. We started from the non-existent baseline I have already mentioned in my fictitious letter. That was the partnership, networking and contacts ticked off. We built a strong base of relationships and people got a sense of what we could do and what we could bring to the table.

        It was a no brainer when national funding trickled its way into south London that the HIN would help transformation work and build on this impressive start. The next big thing was structured education. This required a complete revamp: a new system, new referrals, a referral hub, make things easy, better data gathering and flow. It was a big ask, but we did it and launched in October 2018 with Diabetes Book and Learn.

        Choice in the NHS is a rare commodity

        Geographical boundaries were broken and people were accessing support by exerting choice. Choice can be a rare commodity in the NHS. We don’t like choice. What if people choose the wrong thing? That’s like me saying to the kids “listen to me, I’m your dad” – so instructional rather than offering advice and choice. It turns out that people with diabetes like choice and choice helped them get more support for their diabetes.

        Building on that, we then moved a bit more into innovation with our NHS Test Bed project called You and Type 2. This married up several different innovators and their offerings to plug a vast care and support planning hole in diabetes care. It has been going strong since 2018 with six boroughs involved, hundreds of health care professionals trained and thousands of care plans done. There is much more that we can do with it and as you can hopefully see, we are not ones to rest on our laurels. We are looking into better integration across primary and secondary care and remote monitoring.

        I am really proud of everything the HIN has helped to do for diabetes care in south London and equally excited about the future. For those of you old enough to remember…the future is bright, the future is green. Or is that lime green? With a bit of blue and purple. Watch this space.

        HIN Diabetes theme

        See a full list of our projects.

        Click here to see our Diabetes theme webpage.

        Get in touch to find out more.

        Contact our Diabetes theme for more info on any of our projects.

        E-mail us here.

        A light bulb moment into a fantastic reality!

        Our Innovation Grants support pilots that make a real difference to the lives of people in south London. Here one of our alumni Chris Gumble, Project Manager for Long term conditions at the South West London Health and Care Partnership shares his experiences of the scheme.

        Key achievements

        • There was an 87% completion rate for the programme.
        • In the group of 24 people, the average weight loss per person was 1.8kg.
        • There was a 77% uptake from people who identified as not white for ethnicity.
        • There were over 1,000,000 steps walked in a single week.

        How do we prevent people from developing Type 2 diabetes who are at risk? How can we make improving your health and wellbeing fun? How do we embed knowledge in an engaging way? How do we encourage physical activity and make this a normal part of everyday life? Should we incentivise people to take care of their health?

        These were all questions that needed answering due to the fact that there are over 200,000 new diagnosis of Type 2 diabetes each year. Type 2 diabetes is largely preventable through lifestyle change, so my answer to these questions was to create the ‘Diabetes Prevention Decathlon’.

        The Diabetes Prevention Decathlon is a ten-week structured education prevention programme. Decathletes attend weekly and within their teams collaborate to discover how to best reduce the risks through theory sessions, games, discussion and a weekly 45-minute physical activity session including a variety of sports. They compete in teams to increase activity levels in between sessions to win “Sweatcoins” which can be redeemed in exchange for prizes, and they can also be ‘earned’ by watching learning recap videos and participating in weekly quizzes. Participants are also signposted to relevant local initiatives. South West London Health and Care partnership (SWLHCP), Sweatcoin, Harlequins Foundation and Health Innovation Network (HIN) partner to deliver the Decathlon.

        The Innovation Grant afforded us the ability to make the Decathlon a reality. Many minds make light work and the minds in my team, I believe are the best. We applied for the funding, which as a process was extremely easy to do but hard work, research and a credible product are the essential ingredients for success.

        The project was clinically lead and coproduced across multiple organisations with input from our local patient user groups and was well supported by directors and senior leaders within my organisation.

        “ The great minds at the HIN have supported with direction, creative ideas, afforded me platforms to speak and present our findings on the programme and help form connections…”

        The support I have received from the HIN prior to application, during the award and consistent support since the Decathlons inception has been phenomenal. The great minds at the HIN have supported with direction, creative ideas, afforded me platforms to speak and present our findings on the programme and help form connections with one of our partners, Sweatcoin who were an SME on the Digital Health. London accelarator.

        With a number of programmes completed (we are currently planning to expand the areas), the Decathlon is offered in both in our adapted virtual edition as well as planning for a future world where we can run the Decathlon in person. Currently being delivered across two boroughs, we hope to deliver across all of south London in the coming year. We are also working with the Wandsworth Community Empowerment Network to redevelop the curriculum and resources to support the uptake and retention to reduce inequalities and improve the experience of our very diverse South London population.

        There have been many proud moments on this journey, the formation of our partnerships, the creation of the programme, the adoption of innovative technology, the weight loss, retention and completion rates of Decathletes, the millions of steps walked in between sessions but mainly, what I am most proud of is that our Decathletes turned up for week two of the programme. This was proof that what we had worked so hard to create, was liked by people who would benefit the most from attending.

        The Decathlon has an abstract and poster submitted to the DUK conference 2021 and been nominated for a patient education award and also been nominated for an HSJ Value award 2021 for Diabetes care initiative (how awesome is that)!

        We're here to help

        You can find out more about our Innovation Grants here, our other work with diabetes here or if you want support with an innovation of your own you can contact our Innovation team.

        Get in touch

        Celebrating the impact of nursing on research and innovation

        Blog

        Post Title

        This year on 29 April the Royal College of Nursing mark their Inaugural Clinical Research Nursing Day with a theme titled  ‘Celebrating clinical research nursing and its vital role in health care’. We spoke to Linda McQuaid, a former Director of Nursing and current Clinical Director for our Patient Safety and Experience team and asked her about how the expertise of clinical research nurses – and nurses of other specialisms – can be applied to support the spread and adoption of innovation within the NHS.

        To me, Clinical Research Nursing Day is a great opportunity to reflect on the impact nurses and midwives have across all of health and care. Nursing is one of the professions at the heart of the NHS, but there still remain misconceptions about the true breadth and depth of how nurses contribute to the system. I think organisations like the Health Innovation Network (HIN) are a great example of how the skills and expertise of nurses can be brought to bear in ways that the general public might not be aware of – including helping to drive world-class research, evaluation and transformation.

        Understanding the parallels between clinical research and driving the spread and adoption of innovation

        Research nurses use evidence to assess whether new approaches to care are needed and to ask whether the current treatment pathways could be made better. In this way, improvements can be made in prevention, diagnosis, treatment and cure. Clinical research ultimately is all about improving patient care and treatment pathways through the gathering and analysis of evidence about new drugs, treatments, care pathways or regimens – it is the absolute central pillar of clinical innovation.

        The Royal College of Nursing suggests that a research nurse could be involved in some or all of the following activities:

        • supporting a patient through their treatment as part of a clinical trial;
        • preparing trial protocols and other trial-related documentation;
        • helping to develop new drugs, treatments, care pathways or regimens for patients;
        • dealing with data collection;
        • submitting study proposals for regulatory approval, and co-ordinating the initiation, management and completion of the research; and
        • managing a team.

        Although many of these tasks might seem very different to the day-to-day life of a clinician at an Academic Health Science Network (AHSN), the underlying skills remain the same. A robust, academic approach to measurement and evaluation is of course key to both roles, as is the need to play a leading role within a diverse team.

        Approaching evaluation with a clinical mindset

        At organisations tasked with driving innovation, we often look to clinicians for expert guidance and leadership when it comes to measurement and evaluation. For the HIN – with staff from nursing backgrounds across many levels of the organisation – this is especially true.

        Having introduced new services it is essential to measure the effectiveness of them by having appropriate methods of evaluation. There are many ways of doing this but the important point is that if the data suggests that things are not going as planned, or not giving the expected results then you must be prepared to change course.

        The past year has brought about new ways of delivering services, some of which, such as virtual consultations might have been discussed and planned for some time but not quite have got to the implementation stage. Others will have been introduced out of necessity rather than as a result of planned research but we now have a wealth of learning. We must be sure to use that going forward so that some good can come from the awful events of the pandemic and we ensure that the HIN can follow its aim of spread and adoption.

        Managing and building teams that are “more than the sum of their parts”

        Whether I was in a Director of Nursing role or a senior operational role it was always important that the services we planned and delivered were proven best practice and constantly evaluated. Nurses are bound by a Code of Conduct which says that we should “practise in line with the best available evidence”. It goes on to say that “any information given is evidence-based” and that we should “maintain the knowledge and skills you need for safe and effective practice”.

        To do this, it was important that the team that I developed included those with research skills, and that I as the leader of the team ensured that they had the support they needed to carry out that research. This was especially true at the very senior levels such as Nurse Consultants who have an expectation of research in their roles and should have job plans that give them the time and space to do that. This is not exclusive to senior staff however and I am convinced that nurses should be encouraged from the day they join the profession to question constantly and always seek to improve patient outcomes.

        As well as teams within my operational or professional sphere, it was important to work alongside colleagues whose roles were specifically about practice development, quality improvement and innovation. I have been extremely fortunate to have worked with inspirational people who had skills that I did not. I believe that it is essential that we all recognise our gaps and are prepared to acknowledge them and seek help and support from others.

        This is certainly a central tenet for the HIN – one of our real strengths is the diversity of talented and brilliant people we have involved in making innovation happen faster in south London.

        Further information

        We’re always recruiting for talented individuals wanting to support faster adoption of innovations in the NHS.

        Explore our vacancies

        Meet the innovator: Dr Raza Toosy

        Blog

        Post Title

        In this edition, we caught up with Dr Raza Toosy, Medical Director at General Practice Software Solution.

        Pictured above: Dr Raza Toosy, GP Principal at Park Road Medical Centre and Medical Director at General Practice Software Solution

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

        PatientLeaf is a real-time clinical decision support tool that adds intelligent patient-level dashboarding by integrating NICE or local pathways on patients long term conditions in their medical notes to give the user a one screen view in order to make quick and safe clinical decisions during the consultation.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        During consultations I found myself spending too much time searching through different screens to get the information I needed to make a clinical decision on patients and felt there must be a better way. I was also constantly searching NICE guidance and medication libraries and felt the popups EMIS offered were not rich enough for me to be able to make the correct clinical decision. In other industries there are plenty of solutions which help the user visualise the data in a better format and I thought why can’t we do this in primary care?

        What three bits of advice you would give budding innovators?

        1. Persevere with your vision and don’t give up. It will take time and nothing happens overnight and you will get knockbacks.
        2. Keep iterating and don’t stop developing your solution. Following this be aware that the 1st release only represents five to 10 per cent of a product or solution’s life cycle so don’t expect the first release to be perfect.
        3. Enjoy the journey rather than the destination. Really enjoy what you are doing in the here and now to let your passion for your invention enthuse others.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Getting your products visible. As a SME it’s very hard to get it under the noses of the right people. You might believe you have a good idea but if no one knows about it, it won’t be seen.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Getting so much positive feedback on our latest version of PatientLeaf is my biggest highlight and really makes all time it took to get to where we are worth it.

        Best part of your job now?

        Creating code with my developers to see the vision turn into reality.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Separate the data from the front end to give us access to the data managed centrally and let us innovate on the business logic and presentation layers.

        A typical day for you would include…

        • My day is a game of two halves
        • 06.30 – Get up and take children to school
        • 08.00 – Start Clinical work in my surgery or remote local IT meetings
        • 16.00 – Pick up Children
        • 17.00 – Power nap (very important!)
        • 18.00 – Start working on local projects, emails and attend to software development
        • 02.00 – Go to Sleep

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at patientleaf.com or follow them on Twitter @razatoosy

         

        Modern telephony promises to transform the patient experience – but the marketplace is daunting for commissioners

        Clinician with mobile phone and computer

        New telephony systems mean a revolution in the patient experience as part of the shift to ‘Total Triage’. But the wealth of systems on the market means GP surgeries face a daunting challenge identifying the right system, says Denis Duignan, the HIN’s Head of Digital Transformation & Technology.

        Covid-19 has highlighted the inadequacies of traditional telephone systems in primary care. Patients waiting to get through on the phone, having to manually search for patient records and GP’s working remotely were all issues that have highlighted the shortcomings. But new systems help manage demand, enable remote working and improve the patient experience.

        The promise of modern telephony is a transformed patient experience. However, with a multitude of systems on the market offering a range of different and complex packages, the decisions facing practices and Primary Care Networks (PCNs) keen to take advantage of new technology in this field are daunting.

        The Health Innovation Network (HIN), working with Our Healthier South East London, has produced a ‘Commissioner’s Guide to Telephony’, which explores the primary care telephony market and aims to support better decision making for GP practices, federations, and primary care networks looking to upgrade or migrate their telephony solutions.

        The inadequacies of traditional telephony

        In 2019, poor telephone systems were identified as one of the key areas affecting patient experience and access to local primary care services within the London borough of Lambeth. The south east London Digital First Programme set out to improve primary care telephony through local healthcare, patient and industry stakeholder engagement which led to a workshop that stimulated many general practices to upgrade their systems. Whilst the learning from this was being consolidated, Covid-19 broke out across England. This very quickly highlighted the inadequacies of traditional telephone systems in facilitating an effective move to ‘Total Triage’ and remote working for clinical and non-clinical staff.
        Many GP practices still use traditional phone systems, which consist of an on-site private branch exchange (PBX) which connects through fixed lines to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). This system has limited functionality and flexibility compared to more modern voice over internet protocol (VoIP) telephone systems.

        What is Voice Over Internet Protocol?

        Also called IP telephony, VoIP is defined as a method and group of technologies for the delivery of voice communications and multimedia sessions over Internet Protocol networks, such as the Internet. Some of the key areas where VoIP telephony has been seen to benefit primary care include:

        • Clinical system integration: The incoming caller’s patient record can be automatically ‘popped’ on screen, and calls can be made directly from the patient record using click-to-dial, streamlining the receptionist’s workflow.
        • Live call reporting and dashboards can enable practice managers to identify busy times and manage their workforce accordingly.
        • The ability to customise the phone system through an online portal giving practice managers control over auto-attendant/interactive voice response options so that they can route their calls in a way that suits their individual practice.
        • The flexibility of VoIP telephone systems enables them to be configured for different ways of working including central hub models and remote working using staff mobiles or telephony software on their laptops to receive and manage calls. The Commissioner’s Guide to Telephony provides further detail on the features and benefits of modern telephony systems.

        The supplier market is large and complex

        Another key area of guidance included in the report is in navigating the supplier market. The hosted telephony market in the UK is large and complex and comprises a diverse range of businesses from small family-run providers to large multi-national corporations, including both original equipment manufacturers and resellers. Understanding the capabilities of suppliers can be challenging for non-technical customers due to the number of acronyms, abbreviations, and jargon used and it is generally difficult to differentiate suppliers based on capabilities due to the range of add-on services a company can incorporate within their offer. In an effort to simplify the market for primary care, the guide includes a functional comparison of suppliers with primary care focussed products.

        Practices that have adopted modern telephony systems have been overwhelmingly positive about the impact it has had on service delivery relative to their previous systems. This commissioning guide can assist other practices looking to update their telephony and realise the benefits of modern telephony.

        We're here to help

        Explore the commissioning guide.

        Download now

        Get in touch for more info

        If you want to know more do get in touch directly with the team.

        E-mail us here

        Lantum’s workforce management platform: Mobilising Primary Care staff during the vaccination programme – and beyond

         

        The Health Innovation Network works with a number of innovators who could potentially support the health and social care sector. As we move further into the delivery of the Covid-19 vaccination programme, Primary Care systems have accelerated digital transformation in workforce management. We have invited Melissa Morris, CEO of Lantum, a workforce management platform that helps NHS providers to e-roster, rapidly deploy and engage their workforce, who describes how organisations have been adopting Lantum’s Connected Scheduling platform to staff sites – and why their success proves the need for workforce management platforms to be used as standard throughout Primary Care.

        As I’m writing this, Primary Care Networks (PCNs) and Integrated Care Systems (ICSs) across England are running around 100 vaccination sites with Lantum. Since December, we’ve been working with clients to help them organise and mobilise their workforce so they can do their part in delivering the largest vaccination project in the NHS’s history.

        What Lantum does?

        I founded Lantum seven years ago because, as an NHS strategy consultant, I saw how ineffective staffing processes were harming the healthcare system. A lack of technology to understand clinical capacity, as well as a lack of staff engagement and flexibility, was reducing fill rates, feeding an overreliance on locums, driving up costs, and ultimately impacting the provision of care.

        Lantum tackles those problems by transforming how healthcare systems engage with and deploy their staff. Unlike other platforms, our Connected Scheduling platform offers an end-to-end solution – bringing the entire workforce together at system or network level, and then making it easy to deploy them across organisational boundaries to wherever they’re needed. It does this through three tools:

        • A system or network-wide staff bank – Made up salaried and non-salaried staff, of all staff types, verified for compliance.
        • A clinician network – Made up of 30,000+ vetted locum clinicians who can be booked at lower rates than agencies charge.
        • An integrated rota tool – Allowing scheduling of staff directly from the bank or network, with automatic staff notifications and time-saving features like automated payments.

        Using Lantum to staff vaccination sites

        At the start of the vaccination programme, many organisations were staffing sites by emailing and phoning staff and creating rotas in Excel. A microcosm of the staffing challenge that plays out every day in Primary and Secondary care, the process was time consuming, ineffective, and it was taking time away from clinicians who should have been focussed on care.

        Now working with Lantum, they are creating banks of multidisciplinary staff – from GPs to nurses and administrators – and scheduling workers into shifts using the integrated rota tool. The tool automatically notifies staff of bookings and suggests replacement workers if cancellations are made, and also takes care of invoicing and payments. As the live rotas can be accessed by multiple rota managers simultaneously, visibility is also improved and clashes are reduced.

        Since November, we’ve onboarded over 9,000 staff and filled over 30,000 shifts across vaccination sites. The results have been amazing. We know from other clients that Lantum can reduce administration time by up to 50 per cent, and that is reflected in vaccination sites too. One rota manager told us that the influx of applications to fill a shift meant she “couldn’t stop grinning”, while another filled all admin shifts for a week within just seven minutes.

        But as well as reducing workloads, Lantum also increases fill rates. On average, our clients are achieving a fill rate of 91 per cent – ultimately getting more people vaccinated more quickly.

        Connected Scheduling is the future for Primary Care

        We believe that the transformation our clients have made over the last few months is proof of how all Primary Care workforces could be – and should be – organised and mobilised.

        We have already seen the cost savings and efficiencies that Lantum’s Connected Scheduling delivers. But the future of Primary Care means that workforce management platforms will soon be more than beneficial – they will be necessary.

        The expansion of Integrated Care Systems (ICSs), the growth in portfolio careers, and the advent of the Additional Roles Reinbursement Scheme (ARRS), makes it clear that Primary Care is moving towards a system of flexible multi-disciplinary workforces that deliver integrated services. To make this model a success, Systems will need the technology to support it – and staff banks alone will not be enough. Instead, Systems must find technology partners like Lantum who can enable full visibility of the workforce, and deliver end-to-end staffing transformation to make the possibility of truly integrated Primary Care systems a reality.

        We're here to help

        Get in touch to find out more about Lantum’s Connected Scheduling platform for Primary Care.

        Contact us

        Every contact counts when it comes to Covid-19 vaccine hesitancy

        Cleo meeting Sir David Sloman, NHS Regional Director for London at a recent visit to the North Lewisham and Alliance PCN Covid Vaccination Hub at the Waldron Health Centre, to talk about her experiences of talking to people who are vaccine hesitant

        There is no “silver bullet” to tackle vaccine hesitancy. However, every one of us has an opportunity to use personal relationships to make a difference to Covid-19 vaccine uptake rates.

        We hear from Cleo Butterworth, Associate Clinical Director for Patient Safety and Experience at the HIN (pictured with Sir David Sloman, NHS Regional Director for London at a recent visit to the North Lewisham and Alliance PCN Covid Vaccination Hub at the Waldron Health Centre) as she talks about her experiences with the south London community.

        Pictured above: Cleo meeting Sir David Sloman, NHS Regional Director for London at a recent visit to the North Lewisham and Alliance PCN Covid Vaccination Hub at the Waldron Health Centre, to talk about her experiences of talking to people who are vaccine hesitant

        Alongside my work as an Associate Clinical Director at the Health Innovation Network, I have recently been volunteering as part of the Covid-19 vaccination efforts in my local area, North Lewisham. Figures from early February put south east London as a region where rates of vaccine uptake have so far been worryingly low, and I hoped I might be able to use my and experience as a pharmacist to reassure those with concerns about the vaccine.

        For any pharmacist, providing reliable and accessible information about medicines to the public is a fundamental skill. When I volunteered to contact individuals, who had declined their Covid-19 vaccination and see if I could change their mind, I anticipated I might be able to make a difference quite quickly. Surely, I thought, most of the issues I encountered could be tackled by reassurance about safety or side effects, correcting misinterpretations of the (admittedly very complex) science around these new vaccines, or debunking far-fetched myths propagated by “anti-vaccination” news sources.

        The reality I encountered, however, was much more complex. It soon became apparent that decisions about getting the Covid-19 vaccine were based far more on emotion than just medical fact.

        I did have many very productive conversations about fear of side-effects, worries about catching the virus from the vaccine and other more challenging or complex questions to do with the medical science behind the vaccine. For example, many people appreciated me taking the time to explain how these vaccines have been delivered so quickly without compromising safety or efficacy. However, I felt I had little power to significantly change the position of the majority of the individuals that I talked to.

        “ The key missing ingredient was trust, a factor I had perhaps underestimated in my interactions with the fearful, worried, yet proudly self-determined people I spoke to about the Covid-19 vaccine. ”

        I was surprised at how entrenched peoples’ views were about opposing the vaccine; many seemed angry that I was trying to change their mind about a conscious decision they had made about their own bodies. They did not want to discuss their concerns with me. In many cases, they did not want to share with me what those concerns were.

        The majority of the people I spoke to were from BAME communities – communities with higher rates of serious illness and death from the coronavirus. The communities that have felt the impact of health inequalities for decades; the communities where adults are more likely to work in public-facing occupations such as social care or public transport, increasing exposure to the virus; the communities which tend to have larger multi-generational households where the virus can spread easily if it is brought in by family members unable to work from home.

        On reflection, this defensive mindset should not have been unexpected. The key missing ingredient was trust, a factor I had perhaps underestimated in my interactions with the fearful, worried, yet proudly self-determined people I spoke to about the Covid-19 vaccine.

        Trust is not something given lightly or conferred on the basis of a short telephone call. Trust is the years of seeing the same friendly face at a community pharmacy; trust is the practice nurse who helped you overcome a fear of needles and take a blood test; trust is the GP who went above and beyond to give an elderly relative dignity in death. But trust is also your kind neighbour; your friend; your colleague – and that is why every contact count when it comes to addressing vaccine hesitancy.

        “ Whatever your background, healthcare professional or otherwise, understand that you might well be the trusted “medical expert” that someone turns to for guidance on the vaccine. ”

        With the importance of trust in mind, it is understandable that a call out of the blue from a well-meaning but otherwise unknown voice representing the same system that people might feel had let them down could have been unwelcome.

        All this is not to say that we should give up on engaging with vaccine hesitant individuals, or that these groups are a “lost cause”. Quite the opposite, in fact. Whatever your background, healthcare professional or otherwise, understand that you might well be the trusted “medical expert” that someone turns to for guidance on the vaccine. Whether it turns out to be a mumbled half-question from a colleague or a bemusing WhatsApp from your Auntie, my advice would be to prepare yourself to make sure you can seize the opportunities when they are presented.

        You can help equip yourself for those conversations by reading about the vaccine on the NHS website as well as more detailed “FAQ” information on vaccine safety and effectiveness from SEL CCG, and learn about the best tactics to explain vaccination science to the general public or this FAQ site made by experts.

        Above all though, my advice is to be prepared to listen, empathise and reassure. In the face of a frightening pandemic and a seemingly uncaring system, you might be the only voice with the sufficient level of trust to make a difference.

        We're here to help

        Find out more about our work responding to the challenges of Covid-19.

        Explore our work

        Remote monitoring and the potential benefits for patients with long term conditions

        Dr Annette Pautz has been a GP at Holmwood Corner Surgery in South West London for 16 years. She is Deputy Chair for the Borough Committee in Kingston, Chair of the Council of Members for Kingston (a group representing Kingston GPs) and is also the clinical lead for community, care homes and respiratory in Kingston for SWL CCG. She believes introducing remote monitoring systems into care homes can have huge benefits both for primary care clinicians and care home residents. More than that, she believes it could be a first step to unlocking better care for larger portions of the population too.

        Remote monitoring provides a way for us to effectively and actively monitor our patients in care homes, identify early deteriorating patients and get a much better idea of who needs a home visit urgently. This is particularly important when care homes are understandably trying to reduce the amount of people visiting because of the pandemic. It should also give GPs more certainty around their decision making – it can be difficult for a non-clinical person to describe why they are concerned over someone’s health, whereas the data provided by remote monitoring is in the ‘same language’ the GP uses.

        In addition, if general practice has all this data, we can potentially link up with hospital consultants more easily and quickly to discuss a patient’s care. This will provide better and more responsive clinical care for care home patients without them having to wait for GPs or Community Healthcare Staff to do a home visit and then come back and prescribe. I think sometimes the system is a little slow for care home residents and this will provide a much more interactive, responsive service for them which will be better for patients and the care home staff who worry about them. That has to be a real selling point.

        Listen to Dr Pautz talking about the benefits for primary care

        I know primary care colleagues have concerns about whether these systems will integrate with their existing clinical systems or increase their workloads. That’s why we’ve made sure in South West London that the software which we have chosen will integrate with EMIS, the system which the majority of our GPs use. And rather than roll this out to all GPs at once, we will pilot it with a couple of our GP care home leads first. We’ve had good engagement from them through their PCNs and our hope will be that through the pilot we can identify a good process for monitoring and using the data.

        Excitingly, if we can make a success of this in care homes then it opens up the possibilities for how we can look after people who are still in their own homes and move more care out of hospitals and into the community. It would definitely be useful for people with long-term conditions – patients will be able to learn more about their condition and take more control, reducing the need to go to a doctor’s surgery or hospital. It could also help with discharging patients earlier if they can be monitored at home.

        Listen to Dr Pautz talking about the benefits for primary care

        We have an opportunity now with the pandemic to see if we can roll this out and find a way to share this way of working with colleagues in secondary care. We’re already having virtual MDT meetings and there’s the possibility that the vital signs that are recorded on devices could be expanded to include spirometry, ECGs and ultrasounds. With these it will be vital to have the view of secondary care consultants and allied health professionals like radiographers where we can all see the same data in real time to give advice.

        It is clear what we are looking to do with care home is the first step on what has exciting possibilities for how we care for large numbers of people in the near future.

        We're here to help

        If you’re interested in finding out more you can contact the London Innovation Collaborative programme lead Fay Sibley.

        Get in touch

        Using Whzan to help monitor the wellbeing of care home residents

        Rick Mayne is the Registered Home Manager for Sherwood Grange Care Home in Kingston, South West London which is home to more than 50 residents with varying care needs and abilities. He’s worked in the sector for 30 years, five of which have been at Sherwood Grange. Last year his home implemented Whzan to help monitor the wellbeing of his residents during the pandemic. Here, he tells us why he believes it’s been a game changer.

        I’ve always been inquisitive and thought if there was more we could do.  Being a residential home our residents tend to be more stable medically, so we don’t have clinical staff like a nursing home would. However I’ve always prioritised wellbeing lifestyle and so we would do regular observations but these were kept on a closed IT system, with no automated analysis.

        Listen to Rick talking about Whzan

        In 2020 when the pandemic first began I got the opportunity to pilot a digital technology called Whzan that not only takes temperature, pulse, blood pressure, oxygen saturations and respiratory rate but analyses them to give me a National Early Warning Score (NEWS) which is used nationally by doctors, paramedics, and other clinicians to identify deterioration in adults. The data is put on a web based system which means it can be shared with permission on a need to know basis.

        It’s been a game changer for us. The data helps set a baseline for each resident and uses a traffic light system to alert us if their observations are worse than the average normal. This allows me to ring our GP or out of hours doctor and have a more informed discussion with them over the phone so they can create a more individualised care plan, having a multidisciplinary approach. I genuinely believe this has helped keep our residents safe and well at home during the pandemic, only going to the hospital when absolutely necessary.

        Listen to Rick talking about Whzan

        My staff embraced it as it only took around 30 minutes of training for them and then a few minutes to get them on the system. Taking the observations isn’t onerous and they get satisfaction knowing how we use the information to look after our residents and being able to share the results with them, a real whole home approach. The kit itself is really portable, comes as a briefcase that you plug into the wall and charge and that’s it.

        Usually, we do observations once a week as our residents are generally well. However, when they received their Covid vaccine we took their observations three times that week so we could reassure them and their families that they were well. For a non-clinical person, it’s been great.

        Next, we are hoping to move to a point where our wider GP services and out of hours access the data. I know there will be some who say that as a residential home we don’t need this but it’s been invaluable providing reassurance to residents and their families and being able to identify early on if someone is becoming unwell.

        We're here to help

        If you’re interested in finding out more you can contact the London Innovation Collaborative programme lead Fay Sibley.

        Email now

        Seven ways to work towards gender equality in healthcare

         

        Post Title

        The Health Innovation Network works with a number of innovators which could potentially support the health and social care sector. Max Landry is Chief Commercial Officer and Co-Founder of Peppy Health, an app offering guidance for people undergoing big life transitions such as pregnancy, menopause and fertility. He offers his insights on how we can work towards gender equality in healthcare.

        We at Peppy have welcomed the opportunity to celebrate women and challenge gender inequality, but we believe this change needs to happen every day.

        We #ChooseToChallenge that support is lacking for some of life’s key transitions – fertility, pregnancy, early parenthood and menopause. We believe that the solution lies in organisations supporting people with dedicated healthcare benefits, and that a failure to give the right support will contribute directly towards the widening of gender inequality in terms of financial, physical, mental and emotional wellbeing.

        With this in mind, here are seven ‘top tips’ which we believe will help us work towards the achievement of lasting gender equality in healthcare.

        1. Stop calling them “women’s issues”

        Because they’re not. From to pregnancy termination, to difficulty breastfeeding, to menopause symptoms, these issues can touch anyone – partners, family members, colleagues and even line managers – at home as well as at work.

        1. Demand respect and dignity

        The term ‘women’s issues’ distorts the way we perceive them.

        Period cramps and symptoms of the menopause such as dizzy spells and hot flushes can be genuinely debilitating, yet almost half of all women in the UK say they shy away from asking for help with symptoms of menopause. Only by giving these ailments the support they need will we begin treat the individuals with the respect they deserve.

        1. Challenge gender bias in medical research

        Women are 50 per cent more likely than men to be misdiagnosed following a heart attack (British Heart Foundation). The problem is that the default model in so much of our society is the white male. Assumptions are based, as Caroline Criado Perez has shown in her book ‘Invisible Women’, on a “one-size-fits-all-men” model. When we are looking at data, we need to analyse by factors such as gender, age and background and close the “gender data gap” as a matter of urgency (Davos 2020 gender data gap). 

        1. Increase accessibility

        Healthcare should be based on where people actually are, not just the location of GP clinics. We must make accessible healthcare the norm.

        The pandemic has led to a 37 per cent rise in the use of healthcare apps. At the same time, the “stay at home” order has had an adverse impact on women, whose disproportionate role as home-school teachers and carers has limited their ability to access traditional healthcare.

        1. Give the right Fertility, Baby and Menopause support

        Experiencing fertility issues, becoming a parent and going through menopause are key life transitions which can be overlooked by employers, private medical insurance, and which affect the bottom line of businesses globally. Luckily, organisations do not have to face these issues alone.

        Peppy works with employers to give their people (and their partners) access to trustworthy, dedicated support for fertility, pregnancy, early parenthood and menopause, all via a secure app. Partnering with Peppy, Vitality has just become the first UK private medical insurer to offer its members and corporate clients dedicated menopause support. The digital healthcare benefit offers everything from one-to-one virtual consultations with expert practitioners to vetted resources and events, including moderated group chats.

        1. Promote gender inclusivity for all – including LGBTQ+ communities

        Despite higher levels of depression than in the wider community, one in seven LGBTQ+ individuals will avoid seeking help due to a fear that they will be discriminated against by medical staff.

        At an organisational level, you can take action by offering health benefits that are inclusive, such as menopause support that recognises that not all people going through menopause will self-identify as female, and fertility and baby support specific to same-sex couples considering surrogacy or adoption.

        Read more about south London’s first transgender sexual health service, funded by the Health Innovation Network.

        1. Reject so-called “gender norms”

        We need to continue to challenge old-fashioned gender stereotypes. The stale idea that “men don’t cry” is steadily being eroded by movements like Movember, which focus all year round on tackling male health issues and raising awareness of the high rates of suicide among men.

        To achieve a culture where gender is no longer a barrier to effective healthcare, organisations must offer the right support. Taking the seven above steps will benefit employee and employer alike, helping to build a happier, healthier, more inclusive workplace, and enabling us to come closer to achieving gender equality in healthcare.

        Further information

        Find out more about Peppy Health today.

        Explore now

        Meet the innovator: David Ezra

        Blog

        Post Title

        In this edition, we caught up with David Ezra, Head of Transformation at Vantage Health; a company providing technology-driven solutions to the NHS as part of its mission to help transform the way healthcare is delivered.

        Pictured above: David Ezra, Head of Transformation at Vantage Health

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

        Rego Care Navigator (RCN) is an AI-powered solution that automatically validates all referrals against local criteria and pathways to help clinicians refer patients to right care, first time in less than 90 seconds.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Visiting a referral management centre and seeing teams of people shifting through reams paper documents. These referrals would then be scanned and assessed online by a group of clinicians in order to triage patients. Such labour-intensive processes felt entirely illogical and we knew that there must be a better way.

        What advice would you give budding innovators?

        Engage with local clinicians and stakeholders in order to fully understand the key challenges and design your solution around their needs and requirements.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Delivering the first, primary care AI powered referral management solution at scale in the NHS. NHS England commissioners in the South East wanted to do something different in order to eliminate manual triage processes and Rego represented a huge paradigm shift to prove how locally designed algorithms could make a genuine difference. That was the catalyst for subsequent rollouts across the country.

        Best part of your job now?

        Working with commissioners and clinicians to use the data captured on Rego to redesign services and introduce further innovation.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Reduce the barriers to entry by making it easier to procure directly from any capable supplier.

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at vantage.health or follow them on Twitter @VantageHealthUK

         

        NHS innovation and improvement – how to get your innovation noticed

        Blog

        Post Title

        The Health Innovation Network’s Programme Director for Innovation, Lesley Soden offers some real-world insight into how innovators can effectively create buy-in for their products and services.

        How to pitch an idea to the NHS

        At the Health Innovation Network, we are introduced to more than 120 new innovations every year, and the most common ‘ask’ from innovators is to introduce their intervention to our stakeholders in south London. However, as an Academic Health Science Network, our primary focus is not to provide sales leads or introductions. Our role is to create the right environment for innovators to work more effectively with the health and social care ecosystem.

        Now is the time to maximise the interest in technology from NHS stakeholders, as Covid-19 has resulted in digital and technological solutions being rapidly adopted in the NHS at an incredible pace no one could have predicted. To support you on your journey, I wanted to share some tips on how to pitch technology to the NHS and raise awareness of your innovation within the health and social care system. From observing those successful innovations that have scaled up in the NHS over the years, I have gathered the following insights worth bearing in mind as you work to generate healthcare buy-in:

        Your value proposition

        Showing that your innovation works by having robust and research-based evidence is crucial. If you can’t demonstrate that your innovation improves either clinical practice or service operation, such as freeing up clinical time or reducing service demand, it is unlikely that a busy clinician or commissioner will take notice. Unless you have evidence that your innovation will save money, it is unlikely to get bought by NHS organisations or local authorities. A ‘hard sell’ approach normally doesn’t work for busy clinicians and commissioners. Often, clinicians like to be asked for their opinion of where the innovation might fit into their patient pathway and offer feedback on whether it could it save them time.

        Lesley’s 2020 blog:Don’t talk to me about savings – my innovation saves lives

        Maximising your champions

        Getting others to spread the message helps. If you have early adopters of your innovation who could help champion it, ask them for support. If you have clinical champions of your innovation, work out how to use their influence constructively. This could be small asks such as raising awareness amongst their clinical networks or providing quotes for your website.

        Clear and accessible information

        Showcase the benefits of your NHS innovation through clear, compelling messaging for a wide range of audiences. I often come across confusing jargon and dense language to explain what a company’s innovation does within healthcare. Use plain English for easier, digestible reading. Our stakeholders often ask for a concise one-pager explaining the benefit of an innovation. Have this ready to go with evidence of the clinical and financial impact (hyperlink to published papers), information on where your innovation is currently being used and the payment model (e.g., one-off purchase, annual licence subscription, etc.). Consider the optimum communication tool/medium to raise awareness of your innovation by carefully considering what works for your audience. If you are trying to influence a clinician working on a noisy ward, asking them to watch a video with sound could be difficult, meaning they are less likely to engage.

        Social media

        Use social media and online digital health publications to shout about your ‘good news stories’. These could be important announcements such as new evidence, winning a funding grant or securing a new contract, or even news on raising investment (this shows confidence in your innovation). Writing articles, blogs, etc., on health-related topics can be a good way to introduce your innovation, consequently generating interest and establishing your credibility as a thought leader in that space. Consider good angles for highlighting your innovation and generating dialogue, such as the launch of new national policy or strategy. Monitor your social media numbers (engagement rates, impressions, etc.) closely and understand their significance to work out which engagement tactics work for your readers and which don’t. Join groups or conversations that deal with your type of innovation and participate in discussions within these forums.

        Remember that if you are providing a link to your company website that it is up to date, easy to navigate and has engaging content. Too often I look at websites that have minimal information, which automatically makes me think the innovation is in too early in their stage of development.

        Don’t give up but don’t spam

        It takes persistence and constant improvements with creative ideas to get your innovation noticed by health and social care professionals. However, the last thing you want to do is spam busy clinicians and commissioners to raise awareness. As noted above, it is important to consistently monitor and review engagement from your target audience to understand what has an impact and what doesn’t.

         

        We’re here to help

        Do you have an innovative product or service that you’d like to introduce to the NHS? Email our Innovation team to book an innovation clinic, we can provide advice, guidance and signposting.

        Email now

        2021-22 Rapid Uptake Products: Improving the diagnosis and treatment of asthma through innovation

        Blog

        Post Title

        The Health Innovation Network’s Head of Innovation Lesley Soden makes the case for two NHS-endorsed innovations improving the diagnosis and treatment of asthma.

        Find out more about Asthma Biologic precision medicine and FeNO testing for suspected asthma patients.

        As a person with asthma who was diagnosed in childhood, I have realised over the past few years that the management of my asthma hasn’t changed in decades. My condition is controlled through medication, and the only part of my treatment that has changed over the years is the trade name of my ‘blue reliever inhaler’ from Ventolin to Salbutamol. With 5.4 million people in the UK living with asthma and the NHS spending an estimated £1.1 billion on treatment annually, it seems hard to believe that patients do not have more access to innovative technology and products that could help their treatment and improve their quality of life.

        Through the NHS Accelerated Access Collaborative’s Rapid Uptake Products (RUP) programme, the NHS has endorsed products that improve the diagnosis of asthma and the treatment of severe asthma. The 2021/22 RUP programme has included two innovative asthma products and fast tracks patient access to these products. They are approved by the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) and support the NHS Long Term Plan’s key clinical priorities but have had lower uptake within England than expected.

        As an Academic Health Science Network, the Health Innovation Network (HIN) supports the local adoption of these products in south London by raising awareness of their efficacy, facilitating clinical pathway changes and providing education and training for how to embed and use them.

        2021/22 RUP innovations that improve the diagnosis and treatment of asthma

        FeNO testing is a method of diagnosing asthma by measuring fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) in the breath of patients with suspected asthma, alongside other respiratory tests. It measures the levels of inflammation in a patient’s lungs through the nitric oxide in their breath. There is evidence that asthma is widely misdiagnosed. Overdiagnosis leads to unnecessary treatment and a delay in making an alternative diagnosis. Underdiagnosis risks daily symptoms, and potentially serious exacerbations1. The FeNO test can provide a more accurate diagnosis of patients suspected of having asthma when a diagnosis is unclear and can be used with other diagnosis tests such as spirometry and peak flow test. Additionally, FeNO can also be used to improve the management of patients with asthma by using FeNO monitoring to adjust the dosage of steroids or guide biological agent treatment.

        Asthma Biologics, the second RUP asthma product, are four biologic therapy drugs taken to improve and reduce asthma attacks in people with eosinophilic asthma or severe persistent allergic asthma. Biologic therapies work in a different way to traditional asthma treatments. Xolair (Omalizumab) is for people with severe allergic asthma. It targets a chemical in your blood stream called IgE which is involved in the allergic response to an asthma trigger. Nucala (Mepolizumab), Cinqaero (Reslizumab) and Fasenra (Benralizumab) are for people who have severe eosinophilic asthma. This is asthma driven by high levels of a type of white blood cell called eosinophils causing the lungs to become inflamed, leading to asthma symptoms and asthma attacks.

        Only 10.8 per cent of eligible severe asthma patients have access to biologic medicines today in the UK. The low referral rate could be due to many healthcare professionals being unaware that their patients could benefit from biologics. Increasing the use of biologics appropriately would reduce use of oral corticosteroids (OCS) associated with long term side effects, as well as exacerbations and hospital admissions2.

        These asthma products could significantly improve care patients receive, with the potential to transform the lives of people with difficult/severe asthma, prevent asthma attacks, and save lives.

        NHS organisations in south London can access financial help to roll out these products, as both innovations are eligible for the Pathway Transformation Fund. The deadline to apply for this fund is midday 30 April 2021, and we would welcome health professionals, including pharmacists interested in supporting patient identification and accurate prescribing, to apply. Within the Health Innovation Team our RUP lead is really keen to help you to devise your project and help to complete your funding application.

        Applications should be developed and submitted with the support of your local AHSN RUP lead, and we can help you get started.

        We're here to help

        Contact the HIN’s RUP team if you are from an organisation based in south London requiring more information or interested in beginning an application process.

        Email now

        Keeping older people safe: why London is focusing on remote monitoring in care homes

        Most people living in care homes are over the age of 80, have multiple long-term health conditions and are affected by physical disability and cognitive impairment. Our Head of Healthy Ageing Fay Sibley, who is leading on the NHSX Innovation Collaborative for London, sets out here why remote monitoring in care homes is so important for this vulnerable population.


        The Covid-19 pandemic raised a new set of challenges for care home staff and their residents, including accessing healthcare services remotely, caring for residents with complex health needs and providing palliative care for residents, often without the face-to-face support from healthcare services they would normally receive. Care homes also face significant workforce challenges with many staff off sick, self-isolating due to Covid-19 or unable to work due to fear and anxiety for their own safety. In the England, residents of care homes for older people have been particularly affected by Covid-19 and have made up 39 per cent of all Covid-related deaths[i].

        Most people living in care homes are over the age of 80, have multiple long-term health conditions and are affected by physical disability and cognitive impairment[ii]. These factors explain, in part, the vulnerability of older people living in care homes to Covid-19, and why there has been an increased focus from the NHS to support care homes over the last nine months, with several initiatives concentrating on improving quality and efficiency. However, many of these require vastly improved IT systems and technological solutions, further complicated by the variety in size, digital maturity and type of care provided by care homes.

        If local authorities and CCGs are aware of these differences, they can better target support and interventions to London care homes so they:

        • have the right Wi-Fi and infrastructure so they can access a range of digital products and solutions for care and wellbeing;
        • can communicate sensitive care information safely, securely and in a timely way so care decisions can be jointly made while residents’ privacy and security are protected;
        • can access and share care documentation and management, meaning staff from different organisations work together to develop a shared plan and each resident experiences joined up care without needing to repeat themselves if they change location;
        • plan and manage care electronically, so that care provision is recorded and stored, and productivity is improved;
        • have staff with the skills and confidence to use digital tools to access remote health care support for their residents and themselves; and
        • undertake virtual consultations and remotely monitor the health of residents, so care can be provided where the residents are, care decisions are made at the earliest time possible and care is provided safely during the Covid-19 pandemic.

        Remote monitoring is a fantastic opportunity for care homes to improve care. This is where hardware and a digital platform allows care home staff to take, record and monitor vital signs of care home residents. This information is then stored on a digital platform, which can be accessed by healthcare professionals, such as the GP. Having access to clinical information such as temperature, heart rate and blood pressure allows care homes to spot signs that a resident is becoming unwell early and share their concerns with healthcare professionals. Care home staff, in partnership with clinical staff, can then plan and prioritise care accordingly.

        In partnership with the seven regions of the NHS in England, NHSX is pioneering a new Innovation Collaborative to (1) build on the digital health gains achieved during the pandemic, (2) accelerate the scale of those digital innovations that enable a redesigned outpatient and remote care service and (3) help save staff time. For the reasons outlined above, all five of London’s sustainability and transformation partnerships (also known as integrated care systems in some areas) have committed to work collaboratively to support the increased use of remote monitoring technology in care homes.

        The London region is currently working with six remote monitoring companies to implement remote monitoring in approximately 600 care homes, supporting 21,000 older people to remain well in their own homes. Our collaborative will look at different methods and products for implementing and supporting remote monitoring and allow learning and best practice from each method to be shared across London.  This will improve the care of not just current but future care home residents, some of our most vulnerable members of society.

        [i]https://www.bgs.org.uk/resources/covid-19-managing-the-covid-19-pandemic-in-care-homes

        [ii]https://www.bgs.org.uk/resources/covid-19-managing-the-covid-19-pandemic-in-care-homes

         

         

        We're here to help

        If you’re interested in finding out more you can contact the London Innovation Collaborative programme lead Fay Sibley.

        Email now

        Meet the innovator: Max Parmentier

        Blog

        Post Title

        In this edition, we caught up with Max Parmentier, CEO at Birdie; a social venture on a mission to radically improve care for the elderly. 

        Pictured above: Max Parmentier of Birdie

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

        Birdie is a social venture on a mission to radically improve care for the elderly: we use digital products, Internet of Things (IoT) and machine learning to help deliver better, preventative care for our elders to live healthier and happier at home.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        When my grandmother passed away, we decided to place my grandfather in a care home because he had Parkinson’s. He declined rapidly and passed away after a few months. We made a mistake – we should have kept him in his home and he would have been happier and healthier. That was the first time I realised that we could offer a much brighter future to our elders if we organised the care better.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. If your vision is ambitious and noble, you’ll get there one way or another as long as you remain resilient.
        2. Things take much more time than you originally think: better do few things well than too many things poorly.
        3. Be pragmatic: who is going to pay and it is scalable?

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        We’re working for an industry that is desperately underfunded. This means that bringing new ways of working that could improve the care and generate savings is even harder than in any other industry. Care professionals don’t have time or money to change their way of working. It requires a lot of advocacy and change management.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Reaching 100,000 weekly reports shared by care workers visiting older adults. It seems trivial but it was the moment when I realised how much we could change the way people age.

        Best part of your job now?

        Building something incredibly ambitious and transformative with the best team I have ever had.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Ensure the integration of health and care with outcome-based budgeting.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Taking to investors, catching up with the team on our progress in building the Birdie product, clinical work, sales or customer success, doing one-to-ones with my direct team, working on culture topics and engaging with industry stakeholders.

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at www.birdie.care or follow them on Twitter @BirdieCare

        Using AI to prevent and predict operational issues such as equipment failure, infrastructure or logistical problems

        The HIN works with a number of innovators which could potentially support the health and social care sector. Here is Ash Kalraiya, orthopaedic surgeon and the Founder and CEO of Medishout, the world’s first platform to integrate all logistical departments, giving clinicians an app that uses AI to enable them to instantly report issues and predict future problems. In June 2020 it was awarded a Innovate UK Grant of £50,000 to help support NHS hospitals during the first wave of the Covid-19 pandemic.

        The Problem

        Healthcare staff rely on functioning equipment, logistics and infrastructure to treat patients. During the Covid-19 pandemic for example, the need for ventilators and PPE, has been even more pressing. When things go wrong, there are no simple ways for staff to report and resolve problems as communication channels are limited. Poor data-collection also prevents long-term transformational change.

        The founding of MediShout was quite literally a light bulb moment! I am a surgeon and one morning I was forced to cancel three operations because of a failing light bulb in the theatre. This is sadly not an uncommon situation. In the UK, even before Covid-19, there had been a 32 per cent increase in cancelled operations owing to issues such as faulty equipment[i]. The Nursing Times reported that a third of nurses waste up to two hours per shift just looking for missing kit[ii].

         

        The Solution

        The technology solves the above problem in three ways:

        1) Medishout App
        This is the first App in healthcare to combine all operational departments, giving staff a “one-stop” shop to resolve any issue eg stock, equipment, IT, estates, facilities. Staff select their ward, type their issue, add a photo and press Shout. The information is sent to those who fix the problem, such as managers, helpdesks or equipment suppliers while the staff member gets status updates in real-time.

        2) Data- Collection
        The app uses the inputted data to improve efficiency as when staff report an issue they also state how much time was wasted and what the clinical impact was. This enables hospitals to triage and prioritise the issues most impacting care.

        3) AI-Analysis
        In 2020, MediShout won an Innovate UK grant which enabled further development of AI algorithms, which can predict in advance problems occurring in hospitals. For example, the team predicted when medical devices would fail, such as ECG machines or ventilators. This technology enables hospitals to prevent problems from even occurring, thus keeping clinical services running smoothly.

        Independent healthcare economists, Health Enterprise East, calculated that MediShout can save NHS Trusts £1million per annum in efficiency savings. Some Trusts are already seeing the benefits:

        • Watford General Hospital at West Hertfordshire Hospitals NHS Trust has saved 15 minutes of staff time daily and improved staff morale[iii].
        • Imperial College NHS Healthcare Trust improved PPE allocation during Covid-19 as published in the Journal of mHealth[iv].
        • Mid and South Essex NHS Foundation Trust has staff digitally completing their Covid-19 risk-assessments on the MediShout App so that they can be allocated to wards that are safe for them to work in.
        • Addenbrookes Hospital at Cambridge University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust are using AI to predict when medical equipment would break down as part of the Innovate UK grant project.

        We are looking to develop the platform further to encourage engagement from the public and to this end are working with Royal Papworth Hospital, providing QR codes in communal areas for patients and visitors to scan, and report issues they see.

        [i] https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/politics/nhs-operations-cancelled-tens-thousands-official-figures-tories-damage-labour-a9183636.html
        [ii] http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/health/7881807.stm
        [iii] https://view.joomag.com/the-journal-of-mhealth-vol-3-issue-5-oct-nov/0548692001477489694?page=42
        [iv] https://thejournalofmhealth.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/The-Journal-of-mHealth-7-4-Jul-Aug-RGBP-EP.pdf

        We're here to help

        If you are interested in finding out more, please get in touch with Ash Kalraiya, Founder & CEO of MediShout.

        Get in touch

        Further information

        If you are interested in finding out more, please get in touch.

        Email now

        Meet the innovator: Carey McClellan

        News

        In this edition, we caught up with Carey McClellan, CEO and Clinical director at getUBetter; an evidence-based, CE marked, digital self-management platform for all common musculoskeletal injuries and conditions. 

        Pictured above: Carey McClellan of getUBetter

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

        getUBetter is an evidence-based, CE marked digital self-management platform for all common musculoskeletal injuries and conditions.  Our aim is to provide true local self-management support, helping patients to trust their recovery and have the confidence to use less healthcare resource.

        We help organisations, such as Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCG’s), to provide a digital first approach for their MSK pathways. Each element of the pathway is configured to the local health system and delivered to their population.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        During my PhD and clinical work, it became clear to me that digital health technology for musculoskeletal injuries and conditions focused on specific silos of care which did not solve the problem created inefficiencies and was not in the patient’s best interest.   I realised it was possible to develop a whole pathway solution, enabling organizations to deliver a digital first approach to MSK care whilst avoiding silos and preventing over treatment.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Never give up – it takes a long time in the NHS and keep turning over new stones.
        2. Learn to listen and never judge people too quickly.
        3. Your team are crucial to your success. They will often have better skills in areas than you – so let them do what they know best.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Getting evidence-based technology adopted by the NHS is hard. Proving it in one geographical area does not mean it will automatically flow into the next.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Seeing your idea and technology being used by organisations, clinicians and patients.

        Best part of your job now?

        Being part of a great team.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Enable proven technology from one area be adopted without starting the process of evaluation again. Provide some central matched funding for Digital Health Technology (DHT) adoption.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Every single day is different and varied but very busy…..

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at getubetter.com or follow them on Twitter @getubetter

        Technology is great, but let’s not forget the human touch

        catherine dale hsj webinar blog

        The adversity of Covid-19 has taught us that the best inpatient care innovations aren’t necessarily the most technologically advanced – they’re the ones that make a difference to patient experience.

        I recently took part in a Health Service Journal webinar looking at how the NHS can reduce isolation and improve wellbeing during Covid-19 and beyond. Joining the panel was a great chance to share and reflect on experiences with colleagues from across the health sector.

        Something that really struck me was how we all agreed that being an inpatient in a hospital can be very isolating already, but Coronavirus has definitely made this aspect of things much worse. Hospitals have had to increase their infection control measures and as a by-product of this, vulnerable people are having markedly lonelier experiences during their stays.

        The innovations brought about in response to Covid that I had heard about mainly focused on outpatients, I hadn’t heard as much about how inpatient experience was being addressed. Something which Covid-19 has made really evident was how much the management of patient wellbeing is usually supported by the visits of family and friends. Some can really struggle being separated from their families and miss out on things that clinical teams, no matter how caring or well-prepared, cannot offer, such as home-prepared food and other comforting items from home.

        Some hospitals have relied on volunteers to fill this gap during the pandemic, however, these services are reduced because they tend to be retired people so they are part of the Covid-19 at risk population. Some trusts have responded by moving volunteer services to telephone-based communication to continue to support inpatients.

        “One thing Covid-19 has done is to remove organisational barriers to implementing and improving technology solutions – something that we hope can continue in the future”

        I enjoyed hearing about all the tech solutions my hospital colleagues had implemented to improve patient wellbeing: iPads in cases on trolleys so patients can video call their relatives: media and digital magazines or on demand entertainment to minimise the isolation. One thing Covid-19 has done is to remove organisational barriers to implementing and improving technology solutions – something that we hope can continue in the future.

        The unexpected challenges for these innovations were not around hospitals and care settings being able to provide technology, but in the capabilities of the end users (in this case patients) to make use of that technology. While rapid uptake of video conferencing technology has encouraged some trusts to invest in technology that facilitates one click video call, not all technology solutions will help improve emotional wellbeing. It remains vital to focus on patient and person-centric care when procuring or deploying technology – the latest gadgets will do no good at all if they aren’t easy for patients with differing levels of digital confidence to use.

        However, I was pleased to hear about small acts of kindness including non-ward staff volunteering as tech support on the wards to troubleshoot issues. Some even went as far as creating individual solutions for patients like building mobile phones for patients with only landline home connections.

        During the course of my recent work at the Health Innovation Network, I have also been pleased to see some non tech innovations making a real difference. For example, some PPE-clad clinical staff have started wearing picture name badges that have been making a difference to patients in terms of personal connection. Solutions like these are quick and cost effective to implement, and they help bridge the gap in human connection that COVID has created.

        “New technology often feels like it offers shiny solutions to difficult problems, but in the end, it has got to work for patients ”

        My colleagues also discussed how uncertainty can lead to poorer patient experience. During Covid-19, technology has really helped to connect multi-disciplinary teams (MDTs) and there could be an opportunity for technology to help inform people about their care and care plans. Being informed about what’s happening with your care and treatment while you are lying in a hospital bed, can certainly help people with their wellbeing, even if there is uncertainty, and could lead to better recovery.

        There are clearly benefits from the changes brought by digital that will continue to be sustained post Covid-19, such as the reduced need for travel to hospitals for follow up appointments which help the environment and reduced risk of deterioration through better connected MDTs.

        However, patients want to feel at home as much as possible while admitted as inpatients and entertainment is not the only way to make this possible for them. We must not let the momentum slip when it comes to patient communication, and we should maximise the opportunities to present important information straight to patients’ own devices where possible.

        When thinking about solutions to improve inpatient isolation and patient experience in the Covid age, the crucial step is speaking to patients themselves. We need to involve patients throughout the process. New technology often feels like it offers shiny solutions to difficult problems, but in the end, it has got to work for patients and resolve challenges they actually experience.

        The most important takeaway for me was we can’t forget the personal; people appreciate meaningful contact with humans. Covid has clearly demonstrated that the importance of human face-to-face contact is as true for staff as it is for patients.

        We're here to help

        Find out more about how the Health Innovation Network supports Patient safety.

        Explore out work

        2021 is the year to Think Diabetes in the Workplace

        Blog

        Diabetes is one of our biggest health challenges so is it time to embed specialist education to combat this life-changing condition into the workplace? Rod Watson, Senior Project Manager for Cardiovascular Disease and Diabetes at the Health Innovation Network (HIN) sets out four easy steps to help Human Resources Directors and Occupational Health Managers, truly support employees with diabetes as we prepare for 2021.

        Employers have an incentive to keep their staff safe and happy at work. As we know a healthy and happy workforce is a productive workforce. For workers living with a chronic health condition such as Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes, their condition is something they must manage daily and of course while at work. There are ways to support your staff to manage their diabetes and structured education programmes are part of the solution.

        So how does structured education work? Diabetes structured education programmes aim to improve knowledge, skills and confidence for people with diabetes. It is proven to increase their ability to manage their condition and is recommended by the National Institute of Health and Care Excellence (NICE). This means structured education is clinically proven to help people with diabetes make positive changes to their diet and lifestyle.

        There are several accredited providers of diabetes structured education in the UK and below are the ones that I have worked with and can recommend.

        So how might you go about supporting your staff with diabetes to get access to structured education?
        These four simple steps will show you how.

        1. Be aware of the Equalities Act (2010) and be prepared to make reasonable adjustments for your employees
        Diabetes is covered by the Equalities Act (2010) which means employers are obliged to make reasonable adjustments for staff. Reasonable adjustments can vary from one person and situation to another based on the individual’s needs and the those of the employer. An example of a reasonable adjustment could be allowing your staff with diabetes time away from work to attend a structured education programme.

        2. Review your company’s relevant policies

        I have worked with several organisations who updated key policies to make it easier for staff to attend structured education. Their case studies are detailed in this report entitled: Think Diabetes: Supporting a Cultural Shift in the Workplace. Does your organisation have a health and wellbeing strategy for staff? If so, you are ideally placed to adopt activities as suggested in the next steps.

        3. Commission online and/or face-to-face diabetes structured education programmes via your workplace

        There are several NHS approved providers of diabetes structured education I can highly recommend. For online programmes, Second Nature and Oviva are national leaders. Both providers have a strong and well-established relationship with the NHS. They offer programmes for people with Type 2 diabetes ranging between eight and twelve weeks.

        Course sessions are delivered remotely via a coach with access to online advice, support and information. Participants use their phone, laptop or tablet to access the programmes remotely via the internet and via calls on a telephone at times convenient to them.
        DESMOND is a national provider of face-to-face diabetes education. Trained facilitators can run sessions at your workplace which has the added advantage of peer support among staff within an organisation. A DESMOND session is usually one day or two half-days in length.

        4. Support access to and encourage attendance at diabetes structured education programmes

        How does all this look in practice? Following the steps above, Transport For London and the London Ambulance Service took part in an initiative supporting their staff with Type 2 diabetes accessing structured education.
        The results were overwhelmingly positive. Not only did participating staff find it acceptable to be offered and to attend structured education at work, or via the workplace, they viewed their organisation’s support to help them to manage their diabetes very favourably indeed.

        A full evaluation report of this initiative, including a range of recommendations for further action can be read here. A two page summary of this evaluation can be read here.

        I strongly encourage you to download the Think Diabetes resources for more detail on these exciting initiatives. If you have any questions or comments about how you can further support your staff with diabetes in the workplace, please drop me a comment or message.

        Kick-starting creative ways to improve healthcare in south London

        Lesley Soden, our Programme Director for Innovation, spells out the magic ingredients for grant success as our new round of funding opens.

        One of the most rewarding parts of my job is working with our HIN members to fund innovation projects that kick-start creative ways to improve healthcare in south London. It truly feels inspirational when an idea grows into a fully formed project that has a real impact on patients’ clinical care and their experience using NHS services.

        The grants act as a great springboard for success allowing the projects to prove their value and hopefully get adopted elsewhere.
        In the past we’ve funded projects ranging from supporting women with perinatal mental health problems, falls training in care homes, the first transgender sexual health service in south London to creative educational course for LGTBQ+ students to improve their mental well-being.

        Recently, our HIN Board asked me what factors helped projects to be successful and increased their sustainability once the grant had finished.

        From our experience the magic ingredients were:

        • Senior level sponsor to ensure that an organisation is committed, and all the right people are involved at early stage ranging from infection control to procurement teams;
        • Establishing a core project team to ensure that the delivery isn’t the responsibility of just one person who is doing this on top of their ‘day job’;
        • Getting support from our HIN teams for your project to maximise their expertise and networks in south London;
        • Setting out the evaluation strategy at the beginning to make sure the right information is being collected to demonstrate value.

        Some of our current projects are already gaining traction in their adoption elsewhere in the healthcare system.
        Like the Emergency Department (ED) Check-In project at St George’s Hospital which allows patients to see their real-time queue position on a screen in the waiting room. When the clinician is ready, the patient is ‘called’ and their code moves from ‘please stay seated’ to a ‘we’re about to call’ section. So simple, yet beneficial to both the patient, the clinician trying to find the patient and the receptionists in a busy ED. We are now finding that many other emergency departments in the UK want to use this technology that was initiated by a clinical consultant and the transformation team at the hospital.
        If this has inspired you, good news as our next round of funding for our Innovation Grants has now opened. You can find more details on how to apply here and I really look forward to reading through all your creative ideas.

        We're here to help

        Applications for the innovation grants are now open.

        Apply today

        Keep moving to manage pain

        Clinician working with woman with back pain

        Blog

        Post Title

        Musculoskeletal (MSK) conditions such as osteoarthritis and chronic low back pain affect over 18 million people across the UK. These conditions can cause pain and functional limitations, as well as impact on our mental health, which can make ordinary, everyday activities a struggle and prevent us from being able to work or remain independent. Sally Irwin, a Project Manager for the Joint Pain Advice service in the Health Innovation Network, considers the benefits of simple self-management strategies, such as being active, in preventing and managing what can be a life-changing condition.

        People often have the view that they can’t do much about the symptoms of osteoarthritis and chronic low back pain. However, there are tools and techniques that people can use to help manage pain and reduce the impact that these conditions can have, and resources available on how to do this. Keeping moving, a healthy lifestyle and self-management strategies such as learning how to pace yourself by planning and prioritising activities are all helpful.

        Those with osteoarthritis and chronic back pain often worry being active will increase their pain and may cause more damage. Conversely, keeping moving can help to manage pain, improve mobility and strengthen muscles and bones. Remaining active can bring many benefits, but we know that putting this into practice and changing our habits and behaviours is not easy. It takes time and effort to do and maintain.

        Unfortunately, the current Covid -19 pandemic means many people have less opportunity to be active and socialise as they spend more time at home. Similarly, changes to work environments, such as working from home, may be affecting MSK health.

        Many MSK organisations have provided useful web-based information and support, including helplines, online groups and peer support. But for some, all of this information can be overwhelming. It can be difficult to know where to start, how to navigate the options available and how to make them relevant to their lives and what matters to them.

        One option to support individuals experiencing hip or knee osteoarthritis or chronic low back pain is Joint Pain Advice (JPA). JPA is a service that provides people with an opportunity to have a conversation about their experience and how it impacts them, as well as relevant self-management options.

        The Joint Pain Advice (JPA) model of care was developed by the Health Innovation Network as a result of an identified need for accessible, personalised and understandable information, and practical advice and support about how to self-manage the impact of chronic knee and hip pain (often labelled osteoarthritis) and chronic low back pain.

        JPA supports individuals to understand and better self-manage their chronic knee and hip and low back pain.

        It puts the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) guidelines for the management of osteoarthritis and low back pain into practice, using education and self-management strategies for a patient-centred, holistic approach and focusing on increased physical activity and managing weight where appropriate.

        The model can easily be incorporated into existing services with minimal disruption and adapted to local contexts. Its flexibility means it can be delivered by a wide range of healthcare and non-healthcare professionals, and it sits comfortably within community, clinical and workplace settings.

        The HIN co-ordinates and delivers training for professionals wanting to deliver Joint Pain Advice, which is offered nationally but with a focus on south London. This evaluation shows improvements in pain, physical function, physical activity and mental wellbeing through JPA. Whilst this is based on face-to-face appointments, the approach can easily be delivered virtually where this is not possible.

        JPA is a simple and effective way to support individuals experiencing knee and hip osteoarthritis and chronic low back pain to manage the impact that the condition can have on their lives.

        If you are interested in finding out more information about Joint Pain Advice, please email hin.jointpainadvice@nhs.net. The JPA training is delivered free of charge to south London organisations.

        Sally Irwin is a Project Manager for the Joint Pain Advice service in the Health Innovation Network.

        Meet the innovator: Dr Julian Nesbitt

        In this edition, we caught up with Dr Julian Nesbitt, CEO of Dr Julian; an innovative healthcare platform that increases accessibility to mental healthcare.

        Pictured above: Dr Julian Nesbitt of Dr Julian

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

        We improve access to mental health services connecting patients to remote online therapy with qualified therapists via our platform.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Working in A&E, I saw the number of patients who had come in after trying to harm themselves on a mental health therapy waiting list some over six months. I thought there must be a better way to get people to help more quickly and efficiently and research had shown online therapy to equally if not more effective.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Keep going resilience is key
        2. Make sure you continually test and pivot, don’t build something that isn’t needed and don’t be afraid to change if it’s not working.
        3. Try and get mentorship/peer support it can be a lonely place but programs such as the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator and the clinical entrepreneur program can really help!

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Innovating and trying to scale something in the NHS is really hard, there are so many barriers, it takes time and patience making sure you keep going speaking to the right people.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Seeing the feedback from patients who have been able to access the help they need when they need it which has really changed their lives. Kent Surrey Sussex AHSN recently published an evaluation of our app and the key findings really validated what we are trying to do. It outlined a range of benefits for patients using Dr Julian, compared to users of the current NHS Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) service approach, including the patient drop-out rate was 49.8 per cent lower, reliable recovery rates were 47.9% higher and the DNA (did not attend) rate was 50.9 per cent lower.

        Best part of your job now?

        I enjoy building teams and now helping to support the team thrive and trying to ensure they keep motivated doing what they enjoy. Most satisfying part is seeing your vision develop and be realised.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        The NHS is very fragmented if there are proven innovations that can scale I feel a centralised procurement system would really help adoption and spread rather than individual procurement in each CCG. In the meantime building connections and networks of others who share a passion for digital innovations really helps.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Multiple meetings depending on what is going on. Involving checking in on the recruitment, technology, business development and key accounts and helping out admin staff to deal with any issues. Also, do a lot of networking speaking with various people that could help scale/drive the business forward with the aim of forming key partnerships.

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at dr-julian.com or follow them on Twitter @drjulianapp

        Is it ok to ask patients if their chronic pain is affecting their mental health?

        We ask Diarmuid Denneny, Chair of the Physiotherapy Pain Association (PPA): “is it ok to ask patients if their chronic pain is affecting their mental health?”

        With #worldmentalhealthday taking place this week (October 10) there is an opportunity to promote the role that #physiotherapists can play in identifying difficulties with #psychologicalwellbeing at an early stage. As most physiotherapists acknowledge, the impact of pain on mood is enormous and can lead to all sorts of difficulties such as isolation and anxiety.

        Pain is chronic if it lasts longer than three months. But for many people pain lasts much longer – sometimes throughout their whole lives. The relationship between chronic pain (which is also referred to as persistent, long-term, or ongoing pain) and mental health is well recognised. Some find their pain and how it affects their mental health can lead them to be less active. It can affect their work, leisure, socialising and can lead to mood difficulties like depression and anxiety.

        NICE guidance recommends that psychological based interventions are used in the management of pain and the recently issued draft chronic pain guidance also recommends considering psychological treatments. Physiotherapists are well positioned to offer psychologically informed approaches but research suggests many physiotherapists are reluctant to ask clients about their emotional wellbeing for fear of ‘opening up a can of worms’ and being unable to professionally advise them about where to go for help and support. Physiotherapists are one of the few health professionals that can spend around 30 minutes each week for a number of weeks with patients. This gives physiotherapists a valuable opportunity to build a therapeutic relationship with the patient and understand what is important to them and how to make improvements. They can ask them what is worrying them about their pain and then work together to tackle the physical and psychological impact.

        The PPA wanted to support physiotherapists to become more confident when working with people living with pain and the impacts that this can have on emotional wellbeing. In collaboration with Frank Keefe, Duke University USA, we created a training course that explored behaviours and provided opportunities to practice techniques that can be used by physiotherapists when working with patients presenting with pain.

        We can now announce that a new innovative training package for physiotherapists has been developed in partnership with the #HealthInnovationNetwork (HIN) AHSN South London, St George’s NHS Foundation Trust and Kingston Hospital NHS Foundation Trust hospitals in South London.

        It all started about a year ago when I got a call from the Health Innovation Network project team inviting the PPA to partner with them. I found out that around the same time the PPA were running our training with Frank Keefe, the HIN project team had been running research focus groups with musculoskeletal physiotherapists at St George’s and Kingston hospitals. Their findings echoed ours; low confidence in discussing emotional wellbeing, concerns about ‘opening a can of worms’, but also a gap in skills because of limited training around the link between pain and mental health or training on mental health in general. Physiotherapists were enthusiastic about a possible course on delivering psychologically informed physiotherapy but highlighted the need for ongoing supervision and mentoring after training to embed the learning into daily clinical practice. For the last year, the PPA has been working collaboratively with the four partner organisations and our two brilliant patient representatives who are living with persistent pain, and last week we launched our evidence based Therapeutic Interactions and Person-centred care Skills (TIPS) training package.

        The course content is grounded in behaviour change theory and underpinned by aspects of contextualised cognitive and behavioural approaches. The TIPS training draws on theory from Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT), Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), and Mindfulness. It includes strategies that are widely used in pain management settings, that some physiotherapists may already be familiar with, but may not feel confident using in clinical practice. The course involves eight weeks of experiential learning followed by eight weeks of supervision. Our pilot sites are St Georges and Kingston musculoskeletal physiotherapy teams.

        In our profession we hear the term ‘parity of esteem’ quite a lot which means ‘tackling physical and mental health issues with the same energy and priority’. Physiotherapy is a profession that people assume focusses on offering physical treatments, like manual therapies, as well as exercises. Yet we know from engagement with physiotherapists that although many people they work with will not have (or reach criteria for) a mental health diagnosis, they will be experiencing an impact upon their psychological health because of their pain and how it affects their life. Now, more than ever with the pandemic, we need to recognise the contribution that physiotherapists can make to reduce the impact of pain on emotional wellbeing. We have high hopes our TIPS training will deliver the outcomes to support this, for both the physiotherapist and the people who live with pain day-in-day-out. We welcome the opportunity to share our learning to a wider range of healthcare professionals once the course is evaluated next year. Our warm thanks go to the Q Improvement Lab/Health Foundation for funding this work.

        View reactions from physiotherapist and patients:

        We're here to help

        Our mental health team at the HIN are working on several projects to help people improve their mental health across south London.

        Learn about them

        The power of digital in the prevention of ill health

        Combatting preventable causes of disease is a key NHS priority. According to the King’s Fund, seven in ten adults do not follow the NHS-recommended guidelines on tobacco, alcohol, diet and physical activity, which contribute to such health conditions as cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes and poor mental health. NHS organisations need to collaborate with local authorities and other partners to provide the tools, support and education to help south Londoners tackle the causes of poor health, live healthier lifestyles and close the physical and mental health gap.

        In south west London, the NHS expects to spend a staggering £202 million over the next five years treating illnesses resulting from highly preventable causes, such as tobacco and alcohol misuse, obesity, hypertension and unhealthy levels of physical activity. There are also significant differences in life expectancy between more affluent and socially deprived areas, as well as for those with a serious mental illness. Research done at the University College London has shown strong associations between alcohol and tobacco consumption, socio-economic position and social inequalities in health.

        Maintaining personal health and wellbeing can support disease prevention and be managed through:

        • peer-led courses;
        • online support to promote healthy behaviours;
        • telephone support and telehealth; and
        • digital solutions for behaviour modification.

        How can innovation help?

        We’d love the opportunity to collaborate with you, as an innovator, on the following challenge questions.

        1. What digital solutions will enable people to recognise preventable causes of ill health and encourage a healthy lifestyle change?

        2. In light of the coronavirus pandemic, how can digital tools for prevention reduce stress on front line services and support people in the community to remain well?

        3. How can digital solutions reach people in higher risk groups, including those with underlying health conditions or living with socio-economic inequalities?

        Desired impact / outcomes

        The desired outcomes of addressing this regional challenge are:

        • The identification of evidenced-based digital solutions for active self-monitoring and reduction of health risks.
        • Solutions for how to spread the reach of digital innovations to people in high-risk groups.
        • Future partnerships between innovators and health and care teams.

         

        We're here to help

        Please get in touch with Karla Richards, Innovation Project Manager, if you have a digital solution for ill health prevention, including those that support healthy eating, stopping smoking, sleeping better, mental health and lowered risk of heart disease, and COPD.

        Add button text

        Patient Safety, Healthcare Worker Safety: Two sides of the same coin

        Ayobola Chike-Michael, Patient Safety Project Manager at the Health Innovation Network (HIN) shares her thoughts on how safe health care workers means safe patients.

        Focusing on Healthcare workers

        Patient safety is a global health priority that aims to prevent errors and adverse effects to patients associated with health care (WHO, 2020). Exponential medical development has contributed to healthcare becoming more effective and efficient. However, these new technologies, medicines and treatments, also present ‘wicked problems’ that demand unprecedented and multifaceted solutions. The 17 of September every year has been coined as World Patient Safety Day, set to promote patient safety by increasing public awareness and engagement, enhancing global understanding, and working towards solidarity and action.

        The theme for this year is ‘Safe health workers, Safe Patients’ placing the spotlight on health care workers. The biggest threat to the world in recent times, particularly this year is Covid-19, a pandemic that turned health care workers worldwide into soldiers fighting at the war front. Covid-19 has so far posed the greatest pressure on health care workers and they have had to face the challenges daily. Most of these issues have always been there, but the pandemic magnified them and demanded more from every health care worker.

        Speaking to a friend who has been a nurse for 25 years recently, she recounted how one day at the height of the pandemic, she was kitted up for protection before entering the ‘Covid-19 zone’ at work. She admitted how unprepared she was despite her years of experience.  She had taken one look at the room filled with sick Covid-19 patients on one side and on another noted body bags ready to be filled. In her words, she said, ‘it was really a war, there was no time to make sense of everything going on’. After a couple of hours of caring for sick patients and managing expectations of relatives, she described how she steamed up under the protective personal equipment, dripping uncontrollably with sweat and finally bursting into tears.

        Recent research showed that many have also suffered psychological and emotional distress, infections, burnout, uncertainty, moral injury, violence, stigma, depression and even death (WHO 2020 and Only Human report 2020). The pandemic has brought new challenges and new ways of working and we cannot talk about patient safety in 2020 and beyond, without talking about staff safety first.

        Nobody should have their safety impacted at work and we certainly cannot look away from the risks presented to health care workers whose place of work this year, has been more like the war front. These workers not only have to provide care through it all, but they also must bear the outcome of their lived experience. They must be looked after well, during and after. A Yoruba proverb says, ‘if you find yourself and your child engulfed in fire, you must dust yourself first before you are able to dust your child’. That is, ‘the instinct in an accident is to protect oneself before the thought of anyone else, even your child.

        “Most of these issues have always been there, but the pandemic magnified them and demanded more from every single health care worker.”

        The link between patient safety and worker safety

        It’s no surprise, therefore, that there is a firm link between patient safety and health worker safety. The safety of both patients and staff are inextricably linked, like two sides of the same coin. They are co-dependent. Staff safety is a prerequisite to patients’ safety. Only a safe health care worker can ensure a safe patient.

        Stress is the first culprit that creates burnout among health care workers and has a significant impact on the quality of care given to patients and their overall safety. The top reasons for stress are high workload, long hours, strained interpersonal relationships and lack of teamwork. These and many more cause health care workers to be more prone to errors and experience a decline in their own health. (WHO/IOSH, 2020).

        Let us share some other painful facts:

        • Health workers have the highest risk of Covid-19 infections, in fact, 10 per cent of all cases globally are among health workers
        • Between 44 per cent and 83 per cent of nurses in clinical settings in Africa have chronic low back pain
        • Between 17 per cent and 32 per cent of health care workers in high-income countries suffer from occupational burnout
        • Globally, 63 per cent of health workers report experiencing a form of violence at the workplace
        • Medical professions are also at higher risk of suicide in all parts of the world
        • During the Covid-19 pandemic, 23 per cent of front-line health care workers suffered depression and anxiety and 39 per cent suffered insomnia
        • One in three health care workers in high income countries suffer from work-related burnout at the workplace (WHO/IOSH, 2020).

        Recommendations for post-covid recovery

        Global players such as the United Nations, WHO, International Labour Organisation (ILO) among others have shared some resolutions to take necessary steps to alleviate some of these painful facts at country level. Other organisations are working equally hard regionally and locally. All have committed to scale up efforts to improve and promote healthier and safer workplaces. Further recommendations have also been made to support global advocacy for health care workers’ safety.

        A few are:

        Part of the journey to recovery from the pandemic is the intentional focus on the safety of health care workers. It is important before, during and after the 17 of September, to promote patient safety particularly by increasing awareness on this year’s focus – health care worker’s safety. No one is excluded in responding to the global call for action to speak up for health care workers safety. It is directed to everyone:  patient, family, carer, health care worker, local and international organisations, policymakers, regulators, administrators, managers, patient representative organisations and academic or research institutions. All hands must be on deck to promote the safety of health workers.

        Never again should any health care worker have to work without adequate PPE, never again should any health care worker be overwhelmed with stress, bear the brunt of lack of resources or face avoidable harm for their patients or themselves. As Tedros Adhanom (Director General, WHO) succinctly puts it ‘Together we have a duty to protect those who protect us.’

        We're here to help

        Find out more about how the Health Innovation Network supports Patient safety.

        Explore

        Meet the innovator: Matt Elcock

        In this edition, we caught up with Matt Elcock, Founder of Push Doctor; an innovation that provides clinicians with the technology to enable patients to access primary and secondary care digitally through the NHS across the UK.

        Pictured above: Matt Elcock of Push Doctor

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence.

        Push Doctor provides clinicians with the technology to enable patients to access primary and secondary care digitally through the NHS across the UK.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        There were two. The idea was created when Uber was scaling, and Push Doctor was born to provide quick, speedy, private access to digital primary care in 2013. At the time, there was typically a 2 or more week wait for an appointment, so Push Doctor set out to help solve this problem digitally. Then in 2018, the second moment was the widespread willingness to adopt this approach to primary care within the NHS and the launch of the NHS 10 year plan. That is when we focussed to deliver the product free via NHS through partners in General Practice.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. It’s your passion and vision which will serve you throughout, ensure that this is clear, long-term, and meaningful.
        2. Think iteratively about the journey, markets change in steps. To achieve your vision may take 2 or 10+ changes within the market. Work through them systematically.
        3. Bring the right people on your journey, who share your passion. This will be the difference between success and failure.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Acceptance. Push Doctor was the first to launch our service within the UK, we were a CQC test-case for regulation. We have worked hard with the regulator to ensure the service can be offered in a safe and effective manner. When we launched the platform, it was far from certain if this could / would be adopted for the future. I’m glad to say that we have demonstrated how it can work at scale and now is widely adopted across the UK.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        For us, saving lives. Push Doctor has been responsible for saving the lives of numerous patients who were struggling to get care in a timely fashion and those patients who were very sick (for example with Sepsis). Having access to a doctor in minutes picked up the red flags quickly and we have coordinated an expedited pathway into A&E because of this. This fact is the most rewarding aspect that any innovator could wish for.

        Best part of your job now?

        The best part of my role now is working with partners and our internal teams on how we can evolve our support to the NHS. There are so many opportunities where digital health can deliver real benefits to our NHS. In 2013, we had the vision that video consultations would become mainstream for primary care and now we see that digital health will offer benefits to doctors, patients and commissioners and solve so many of the current challenges faced. Our approach to these challenges is once again, unique.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        This is simple; I would provide direct funding to innovators who have evidence to back the benefits. Proving out the effectiveness of an innovation is the first challenge, getting funding for it afterwards is often very difficult too. I think digital breaks down borders and delivers maximum benefit at scale, but this can sometimes be at odds with how funding streams work and limits the benefit digital can provide.

        A typical day for you would include..

        My days are quite varied but usually involves me being out meeting our partners within the NHS and working with the Push Doctor leadership team on our approach, product and funding.

        Where can we find you?

        For more information, visit their website at pushdoctor.co.uk or follow them on Twitter @PushDoctor

        New NHS People Plan: The hunger for change must be matched by the appetite for risk

        Medical Director at the Health Innovation Network (HIN), Dr Natasha Curran discusses how positivity, potential and practicality must be balanced when delivering truly innovative new ways of working.

        I feel privileged to hold a number of varied health and care positions so read the newly published People Plan with cautious optimism. Whilst undoubtedly a big ask and task to deliver, the People Plan is clearly a positive call to arms.

        As Joint Director of Clinical Strategy at King’s Health Partners (KHP) and co-lead of the Implementation and Engagement theme of the Applied Research Collaboration (ARC) South London, I was heartened by how much the Plan has taken account of the system-wide learnings of Covid-19, despite us still being in the throes of the pandemic. As a clinical leader, the call for a greater emphasis on clinical leadership, which during the first wave allowed local self-governing clinical teams to do what was needed, is particularly welcome.

        I felt uplifted by the promise of flexibility by default for all clinical and non-clinical posts advertised from January 2021. Having seen over the years how many brilliant colleagues have struggled to balance parenthood, caring responsibilities or simply the emotional workload of full-time hours, when an offer of more flexibility would have supported them to keep going, this feels like a gamechanger. Especially for junior doctor (and other professional) training schemes and primary care. The challenge of course is in making these deliver operationally in the short term.

        As an NHS ‘lifer’, I’ve long awaited an NHS plan that gives as strong a focus on health and wellbeing of staff and promises career-long investment, not least because as well as looking after staff, it also translates into better patient care. We know that 50 per cent more staff in the NHS suffer from debilitating levels of work stress compared with the general working population as a whole. Every year in the NHS staff survey, 38 to 40 per cent of staff report being unwell as a result of work stress in the previous year. Research indicating that organisations who prioritise staff wellbeing and leadership provide higher quality patient care see higher levels of patient satisfaction, and are better able to retain the workforce they need, is not new. However, this is the first NHS plan I have read that seems to take it seriously enough to make it integral to how we work.

        At the HIN, working in the business of spread and adoption, my main question remains how are we going to make it a reality?

        “Bold ideas are not useful unless there is the power, permission and possibility for the inevitable risk that comes with trying something completely new.”

        Local innovation versus national control?

        My biggest concern is that the onus on large scale organisational or systems change needed to deliver this rests with the same organisations who have said they need help. This, plus the lack of risk appetite centrally to genuinely allow local systems to be very innovative. It’s great that answers such as innovative roles, support to care homes, volunteering and the role of research are mentioned (p10), but what central levers are really in place to connect health and social care, for example? Or to ensure that NIHR (National Institute of Health Research) funding is linked to on the ground need and evaluation of rapid care system change? Or for professional bodies to rapidly collaborate and/or change how they regulate new roles?

        That local plans are expected is appropriate, as this will allow systems to think collaboratively. But how much freedom and headspace will they have to create this? For example, would an Integrated Care System (ICS) be supported nationally to test some bold plans, without reams of dragging governance? Would they also ensure evaluations of workforce pilots to include return on investment in longer than two year funding cycles? There are some good early signs with small grant funding from Health Education England (HEE) but these need to be over a longer period and clearly linked to on overall policy.

        Bold ideas are not useful unless there is the power, permission and possibility for the inevitable risk that comes with trying something completely new. Will the NHS prove that it actually is committed to learning by giving systems air cover to do interesting things, and with its partners in social care in our ICSs? So that providers can complete properly evaluated pilots of, for example, new roles rather than not even starting because potentially they are considered illegal and/or uninsured? Redeployment was enabled rapidly during Covid-19, especially for intensive care units (p32). Will this scale of reshuffling be so readily facilitated in a more planned way, across all specialities and sector boundaries, and for the longer term? In my own specialty of anaesthesia, which has had a workforce gap for years, I have seen the struggle to embrace new roles, such as physician assistants. Professional bodies such as the General Medical Council and Royal Colleges should, and always will be concerned with standards, but we should also be alert to professional protectionism. If we look back to the difficult detail of the never-final version of HEE’s 2017 draft workforce strategy, we can see that that a truly wicked problem exists. And has been pushed forward to this People Plan.

        Whilst rapid workforce innovation might lead to some individual harm, the greater harm is likely to already be happening at a population level, as a result of not swiftly adapting. The pandemic, for all its hardship and heartbreak has forced action that would have otherwise taken years – perhaps decades – to get through bureaucracy and process. What worked was being explicit about the unknown and trusting and allowing the public to judge us. Will we approach this People Plan with the same gusto for actionable change that Covid-19 forced us into?

        Hordes of new workers?

        The Plan gives so many positive suggestions, such as the mention of peer-support (p41) – in my view the nation’s greatest untapped resource, alongside unpaid carers – and a call to invest in for example child and adolescent psychotherapy training schemes. But the latter provide expensive services that have been cut by commissioners, as return on investment is often realised way in the future, and/or is counterfactual, and in different parts of the economy such as the criminal justice system. Will commissioners be supported to make potential losses on such services?

        “Will we approach this People Plan with the same gusto for actionable change that Covid-19 forced us into?”

        There are barriers beyond money too. Data sharing, for example. If staff need to operate across boundaries, then we need to see workforce data (as well as clinical information) in others’ organisations. More significantly, perhaps, are the continued vacancy levels. A focus on people requires people to deliver it. With over 100,000 vacant roles currently in the NHS, who are we expecting to come forward? We are still to see the full effect of Brexit on staffing. We are moving towards this winter with a massive burden of longer wait lists, a huge flu vaccination programme, a potential second Covid-19 wave, plus the hope that we will be delivering a Covid-19 vaccination programme at some point.

        The Plan suggests that the positive zeitgeist towards the NHS, which increased during the first wave of the pandemic (perhaps coupled with new unemployment in other areas), will translate into hordes of new workers. Will it be done in time to allow those who have worked during the pandemic to recover? And will the Government make the financial commitment required to back up the Plan’s promise of training and education for a whole career path, not to mention the better pay and conditions that will ultimately also attract and retain staff? The case that we would have been better off investing more before Covid-19 hit, has already been highlighted.

        An evidence-based approach to evaluation and spread?

        Perhaps the most poignant question of all – if something is a success, how will we know and how will it spread?

        While heavy on positive potential, the plan is light on meaningful metrics (promised next month). The Plan cannot be appraised without them. An evidence-based approach must apply to staff wellbeing and retention, healthcare policy and delivery, as well as to clinical care, because as discussed above, these factors unquestionably affect patient outcomes. The pledge that the annual NHS survey will be linked to the NHS People Promise (which has been developed by staff) is a good start. But it would be more effective and efficient to promote successfully proven elements or practices from the People Plan.

        This is where us Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNS) could come in, to support the scale and spread of models which work. The Plan doesn’t mention any partnership with, or investment from industry/charity/other sectors, which AHSNs are well-versed in facilitating. Although, hearteningly, I see early signs that others are also thinking this way.

        I was interviewed last year about local workforce innovation, and said the following:

        I see an opportunity for the KCL civic university to create an exciting health and care careers offer which goes beyond the Topol review and NHS people plan to attract and retain our greatest talent. I’m interested in working with the KHP partners, Royal Colleges, Health Education England and others to enable KHP to become a world leader in true inter-disciplinary whole career journeys, integrating ‘in time’ learning and structurally enabling individuals to change fields whilst maintaining creditability, and crucially, pay. Examples could include data science, digital, engineering, psychological, and business skills.”

        Whilst it seems the sentiment has been mirrored in the new People Plan, the permission to take changes forward will always come with some risk. Will we be allowed to take the chances, forge the partnerships and take the short-term financial hits to really deliver?

        Further reading

        Find out more about how the Health Innovation Network supports workforce transformation.

        Click here

        Meet the innovator: Evan Harris

        In this edition, we caught up with Evan Harris, Co-Founder of Peppy Health; an innovation that gives users ultra-convenient access to vetted healthcare practitioners.

        Pictured above: Evan Harris of Peppy Health

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Peppy gives our users ultra-convenient access to vetted healthcare practitioners in the areas of fertility, parenthood, menopause, mental health and many more to come.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        There have been a series of lightbulb moments but the clearest one came from my colleague and Peppy co-founder, Max, who had recently become a dad. His wife and baby experienced various challenges in the first few months after birth and the care they received from the NHS and their private health insurer was almost non-existent. We started to speak to people in the perinatal sector and realised that many services had been cut to the bone during austerity. Then we became aware of similar issues in fertility and menopause support. Suddenly the huge gaps in the conventional healthcare system – in women’s health and other areas – became obvious and we realised that we had a model that could revolutionise the way people engage with healthcare providers.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Find co-founders you like and respect. If you’re serious about being an innovator then the first step is to put yourself in a position where you could meet them.
        2. Find a route to revenue from day one. Successful metrics are fairly meaningless if no one will pay for the service.
        3. Experiment rapidly and pivot if necessary. We’ve pivoted our products, routes to market and revenue model about 10 times in the last 12 months. Had we not been willing to move so fast we wouldn’t be here right now.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Finding product-market fit. We’re not 100 per cent there yet but we are much closer to it than we were even six months ago. There are so many moving parts, so many possibilities, and you only have so much cash runway before it runs out.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Definitely the Techforce-19 Challenge in April and May this year. Being able to support over 1,000 new parents in an NHS-funded trial gave us an incredible opportunity to prove that our model could deliver extraordinary outcomes in a short period of time. In our case we reduced the percentage of trial participants experiencing possible depression or anxiety by almost half based on SWEMWBS surveys.

        Best part of your job now?

        I get a huge amount of joy from hearing feedback from our users and knowing that we are making a positive difference in their lives and the lives of their families. I also love working with innovate HR professionals.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        I’m obviously biased here but I think it’s much easier to innovate in a small startup like Peppy than it is in a conventional area of the NHS like a Trust. I’d therefore make it easier for these startups to experiment with the NHS on new service models. These experiments need to be funded and decisions need to be made much quicker than they are now. Techforce-19 was a great example of what is possible.

        A typical day for you would include..

        MS Teams calls!! The whole team are working remotely so I’m on one video call after another. My day starts with three stand-ups: full team, tech team, ops team. Then it’s on to a wide mix of developing our product, client implementation meetings, and ad-hoc catch ups with the team. The typical day is also very long – I need a holiday!

        Where can we find you?

        Listen to the latest Innovation Exchange featuring Peppy Health.

        For more information, visit their website at www.pepp.health or follow them on LinkedIn at getpeppy 

        A vital nudge during a crisis

        Covid-19 has forced healthcare professionals to adapt rapidly in a high pressure situation. Catherine Dale, Programme Director of Patient Safety and Experience, reflects on why it’s vital that healthcare professionals adopt practices that protect them and their colleagues’ health and ensure they are able to provide the best possible care to patients.

        Do you know?

        • Nudge is a concept in behavioural economics, political theory, and behavioural sciences which proposes positive reinforcement and indirect suggestions as ways to influence the behaviour and decision making of groups or individuals.
        • Under PM David Cameron, the UK government set up a Behavioural Insights Team in 2010, commonly dubbed a “nudge unit”, to develop policies.
        • Nudge theory can be a powerful tool in helping healthcare professionals adopt behaviours to help them adapt to crisis and rapid change.
        • ‘In April, IPPR reported that 1 in 2 workers felt their mental health had declined since the pandemic started and more than 1 in 5 are more likely to leave the profession after Covid-19’. Source: IPPR

        The #OnlyHuman project stemmed from work Health Innovation Network (HIN) was already doing with The Health Foundation on behavioural insights – also known as ‘nudge theory’ – to improve catheter care. Poor catheter care causes infections that can lead to sepsis and even death. The team worked collaboratively with Revealing Reality and H+K Strategies to successfully complete the exploratory phase of a Behavioural Insights Research Project into reducing catheter associated urinary tract infections (CAUTIs) in hospitals and the community setting.

        During the pandemic, this work pivoted to develop materials to apply nudge theory to support hundreds of thousands of NHS and care staff who have had to manage rapid change because of Covid-19. For context, the NHS has 1.3 million staff in total.

        When Covid-19 hit we were all overwhelmed with many emotions, ranging from fear, a sense of hopelessness, lack of control, confusion, enormous admiration for health service colleagues in clinical roles, fear again and a baffling sense of not being sure of what could be done that would really make a difference.

        That’s when we pivoted ideas from a project to create a suite of materials to help healthcare professional manage this enormous change. That project centred on taking a behavioural insights approach to improving catheter care. Catheters are such a normal part of healthcare that we are oblivious to the dangers associated with them – infections that can lead to sepsis and even death.

        “We tend to think I’ve got to put the needs of the vulnerable person first, but in order to do this we still need to start by looking after ourselves.”

        Unglamorous but life-saving

        Catheter care is not typically very glamorous, exciting or innovative. So, even though we know the right things to do to ensure good catheter care – regular checking, trialling without a catheter as appropriate, care planning on discharge from hospital – other things are very likely to take priority. Our project looked at the role that behavioural insights might have in reminding people to do the right thing to ensure safer and more effective catheter care. If interested more information on this project can be found here.

        Because of the pandemic, hospital colleagues had quite enough to deal with so our work on catheter care was temporarily paused. But we were lucky enough to be working on a programme funded by The Health Foundation, with colleagues who were experts in behavioural insights. Behavioural insights is commonly known as ‘nudge’ theory. It focuses on the way in which we humans have biases in our thinking that means there is a predictability about how we are likely to behave. You need a nudge where it’s well established what the right thing to do is but for completely understandable and human reasons, we just aren’t doing it. Nudges can be effective in getting us to eat more healthily, do more exercise or to donate blood, for example. So we explored with the team and our funders if it might be possible to use this expertise to nudge people towards doing the right thing in the midst of Covid.

        Look after yourself first

        The first question was where might we make a difference? In Covid I have felt a significant responsibility around doing something helpful without irritating already busy people. We honed in on something that could help staff look after themselves. The concept in my mind was when you’re on a plane you are instructed to put the oxygen mask on yourself before you tend to your child. This is often the opposite of the way in which people with caring responsibilities tend to think. We tend to think I’ve got to put the needs of the vulnerable person first, but in order to do this we still need to start by looking after ourselves. So this struck us as an area that might need a nudge.

        We then thought about how staff wellbeing messages tend either to be pitched at the individual or at those in leadership positions. But other examples have shown that one of most effective wellbeing strategies is to get people to focus on one another as equals or peers – encouraging people to think about their friends and colleagues, checking with them to make sure they’re having a break, drinking enough water, doing ok. If people are doing this for one another, there is a ripple effect because social cues reinforce the behaviour and make it more sustainable.

        A suite of ‘nudge’ materials

        These concepts have led to the #OnlyHuman campaign. I am very grateful to be working with so many amazing colleagues and to have had the support of The Health Foundation to pivot the work in this direction during Covid. This campaign consists of a suite of material including an editable e-package of resources with simple tips for teams, a teaser animation and social media assets. These resources are based on research findings and informed by a range of experts and health and social care workers. We can’t predict how much of an impact this campaign will have, it might be simply a drop in the ocean of staff wellbeing initiatives, but sometimes you have to throw a pebble into a pond and see where the ripples will land.

        We hope you find the tools we have developed interesting and useful – that is our intention. We also hope by sharing our learning and reflections with you this may spark ideas of your own.

        We hope the #OnlyHuman campaign demonstrates the wider opportunities for applying behavioural insights to health and social care. Health and social care is delivered by people and at times we do not always do what is best for ourselves. Even with the best of intentions we need to keep being reminded of what we need to do to look after ourselves and our colleagues. That is never more important than when we are under enormous pressure in a crisis.

        Further information

        Find out more about the #OnlyHuman project and download the resources.

        Download now

        We’re here to help

        If you would like to be the first to hear more about the next phase of this project or have a project that would benefit from a Behavioural Insights approach, we’d love to know.

        Get in touch

        Meet the innovator: Dr Keith Tsui

        In this edition, we caught up with Dr. Keith Tsui, CEO and Co-founder of Medwise.ai; an innovation that supports clinicians to answer questions faster than ever before.

        Pictured above: Dr. Keith Tsui, CEO and Co-founder of Medwise.ai

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Medwise.ai is an innovation that supports clinicians to answer questions faster than ever before. We have recently tailored our platform for Covid-19.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Medwise.ai was born out of my frustration working on the frontline as a medical doctor and having to rely on paper books and hard to access local guidelines when smartphones and smart search engines like Google are so prevalent. I decided to make a professional “Google for doctors”, providing evidence-based, fast and concise clinical answers at the point of care.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Do not give up, things will get tough, but things are usually not as bad as you thought, be creative and find new ways and new angles to tackle the problem
        2. Always talk to the users and understand the problem first. Be obsessed about the problem and the users and that’s the only way you could find and deliver value
        3. It is okay to fail, but it is not ok to fail repeatedly on the same thing. Move quickly but always respect how the health care system work and first “do no harm”.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Navigating the NHS procurement landscape for new and innovative digital health and AI solutions, but it’s good to see NHSx leading the way in making this easier for innovators.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Getting on the DigitalHealth.London Launchpad programme and working with my co-founder to pivot our platform to tailor to Covid-19 content – the beta was up and running within two weeks and now available for NHS clinicians.

        Best part of your job now?

        Meeting a lot of people (virtually during Covid-19) passionate about using digital and AI to make health care better for patients, doctors and the community.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        There’s probably a lot of things that could help speed up health innovation, but I think the most important is to help align incentives within the NHS and making a clear path for procurement and adoption of health innovations.

        A typical day for you would include..

        As a start-up founder there is no such thing as a typical day! Every day is different and that’s the exciting part.

        For more information, visit their website at www.medwise.ai/covid or follow them on Twitter @MedwiseAI

        Let’s hold the gains

        Let’s hold the gains

        by Richard Barker, Chair at Health Innovation Network and Guy Boersma, Chief Executive at Kent Surrey Sussex AHSN

        In the midst of an unprecedented health emergency, it may seem strange to speak of ‘gains’ – i.e. gains from our experience in combatting Covid-19. The loss of loved ones through Covid-19 is a terrible tragedy and no ‘gain’ or advances in our approach can ever outweigh this loss. But in this context, we face an even greater responsibility to be clear on what we are learning from this crisis and how we see these lessons bearing fruit for others in a future post-Covid world, whenever it arrives.

        From our perspective working within the Academic Health Science Network (AHSN) system, we are seeing advances in thinking and practice in several key areas for the future of the NHS, and the Network is collecting lessons learned for future dissemination. But we would like to suggest a few of these at this early stage, under three headings – gains to hold, further gains to push for, based on the Covid experience, and change in healthcare system dynamics if we are to fully grasp these gains.

        Gains to hold

        ‘Gains to hold’ include both how healthcare is being practised in the midst of Covid-19, how we are introducing innovation into practice, greater flexibility in roles within the NHS and productive partnerships between the public, private and third sectors of the health economy.

        Most obvious is the rapid and dramatic shift to remote medical consultations. Using online tools and simple phone calls, we have demonstrated that many primary care and specialist consultations can quite effectively be done remotely. For example, skin lesion images and heart irregularities can be transmitted to inform these sessions, and of course patients can report the outcomes of current treatments. The level of such remote consultations will undoubtedly fall to some extent after the crisis, but we will have seen a major breakthrough in their use and widespread adoption of the relevant supportive digital tools, and the AHSNs have been intimately involved in ensuring these tools are introduced. With this learning and with the benefit of a further period of time, there is the opportunity to refine utilisation and get the most out of newly familiar technology.

        We have learned that knowledge can be transmitted as fast as the virus, if not faster…

        This brings us more generally to the speed of spread and adoption of new technology. Until now, the received wisdom was that the NHS could not be expected to take up innovations rapidly, with 17 years often being quoted as the UK standard for the delay between first appearance and widespread use! Now we know that the system can adopt what it urgently needs in a matter of weeks, if not days. Until Covid struck, the Accelerated Access Review (in which one of us took part) and the Accelerated Access Collaborative that took forward its recommendations, has been focused on accelerating a very few ‘transformative’ innovations. The role of the AAC in this crisis has widened the aperture significantly and we support the aperture remaining wide, and the speed remaining fast.

        We have also seen redeployment of people and skills on a massive scale, across medical disciplines, between doctors, nurses, ancillary workers and pharmacists. We have learned that knowledge can be transmitted as fast as the virus, if not faster, and systems for democratising knowledge should emerge from our experience.

        As AHSNs, we are also very focused on partnerships across the public, private and charity sectors of the health economy, and our boards are one of the few places in which all three come together around the same problem-solving table. The UK history has unfortunately too often been of mutual misunderstanding or suspicion across cultural divides. The Covid-19 crisis has broken these down dramatically, with just one example of a major pharmaceutical company approaching their local Academic Health Science Network to help plug the yawning gap in viral testing. And, of course, many companies whose business is not health have pitched in, whether to manufacture masks or other PPE, or support their local communities. Let us work so that the partnerships forged in the crisis lay the foundation for a much more collaborative future.

        Holding the gains requires us all to capture the learning, now.

        These are all solid gains to hold, if we are determined to do so. In addition, we see the need to push for advances in three other areas of huge importance for the future of the NHS: how we prioritise prevention, how we assess value and how we share data.

        Further gains to push for

        Holding the gains requires us all to capture the learning, now, on how positive change has been delivered at pace and scale: the generous collaborations, the inspired communications, the courageous changemaking, the focused strategy, and so on. We then need to consider how to incorporate this behaviour into a calmer future environment. Learning from the virus’ impact on those who are frail and have underlying health conditions brings into fresh focus how the NHS thinks about its job and its performance. As was pointed out in a recent All-Party Parliamentary Group report, Health of the Nation, the NHS is still an illness service in its productivity measures.

        For the NHS to become more of a health service than an illness service, it needs to value more highly its contribution to maintaining the public’s long-term health and resilience, via an increased investment in self-care and in supporting citizens with long term conditions to manage and maintain independence for longer.

        Despite fine words on focusing ‘upstream’, only about 5 per cent of the NHS budget goes on prevention – and secondary care cost inflation pressurises it out of hospital budgets. So, we have a rising tide of health-vulnerable people, particularly in the more deprived sectors of the population. ‘Underlying health conditions’ – most of them avoidable – are clearly major factors in morbidity and mortality from the virus. They are of course major factors in healthy lifespan in general – virus or no virus. We need to keep this firmly in mind when shaping the plans and budgets of the new primary care networks and ICSs and in HM Treasury / DHSC negotiations. And most prevention does not have an in-year ROI.

        We believe this period is a wakeup call that should cause us to change some beliefs about our healthcare system

        Fast and wide data-sharing is a major feature of the crisis, as specialists and hospitals try to analyse available data on an unfamiliar condition and generate information and insights leading to new approaches and novel therapies. The Health Data Research hub dedicated to critical care, PIONEER, will be in the forefront of this. This data- and knowledge-sharing within the NHS and across the world is itself a ‘gain to hold’. We should see an even more significant advance in data-sharing as citizens report symptoms, or antibody status and potential contacts in the context of an ‘exit strategy’ – a strategy that we are yet to see, but know we will need if we are to emerge from lockdown and not suffer successive future waves of infection. Looking beyond Covid, ready and responsible data sharing between individuals and the system – which of course needs to be two-way, for example through the NHS app – is such an important tool that we need to overcome the reluctance of several stakeholders to support it. Good governance will be key, as will be the ability for people to see and control how their data is used. Good analysis of data to create knowledge and information for decision-taking will also be key.

        Changing healthcare system dynamics

        Finally, we believe this period is a wakeup call that should cause us to change some beliefs about our healthcare system and the behaviours of staff and citizens. Firstly, the belief that our health is the NHS’ problem, not our own. Personal responsibility for maintaining strong health status and reducing health vulnerability will surely increase in the wake of Covid-19, and we should see a growth in demand from citizens and response from innovators for tools to enable this. Secondly, the belief that health workers – particularly domiciliary workers and health assistants – are doing low level work that merits low pay. Thirdly, that the NHS and private providers are enemies: in contrast, we have seen that agreements to work together and switch capacity reveal that they are on the same side in any health battle. Finally, that the NHS is a supertanker that we can never expect to move fast. It can and it has. We must collectively learn from how this was achieved and how the NHS can continue to respond positively to population needs at a faster pace and scale.

        Read here, to find out what AHSNs are doing to transform lives during Covid-19.

        Prof Richard Barker is Chairman of the Health Innovation Board. Richard is a strategic advisor, speaker and author on healthcare and life sciences. As a workstream champion in the Accelerated Access Review, he has advised successive UK governments on new healthcare tech.

        Guy Boersma has focused on improving public services from within the NHS, central government, private sector and professional services firms. He has worked across the NHS in Kent & Medway, Surrey and Sussex since 2010.​

        Share this Post

        Looking after your mental health and wellbeing: our staff and community Covid-19 resilience message

        Looking after your mental health and wellbeing: our staff and community Covid-19 resilience message


        In these uncertain times following the outbreak of Covid-19, it is more important than ever that we exemplify our HIN value of ‘Together’ – not only among our own staff, but to our members, stakeholders, partners and the people we serve. There isn’t one “right” way to process and deal with a situation like this, but one thing that we can all do to make this time easier is to look after our own health and wellbeing and support others to do the same.

        We have collaborated with King’s Health Partners to create the following practical tips for how to look after your mental health and wellbeing sustainably. To access the full resilience message, which includes resources and information for accessing additional support during this time, click the button below.

        Are you taking your medicine? Nearly half the time, the answer is “no”

        Are you taking your medicine? Nearly half the time, the answer is “no.”

        This blog is by Ayobola Chike-Michael, Patient Safety Project Manager at the Health Innovation Network

        The real life cost of non-adherence

        Medicines are made to be taken. Right? Well, medicines are being manufactured, prescribed and dispensed, but up to 30–50 per cent of prescribed medicines may not be taken as directed. This is a big issue for John Weinman, distinguished Professor of Psychology as Applied to Medicines at King’s College London, who recently gave a presentation to representatives from all 15 Academic Health Science Networks (AHSN) on this topic. It’s also a prevalent issue for doctors, pharmacists, patients, carers and relatives. If this is not an issue in your world, it should be.

        “Non-adherence” to prescribed medication is when a person does not take the medications as directed. This is surprisingly very common. As a result of this, many kitchen drawers overflow with medicines that eventually get thrown away, or worse, cause harm to an unintended consumer.

        A look at some of the contributing factors
        It’s not only patients who feel the negative impact of non-adherence; evidence shows that there are poorer clinical outcomes and increased healthcare costs associated with it too. This 2018 OECD report states that poor adherence contributes to 200,000 premature deaths in Europe per year and costs 125 billion euros through avoidable hospitalisations, emergency care and outpatient visits. Good-quality health as defined by the OECD is three times lower in those who do not adhere to their medication. It is a huge drain on public reserves and a massive health challenge to overcome. Most significantly, it does not have to be this way.

        So why would someone who is unwell and needs medication not take it? The reasons why transcend the smell or size of the tablets they are given. Some people do not believe that medication is important for them. Some worry about side effects or lose motivation and so refuse to take them or do not take them as prescribed. Research literature identifies almost 200 reasons for non-adherence. Some are obvious, others are less so. But when there are so many factors involved, how do we know where to begin supporting patients?

        With adherence, patients experience an improved quality of life because their symptoms can be reduced…

        Understanding the why

        King’s Health Partners established a centre that addresses these questions and many others relating to matters of adherence. The Centre for Adherence Research & Education (CARE) provides a hub for understanding and addressing the reasons for non-adherence. The team of experts at CARE aim to improve patients’, caregivers’ and health and social care staff’s awareness of non-adherence and provide approaches to support patients.

        CARE has carefully grouped the many reasons for non-adherence into three manageable areas: Capability, Opportunity and Motivation.

        Capability. Some people do not know how to properly take their medication, or may have problems with their understanding, memory or physical ability to do so.

        Opportunity. Some people are limited by situations outside of their control. These are external challenges such as financial constraints, access and lifestyle opportunities.

        Motivation. Some have developed a negative perception about their medication through social pressures and stigma, or as a result of their perspectives and experiences (those of side effects or low moods, for example) can become convinced that the medications are not necessary or beneficial to them.

        Improving adherence

        It is important that healthcare professionals and carers understand, and support their patients’ understanding of, the impact of non-adherence. But equally important is that we promote and celebrate the benefits of adherence. With adherence, patients experience an improved quality of life because their symptoms can be reduced and they can benefit from increased physical function and improved health outcomes. This is a win-win for patients and healthcare professionals.

        Some healthcare professionals feel limited in supporting their patients to improve adherence because of the tremendous time pressure they’re under, or because they don’t know how to go about it. The CARE approach enables collaborative working with the patient to find solutions. They train clinicians to understand the issues and provide them with user-friendly tools and support strategies designed for routine care. These are available on the King’s Health Partners Learning Hub.

        To join our conversation around how to support patients in getting the most out of their medicines, contact a member of our patient safety team at hin.southlondon@nhs.net. Let us all in our individual capacities do what we can to make the world of medicines a better place.

        Share this Post

        Don’t talk to me about savings – my innovation saves lives

        Don’t talk to me about savings – my innovation saves lives

        Patient safety and benefits are paramount when assessing new innovations, but commissioners need to understand the financial benefits too. Here Lesley Soden, Programme Director of Innovation at Health Innovation Network, explains how innovators can make sure they have a robust case by gathering the right data and accessing the right support.

        Picture the scene: you’re promoting the ground-breaking clinical benefits of your innovation to a potential NHS customer, but the conversation quickly turns to questions about savings and ensuring a return on investment. This topic soon overpowers the discussion, and everything you had prepared on improving patient care or helping health professionals do their jobs better is forgotten. You’re left feeling perplexed about the NHS customer’s priorities and your own responsibility to the system.

        The bottom line is that every NHS provider and commissioner will have a year-on-year savings target, usually between two per cent and nine per cent. To put this into context, for a specialist hospital with a £200 million budget, even just a two per cent savings target would be £4 million. This doesn’t mean that they aren’t interested in hearing about the workforce or patient safety improvement potential of your innovation. It does mean that they also need to see how you will help them save that cold hard cash.
        How you can help
        It’s imperative that you can prove your return on investment, or ROI, as well as talk about the system benefits of your idea. And the two aren’t mutually exclusive. Your ROI can be based on a number of factors, such as incident rates, patient or staff satisfaction rates, length of stay, emergency re-admission rates, infection rates, A&E waits, etc., all of which can offer an overall financial benefit to the NHS provider. While there is typically a lot to consider, the good news is that there is funding available from bodies such as the NIHR (National Institute for Health Research), Innovate UK or health charities to pay a university or health economist for ROI expertise.

        Your ROI must not only be more appealing than similar options available on the market; it must also be impressive against cost-saving innovations in other categories.

        But what does ‘return on investment’ actually mean? Put simply, ROI means that the financial benefits associated with the investment are greater than the costs incurred. For example, Locum’s Nest, the digital app that allows doctors to book and get paid for additional shifts, identified that one Trust recorded savings of £1.3 million in its opening 10 months after adopting the app. The cost of implementing the system was significantly less than this figure, giving a clear return on the finances and time invested by the Trust.
         
        Articulating the benefits
        This example clearly demonstrates a direct benefit, but there are a number of indirect ones that can be used to illustrate return on investment as well. In healthcare, these are often calculated in productivity, or the time saved by clinicians with which they can treat more patients and reduce delays in a patient’s pathway through the hospital, the cost saving of which can be inferred. For example, the use of the Infinity ePortering solution at Northwick Park Hospital, which coordinated approximately 9,000 requests for porters to transport patients and equipment each month, reduced the average request-completion time by six minutes, saving the hospital indirect financial costs of over 10,000 hours in productivity time per year[1]. Other indirect benefits can be factors such as staff satisfaction, which are qualified through an increase in staff retention and, therefore, reduced recruitment costs.

        As seen in these examples, good ROI analysis measures an innovation’s efficiency in terms of the expected benefit flow, whether direct or indirect. It should not be confused with “budget impact analysis”, which is an economic assessment used to calculate the actual cost of specific resources and equipment required to adopt and implement an innovation or service. Being able to effectively communicate the value of both direct and indirect ROIs is one of the most important skills any innovator for the health and care system can develop.
         
        Understanding your audience
        It’s important to remember that the benefits associated with an investment are not always measurable in a direct cash return to the investor. The value could be identified in terms of improved population health, the resulting decrease in demand on health services and an increase in system-wide savings. These can be more complicated ROIs to demonstrate, because the savings may not be immediately felt by the part of the system you are asking to implement your innovation. Convincing a commissioner to pay for something that they will not directly see a financial return on is not as straightforward a task. For example, asking a hospital to pay for an innovation that supports early patient discharge might seem like an obvious win for the trust, but in reality, the savings generated would directly benefit the commissioner, not the hospital itself. In these instances, you need to highlight the benefits to all parties. For the hospital, this could be freeing up bed capacity, resulting in an increased number of elective operations, which would generate an income for them.

        Your ROI must not only be more appealing than similar options available on the market; it must also be impressive against cost-saving innovations in other categories. For example, a Board might decide, rather than choosing between two digital innovations capable of reducing temporary staff agency costs, to simply pay for online infection-control training in order to reduce infection spread rates among staff. Your innovation must be able to demonstrate a better return on investment than all other options, too.

        Being able to effectively communicate the value of both direct and indirect ROIs is one of the most important skills any innovator for the health and care system can develop.

        Calculating your ROI
        A financial ROI is calculated through a cost-benefit ratio, which is the cost of an innovation divided by its benefits. This is often represented as an estimated value generated for every £1 spent on the intervention. The ROI value should be greater than every £1 spent to show a good return on investment.

        For example, Public Health England’s 2017 report[2] on the prevention and treatment of musculoskeletal (MSK) conditions showed that ESCAPE-Pain, an MSK prevention programme, had an ROI of £5.20, which is a great return for every £1 spent on the intervention. This demonstrates to commissioners and providers that the intervention of commissioning ESCAPE-Pain will generate a financial ROI.

        Another example of a good cost-benefit ratio can be seen in SecurAcath, which secures percutaneous catheters in position on the skin, reducing the need for frequent catheter replacement or reattachment. In a comparison study against the use of a similar device, they found that SecurAcath decreased costs in catheter replacement by £17,952, as SecurAcath resulted in a 0% catheter replacement rate compared to 5.9 per cent for the other device in the same year it was implemented.

        The most attractive cost-benefit ratios promise in-year savings, meaning that commissioners don’t have to wait a long time to reap the rewards of their investment.

        However, don’t be dissuaded if your idea is more of a long burn. There is a focus in the NHS Long Term plan on keeping people well for longer, and whilst people prefer quick wins – don’t we all – it’s not a guarantee that you will get rejected if you can’t promise a short-term return. In this instance, your ROI analysis could focus on the cost of preventing diseases and conditions in contrast to the cost of treating these conditions (e.g. cardiovascular disease or diabetes).

        Getting support
         If you are piloting your innovation within a health or social care service, you don’t just need to work out your costs; you also need to understand the current system data you’re claiming to be an improvement upon. You might be asked by a service lead to help identify the baseline data at the start of the pilot, and this data is contingent upon how your innovation will impact the service.

        Normally, a provider will have key monthly performance indicators (KPIs) that are reported to their commissioners and their Trust Board in aggregated data. This could be measured in things like the number of face-to-face patient contacts, waiting times or staff agency costs. The piloting of an innovation within a specific service may require the running of tailored data reports for these KPIs to provide valuable baseline information.

        A service lead will request that their internal informatics / business intelligence teams run these reports, as they are the only people in the company who are allowed access to that level of data. You will, then, receive this report from a business intelligence employee to build up your knowledge of the current system data. The request for data reports is often overlooked by innovators and makes it difficult to maximise the pilot benefit outside of a specific site if the right evidence is not generated.

        Evidencing the ROI of your innovation is often challenging and costly. However, it could be money well spent if this evidence leads to paid contracts. There are several options available:

        1. Do the work in-house. It should be reasonably straightforward for you to provide estimations of savings based on the improvements or outcomes your innovation has achieved in health care settings. You could use data that is readily available such as:
        • Number of bed days that your innovation has saved (e.g. by avoiding admission or reducing planned admissions). This can be quantified by the cost of an NHS bed per day.
        • Staffing hours saved by the innovation and the associated benefits (e.g. efficiencies, more patient-facing time, reducing unpaid overtime, more effective management of follow-up appointments or reducing DNAs).
        • Better management of medicines, which leads to a reduction in medicines being prescribed.
        • Prevention of deterioration through early diagnosis or better management and the savings associated with reducing the risk.
        1. Find a masters student. Many masters students will be up for taking on your research as part of their dissertation project. Specifically targeting universities that have students from relevant health economics or data science backgrounds or who are specializing in the same area as the product (e.g. a physiotherapist) is a good place to start.
        2. Commission an external and impartial consultancy. The outcome of which should be a robust piece of work that clearly demonstrates the ROI. Some AHSNs provide this service.

         

        Conclusion
        It would be great if innovations were only assessed on the patient benefit, but unfortunately, the NHS doesn’t have a bottomless purse. And neither should it. That absolutely doesn’t mean that patient safety isn’t of the upmost importance, it just can’t be the only deciding factor. Make it easy for commissioners and NHS providers to  see the value – both financial and otherwise – of your innovation by making sure you start with a robust baseline, gathering the right data during any pilots, looking out for funding opportunities and working with your local universities to access masters or PhD students who are keen to undertake your health economics study.

         

         

        For more guidance on understanding health economics and how to calculate an ROI, check out these resources:

        https://www.gov.uk/guidance/health-economics-a-guide-for-public-health-teams

        https://www.weahsn.net/toolkits-and-resources/quality-improvement-tools-2/more-quality-improvement-tools/return-on-investment-roi/
         

        References
        [1] https://infinity.health/eportering/

        [2] Return on Investment of Interventions for the Prevention and Treatment of Musculoskeletal Conditions (PHE, 2017)

        Share this Post

        Meet the new NHS Innovation Accelerator fellows

        Meet the 2020
        NHS Innovation Accelerator Fellows

        The NHS Innovation Accelerator (NIA) has announced the 11 high impact innovations joining the national accelerator in 2020. Four of the 11 innovators are DigitalHealth.London Accelerator companies; Health Navigator, Locum’s Nest, MyPreOp (Ultramed) and Safe Steps.

        At a launch event chaired by Professor Stephen Powis, National Medical Director for NHS England and NHS Improvement, the 2020 cohort of Fellows presented their innovations to key stakeholders, including Tony Young, National Clinical Lead for Innovation of NHS England and NHS Improvement, and Nigel Edwards, Chief Executive of the Nuffield Trust, both of whom also spoke at the event.

        The innovations joining the award-winning NIA offer solutions supporting priority areas for England’s NHS as laid out in the NHS Long Term Plan. Their recruitment follows an international call and rigorous selection process, including review by over 100 clinical, patient and commercial assessors, an informal review by the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE), interviews, and due diligence. This year’s finalists include a medically certified smartwatch app capable of detecting atrial fibrillation (AF), a device reducing the angst of parents by enabling faster ADHD diagnosis, and an artificial intelligence (AI) platform bringing patients’ voices to life to improve care.

        This marks the fifth year of the NIA, which is an NHS England initiative delivered in partnership with England’s 15 Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs), hosted at UCLPartners. Since 2015, it has supported the uptake and spread of 62 evidence-based innovations across more than 2,210 NHS sites. Independent evaluations report that NIA innovations save the health and social care system £38m a year, conservatively.

        Professor Stephen Powis, National Medical Director for NHS England and NHS Improvement, said:

        “The NHS Long Term Plan puts the latest technology and innovation at the heart of people’s care and the future of our health service.

        “Right across the NHS patients are benefitting from world-beating innovations, spread as part of this programme, and now even more patients will be supported by new tools.”

        Piers Ricketts, Chair of the AHSN Network, said:

        “The NHS Innovation Accelerator is one of the flagship programmes of the AHSN Network. NIA Fellows have made a huge contribution to our health and care system since we started the programme five years ago, and we are proud to have supported these remarkable individuals on their development journey. It is gratifying to see their high-impact innovations gaining traction and visibility through our accelerator programme, and we are delighted that several NIA innovations have now had national impact in the NHS.

        We look forward to working with the new NIA Fellows to help them scale and deploy their innovations across the country for the benefit of patients and the NHS.”

        The 11 innovations selected to join the NIA in 2020 are:

        Fibricheck: A medically certified app (CE Class IIA, FDA approved) capable of the early detection of heart rhythm disorders, such as atrial fibrillation, using a smartphone or smartwatch
        Health Navigator: AI-guided proactive health coaching to prevent avoidable urgent and emergency care
        Locum’s Nest: A locum app that connects doctors to locum work in hospitals, while cutting out the inefficient, ineffective and expensive agency middleman
        Management and Supervision Tool (MaST): A dashboard that uses predictive analytics to generate insights which support staff to deliver high quality, effective mental health care by identifying those people who are most likely to require crisis services
        MediShout: The world’s first platform to integrate all logistical departments in hospitals, giving clinicians an app to instantly report issues and using AI to predict future problems
        MyPreOp: A cloud-hosted programme enabling patients to enter, own and share their preoperative assessment information
        Patient Experience Platform (PEP): AI platform transforming healthcare and improving safety by empowering the digital voice of patients
        QbTest: A CE-marked, FDA approved medical device that simultaneously measures attention, impulsivity and motor activity to speed up ADHD diagnosis and treatment evaluation
        RIX Wiki: Software that enables people with learning disabilities to share personal health and care information for effective person-centred support in their communities
        Safe Steps: Reducing the number of preventable falls in the ageing population through digital, evidence-based interventions
        The WaterDrop: A low-cost, high impact innovation that enables patients to easily access fluids at any time without needing to call for help to help prevent dehydration and avoidable intravenous drips

        Saved by social: can young people be helped to cope online with social networks

        Saved by social: supporting young people with mental health challenges using apps

        By Rita Mogaji, Digital Marketing Manager at Health Innovation Network

        I love social media. I love everything about it. I love that you can learn most things, connect with likeminded people, or even better, very different people from all over the globe. In that one click a whole world of interests, breaking news and funny memes is opened up to you. As Digital Marketing Manager of Health Innovation Network, I get a kick out of being able to share the latest digital innovations with healthcare professionals, connect with GPs on how they can bring Atrial Fibrillation (AF) checks to their clinics and – of course – stay up to date with the latest gifs, all through the power of social media.

        But I appreciate that’s not everyone’s experience of the cyber world. And, while I am a lover of the online world, I am not ignorant to the darker side, where bullies troll and perfection is presented as a casual everyday occurrence. This is particularly saddening in the way that it is potentially affecting young people’s mental health.

        In February, HIN hosted a Maximising Digital in Mental Health event, specifically aimed at discussing how we can maximise digital  opportunities in mental health for 0-25 year olds. At the event, leading children’s mental health expert and Professor of Contemporary Psychoanalysis and Developmental science and Head of the Division of Psychology and Language Sciences at University College London (UCL), Professor Peter Fonagy OBE, brought the problem to life in the statistics he presented. According to the first national review of children and young people’s mental health, the number of children and young people referred for mental health treatment has risen by two-thirds since 2012, university students reporting a mental health problem has risen five-fold.

        The same report, titled “Impact of social media and screen-use on young people’s mental health”, published in 2018, found that despite there being a disappointing amount of robust research in this area, there was evidence of the potential negative impacts of social media, ranging from causing detrimental effects on sleep patterns and body image, through to cyberbullying, grooming and ‘sexting’. In these instances, social media was described as a facilitator to the risk, rather than the general root cause.

        What if instead of carrying around trolls and bullies and anxieties in their pockets, young people were carrying around peer support and mental health professionals.

        Harnessing the power of sharing

        If social media is a facilitator to the risks, surely, it could also be a facilitator to a solution? While social media’s potential to be destructive and unkind cannot be denied, it also provides direct access to young people who otherwise are not accessing the professional help they need.

        Research recently published by the Education Policy Institute (EPI) found that one in four children and young people referred to mental health services in England last year were not accepted for treatment, and those who are accepted have to wait an average of two months to begin treatment. What if we harnessed the power of social sharing? What if instead of carrying around trolls and bullies and anxieties in their pockets, young people were carrying around helpful advice through peer support and  mental health professionals. The same touch of a button that could see them post their latest adventure, is the same single-click with which they can access potentially life-saving help.

        Facebook asks us what’s on our mind, LinkedIn asks us if we want to connect. What if we created bespoke social networks that used these mechanisms and approaches to help young people feel comfortable opening up to professionals who could help them? What if the technology for this already exists?

        BESTIE, an app created by a team of young people, NHS professionals from Worcestershire Health and Care Trust and digital innovators, combines digital media, instant messaging, built-in games and supportive help and information within a safe, anonymous, online platform. Kooth is a digital tool that provides easy access to an online community of peers and a team of experienced counsellors, which more than 1,500 children and young people across England log in to everyday.  Calm Harm is a multiple award-winning app to help young people manage their urge to self-harm, which has been downloaded 1.13 million times worldwide and reports a 93 per cent reduction in self harm behaviour after each use.

        The effectiveness of these innovations? They have taken the end user’s behaviours and preferences into account.

        Time to listen

        Time to Change, is actively campaigning to bring mental health to the public consciousness with its movement to get more discussions about our mental wellbeing out in the open – and that’s great. listening to the discussion at our digital mental health event it struck me that for young people it’s not only time to talk; it’s time for us to listen. Young people want to talk about their problems, we need to give them opportunities for exchanges they feel comfortable with.

        Young people want anonymity. An irony that I’m sure isn’t wasted on anyone is young people’s desire for anonymity when it comes to mental health. When co-creating the Chat Health app with young people, the ability to be anonymous and create avatars was a much requested functionality. The same people who crave sharing their every dinner, dance move or new outfit, may want to remain faceless when talking about their personal challenges.

        Young people want to text. During the Maximising Digital in Mental Health event we heard from different people about how young people felt that the telephone was too personal and they didn’t always feel comfortable talking to an ‘adult’ about the challenges they might be facing. But texting made it easier to talk and was more aligned with how they usually used their smartphones.

        Young people want to be involved. Most of us are not digital natives, now most commonly determined by you having owned a smartphone from the age of 12. But most young people growing up are. The same way their feedback is adapted in every other app they interact with to personalise it to their specific preferences; they want co-design and to know they have helped shape and inform the end product.

        Closing the gap

        Deprivation heightens a young person’s propensity to experience mental health challenges. Dr Fonagy described how you can almost perfectly follow the underground line from east to west across south London, mapping the deteriorating outcomes and quality of care that children receive based on where they are from. On the face of it, investing in digital may serve to only increase this socio-economic divide. However, in the young person’s category access to technology is possibly less of  a concern with 96 per cent of 16-25 year olds own a smartphone, with tablet access expected to reach similar ownership in the next few years.

        Younger generations will continue to become more digitally aware and savvy, and as a result, more susceptible to the negative sides of such digital maturity, and at an even younger age. So instead of all of our efforts going into stopping the rise of social media or preventing young people’s access, I believe we should  harness the power of social media to offer them support, help and – most importantly – the tools to manage their own mental wellbeing.

        Young people want to talk about their problems, we need to give them opportunities for exchanges they feel comfortable with.

        Check out the full list of digital tools presented at our Maximising Digital opportunities in mental health 0-25 years event, which also included tools to support new parents.

        BESTIE is a mobile application that aims to help reduce the mental health risks of social media to children and young people. It combines digital media, instant messaging, built-in games and supportive help and information, all within an anonymous, safe online platform.

        Baby Buddy is an award-winning, quality-assured pregnancy and parenting app, providing timely, relevant and personalised, bite-sized daily information for parents and families. The app signposts people to local support help lines and ensures new parents are confident and equipped to make decisions about their child and themselves during pregnancy and early parenthood.

        BfB Labs’ mission is to develop and deliver highly engaging, clinically evidenced and cost-effective digital interventions that provide timely and effective support to young people so they can improve and sustain their mental health. BfB Labs evidence-based digital treatment interventions can be delivered at all points in the care pathway: before, during and after clinician-led support. Evidence

        Calm Harm is a multiple award-winning app to help young people manage their urge to self-harm using ideas from evidence-based Dialectic Behaviour Therapy (DBT). The app has been downloaded 1.13 million times worldwide with a reported 93 per cent rate in the reduction of self-harm behaviour after each use.

        ChatHealth is a multi-award-winning, risk-managed messaging helpline platform, providing a way for service users to easily and anonymously get in touch with a healthcare professional. Backed by NHS England’s Innovation Accelerator, evaluated by NICE and NHS Digital, ChatHealth is used by half of public health school nursing teams in England.

        The free-to-download distrACT app by Expert Self Care allows NHS and other providers to give people easy, quick and discreet access to information around self-harm and suicidal thoughts. Created by a team of experts in self-harm and suicide prevention, doctors, NHS organisations and charities, the app can be customised for local areas that want to signpost local services and support all in one place.

        Dr Julian is an innovative mental healthcare platform that increases accessibility of mental healthcare. It connects patients almost immediately to mental healthcare therapists by secure video/audio/text appointments using a calendar appointment booking system, which matches a patient to the correct therapist using filters such as language, issue and therapy type.

        QbTest is a continuous performance test (CPT) that simultaneously measures the core indicators of ADHD: attention, impulsivity and motor activity. Evaluation of the QbTest showed pathway efficiencies, quicker diagnosis, release of clinical workforce time and improved patient experience.

        Recognising that one in four young people who use a smartphone have experienced depression, anxiety, perceived stress and poor sleep, Humankind designed the pocket digital trainer, Goozby, which improves sleep, concentration and sedentary behaviour, using behaviour science and health analytics.

        Kooth, from XenZone, is a transformational digital mental health support service. It gives children and young people easy access to an online community of peers and a team of experienced counsellors. Access is free of the typical barriers to support: no waiting lists, no thresholds and complete anonymity. Evidence here and here

        MeeTwo is a multi-award winning fully moderated, anonymous peer support app for young people aged 11-23. MeeTwo integrates the latest psychological research to promote the development of protective factors such as emotional resilience, empathy, social skills, stress management and coping techniques. Evidence

        Mind Moose builds digital tools to support early intervention in children’s mental health. They are currently piloting virtual reality (VR) and online emotional support to help children with their mental and emotional wellbeing.

        Mum & Baby app is a personalised digital toolkit to support women and their families through pregnancy, birth and beyond with access to local, national and international guidance and resources.

        Mush brings women together to prevent social isolation and reduce anxiety in pregnant women and new mums. It empowers women to build local friendships, share advice and find support from an understanding community.

        My Possible Self is the mental health app clinically proven to reduce stress, anxiety and low mood, developed by our team of in-house psychologists. The app empowers people to become their best possible self by using proven psychological methods and clinically-proven research from world-leading experts in e-mental health research.

        Shout is the UK’s first 24/7 text service, free on all major mobile networks, for anyone in crisis anytime, anywhere. Shout exists in the US as ‘Crisis Text Line’, but this is the first time the tried and tested technology has come to the UK. The anonymised data collated by Shout gives unique insights into mental health trends to help improve people’s lives.

        Share this Post

        In the quest for healthcare innovation, there is no Holy Grail.

        In the quest for healthcare innovation, there is no Holy Grail. Messiness prevails over methodology, and that’s OK.

        Health Innovation Network’s Director of Patient Safety and Experience, Catherine Dale, and Deputy Clinical Director (Musculoskeletal) and Evaluation lead, Andrew Walker, debunk the myths and share the joys of a flexible approach when innovating in health.

        As AHSNs, we’re often asked ‘What’s your innovation methodology?’, ‘How do you do it?’, ‘What framework do you use?’. It can feel like a relentless search for some sort of Innovation Holy Grail. Take this cup, drink from it and thy team will be innovative forever more.

        The reality is that simply transmitting a good idea does not work, no matter the time you will potentially release or the money associated with it. In terms of what does work, well, there isn’t a single approach that will cut it. From the perspective of the person who has the good idea and wants others to use it, this can be deflating. But that’s part of the issue. Innovation is traditionally looked at from the perspective of the innovator. If we stop looking at innovation from the perspective of the innovation or product and start looking at from the perspective of the local system that has to adopt the new idea, it’s a lot easier to understand how scale up works in practice and what you really need to do to achieve true spread and adoption.

        Step one – take everything you thought you knew about spreading innovation and challenge it.

        Debunking the myths of spread

        MYTH ONE: Data and evidence will win people over.
        This myth is about the belief that if you present people with convincing enough evidence they will be persuaded to change what they do. There are multiple reasons why it is not as straightforward as that. Data and evidence are a starting point for discussion and evidence is justification for a solution, but this happens after the complex process of decision-making. Behavioural science informs us that increasing complexity of decision-making leads humans to take cognitive shortcuts also known as ‘gut instinct’: Does this feel good or bad? Do I like it or not like it?

        Even when evidence is clear and strong, as humans our decisions are multi-faceted. This means that while resistance to new innovation does often result from resource issues or a lack of time to implement change, it can also come down to more complex behavioural factors.

        MYTH TWO: ‘Simple’ innovation exists in healthcare.
        While an idea itself may be simple, the act of spreading that innovation is always complex. Take the case of mobile ECG devices. These new mobile devices easily and quickly detect Atrial Fibrillation (AF), the most common type of irregular heartbeat, which is directly linked to higher risk of stroke. In 2018, we embarked on a project to roll these devices out across south London to detect more people at risk of AF and prevent strokes. The concept was simple and so was the device. It takes a matter of minutes and can be used in a range of settings, from primary care and pharmacies, to the home and workplace. But while the device was simple, the roll out was not.

        Training was vital – particularly on communication when a positive finding is discovered. Consider the pharmacy setting. It’s one thing to walk into a pharmacy to buy some shampoo. It’s quite another to walk out having been told you have AF and have a high risk of stroke. Staff needed to be trained not only on the device but on how to deal with this situation, not to mention any IT aspects. As the devices went into more novel settings (mental health, podiatry, therapy teams), more AF was detected but the innovation became even more complex to spread successfully. Pathways needed redesigning to ensure that treatment followed detection. If you are tested in a GP surgery then there may be a GP on hand to initiate treatment, but if you are tested at work, a library or in a prison then the next step is more complicated.

        What’s easy to shout about as a no-brainer still involves enormous amounts of graft and change to make it work.

        MYTH THREE: Innovation always saves time. We hosted a number of London-based Chief Nursing Officers recently for a conversation specifically focused on how digital innovation in healthcare could save them time. They called this out straight away. Taking the time to use new electronic record systems and document every single aspect of a patient’s care properly will take their teams more time than previous suboptimal paper approaches, at least initially. Saving them time is not only a potentially unrealistic promise, it wasn’t the main motivator for change for the nurses we spoke to. They were more interested in how it made care safer and enabled colleagues in other teams to access the data more easily.

        This messiness of transformation, which is not unique to digital innovation, is often glossed over. New systems can be a step in the right direction but in the short-to-medium term may also create confusion. Even safety is nuanced. New innovations can reduce existing safety risks at the same time as bringing about new ones. Innovative new pathways or systems can solve one problem while unintentionally creating another for a different set of professionals or staff group. It takes time and effort to understand and address the knock-on effect of new innovations.

        Messiness, models and methodologies

        Innovation is complex. In healthcare it’s never a linear journey. We don’t stick to one methodology here at HIN and to pretend otherwise would be too simplistic. We do have a framework. Our approach is based on the insights of clinical academics in Implementation Science and NHS England’s Change Model and these concepts underpin all our projects.

        Our answer to the messy reality and the myths above is this: the detail of our approach is different every time. It depends on the unique circumstances facing the healthcare teams we are trying to support. Teams have their own set of barriers, enablers, level of knowledge, risk appetite, culture and funding mechanisms. Our silver bullet is our flexibility. Our expertise is our ability to analyse individual team scenarios, to collaborate and tailor our approach to their need. We don’t look at the problem only from the perspective of the innovation or the product, we look at it from the perspective of the local system that will potentially use it.

        When we start with the perspective of busy local teams, we are able to build trust, help in genuine ways rather than pushing products, and ultimately, affect change. This process is dynamic, iterative and nonlinear. In technical terms, it operates on a Complex Adaptive System model, which prioritises flexibility and agility. This is a new way of working for a lot of our partners, who are more familiar with having a clear project plan with fixed milestones and a clear route from A – B, and as such, part of our role is to help the system understand the complexity of implementing innovation so they don’t get disheartened by the non-linear route. Insight (both data-driven and from experience), relationships, judgement and tenacity are some of the most important parts.

        We don’t stick to one methodology here at HIN and to pretend otherwise would be too simplistic.

        The joys of persistence

        Our responsiveness and agility may mean that we can’t produce a perfect gant chart for every step of every project. But it works. Persistence pays huge dividends.

        In the case of AF alone, as a national AHSN Network we’ve directly contributed to anticoagulation therapy being provided to 150,000 more people who are at high risk of a stroke. We’ve seen innovations and products adopted at scale: in just two years, an innovation that prevents cerebral palsy in pre-term labour has been adopted at 96% of maternity units – avoiding an estimated 24 cases of cerebral palsy with associated lifetime savings in health and social care costs of £19.6 million. In the same time period, an innovation for people with chronic hip and knee pain has spread from 50 to over 250 sites across England, a 5x increase in sites and a 15-fold increase in the number of patients benefiting – so far almost 8,000 people with osteoarthritis have taken part.

        So perhaps the greatest and most dangerous myth of all is that innovation’s complex, messy nature means that the NHS is not making fair progress. There may not be a Holy Grail, but every day, health and care teams are proving that they are inherently and passionately innovative. Their efforts are ensuring that people live well, for longer and that the NHS remains one of the greatest, most successfully spread innovations of all time.

        About the authors

        Catherine Dale has nearly twenty years’ experience in the NHS in London, including more than fifteen years in service improvement and transformation roles; a Masters in Business Psychology and expertise in Experience-Based Co-Design.

        Andrew Walker is a physiotherapist by training and has a PhD in implementation science. Andrew’s role involves helping to build the evidence and practice of implementing innovation and evidence-based interventions across health and care in south London (and across England). He is a Board member for the UK Implementation Society.

        Share this Post

        Meet the innovator: Christian Moroy

        Meet the Innovator

        In this series, we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we caught up with Christian Moroy, Co-founder & CTO of Edge Health; supporting NHS organisations use data more effectively to increase theatre utilisation and reduce cancellations.

        Pictured above: Christian Moroy, Co-founder & CTO of Edge Health.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        SpaceFinder is a booking support software that enables hospitals to accurately predict how long surgical operations will take and then support staff in optimally scheduling them using available theatre space.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        We were working with an NHS Trust that struggled with underused operating theatres. We noticed that some theatres were empty while staff struggled to schedule life changing operations. This made us realise that scheduling was a truly difficult problem that required a solution.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Don’t make presumptions – spend time ‘on the ground’ or at the front line of the services you want to help. You can only really learn about problems that exist from experiencing them or being with the people who experience them every day;
        2. Create space and time to be creative – it is important to learn new things and attempt new approaches to problems you see but you need to prioritise that or you’ll never be able to fit it into your day to day; and
        3. Be strategic – once you have a great idea you might be impatient to get it out there. Implementing innovations, particularly in health care can be a long journey and there is a real skill in being prepared and equipped for that.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        NHS IT is inconsistent between hospitals and often local teams are really stretched. Trying to get the information needed can be slow at times.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Joining the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator! We were really proud to have been successful in getting on the programme and we are really making the most of the support, guidance and connections.

        Best part of your job now?

        Working with great people across all parts of the health system and keeping up to date with the latest technology at a time of great flux in the area.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Make processes and standards simpler. I’d support healthcare providers in creating standardised systems for key services into which third party suppliers can easily plug into. This would enable an “App Store” like situation that innovators could offer their services quicker and more effectively across different Trusts.

        A typical day for you would include..

        We usually start the day with a team meeting in the Edge office discussing ongoing projects. As a team we work across several projects so it is important to regularly catch up with each other. Then I would visit a Hospital Trust to take part in a workshop on how to implement SpaceFinder!

        For more information, visit their website at edgehealth.co.uk or follow them on Twitter @edge_health_

        Enough of being digitally ‘done-to’

        Enough of being digitally ‘done-to’: 2020 is the year of the nurse, let it also be the year of digital nursing

        Recently, Health Innovation Network (HIN) hosted a roundtable discussion with senior nurses involved in digital from across south London. The event was chaired by Breid O’Brien, Director: Digital Transformation at Health Innovation Network with special guest speaker Natasha Phillips, Chief Nursing Informatics Officer: University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust (UCLH) and Digital Health’s CNIO of 2019. Breid and Natasha share some of the discussion highlights and why they are evidence that if 2020 is to be the year of the nurse, then nursing needs to be made a central part of the digital discussion in 2020.

        We have a combined 62 years of nursing and healthcare experience and have seen an incredible amount of change in our profession during our careers, but the most significant has probably been the transformation of the time nurses spend with patients. Based on our experience and what we observe happening now, and depending on which studies you read, nurses currently spend approximately 20 – 25 per cent of their time on medication administration. In addition, data from Safer Nursing Care Tool (SNCT) observations shows nurses spend 10 per cent of their time acting as the glue in the system by communicating and raising issues. Seven per cent of time is spent on documenting care away from the patient (i.e. excluding documentation that happens by the bedside). At best, this means 37 per cent of nursing time is not spent on direct care.

        This calculation started a lively discussion at our recent roundtable for senior nurses involved in digital across south London, prompting some to suggest that, in their personal experience, it is much closer to just one third of their time that is spent with patients. Additionally, data from “Productive Ward: Releasing time to Care” shows another third is lost to looking for things and duplicating work.

        For many nurses, time spent on direct patient care is where the joy of work resides, and this is the time our patients’ value most. The group concluded this imbalance between time spent on tasks and time to care needs to change. We need to release time to care.

        How technology could help

        It’s undoubtedly true that technology is a huge part of the answer, but, as a profession, nursing is not yet reaping the benefits. We are often digitally ‘done-to’. We often have systems that are designed by others, such as patient flow systems, which, although fulfilling an important need, were designed to meet the needs of the organisation with little understanding of the increased workload for nurses. Attendees gave examples of innovative new systems implemented in their practices, which have led to the need for nurses to duplicate their notes. Under these systems, if nurses see 14 patients, they end up writing 28 sets of notes, as they have to create a physical and a digital copy.

        Nurses are not routinely involved in the design of new systems, and other countries like the US are much further ahead in recognising nursing informatics as a profession. The group identified a lack of education for nurses in undergraduate and post-graduate environments when it comes to using digital tools in care delivery, though the group recognised HEE is working to change this.

        Nurses are in a prime position to lead transformative change, with a depth of experience and a very rounded view of the system. Sometimes, we underestimate the role that nurses can and should be playing right now in system design. Technology can be overwhelming, the volume of data alone. But let’s remember – nurses have been using data for years, and effectively. If someone cannot explain a new technical system clearly to a nurse, then we argue that they need to get better at explaining it.

        Imagine a world where digital is at the heart of our practice, the heart of our education and the heart of our leadership. This is happening in patches and where it does, the results show the great potential. It’s happening where change is clinically-led, where nurses sit on advisory committees and where nurses are embracing the opportunity to change their practice, not just digitise what is already happening.

        Technology will not always save time, but it will make our practice safer, and it does have the power to improve our approach to tasks.

        Year of the nurse

        If 2020 is to be the year of the nurse, let’s make 2020 the year that nursing and nurses are put at the heart of digital transformation, and where these examples become the norm. Let’s make 2020 the year that we stop walking back and forth to computers and put the power in our pockets, the year we embrace audio and voice recognition. Let’s create a culture where newly trained nurses come in with bright ideas, and we create the right opportunities for them. Technology will not always save time, but it will make our practice safer, and it does have the power to improve our approach to tasks.

        To do this, we need to stop the feast and famine approach to technology spending and projects. Bursts of capital funding won’t do the trick – expensive, capital-funded roll-outs are just the beginning. Successive governments have proclaimed innovation is a panacea and announced new policies, CQINs and mandates, as though they are the answer to a problem rather than the first step in a long journey of change. Privately, most will admit that they understand that change takes time. Let 2020 be the year that this is publicly recognised, and the slow, painstaking work of ongoing training and optimisation of systems is sustainably funded.

        Nurses are close to their patients. Let 2020 be the year we use this to drive real change. What could we be asking our patients to do with technology to help us? Entering their own health information, accessing information, monitoring their own health trends? Too often there is still a fear of putting people in charge of their own care – hunger from patients to change the system will help encourage people to take risks, never with patient safety, but with innovative approaches to care delivery.

        2020 is the year of the nurse – let it also be the year of change. If that sounds optimistic, that’s because it is. But after spending time in conversation with fellow senior nurses discussing these issues, we were left inspired and hopeful. Rather than battling organisational hierarchy and tradition alone, we vowed to do it together. To share and learn from each other and to create a new community of digital nurses. No more digitally done-to. The opportunity is there for us to work as a community. Let’s let 2020 be the year we take it.

        Follow us on Twitter.

        Share this Post

        We know we need genuine public involvement in healthcare. Why are we still getting it wrong?

        We know we need genuine public involvement in healthcare. Why are we still getting it wrong?

        Andrew Walker, Deputy Clinical Director MSK and Evaluation Lead, Health Innovation Network reflects on a recent patient and public involvement and engagement process and the need for a relentless focus on true engagement.

        Healthcare in the NHS has come a long way from the paternalistic, prescriptive model and principles upon which it was founded in post-war Britain.

        The aspiration for greater and better patient and public involvement and engagement (PPIE) is at the heart of today’s NHS. There are multiple, high profile policy documents that reiterate its importance and the need to continue to focus on increasing patients’ voice to improve care. We now have lay member representation on the boards of NHS trusts and clinical commission groups and embedded into how research is prioritised (such as James Lind Alliance), designed and approved (such as INVOLVE and NHS Research Ethics Committees). There is also an increasing wealth of resources and guides from organisations such as INVOLVE and The King’s Fund to help us do PPIE well and in a meaningful way.

        There are many examples of when PPIE has been done well, but there are still many occasions when we still fall short. Recently, I was involved in a PPIE process and I wanted to share my experience of how we fell short, despite best intentions.

        Background to the process

        In 2017, NHS England and NIHR published ‘12 actions to support and apply research in the NHS’, which tasked AHSNs to set out local NHS research and innovation priorities. Collectively, the AHSN Network, NIHR and NHS England commissioned ComRes to undertake a Local Survey of Innovation and Research Needs by engaging with key senior stakeholders nationally and locally. Published in June 2019, the report identified a number of priorities across workforce, mental health, digital technology and more. As part of an on-going engagement to explore and refine local priorities, the Health Innovation Network and CLAHRC south London jointly held a Patient Public Engagement event on with service users from across south London.

        There were 10 participants with a mix of gender, ethnicity, age and physical/mental conditions. Dr Jane Stafford (South London ARC Associate Director of Operations) and I presented the background to the Survey, AHSNs and CLAHRC/ARCs. The session was facilitated by a PPI expert.

        PPI perspectives on the priorities

        In terms of the contents of the report, participants felt it was a useful start and broadly concurred with the priorities. However, they felt that some priorities did not resonate with them as patients (e.g. workforce) and illustrated the disconnect between what professionals working within the system perceived as local priorities and service users’ needs. The group wanted a greater focus on research and innovation that addresses the health inequalities and health needs of underrepresented service users. Participants were passionate in expressing a need to implement and deliver interventions and services that meet the needs of people from different ethnic backgrounds (e.g. Southwark has the largest African diaspora of all London boroughs) and excluded/marginalised groups (such as those experiencing homelessness). Participants also felt there was not enough focus within the priorities about improving patient experience, patient choice or personal budgets.

        A feeling of ‘rubber stamping’

        What I had not expected was the group’s strong criticisms about the process that had been used to identify local priorities. I had seen the session with PPI members as a step in the process of engagement. Whereas, they perceived it more as ‘rubber stamping’ a report that had already defined the local priorities. Specifically, they questioned why there hadn’t been public/patient involvement from the outset. Rightly, participants felt this would have improved the balance of priorities and made the survey more inclusive and comprehensive, and their involvement more meaningful. As I listened, the penny dropped and I thought ‘you’re right, we did it again!’

        We highlighted that the survey report provided a sample of stakeholder perspectives and was a starting point for discussion and their input as valid and important as what was in the report. However, the group’s perception was that the timing and scale of PPI in the process gave greater status to stakeholders’ priorities. It also meant that whilst they broadly agreed with the priorities, they felt disconnected with some and couldn’t always see themselves or things that were important to them in the survey.

        Being bolder and getting it right

        For me, this process was a valuable reminder of the power words gain when committed to paper and how we can always improve our engagement with service users. The experience has renewed my personal commitment to this and to support others to do the same.

        We need to be bolder in challenging colleagues and ourselves when we see PPIE is not being done appropriately or a process could be improved. For me, it comes back to the INVOLVE core principles for PPI of respect, transparency and responsiveness. If we can’t clearly demonstrate we’re addressing these principles – no matter the pressure – we need to stop and re-think our approach.

        Health and social care are complex, dynamic systems where not one person or group can understand the whole system. It’s only by engaging with people from across the system (public and professionals) and by sharing our perspectives and knowledge that we can bring about system change.

        This calls for a more radical shift where we cede power to patients and start to co-design and co-produce health and social care. But to get it right, this approach must also be backed up a commitment to provide adequate time, resources and political will and leadership – across the whole system.

        Sign-up to our newsletter here for more opinion pieces.

        ESCAPE-pain trains 1000 trainers

        ESCAPE-pain trains 1000 facilitators to help people living with osteoarthritis in boost to out-of-hospital care

        By Professor Mike Hurley, Clinical Director MSK Programme, Health Innovation Network and creator of ESCAPE-pain.

        If we are serious about achieving the goals of the NHS’ Long Term Plan, physical activity should be prescribe-able on the NHS and we need to facilitate its delivery through leisure centre and community halls.

        It is well documented that people in our communities are now living far longer but they are more likely to live with multiple long-term conditions. Osteoarthritis (chronic knee/hip pain) is a major cause of suffering, physical and mental ill-health in people in our country. It is estimated that in England 4.11 million people (18.2 percent of people aged over 45 years) have osteoarthritis of the knee and 2.46 million people (10.9 percent of people aged over 45 years) have osteoarthritis of the hip.

        Typically, these patients are managed in primary care. Despite the risk of side effects and high costs, treatment for osteoarthritis is all too often the prescription of painkillers, typically non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, with little to no practical support. Many people with these conditions mistakenly believe that physical activity will make their condition worse, when it can actually benefit them.

        Physical activity and reduced pain

        There is unequivocal evidence that physical activity can reduce pain, improve mobility and function, quality of life, makes people feel less depressed and gets people up, out and about, while simultaneously improving other health problems. Yet it can’t be prescribed like a drug and there is limited access to this effective treatment inside the NHS.

        ESCAPE-pain is an innovation that integrates self-management and coping strategies with an exercise regimen individualised for people living with osteoarthritis. It is an evidence-based, group rehabilitation programme, delivered to small groups of people twice a week, for six weeks (total 12 classes). It was adopted as a case study in NICE’s Quality, Innovation, Productivity and Prevention programme [2013] and delivers the NICE core recommendations of exercise and education for the management of osteoarthritis.

        The Academic Health Science Network (AHSN) identified ESCAPE-pain as a national programme for 2018-2020 and so currently all 15 AHSNs are supporting it across the country.

        Scaling up
        Originally facilitated by physiotherapists in hospital outpatient departments, in 2017 we moved to widen our pool of facilitators to include fitness and leisure centre instructors. We have now trained a total of over 1,000 people to facilitate this programme (629 clinicians and 380 fitness instructors). The widening of our approach to training; going beyond physiotherapists and into the leisure sector, has enabled the programme to be delivered at over 200 locations across the UK, including leisure centres and community halls, to over 4000 people.

        Essential to reaching the millions more people who could benefit from this programme is having enough facilitators trained to deliver the it in local communities. Now that over 1000 people have been trained there is a trained facilitator of the programme in every region of England.

        Delivering this programme in the community and outside of traditional hospital settings, is a great example of how we can deliver on the Long Term Plan’s ambition to boost out-of-hospital care. I hope the success of this model is, as it could be, replicated in many other areas of care.

        Got 30 minutes to learn more about the NHS Innovation landscape? Listen to our AHSN Network Innovation Exchange podcast in which NHS Clinical Director for Older People, Martin Vernon talks Healthy Ageing, featuring Prof Mike Hurley.

        Or find out more about ESCAPE-pain and it’s impact here or contact us at hin.southlondon@nhs.net to get involved.

        Meet the innovator: Shaun Azam

        Meet the Innovator

        In this series, we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we caught up with Shaun Azam, CEFO at Sweatcoin; an app that incentivises physical activity by converting steps into points that can be exchanged for actual rewards.

        Pictured above: Shaun Azam, CEFO at Sweatcoin.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Through our digital app Sweatcoin, we incentivise people to be more active by converting steps into reward points that have real world value.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Realising that modern technology makes us lazy, and as humans we need instant rewards for effort (which is why most of us struggle to go to the gym for sustained periods). Hence, our app that converts steps into points with real value.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

          1. Listen to your users! You are building your product for them, so listen and take on board what they want.
          2. Don’t test ideas, test a hypothesis – ideas are real life applications and sit above a core hypothesis. When you test a hypothesis, you also test a whole host of ideas, saving vast amounts of time.
          3. I coined an acronym for this – ABA – Always Be Adding. Everything you do should be always be adding value to the business – we’re in a digital age, so use as many tools and apps as you can to create efficiency + cost savings, so you can focus on things that will ADD value to the business. Also, delegate whenever possible.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Overcoming the complexity of the healthcare system – we are fortunate in that our product has the ability to improves the lives of everyone in the world. Along with this comes difficulties around ensuring our product accurately caters for these vastly different demographics.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Academics at the University of Warwick investigated the impact of incentives on physical activity – they used Sweatcoin to do this. Their academic study was published in the British Journal of Sports Medicine and found that Sweatcoin helped users walk +20% more each day, even after six months.

        That was the moment that we realised that we ARE making the world more active, and that all the struggles were worth it.

        Best part of your job now?

        Genuinely improving the quality of lives of millions of people, every day. We receive countless messages from our users, informing us that Sweatcoin has motivated them to walk more, and how it has contributed to their improved physical + mental health.

        Receiving these messages is truly incomparable.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        I would include a line item in NHS budgets, that is designated to be spent with SME’s – this would foster the uptake of new digital solutions that have the potential to improve healthcare and patient journeys across the NHS.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Trying to grow and sell our product – we operate on two week ‘sprints’ – this means we aim to release new features of our product every fortnight. As you can imagine, this means countless user focus groups, product tests, and iterations.

        The product is one aspect – selling it is the other! I’m a big believer in ‘people buy from people’ – so most of my remaining day is around meetings, understanding open opportunities, and communicating the value prop of Sweatcoin.

        For more information, visit their website at sweat coin.com or follow them on Twitter @Sweatcoin

        Latest innovation projects set to improve care for south Londoners revealed

        Latest innovation projects set to improve care for south Londoners revealed

        Ten NHS teams, working with universities and a wide range of partners, have been given vital funding to kickstart innovation projects designed to help health and care teams improve care for south Londoners and help services evolve to meet future health needs. The funding comes from the Health Innovation Network Innovation Grants, which have been announced today.

        The innovations that will receive support to spread or be piloted range from apps for women in pregnancy to understand the risk of preterm birth or manage diabetes, to new devices to detect dangerous bleeding, to virtual reality on acute mental health wards to reduce stress and new ways to access mental health support that improve access while taking pressure off primary care. One of the projects will also develop mobile simulation labs for the NHS to test and improve technology.

        All of the innovations meet current NHS and care needs – whether by addressing major health challenges such as diabetes, mental health and stroke prevention, or specifically helping the NHS to meet nationwide goals on safety or the NHS Long Term Plan.

        Each project has been given up to £10,000 in funding. Small amounts of funding can be crucial for innovation projects to become a reality. NHS teams often struggle to find the initial funding to pilot new ideas in real-world settings to demonstrate the kind of results they need for support for wider roll outs. Academic Health Science Networks like the Health Innovation Network play a crucial role by helping these projects prove themselves in real world settings before going on to spread across the NHS where successful.

        The winners were chosen after a rigorous selection process from an expert panel. In total 68 applications were received, with ten selected to receive funding.

        Zoe Lelliott, Chief Executive at the Health Innovation Network, said:

        “When it comes to innovation we have no shortage of great ideas in the NHS. What we often lack is the initial finance needed to get a new idea off the ground, and to generate evidence of outcomes so that others will support the project. The projects we’re supporting today are truly exceptional and stood out to us as highly innovative approaches that meet pressing health and care needs. We’re looking forward to working with these teams to turn these ideas into real benefits for local people.”

        Dr Lindsey Bezzina, Junior Clinical Fellow, Emergency Medicine, St George’s University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust, who has won an award to develop visible electronic queues in hospital emergency departments to improve patient experience and reduce pressure on staff, said:

        “We are passionate about trying new ways to improve patient experience and safety and we believe better queue visibility will give patients reassurance and free up reception team time. Emergency departments are pressured and all you want is to do the best for patients. It’s difficult at the moment when we can’t easily answer their top question: when will I be seen? With relatively simple technology we believe we can answer this and make a huge difference to their experience, as well as supporting our staff. Technology and innovation will allow us to answer this and more. We’re well supported by our colleagues and leaders to innovate and try new ideas: this funding is additional piece of the puzzle we need to propel our project to the next level.”

        Dr. Nicola Jones, a GP and Chair of Wandsworth Clinical Commissioning Group, whose team has won an award for mass screening in Wandsworth to prevent strokes and reduce health inequalities, said:

        “The people of Wandsworth can look forward to a new and innovative local approach to stroke prevention. At the moment, over a third of people invited for a health check do not attend. We’re using this funding to kickstart an innovative new collaboration between Wandsworth community leaders and the health service, working hand-in-hand with local groups to get our services to those who need them most. By targeting hard-to-reach communities we will reduce health inequalities and we expect this award to be the first step in developing a new approach to screening that will benefit the communities we serve.”

        The ten teams will be supported by the Health Innovation Network over a 12 month period to develop their ideas and pilot them in south London.

        The winning projects receiving support to expand, pilot or develop further are:

        1. Diabetes Prevention Decathlon, South West London Health and Care Partnership

        2. Engage Consult – Digital Self-Referral for MSK, Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust

        3. ‘Mass screening!’ – an innovative healthcare delivery approach to stroke prevention in high risk, hard to reach communities in Wandsworth through ‘Stroke Busting Health Checks’ in local places of worship and community networks, Wandsworth CCG

        4. Creating a toolkit for effective implementation of the QUiPP app, King’s College London & Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Trust

        5. Transforming delivery of antenatal care in gestational diabetes, Kingston Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

        6. CRADLE Scale up South London: Effect of a novel shock index early warning system on recognition and management of the compromised bleeding woman,
        King’s College London & Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Trust

        7. Improving Patient and Staff Experience and Safety with Queue Management Software in the Emergency Department, St George’s Universitys Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

        8. Simulation Lab for Health Technology Development and Adoption: Discovery project, Oxleas NHS

        9. Lewisham Primary Care Recovery College Pilot Project, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust

        10. Virtual reality relaxation and coping skills for reducing stress and challenging behaviour on acute psychiatric wards, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust

        Winners of the 2019 Recognition Awards Announced

        Winners of the 2019 Recognition Awards Announced

        The Health Innovation Network (HIN) work together with a variety of health and care teams in south London to speed up the best of health and care for our communities. The HIN Recognition Awards 2019 celebrate some of the fantastic work and partnerships we are involved in.

        Our membership is made up of organisations from across south London’s academic, local government and health and social care landscape. We work with acute and mental health trusts, clinical commissioning groups, community providers, local authorities, universities and third sector bodies.

        Zoë Lelliott, Chief Executive of the Health Innovation Network said: “The enthusiasm and commitment across our membership to improve the lives of patients through innovation never ceases to inspire me. The Recognition Awards are a great opportunity to celebrate some of the very best work of our members. I am delighted the Health Innovation Network is highlighting examples of excellence in partnerships, Trusts and individuals in our community through these awards, and I congratulate the worthy winners.”

        Over half of our team participated in the Recognition Awards in August 2019. We received many nominations and the winners were announced at the Health Innovation Network Award ceremony in Guy’s Hospital on Tuesday 24 September.

        The results of the HIN South London 2019 Recognition Awards are:

        Innovative Trust of the year

        Winner: St George’s University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust

        Special credit is given to the innovation and improvement initiatives by Ben Wanless, the physiotherapy team, Emma Evans and the New Beginnings Experience Based Co Design project improving the experience of birth in theatres, and Edward Jebson’s work in adoption of innovation products.

        Excellence in adoption of Innovation and Technology Payment (ITP) products

        Winners: Lewisham & Greenwich NHS Trust

        Special credit is given to Elizabeth Aitken and David Knevett’s strategic approach to the adoption of ITP with full commitment to adopting all relevant products across the hospital.

        Winners: Kingston Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

        Special credit is given to Jonathan Grellier for his continued enthusiasm and support for the ITP and Accelerated Access Collaborative, helping to achieve collaboration across the trust within both clinical and managerial teams.

        Partnership of the year

        Winners: Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust, South London and the Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust, South West London and St George’s Mental Health NHS Trust and the Metropolitan Police

        Special credit is given to Rachel Matheson, Magda Berge, Jon Garrett and Superintendent Mark Lawrence representing the three trusts and the Metropolitan police who have worked together, sharing learning to help each other succeed to successfully implement Serenity Integrated Mentoring (SIM).

        Innovator of the year

        Winner: Chegworth Nursing Home (Sutton Homes)

        Special credit is given to Rekha Govindan, the first care home nurse to create Coordinate My Care (CMC) plans single-handedly as part of the CMC in Care Homes project.

        For more information on how we work with members on innovation projects please contact hin.southlondon@nhs.net.

        CRADLE Scale up South London

        CRADLE Scale up South London

        CRADLE VSA at-a-glance


        Shock Index device introduced to save lives in maternity wards

        HIN Innovation Award funding will be used to pilot a device that helps teams identify patients experiencing serious bleeding in maternity wards more quickly. The new device, CRADLE VSA (CVSA), is a hand-held, upper arm, semi-automated blood pressure device that has been specifically designed and validated for use in pregnancy and pre-eclampsia by King’s College London.

        Globally, bleeding is one of most common reasons women die around the world in childbirth. The main reason things get so serious is that the issue is not recognised and managed quickly enough. Identifying women with dangerous bleeding can be very difficult and it is widely acknowledged that delays in spotting and starting treatment for bleeding patients contributes to death and harm. Additionally, clinicians are not able to predict haemorrhage (bleeding) from risk factors very easily. This means the focus needs to be on early recognition of a compromised patient, appropriate escalation and prompt management.

        Although the NHS has sophisticated systems to spot deteriorating patients in many clinical settings, the predictive capacity of early warning systems in pregnancy is less well-evidenced and most blood pressure devices are not designed with pregnant women in mind. The CRADLE VSA device was created by UK doctors working in developing countries, in response to a severe and urgent need to spot bleeding patients in the context of very high maternal death rates. However, its simplicity and effectiveness could also have huge benefits in other healthcare settings globally, including in the NHS.

        How does it work? CRADLE VSA uses a simple traffic light system to warn clinicians when a woman may be in trouble after giving birth. The lights are triggered by standard thresholds of blood pressure as well as shock index to alert health care professionals to a patients’ risk of compromise. The shock index is an innovative and simple measure. It is calculated by dividing heart rate by systolic blood pressure and it is a highly effective way of signalling that someone is in trouble and needs help.

        The biggest impact of this device is expected to be on patient safety. Use of this device should reduce delays and reduce maternal death rates and morbidity. This would also lead to a reduction in length of stay for patients and faster return to daily activities and time with their newborn.

        The Innovation Grant funding will be used to introduce the CRADLE VSA device into labour wards and high dependency units at Kingston Hospital and St Thomas’ Hospital. The results will be analysed using PSDA cycles and a quality improvement toolkit will be created so that the device can be used more widely if successful in these settings.

        This ground-breaking device has been extensively validated. It was recognised in the PATH – Innovation Countdown 2030 award as one of the top 30 high impact global health innovations to help accelerate progress towards the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. It also won the prestigious Newton Prize in 2017 for excellence in research and innovation.

        Find out more about our work in maternity and patient safety


        Innovator Spotlight

        Professor Andrew Shennan, Professor of Obstetrics at King’s College London and Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, said:

        “If we can find ways to spot women who need interventions more quickly, we will save lives. I was inspired, with colleagues, to develop this device to help maternity wards in Africa but we believe that the simplicity and effectiveness of the device mean that it could also be really useful here.  I’m passionate about the potential for high-income countries to learn from low-income countries and think that some of most eye-catching innovations can come from teams working in extremely difficult circumstances.

        “We’re starting with maternity wards for this initial project, but it’s possible that this device could improve safety in a wide range of settings in countries around the globe.”

        Share this Post

        Improving Patient and Staff Experience and Safety with Queue Management Software in the Emergency Department

        Improving patient and staff experience and safety with queue management software in the emergency department

        Visible queue management software in the emergency department at-a-glance


        Visible queuing: a game changer in hospital emergency departments

        HIN Innovation Grants will fund an innovative project to improve patient experience in the Emergency Department at St George’s University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust.

        This project will pilot a visible electronic queue management system so that patients can see where they are in the queue to be seen at any time. The team is understood to be among the first in the UK to introduce this.

        The new system aims to improve patient experience and reduce the time receptionists in the Emergency Department at St George’s spend dealing with waiting time or queue position queries. Staff in Emergency Departments around the country deal with a high volume of these questions which can have a knock-on delay in booking-in new patients.

        The idea for the new system came from junior doctor Dr Lindsey Bezzina who worked in the Emergency Department for a year and witnessed the problems reception teams and other staff encounter first-hand when it comes to waiting times queries. Currently, a whiteboard behind the reception desk is used to display general waiting times and updated every hour. Lack of visibility of individual positions in the queue can cause concern for patients, who can worry that they have been forgotten, passed over or missed their call to see the emergency team. This leads to repeated queries to reception staff about the waiting time and these queries are not always easy to answer due to the complexity of queues. As well as frustration for patients, these queries can occasionally result in aggressive and abusive behaviours which put additional pressure on staff.

        The new system will offer people a code when they first arrive and register their details. This code will correspond with a number shown on an electronic screen, showing where the number is in the queue. The display will be visible from all parts of the waiting room and will make clear that there are multiple queues at any one time and that if someone arrives who needs more urgent care, the queue positions will move accordingly.

        This means patients will be able to monitor their own position and progress in the queue, which provides assurance that they have not been missed or forgotten, reducing anxiety as well as the likelihood of aggression directed towards other patients or staff. The transparency the system will offer has the potential to educate people waiting about the multiple queues in operation at any one time, aiding understanding about the way Emergency Departments operate and why some people are seen more quickly.

        The grant awarded will be used toward developing and implementing the queue management software in the Emergency Departments department. If this innovative pilot is successful and adopted as business as ususal, the software can be spread and adopted by other NHS emergency departments. There is also an opportunity for use of this system in outpatient departments at a later stage.

        Find out more about our work in patient experience


        Innovator Spotlight

        Dr Lindsey Bezzina, Junior Clinical Fellow, Emergency Medicine, St George’s University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust said:

        “We are passionate about trying new ways to improve patient experience and safety and we believe better queue visibility will give patients reassurance and free up reception team time.

        “Emergency departments are pressured and all you want is to do the best for patients. It’s difficult at the moment when we can’t easily answer their top question: when will I be seen? With relatively simple technology we believe we can make a huge difference to their experience and support staff at the same time by reducing interruptions. Greater transparency over the complex queues we operate will help everyone gain a greater understanding of how teams are working to help people.”

        Share this Post

        Virtual reality relaxation and coping skills for reducing stress and challenging behaviour on acute psychiatric wards

        Virtual reality relaxation and coping skills for reducing stress and challenging behaviour on acute psychiatric wards

        Virtual reality on the wards at-a-glance


        Virtual reality on acute wards to help people with complex mental health conditions

        Service users on psychiatric wards often report high levels of stress and difficulties regulating emotions, which can lead to violence and aggression toward staff and others. A team at South London and Maudsley (SLaM) NHS Foundation Trust plans to address this through pioneering use of virtual reality.

        Funded by the HIN Innovation Grants, this project aims to evaluate the implementation of a new virtual reality (VR) technology, VRelax, to reduce stress and arousal in service users with complex mental health conditions. The VR headsets allow people to experience calming and relaxing environments. Previously, the NHS typically asked people to think of positive mental imagery, which requires more concentration and imagination and can be challenging to sustain. Virtual reality will give people the chance to feel immersed in a more calming environment.

        The team will introduce 12 new VRelax headsets and assess their effectiveness in reducing service user stress and associated risks (violence, aggression and seclusion) on six acute psychiatric wards within SLaM. VRelax consists of 360 degree videos of calm, natural environments. This includes a scuba diving experience with wild dolphins, a sunny meadow in the Alps, a coral reef, a drone flight, a sunny mountain meadow with animals, a guided mindfulness meditation on the beach or a wide range of other options, all shown in a VR headset. The team will train the nursing staff on the software and nurses will then be able to decide how and when to offer this to their patients, as an additional option that complements existing relaxation techniques.

        Heightened stress reactivity is not good for individuals: it’s related to recurrence of mood, anxiety as well as psychotic disorders and it’s not good for staff or ward environments: difficulties regulating emotions can increase risk of violence and aggression, which put both service users and staff at risk. This can result in seclusion being necessary, with isolation potentially increasing service user stress and costs. A previous randomised cross-over trial of VRelax with 50 psychiatric outpatients showed strong immediate effects on stress level, and on negative and positive mood states. The team at SLaM wants to bring these promising findings to service users on acute wards in the UK.

        In addition to improving care for service users, VR has the potential to have a real impact on the overall ward environment. By reducing stress and anxiety, the project hopes to reduce violence and aggression. This will create a better environment for both staff and service users.
        The project has collaboration at its heart. The team will link three main institutions – SLaM, University Hospital Lewisham, King’s College London and University Medical Center Groningen, in the Netherlands.

        Find out more about our work in mental health


        Innovator Spotlight

        Dr Simon Riches, Highly Specialist Clinical Psychologist, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust said:

        “At a relatively low cost, this technology could have a major impact on the ward environment and the people in our care. Service users will have the chance to feel immersed in a more calming environment, meaning that both staff and service users can benefit from reduced levels of stress and challenging behaviour.

        “We’ve brought a lot of people together for the project who are very passionate about digital health, including international colleagues. It’s still very new and the opportunity to collaborate on this emerging area of research is exciting.”

        Dr Freya Rumball, Clinical Psychologist, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust, said:

        “There is strong evidence that relaxation and grounding techniques can have a positive impact on stress and anxiety, and we will be among the first teams to test this exciting new technology on acute wards in SLaM. Our pilot will advance the evidence base and we are keen to disseminate our findings as widely as possible.

        “Innovating in the NHS can be challenging, as it can be hard to find the time to think about things from a fresh perspective. However, we’re really passionate about bringing new technology to the forefront of our clinical work and are actively supported in this by our management and leadership.”

        Share this Post

        Simulation Lab for Health Technology Development and Adoption: Discovery project

        Simulation lab for health technology development and adoption

        Tech simulation labs at-a-glance


        Mobile simulation labs for health technology

        A new type of simulation lab aimed for the NHS to test and develop digital health technology is being designed by NHS teams. The HIN Innovation Grants have funded a new discovery project aiming to bring the benefits of hi fidelity simulation to health technology procurement and implementation in the NHS.

        The NHS has used hi fidelity patient simulation for high pressure clinical scenarios for many years, where either actors or sophisticated dummies act as patients and scenarios are played out and recorded. This gives NHS staff a learning environment that is safe and controlled so that the participants are able to make mistakes, correct those mistakes in real time and learn from them, without fear of compromising patient safety. It also allows for changes in process and workflows to be identified and tested, to improve ways of working.

        Simulation labs are well evidenced and used in contexts such as medical training (for example crash calls or trauma) but their application in a digital health context has not previously been systematically researched and tested in the UK. Given the abundance of new technology that NHS teams are now using, ranging from apps to new handheld devices to multi-million pound electronic record systems and equipment, this project aims to test the benefits of simulation for digital health.

        At its most basic, simulation requires a screen and camera set-up, typically with cameras in the room that can show the action in real time. The simulation can use a mix of clinicians, staff and actors. Recording the action is crucial so that reflection and learning can take place effectively.

        This project aims to show that simulation can be done in a cost effective, mobile way. For example, it will explore whether Trusts could create their own simulations by putting their own screens up and using in-house cameras and laptops at relatively low cost. If this is achieved it could help the NHS make better technology procurement decisions, help staff feel confident in stressful scenarios that involve multiple combinations of technologies and identify design improvements more quickly.

        Technology simulation is the norm in many industries. NASA simulates its technology in the closest possible conditions to space using a neutral buoyancy lab. In healthcare, many American hospitals simulate technology on a regular basis. By contrast, while the NHS uses simulation for many traditional clinical scenarios it rarely tests new technologies in a genuinely live environment before they are procured.

        The NHS invests millions in new technology every year. Roll outs of technology are complex and it can take many years for the full benefits of new technology to be realised. User testing of digital technologies at the development stage often take place separate to the clinical setting because tech companies struggle to access real-world practice settings as a result of governance, safety and capacity in teams. As a result it is not possible to identify, mitigate and manage problems faced by real users in the context of clinical care.

        The team will be focusing on mental health contexts and will start with digital apps, aiming to create a simulation environment that is mobile so it can be easily repeated by other trusts without the need for an expensive standalone simulation lab. The pilot simulation model will be developed drawing on simulation theory and research, user-centred design, agile and implementation methodologies and technology engineering. The final result from this pilot project will be a powerful resource that supports adoption of digital technologies in practice and promotes a technology simulation culture within the NHS.

        Find out more about our work in mental health


        Innovator Spotlight

        Dr James Woollard, Chief Clinical Information Officer, Consultant Child and Adolescent Psychiatrist, Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust

        “The amount of technology we procure is only set to increase and often as clinicians, we find ourselves needing to use multiple new pieces of technology simultaneously to care for patients. The NHS has used clinical simulation for years and it’s time we applied this same theory to digital technology. At the moment, we’re asking our staff to use equipment that has very rarely been tested live in the kind of high pressure scenarios they face.

        “Our focus is on developing cost-effective mobile simulation labs that will help us all learn, build confidence and make roll outs much faster. If technology companies can rapidly find and address real world problems associated with using their technology before they are rolled out to staff, we’ll see better product design, ease of use and faster adoption.”

        Share this Post

        ‘Mass screening!’ – an innovative healthcare delivery approach to stroke prevention in Wandsworth

        Mass screening! – an innovative healthcare delivery approach to stroke prevention in Wandsworth

        Stroke-busting health checks at-a-glance


        Stroke-busting health checks for Wandsworth 

        To increase detection of the main cardiovascular risk factors across the most deprived areas of the borough, HIN Innovation Grants will fund a new project to offer ‘Stroke Busting Health Checks’ to 1,000 people at greatest risk of stroke in Wandsworth.

        This co-produced, community-led scheme will see the NHS partner closely with faith and community groups, led by Wandsworth Community Empowerment Network, to use mobile ECG devices to test people for irregular heart rhythms (a warning sign for stroke) and offer wider health advice. The health checks will include Atrial Fibrillation (AF) checks using innovative mobile ECG devices, diabetes testing, blood pressure, cholesterol, and body mass index. They will be an opportunity to talk about the risk of smoking, including the direct link to stroke.

        It is widely recognised that hard to reach groups have greater health inequalities and poorer health outcomes, with Black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) communities at substantially higher risk of poor health and early death, including due to stroke. Traditional NHS approaches aren’t working well enough – these communities are less likely to attend NHS health checks, despite being the most at risk. Therefore, this team is going to work in an innovative new way to go to these communities and work alongside local leaders to engage people.
        In total, the project aims to perform at least 1,000 “Stroke Busting Health Checks” in hard-to-reach communities at high risk of stroke. It will use healthcare assistants from local GP practices to offer regular checks through a hub and spoke model of engagement in high volume places of worship and association, including temples, mosques and churches.
        To support the checks and help engage the community in this work, the team will also produce a bespoke film, distributed through social media, featuring local faith and community leaders with a call to action to take part in the checks. This culturally specific content can support other health projects elsewhere in the borough and beyond.

        The project is expected to increase awareness of stroke and cardiovascular disease as well as reduce the prevalence of stroke in the Borough. All those identified at risk of stroke through the checks will be supported to attend further tests and commence treatment. Faith and community leaders will trained and upskilled to support and encourage their communities to access additional services where needed, including registering with GPs.

        Find out more about our work in stroke prevention


        Innovator Spotlight

        Dr. Nicola Jones, a GP and Chair of Wandsworth Clinical Commissioning Group said:

        “The people of Wandsworth can look forward to a new and innovative local approach to stroke prevention. At the moment, over a third of people invited for a health check do not attend. We’re using this funding to kickstart an innovative new collaboration between Wandsworth community leaders and the health service, working hand-in-hand with local groups to get our services to those who need them most.

        By targeting hard-to-reach communities we will reduce health inequalities and we expect this grant to be the first step in developing a new approach to screening that will benefit the communities we serve.”

        Malik Gul, Director of Wandsworth Community Empowerment Network, Wandsworth, said:
        “Together, we’re bringing health checks into the community in a way that is unique and transformational. The approach unlocks the value and capabilities held in communities – in mosques, churches, temples, as well as in community groups and associations. This is a vital network of microsystems – the project is creating an innovative, emergent system that can offer the NHS new ways to make early health interventions more effective and work towards reducing health inequalities.

        “Leadership has been essential – senior people across Wandsworth have been brave enough to say yes, we need change and yes, we’re ready to get behind this. Without strong collaborative and cross-sector leadership, the NHS would not be working in these new ways.”

        Share this Post

        Lewisham Primary Care Recovery College Pilot Project

        Lewisham primary care recovery college pilot project

        Recovery College Pilot at-a-glance


        Recovery College: innovating to improve mental health support in primary care 

        A new project to take mental health recovery, self-management and wellbeing workshops into GP practices will be funded by the HIN Innovation Grants.

        From the team that leads SLaM’s successful Recovery College, this project will take its model to GP practices. Recovery Colleges focus on hope, opportunity and choice/control- co production. They enable the students to become experts in their own self-care, and develop skills they need for living and working.

        Students are usually individuals who do not currently need acute mental health services but do need more support than they’re able to get from busy GPs at present. It could be for a very wide range of conditions, for example long term stress or low-level depression and anxiety that affects people’s daily lives but not to the point where it needs acute intervention.

        The project will provide free, co-produced self-management, recovery and wellbeing workshops and courses for patients, carers and staff in primary care, using shared perspectives, skills and knowledge to help people recover and live as well as possible. By extending into GP practices for the first care, it aims to reach more people with support and improve access.

        The pilot college will be based within a health centre in Lewisham and aimed at service users/patients registered with five GP surgeries at in and around New Cross. A key part of the approach is that the trainers are paired together so that there is one ‘peer recovery trainer’ – someone who has lived experience of mental ill-health or distress as a service user – and a ‘professional trainer’ – someone who has professional experience. This means students get the clinical perspective and a personal narrative so that they can discuss and learn from someone who knows what it can be like, and feel more comfortable to share personal experiences.

        Recovery College also helps people to network and meet people who are in a similar circumstance, increasing peer support. Often people are isolated and benefit from social networks. Learning about staying well in addition to having opportunities to stay connected can be very helpful for recovery. The team plans to offer a range of courses over a ten week pilot period. The courses will be co-designed, based on current SLaM Recovery College content, including topics around depression, anxiety, mindfulness, staying well and making plans and wellbeing.

        The pilot will accept both referrals from GPs as well as self-referrals, with a maximum of 20 – 25 per workshop. Increasing access and routes to this kind of support will not only support people with their mental health, it aims to reduce the need for these individuals to use GP appointments for support that can be offered through the college.

        The use of peer trainers has been very successful at SLaM Recovery College to date. Taking the peer trainer model into primary care is likely to be an extra and impactful support for the current NHS workforce when designing services and an additional forward step to tackle stigma and culture around mental health services.

        Find out more about our work in mental health


        Innovator Spotlight

        Kirsty Giles, Manager (OT), SLaM Recovery College, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust, said:

        “Our hope is that this pilot shows that recovery colleges can become an essential part of the primary care landscape, improving access to support for people with mental health needs while reducing the pressure on traditional GP appointments. Our trainers and our students are really brave, by putting themselves out there and sharing their story to help someone else. The approach is welcoming and effective.

        “The college works with a really diverse group of people. As clinicians, we’re always learning from our students’ lived experience and are inspired by how they look after their wellbeing. This is a two-way knowledge exchange.”

        Share this Post

        Transforming delivery of antenatal care in gestational diabetes

        Transforming delivery of antenatal care in gestational diabetes

        Improving care for women with diabetes in pregnancy at-a-glance


        New innovations to improve care for women with diabetes in pregnancy 

        A HIN Innovation Grant will go to fund the Kingston Hospital team to introduce innovative approaches to supporting women with diabetes in pregnancy (gestational diabetes). The team plans to introduce a sugar monitoring app (GDM-Health), guided shopping trips and a ‘connected waiting room’ with added benefits.
        Currently women are required to prick their fingers four times a day, record this in a book and then have a face-to-face appointment once a fortnight. This new app and the changes that will be made to specialist midwives job plans will mean daily virtual clinics with midwives, run via the app and phone. Every day, midwives will go through all of the information received and contact anyone who needs support to get their blood pressure under control. Too often at present, such regular face-to-face appointments for diabetes in pregnancy can overly medicalise their pregnancy, increase anxiety, result in lots of time spent at the hospital and take away a woman’s feeling of control over their pregnancy as it is closely monitored by medical professionals.

        Research has shown that gestational diabetes can be an indicator that a woman is more likely to develop diabetes later in life, and that the children of mothers with gestational diabetes are more likely to be obese and to develop diabetes themselves. Risk factors for this condition include increased body mass index, maternal age and non-caucasian ethnicity, factors which are present in south London’s population. Effective interventions that support education around diet, weight and exercise are essential to try and prevent poor health later in life.

        There are three main aspects to the pilot:

        • Using a new app, women will upload the sugar measurements they take four times each day so it can be reviewed in real-time by specialist midwives. Work arrangements for the midwives will be redesigned to ensure that there is someone available Monday to Friday to answer queries by phone or email, and proactively monitor results – so that the team can act more quickly with diet advice or medication adjustments to improve sugar control and reduce the risks to mother and baby.
        • The team will also seize the opportunities of the waiting room to create a ‘connected waiting room’ that encourages exercise, healthy eating and peer bonding to help women explore ways to maintain good sugar levels alongside a healthy pregnancy. The waiting room is a key opportunity as women will often have appointments with more than one team member in the clinic, meaning that there is time spent in the room between appointments. To maximise the value of that time, the team will bring the room alive and introduce a library of recipe books, posters around diet and exercise in pregnancy and conversation prompts to encourage women to talk to each other. They will also hold drop-in education sessions covering diet tips, breast feeding advice, first aid for newborns and other topics suggested by the women using the service.
        • To support the women in their care further, the team plans to pilot guided tours in a local supermarket, where they will guide women through changes they can make to their weekly shopping and hold an education session on healthy eating at the supermarket, suggesting alternatives and exploring barriers to change.

        The project aims to reduce caesareans and interventions in birth through more responsive antenatal care as well as increasing the space for education around food and exercise. The plans are also designed to improve continuity of care. Most women with gestational diabetes are diagnosed at around 28 weeks. When their care is transferred to the diabetic clinic it breaks already established relationships with their community midwifery team.

        The new app’s ability to monitor sugars more easily and remotely should mean that women need two fewer face-to-face appointments with the diabetic clinic. Instead, women can then make two appointments with their usual community midwifery teams, maintaining consistent contact with the team that will support them when they deliver their baby and in the community after delivery. Continuity of carer is proven to reduce preterm birth and pregnancy loss, as well as increasing maternal satisfaction with the care received. The team predict that if successful, the pilot could move as many as 600 appointments each year back into community settings.

        Find out more about our work in diabetes


        Innovator Spotlight

        Caroline Everden, Consultant Obstetrician and Gynaecologist, Lead for diabetes in pregnancy, Kingston Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, said:

        “It’s really exciting when you see something and realise the impact it can have on the women you care for. Women’s time in pregnancy is valuable and we want to use it effectively as we can. Whether it’s through the app to monitor sugars more easily, making the most of the waiting room or by giving them more time back to spend with community midwifery teams, we believe that there is more we can do.

        “Our model will hopefully demonstrate that specialist input and education can be delivered in a way that values and supports the relationship established between a woman and her midwife, while also ensuring that expert attention is paid to a potentially very serious condition in pregnancy.”

        Share this Post

        Diabetes prevention decathlon

        Diabetes prevention decathlon

        Diabetes Decathlon at-a-glance


        Diabetes Prevention Decathlon to increase choice and prevent diabetes

        A new Diabetes Prevention Decathlon programme will be funded by the HIN Innovation Grants. This project will pilot a new type of diabetes prevention programme over 10 weeks that offers patients more choice and encourages them to work together as a team, by introducing different types of physical activity while learning key information that can help prevent the onset of Type 2 Diabetes.

        There are currently five million people in England at high risk of developing Type 2 diabetes, which is largely preventable through lifestyle changes. If current trends persist, one in three people will be obese by 2034 and one in 10 will develop Type 2 diabetes. About 10 per cent of the entire NHS budget is spent treating complications from diabetes. Reducing this would have a major impact both on people’s well-being and on resources.

        The new pilot programme will include all of the diabetes education and self-management aspects included in a typical programme but will be marketed as a combined education and fitness programme for diabetes prevention. It will be designed to offer choice to patients who can only currently access the NDPP.

        The Diabetes Prevention Decathlon will:

        • allow participants to try a different sport each week, and with their teams achieve goals based on activity levels and weight loss and participate in organised team activities at the end of every session;
        • hold sessions in sports centres, overseen by qualified coaches;
        • pilot the benefits of gamifying weight loss, while incorporating key messaging about diabetes prevention, psychological support, and healthy cooking advice;
        • provide every applicant with a basic activity tracker, to encourage them to continue to remain active between sessions, and reward those who meet their goals with points for their team;
        • integrate with mental health support from a psychologist;
        • be considerably shorter in length than the national diabetes prevention programme: 10 weeks compared to nine months.

        The diabetes prevention space is well represented by the National Diabetes Prevention Programme, which is the largest of its kind in the world and includes both digital and face-to-face providers. While it’s a proven programme, the dominance of a centrally funded programme has led to a lack of choice as CCGs/Public Health teams are under no pressure to seek alternative local solutions. This new programme seeks to offer more choice and test new ways of combining curriculums and activities for patients in south London.

        All diabetes prevention programmes, both digital and face-to-face, need to align to the same NICE guidance and provide broadly the same advice, and this programme will be no different in that respect. The course will be designed by expert diabetes clinicians and will align to NICE guidance to ensure it provides the best possible health advice to people at risk of diabetes. The programme will also be designed with input from local people in Merton.
        Its key innovation is to pair the usual behaviour change advice with a truly engaging physical activity programme, psychological support, and live cookery classes to provide a more holistic experience in the one programme.

        The funding will help the team co-design and deliver this course.

        Find out more about our work in diabetes


        Innovator Spotlight

        Chris Gumble, Project Manager, South West London Health and Care Partnership, said:

        “Often, Type 2 diabetes can be prevented and we’re passionate about helping to do that in south London. At the moment we’re asking everyone to take up a one-size-fits-all prevention programme, rather than offering a range of options. The Decathlon will add something new and exciting, combining physical activity with diabetes prevention over a fun, interactive 10-week period.”

        Share this Post

        Engage Consult – Digital Self-Referral for MSK

        Engage Consult – Digital Self-Referral for MSK

        Digital self referral at-a-glance


        Digital self-referral for people with musculoskeletal problems and pain  

        Key Successes

        • Development of condition specific online resources
        • 2946 number of patients utilised digital self-referral
        • 796 number of patients utilised online resources without completing a self-referral

        HIN Innovation Grants will fund a new project to improve care for people with musculoskeletal (MSK) conditions or injuries.
        Musculoskeletal (MSK) conditions affect the joints, bones and muscles, and also include rarer autoimmune diseases and back pain. More years are lived with musculoskeletal disability than any other long-term condition. This includes chronic back, hip and knee pain. It is estimated that 30 per cent of GP appointments are due to MSK conditions.

        The project will introduce a new digital self-referral route that will allow for faster triage for people needing MSK treatment. Using a system called Engage Consult, people will be able to self-refer via a website. As well as triaging people for treatment, the site will include pop up information about other local services that could help such as weight management, exercise and walking groups. Over time, the system will link up with other digital technology in use so that patients and clinicians can see and discuss care plans, along with additional education and videos designed to help people manage their condition more easily.

        At the moment, patients are referred via GPs and must first speak to an administrator before receiving a call from the triage team. Digital self-referral will improve this by picking up any worrying signs and symptoms more quickly, without the current gap between the administrator’s call and telephone triage. Engage Consult is able to ask smart questions to screen for sinister problems such as Cauda Equina, Metastatic Cancer ‘Red Flags’, or Charcot. This will allow for screening for serious warning signs from the point of contact, reducing the timeline between someone deciding they need help and the time they receive clinical advice. In some cases, this could have a significant impact on safety.

        Additionally, the new system is expected to speed up telephone triage when it does take place. At present, it can take up to 20 minutes to take a patient’s history over the telephone. By placing the digital history in front of the clinician the length of these calls can be reduced, freeing up staff time to do more triage calls more quickly.

        This means more people can be seen and access can be faster. The service receives approximately 2,000 referrals coming in via GPs every year. Even if only 50 per cent of people decided to go direct to MSK specialists, the impact on GPs and extra capacity in the system would be very significant.

        The project is taking a longer term view and working hard to introduce a modern care model, supported by digital platforms.

        Find out more about our work in MSK


        Innovator Spotlight

        Heather Ritchie, Service Lead and Operational Manager, Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust, said:

        “MSK affects so many of us and puts huge pressure on primary care. We’re passionate about finding ways to speed up access to our expert team and our management team has supported us to develop and try new ideas.

        If people can get clinical advice more quickly it doesn’t only improve safety, it means that individuals will feel more supported and less anxious. What’s great is that this is additional to the 1-1 care we provide at the moment, so it’s adding a better experience for patients while at the same time removing some of the pressure from our GP colleagues.”

        Share this Post

        London’s Health Care Industry Booms as Millions are saved for the NHS

        London’s Health Care Industry Booms as Millions are saved for the NHS

        DigitalHealth.London have launched their impact report confirming they are speeding up digital innovations across health and care in London, creating jobs and saving millions of pounds for the NHS. This supports the objects of the Government’s Long Term Plan to make digitally-enabled care the mainstream across the NHS.

        DigitalHealth.London is a collaborative programme delivered by MedCity, and London’s three Academic Health Science Networks (AHSN) – UCLPartners, Imperial College Health Partners, and the Health Innovation Network (HIN). It is supported by NHS England (London) and the Mayor’s Office.

        The DigitalHealth.London Accelerator is a flagship programme delivered by DigitalHealth.London to fast track innovations into the NHS and support innovators navigating the NHS system. Around 20-30 companies are selected onto the Accelerator programme each year and are given bespoke mentoring, training, networking opportunities to develop their business. This collaboration and support also enables the fast spread of cutting edge innovations into the NHS to benefit patients and support NHS staff. The Accelerator companies range in size when they begin the programme, from a single founder working on one product, to companies with in excess of 30 employees.

        467 new jobs were created

        Eighty-five percent of companies to have been on the Accelerator programme who participated in this report, reported an increase in their staff numbers. Of the additional jobs created by companies on both the 2016-17 and 2017-18 programmes, 30.3 percent (141) are attributed to their involvement in the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator. A total of 467 new jobs were created between August 2016 and November 2018.

        “Anything we achieve as a company is in some way down to, or connected to, working with the Accelerator.” Elliott Engers, CEO, Infinity Health, Accelerator cohort 2017-2018

        Over £64 million of investment raised by Accelerator companies

        As discovered by the recently published report DigitalHealth.London Accelerator companies raised over £64 million of investment between August 2016 – November 2018. One company alone account for £28 million of this. Sixty-six percent said that the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator had helped them raise investment in their company.

        “The DigitalHealth.London Accelerator is saving millions of pounds for the NHS while stimulating economic growth in the health care industry.  It supports innovations that will change the lives of patients, support NHS staff and create jobs.” Tara Donnelly, Chief Digital Officer of NHSx 

        NHS Savings almost £76 million

        The work of Accelerator companies has resulted in almost £76 million in savings for the NHS, with just over a third of this (£24.8 million) credited to the Accelerator’s support, based on information self-reported by companies involved. A conservative view that 50 per cent of the NHS savings attributed to the Accelerator are actually being realised, given that the Accelerator programme is 50 per cent supported by AHSNs (the innovation arm of the NHS) and their partners MedCity and CW+, the Accelerator programme has a return on investment of over 14 times: for every £1 spent by the NHS (via AHSNs) on the DigitalHealth.London Accelerator, £14.60 is returned, in some way, through the implementation of a digital solution. Some of these savings are made in efficiency gains, for example finding more efficient ways of supporting patients to manage their own health conditions, whilst others may help reduce inappropriate urgent care attendances by providing easier access to GP services.

        Read the full impact report here.

         

        The new GP contract didn’t mention innovation once. Yet the space it opens up for innovation is exciting, and we should seize it

        The new GP contract didn’t mention innovation once. Yet the space it opens up for innovation is exciting, and we should seize it

        Dr Caroline Chill, Clinical Director for Healthy Ageing at Health Innovation Network looks at the potential of the new contract to support innovation.

        I’ve worked in primary care for over 30 years, and have been involved in leadership and innovation for most of them. GPs have a history of being innovative with the early coded electronic health record systems being a prime example. In recent years, it has felt like this innovation has been stifled by increasing workload, staffing pressures and ever changing contractual requirements. I’ve seen innovation talked about in countless different ways and these days it seems to me that policy makers are falling over themselves to describe initiatives as ‘innovative’ or to talk about the potential to improve care through innovation but with less commitment to support the delivery of innovation in practice. So, I was fascinated to see how this would be expressed in our new GP contract which to my surprise did not mention the word ‘innovation’ at all. Not a single mention, despite the contract being extremely innovative.

        An obvious area relates to support for Primary Care Networks and additional staffing. The aim of Primary Care Networks is to connect the primary care teams to help deliver more integrated and comprehensive local services, to allow new models of care to emerge and to support higher levels of self-care. From 1July, 1,259 Primary Care Networks become operational and backed by nearly £1.8 billion funding over five years with most of England’s nearly 7,000 GP practices participating.

        Additionally, the interim NHS workforce plan and dubbed the “People Plan” was published in June.  This focuses on three key areas – recruiting more staff; making the NHS a great place to work; and equipping the NHS to meet the challenges of 21st century healthcare.  It re commits the government to delivering 5,000 full time equivalent GPs “as soon as possible” as well as nearly 6,000 extra nurses, and the creation of “nursing associates” offering a career route from care support into registered nursing.

        The GP contract acknowledges the fact that the additional staff we need in general practice will not come from doctors and nurses alone. The money available through the contract can be used to help recruit a much broader range of professionals – Initially the scheme will meet 70% of the costs of additional clinical pharmacists, physician associates, first contact physiotherapists, and first contact community paramedics; and 100% of the costs of additional social prescribing link workers.

        I think it will be down to the primary care networks to find innovative ways to recruit, train, support, mentor and part fund these new roles. This is no simple task as the existing training and skills of these professionals will need to be strengthened and adapted for working in community settings, where there is less supervision and where patients need holistic care, encompassing multiple physical, social and psychological issues.

        I believe GPs will rise to this challenge and seize the opportunity. . It could be the beginning of a new, more modern and holistic way for patients to experience general practice.

        Increasing the numbers of physiotherapists and other community-trained staff could lead to another important shift. Take MSK as an example which includes chronic knee, hip and back pain, has a major impact on an individual’s quality of life and society. It is the second most common reason for GP visits, accounts for around 25% of all GP consultations and is estimated that 9.3 million working days are lost in the UK to MSK problems.

        An intervention that relieves chronic joint pain, called Joint Pain Advice , already exists and can be delivered by a wide range of professionals and lead to lasting improvements in pain. The model focuses on reducing reliance on painkillers through exercise and education. Trained professionals, who could be physiotherapists, community health trainers, or others provide a series of face-to-face consultations, working collaboratively with people with hip and/or knee osteoarthritis and/or back pain, focusing on supporting self-management. The programme consists of up to four 30-minute face-to-face consultations between the advisors and people with hip or knee osteoarthritis (OA) or back pain. Patients attend an assessment where they discuss their lifestyle, challenges and personal goals and then jointly develop a personalised care plan that gives tailored advice and support based on NICE guidelines for the management of OA. They are then invited to attend reviews after three weeks, six weeks and six months to access further tailored support and advice. This has the potential to reduce pressure on existing physiotherapy services and potentially reduce demand for GP follow up consultations.

        To date, more than 500 patients have used the service led by physiotherapists. In a previous pilot in Lewisham, south London, they reported less pain, better function and higher activity levels. A high satisfaction rate was achieved which included reduced BMI, body weight and waist circumference and has led to fewer GP consultations, investigations and onward referrals.

        In addition to the patient benefits, for every £1 spent on the programme there is a saving to the health and social care system of up to £4, according a Social Return on Investment (SROI) analysis.

        Why not embed this training into these new roles? This could genuinely help deliver one of the aims of PCNs to empower people to self-care and improve the quality of life for people living with MSK pain. This one example could radically change the approach for addressing the needs of people living with MSK pain helping them to become fitter, more active and more empowered,  provided that the additional funding for primary care staffing does not result in reduced provision in other sectors.

        Primary care will find countless other ways of using new staff to do more in primary care. While this doesn’t magically reduce our workload in practices, it has the potential to shift it and makes it easier for patients to access a broader range of professionals in community settings without the need for referrals to hospital.

        These initiatives alone will not be enough to completely transform and modernise primary care but they are a great starting point. Change is easy to talk about but difficult and complex to enact. Even innovations that will lead to significant savings will often require upfront investment of resources, time and goodwill. The introduction of state based indemnity is very welcome to help retain experienced GPs, however,  changes to pension contributions and tax implications may have an equal and opposite effect impacting  the number of sessions doctors are choosing to work.

        For me the key headlines which make the new GP contract so innovative and exciting are the significant increased staff funding, support for the development of Primary Care Networks, a five-year timeline and introduction of state based indemnity.  What we now need is the time and space to deliver.

        For more blogs like this, sign-up to our newsletter today: http://bit.ly/HINSignUp

        Innovation to reduce diabetic foot amputations in south London

        Innovation to reduce diabetic foot amputations in south London

        Every day 23 people in England have a toe, foot or leg amputation as a result of diabetes related complications, according to NHS England. Through faster diagnosis and treatment this shocking intervention can be reduced.

        In south London specialist new diabetic foot clinics known as Multi-Disciplinary Foot Teams (MDFTs) have been set up to deliver faster, local treatment to help reduce the number of people facing amputations.  Located in Queen Mary’s Hospital in Sidcup; Queen Elizabeth Hospital in Woolwich and Princess Royal University Hospital in Bromley, these services are providing urgent specialist care (within 24 hours) to people who have active foot disease. Research shows that if left untreated for long, diabetic foot infections can lead to further complications and in increasing number, amputations, which could be avoided. “Time is tissue’ when it comes to this disease.

        The new clinics are being supported by consultant diabetologists, vascular surgeons and specialist podiatrists from Kings College Hospital, Guy’s and St Thomas’s and Lewisham and Greenwich NHS Trust, in order to improve the care that patients receive and bring it closer to their home. This also supports the existing community podiatry teams that can develop relationships with their local MDFT to streamline plans and treatment.

        This innovative approach recognises it is not just podiatrists who come into contact with diabetic foot problems. It’s vital that other primary care clinicians can diagnose the condition and refer individuals to specialist treatment quickly.

        The new MDFT clinics are for active foot disease only– including:

        • Any foot Ulceration
        • Acute Charcot foot (hot/swollen/painful foot)
        • Necrosis
        • Any foot Infection.

        To refer, please use eRS for Diabetic Medicine (Speciality), Podiatry and Foot (Clinic Type) and Urgent (Priority) to see the spoke MDFT clinics at QEW, PRUH and QMS.  You can see the Directory of Services here, a video about the new clinics here and learn how to conduct a foot screening in primary care here.

        Sign-up to our newsletter for more news stories like this.

         

         

        Further information

        To learn more about Allied Health Professional programmes in this area, visit the NHS England website.

        Click here

        We're here to help

        If you have any questions or would like more information, please contact Don Shenker, Diabetes Project Manager.

        Get in touch
         

        ESCAPE-pain programme reaches 200 sites

        ESCAPE-pain programme reaches 200 UK sites

        This month the ESCAPE-pain programme launched its 200th site in the UK. It now operates in every region in England, with sites also operating in Wales and Northern Ireland. Over 13,000 people have attended the programme to date.

        Originally rolled out by physiotherapists in hospitals, ESCAPE-pain is now also offered to people in leisure centres and gyms, church halls and community centres.

        ESCAPE-pain is an evidence-based rehabilitation programme for people with chronic knee and/or hip pain, also known as osteoarthritis. It integrates exercise, education, and self-management strategies to help people live more active lives and manage their pain better. It offers an opportunity to reduce the number of GP consultations for knee and hip pain and reduces prescriptions of painkillers for these people.

        The programme was developed by Professor Mike Hurley and is hosted by the Health Innovation Network. Nationwide scale-up is currently being supported by NHS England and Versus Arthritis.

        ESCAPE-pain has been shown to:

        • Reduce pain, improve physical function and mental wellbeing.
        • Sustain benefits for up to two and a half years after completing the programme.
        • Reduce healthcare utilisation (medication, GP appointments, secondary care) equating to an estimated £1.5 million total savings in health and social care for every 1,000 participants who undertake ESCAPE-pain.

        You can find your nearest ESCAPE-pain programme here.

        How to find out more and hear personal real-life experiences here.

        To find out more about ESCAPE-pain visit their website or follow them on Twitter @escape_pain

         

        Meet the innovator: James Flint

        Meet the Innovator

        In this series we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we caught up with James Flint, CEO and Co-Founder at Hospify; a compliant, trusted healthcare messaging app.

        Pictured above R – L: James Flint, Co-founder and CEO with Neville Dastur, Co-founder at Hospify.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Available for free in the Apple and Android app stores, Hospify puts a simple, affordable alternative to non-compliant consumer messaging services like WhatsApp, Viber, Telegram and Messenger directly into the hands of healthcare professionals and patients.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Meeting with the Head of Health for the Information Commissioner’s Office in 2015 and discovering that, while a very big chunk of the NHS was using WhatsApp to communicate while at work, once GDPR arrived in 2018 they were going to have to stop doing this.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

          1. Be prepared for the long haul. And I mean long.
          2. Keep it simple.
          3. Never miss lunch.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Getting sufficient funding, without a doubt.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Getting on the NHS digital heath accelerator last year. It felt like we’d finally been given the official stamp of approval.

        Best part of your job now?

        Meeting nurses and hearing directly from them what a difference Hospify can make to their working lives.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Implement and support proper health data interoperability standards. I know this Is finally happening, but it’s still the most important single thing that needs to be done.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Answering a lot of email, talking to my development team, meeting or calling potential investors, networking or promoting Hospify at some kind of health event, answering customer support questions about the platform. Usually all on the same day and sometimes all at the same time!

        For more information on Hospify visit www.hospify.com, Facebook, LinkedIn or follow them on Twitter @hospifyapp

        Meet the innovator: Lydia Yarlott

        Meet the Innovator

        In this series we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we caught up with Lydia Yarlott, Co-Founder at Forward Health; a secure messaging and workflow app, connecting care workers around patient pathways.

        Pictured above: Lydia Yarlott.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Forward is a mobile communications platform aiming to connect healthcare professionals for the first time.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Probably being a first year doctor on my own in an NHS ward at 2am in the morning trying to get help for a deteriorating patient and being unable to contact anyone. Poor communication leads to a real feeling of helplessness, and I want to change that for doctors and nurses everywhere. It’s hard to believe we’re still using pagers and resorting to WhatsApp to get hold of each other in hospitals, so it wasn’t so much a lightbulb moment as an increasing feeling that something had to change!

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

          1. Talk to everyone, and anyone, you can about your idea. You never know what will happen next. My great friend Will worked with me as a junior doctor; he’s now with us on Forward full-time. We never would have had him as part of the team if we hadn’t spent hours on night shifts discussing the problem together!
          2. Find a Co-Founder (or several!) I couldn’t imagine doing this alone. Philip and Barney are both amazing people and amazing leaders, and it’s their drive and optimism that got us to where we are today – 5% of the doctors in the UK and growing. Whenever one of you is losing faith (inevitable at times!) the others can put you back on your feet and help you with that resilience you need in spades to be a successful Founder.
          3. Care about your problem more than your solution. Get as close to it as you can and stay there. Your solution will be wrong first time around, but as long as the problem isn’t solved, you have a chance of something really worthwhile.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Personal doubt!

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Getting our first real use cases. Watching our product change the way people work, resulting in better, faster care for patients. We have an amazing group of physios and orthopaedic surgeons using Forward to streamline shoulder surgery for patients, and another group who are using it to coordinate the multidisciplinary team in paediatric allergy. I can’t get enough of those stories because I know how tough it can be on the frontline of the NHS.

        Best part of your job now?

        The great privilege of working as a doctor and as a Co-Founder. I love clinical work, but I get frustrated by outdated systems, and I would hate it if I couldn’t focus on changing that. I care about healthcare at a systemic level and I want the NHS to survive, but I know that for that to be the case things will have to move forward, fast. I want to be a part of that.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Get Trusts talking to one another and sharing what they do. Incentivise knowledge transfer – both successes and failures. Share the ways in which they are working with others, including start-ups and small businesses, to foster innovation at scale.

        A typical day for you would include..

        A typical day being a paediatrician is just that – looking after sick children! I’m a junior doctor, so I’m still learning a lot, and working closely within a team to achieve the best outcome for the patient. When I’m at Forward, I spend most of my time meeting with the team to discuss progress and strategy, representing the clinical face of the company and the problem we’re trying to solve. The two jobs couldn’t be more different, but ultimately they are focused on the same thing – improving healthcare for everyone. I love what we’re building at Forward and I love the team – even those of us who aren’t from a healthcare background are driven by the mission to improve communication, and you can feel that energy walking into the office.

        For more information on Forward Health visit www.forwardhealth.co or follow them on Twitter @ForwardHealth_

        Polypharmacy in Care Homes

        Reducing Inappropriate Polypharmacy in Care Homes

        Aiysha Saleemi

        Polypharmacy – literally meaning ‘many medicines’ – is defined by the World Health Organisation (WHO) as use of four or more medicines and is extremely common among the older population. In fact, on average, care home residents in the UK take seven medicines a day1. This mix of numerous medications, at times prescribed by multiple clinicians, comes with a massive 82% risk of adverse drug reactions2.

        Dementia week

        I have been a qualified pharmacist for over 10 years and I am currently completing the Darzi Fellowship; a one year leadership course accredited by London South Bank University (LSBU). Within this year, I have been tasked with a project to ‘reduce inappropriate polypharmacy in south London care homes’. An exciting but daunting task for a 12-month period, which if I am successful in, has the potential to reduce hospital admissions, 5-20% of which are related to adverse drug events, and subsequently contribute to saving the NHS millions of pounds per year3 As part of this project, I also aim to specifically reduce the use of anticholinergics in people with dementia. Anticholinergic medicines, often prescribed for various conditions (such as hay-fever and depression), can cause a number of uncomfortable side-effects such as constipation, dry mouth, dry eyes and confusion, but beyond that, they also block the beneficial effects of medicines used for dementia.

        Dementia generally affects the older population, for whom polypharmacy is commonplace. Taking numerous medications poses the risk of medication errors, non-adherence and adverse drug reactions and is particularly dangerous for the older population as some of these individuals may also be extremely frail leading to increased susceptibility to illness and slower recovery times. Between this, and the fact that at the current estimated rate of prevalence, the number of people with dementia in the UK is forecast to increase to over 1 million by 2025 and over 2 million by 2051, I was determined that my project would contribute to improving the quality of life of care home residents living with dementia.

        My project has been focussed on four care homes in south London. At each of these care homes, we are trialling several interventions. One involves the nurses and carers being informed on the dangers of anticholinergic drugs for people living with dementia and which medications have high anticholinergic activity so they can highlight their use to the pharmacist or doctor. The aim is that the medicines will be reviewed and hopefully reduced or stopped if no longer providing the most benefit to the resident. Another intervention involves educating residents and relatives on the potential risks of polypharmacy so they will understand why some medicines might be stopped. Data is being collected around the knowledge and confidence of nurses and carers to highlight these medicines for review to the pharmacist or doctor and if the reviews result in reduced use of anticholinergics.

        Working on this Darzi project is very new to me, but it has been a great way to not only use my pharmacy background to have a direct impact on improving outcomes for a vulnerable patient group, but it has taught me a lot about project management and the importance of building good relationships with all your stakeholders. I have thoroughly enjoyed meeting new people from different organisations and getting to share my knowledge with others, knowing it might help them to improve outcomes for care homes residents. Although there are no results to report yet, I have learnt a great deal.

        My top tips so far, for how to reduce inappropriate polypharmacy in care homes are:

        1. Involve everyone in the decision-making. Polypharmacy affects the care home residents, relatives and staff members and so ensuring that everyone’s voice is heard is imperative. Consider holding focus groups for residents/relatives and attending GP and care home meetings to capture healthcare professionals’ opinions.
        2. Keep your stakeholders updated and informed. Engaging all stakeholders once and then not communicating with them again will lose their enthusiasm for the project. Attend regular meetings or send information to be added to their local newsletters so that everyone is kept informed. Also, ensure that the GPs have agreed for any interventions to be trialled.
        3. Target the type of medicines you want to concentrate on reducing. There are hundreds of medicines available in the UK and so it is important to pick the specific medicines you want to work on first. Think about the medicines that may be causing the most harm in your chosen population.

        I hope the data collected from this project will demonstrate that these simple but effective interventions can contribute to reducing the use of inappropriate polypharmacy in care homes, and – most importantly – improve outcomes for residents with dementia. And if so, I hope that other care homes in south London will be able to easily adopt some of the methods used in my project and perhaps even spread it across the rest of London.
        There are no results to report on this yet but final results will be published on the Health Innovation Network website in August 2019.

        Be the first to read Aiysha’s final report, by signing up here

        References
        1. The Royal Pharmaceutical Society (2016) The Right Medicine – Improving Care in Care homes Available from https://www.rpharms.com/
        2. Prybys, K., Melville, K., Hanna, J., Gee, A., Chyka, P. Polypharmacy in the elderly: Clinical challenges in emergency practice: Part 1: Overview, etiology, and drug interactions. Emergency Med Rep. 2002;23:145–53.
        3. Barnett N., Athwal D. and Rosenbloom K. (2011) Medicines related admissions: you can identify patients to stop that happening. Available from: https://www.pharmaceutical-journal.com/learning/learning-article/medicines-related-admissions-you-can-identify-patients-to-stop-that-happening/11073473.article?firstPass=false

        Meet the innovator: Vivek Patni

        Meet the Innovator

        In this series we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we spoke to Vivek Patni, Director and Co-Founder of WeMa Life; an online marketplace that brings customers and their families together with social care and community care service providers.

        Pictured above: Vivek Patni.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        WeMa Life is an online marketplace that brings customers and their families together with social care and community care service providers; giving choice, accessibility and efficiency in the service procurement and delivery pathway.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        As an informal carer for my grandfather, I was immediately shocked by the lack of innovation in supporting families to find, coordinate and manage local care services for their loved one, hence WeMa Life was born. I find online marketplaces very convenient and use them for so many aspects of my life – products, clothes, hotels, restaurants – I knew a similar digital environment was needed for care services. Using WeMa Life as a customer I can search, compare, purchase and rate local care services whilst as a provider I can digitise the outdated, manual, paper-based visit records and manage my daily business activity.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

          1. Stay flexible: it’s tempting to start a business with a clear idea of how things will unfold; but this is rarely the case. Pivot and react to obstacles and have an open approach to finding the best solutions to all your problems.
          2. User experience: test your product constantly and get as much feedback as you can from all your user groups. Simple solutions sit very well in such a diverse industry.
          3. Be creative in your approach to developing tech and running your business. There are so many applications and tools to create efficiency and cost saving in finding resources, marketing and development, so use them!

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Where I had faced the difficulty from a customer side of social care, I was less aware of the complexity in delivering publicly funded social and community care to different user groups. This meant learning the nuances of each service type/provider and creating a fluid product that would fit all.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Designing the tech architecture from scratch, building an international technology development team and bringing my ideas to life in just eight months is something I am very proud of.

        Best part of your job now?

        Taking my product into the market! Now that the product is live, I am driving its use through digital marketing and sales. I meet so many interesting people on a daily basis who bring exciting new ideas to what we do – my mental technology roadmap is never ending.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        I would give more opportunity and financial incentives to SME’s. There are a huge number of SME’s with great ideas and technology, they tend to be more fluid, interoperable and customisable to the needs of the NHS; they would be able to make a real change to the daily lives of providers and customers.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Typically, my days are devoted to technology and selling. My morning tends to be engagement with my India tech team to make sure we are always refining and innovating our solution. Afternoons will be selling, calling and meeting as many people as I can. I get energised by talking to people about what we do so I try to do that as much as possible.

        For more information on WeMa Life visit www.wemalife.com or follow them on Twitter @wemalife

        Top Tips for innovators

        Top Tips for Innovators

        Got a great innovation that could radicalise the health care system but overwhelmed by the complexity of the NHS? Lesley Soden, Head of Innovation gives her top tips on how to build relationships with NHS and local authority contacts so you can get your innovation successfully implemented.

        With Secretary of State for Health and Social Care Matt Hancock’s increased focus on the advancements of digital and technological solutions for the NHS, the market for health innovations is booming. Whilst it is an exciting time for health tech, for innovators themselves it makes for a crowded marketplace. In addition to the competition you face, you are also expected to navigate the complex landscape of the NHS.

        Getting your innovation adopted in the NHS sphere can feel like opening a sticky door that requires the hinges to be oiled continuously. At the Health Innovation Network, we are approached by about 3-4 innovators every week looking for advice and support with getting their innovation bought by the NHS. Whilst every innovation requires different proof-points, we have learnt a number of lessons through our experience of improving the take-up of the Innovation and Technology Payment products across South London, and developed some key steps that all innovators can follow to increase their chances of getting their innovation, product or service adopted.

        Target the right people

        Having an engagement plan to target the right people at the right time, will stop you wasting yours. For example, if the innovation helps with managing referrals more effectively then a General Manager or Operational Director will be your target audience. If your innovation addresses a patient safety issue, then the Medical Director of Director of Nursing will be the decision-maker you need to approach. Work out which part of the system your innovation will save them money and then work out who is in charge of spending for that department.

        Tip: if your innovation has the potential to save money for an NHS provider don’t target commissioners. Also, Trusts often have transformation teams who could help with getting your innovation adopted if there is evidence that it will improve patient care.

        Tailor your message

        In general, all NHS Trusts or Clinical Commissioning Groups will have the same system pressures as everyone else. These could be A&E waiting times, or the increasing demand caused by more patients having more complex conditions. However, individual decision-makers will have different priorities that concern them on a daily basis. To make sure your message is getting heard you should tailor it to the specific pressures or problems that your innovation could help them with.  For example, the Director of Nursing will probably be concerned with their nursing vacancies and agency costs, or patient safety while the Director of Finance and Performance’s priority is more likely to be addressing long waiting lists, or meeting their savings target.

        Tip: trust board reports and Clinical Commissioning Group board reports are all published via their website; by scanning these board papers you can identify their specific issues and make it clear that your innovation solves their problems.

        Get clinician approval first

        Don’t even think about approaching any director or commissioner if you don’t have sufficient clinician buy-in. After all, they are the people who will be using your innovation on day-to-day and will need to be convinced of its value if you want it to get implemented properly. Approach the clinical teams to highlight the clinical and patient benefits of your innovation, and test their interest, before trying to get it bought for their hospital.

        Tip: you are more likely to have an impact with this audience if you show that you’ve done some research. Do the testing, build up an evidence-base and then make your approach.

        Learn about procurement

        Don’t underestimate the potential for procurement processes to slow down or even stall getting your innovation into the NHS. Procurement is often a lengthy process in trusts, (for very good reason given it is taxpayer money that is being spent) the complexities of which need to be understood and respected.

        Tip: engage with procurement teams to understand the process for buying your innovation, so you can don’t delay getting the sign-off for your innovation being adopted.

        Refine your pitch

        Contrary to popular belief, products generally aren’t so good they sell themselves. I hear 2-3 pitches a week from individuals with a health innovation and the majority of them fall down at the same hurdles. Firstly, don’t start your pitch with the generalist tabloid problems with the NHS. An NHS manager hearing for the third time that week that the NHS has no money and national targets are consistently not being met they will disengage. Instead, touch upon the challenge that your innovation will solve and then give detail on how your innovation is the solution. And the devil is in the detail. All too often pitches include vague statements about an innovation rather than actual detail. The best pitches are those that give overview of the innovation, clinical evidence, quantify return on investment and give an example of past or current implementation within the NHS. Spell out the real benefits using robust data and evidence, but don’t promise you can solve all their problems if you don’t have the proof.

        Tip: return on investment is extremely important to highlight early on in your pitch. For example, one company recently included the fact that a different maternity unit had commissioned their online platform because it would save them money on public liability insurance. This type of evidence is impressive, clear and makes it easy to forecast the exact numbers by which your product will make them clear savings. This will always grab people’s attention.

        Show how your innovation works

        This sounds simple – and it is. People don’t just want to hear about how a product works, they want to see it and even try it out where possible. If it’s a medical device, make sure you bring it with you. Or if it’s a digital solution, do a short demo to help people to visualise your innovation.

        Tip: have a quick pitch on your product ready and ensure that it clearly explains how your product works. Practise a 60 second pitch for meeting potential customers on an ad-hoc basis at networking events.

        Be persistent, but polite

        It’s unlikely that the first email you send will result in a bulk order of your product. It’s probably unlikely it will even result in a meeting. But that doesn’t mean you should stop knocking on doors. ‘No replies’ are not the same as rejection. And rejection can sometimes be ‘not now’ rather than a straight ‘no’. If you believe your product can transform the health care system for the better, then there’s a good chance you can convince someone else of that too.

        Tip: don’t assume the worst in people when they don’t respond. Your target audience are busy and overwhelmed by pitches. Maintaining your professionalism and manners at all times will always go further to getting an answer than aggressive chasing.

        As I said, getting your innovation adopted in the NHS can feel like opening a sticky door that requires the hinges to be oiled continuously. If you take a hammer to it, it’s unlikely you’ll be able to repair the damage caused to relationships in the future.

        Lesley Soden is the Head of Innovation within the Health Innovation Network. She has over 20 years experience in the NHS and public sector. She has worked in senior business and strategy roles in mental health and community NHS Trusts involving programme management, business development, bid writing and service re-design, all delivered in collaborations with a variety of public and private health partners.

        For more information on how we work with innovators, visit our Innovation Exchange page or read about our funding opportunities here.

        Time to Talk – mental health and the role of digital

        It’s time to talk about mental health

        Mental health problems affect one in four of us, yet people are still afraid to talk about it. Time to Talk day encourages everyone to talk about mental health and at the HIN we’re bringing digital innovators and clinicians together to identify solutions, says Amy Semple.

        Time to Talk day is about encouraging everyone to talk about mental health. Last week, the Health Innovation Network started the conversation early with the sometimes contentious topic of digital. In our experience working with both NHS stakeholders and digital companies, there remains some scepticism and reticence amongst both groups on how they can work together to benefit the 1 in 4 of the population who are currently experiencing mental health issues. So what better way to open up the channels of communication than to invite 100 key decision makers and innovators to spend the day discussing the opportunities and challenges of maximising digital opportunities in mental health, together.

        The NHS Long Term Plan

        The stars (at least on paper) have recently aligned in terms of national strategy, with the NHS Long Term Plan having digital at its core and a strong focus on mental health. I believe that success in both areas will be mutually dependent. To date, most digital companies, in my experience, have targeted primary care and the acute sector as this has often been the easiest way to prove their concept. Digital interventions available in the NHS are associated with benefits such as improved access to services, online self-help and therapies, prevention and organisational efficiencies.
        When speaking to some companies prior to the event I felt that mental health was perhaps outside their comfort zone, seemed too large and unwieldly to take on, or wasn’t acknowledged as a viable space for their product. This is understandable. Stigma surrounding mental health means that many people believe that people with a mental health condition are unable to self-manage and will struggle to maintain the consistency needed to use some technologies. These viewpoints only sustain the inequalities we continue to see in terms of people with mental health conditions gaining equal access to services and support with physical health conditions. Mental health services can be equally cautious of digital solutions, often concerned about the ethical implications of removing the human face to face element in mental health care without putting people at risk.

        Maximising digital opportunities

        With our Maximising Digital in Mental Health event we created a space to encourage a healthy debate to air these concerns. To get the people who could really effect change talking to each other. We invited national and local leaders to set out their digital strategies, we presented real life examples where digital companies are already working successfully within mental health and we showcased digital companies not yet working in mental health whose products have relevance to the sector in terms of patient care or organisational efficiencies. The result; a two-way conversation where both sides could speak openly and honestly about their fears as well as their excitement at the potential to radicalise mental health care with digital technology. Honest dialogue, open conversations and exploration of the solutions were met with a real appetite for adoption and lateral thinking.

        Reducing the inequality in mental health

        Yes, there were challenges highlighted, barriers questioned and a little bit of scepticism still; but overwhelmingly there was positivity and real desire to work together. We know that people with serious mental illness are likely to die on average 15-20 years earlier than other people and two thirds of these deaths are from avoidable physical illnesses. It’s time to talk; to find a safe and cost-effective way for users of mental health services to benefit from digital solutions and reduce this inequality. As Liz Ashall-Payne from ORCHA eloquently phrased it, “the conversation [in the room] has moved from not if, but when.”

        Time to keep talking

        From the dialogue on the day, I believe there are three key next steps to the conversation:

        1. Get the decision makers on board. Talking to the right people who are influential in ensuring digital is part of mental health strategy and decision making process, such as Innovation Teams, CCGs, Strategy Teams, Board Members, Systems and Information Teams will ensure digital stays on the agenda.
        2. Engage with front line staff. Unless you engage the people who will be using digital technologies, they simply won’t get used. Asking them what solutions they need, what their preferences are working in true partnership with staff and users will secure the buy-in needed to test ideas.
        3. Consider the system implications. Interoperability is a huge challenge and needs to be overcome with commitment and responsibility from both organisations and digital companies to make this happen. Put simply, we need to ensure that the systems being able to talk to each other is also part of the conversation.

        Enjoy this blog? Then we think you’d also like:
        Maximising Digital Opportunities in Mental Health: programme and slide pack
        Digital is helping us tackle healthcare inequalities, but the real issues are deeper and run system-wide
        Digital is a valuable tool for prevention – and so rightly it’s at the heart of the long term plan

        For more information on the Health Innovation Network’s Mental Health theme, click here.

        NHS Long Term Plan; a welcome focus on digital, prevention and tech

        Dr with laptop and smartphone

        NHS Long Term Plan; a welcome focus on digital, prevention and tech

        With its focus on digital, prevention and out of hospital care, the NHS Long Term Plan matches key work stream priorities of both the AHSN Network and the Health Innovation Network, says Acting Chief Executive Zoe Lelliott.

        We very much welcome the NHS Long Term Plan (LTP), published on 7 January, recognising its strong focus on areas of current priority for the HIN. These include service innovation, digital transformation as well as prevention and out of hospital care.

        The AHSNs have been asked to consider how they best support their local sustainability and transformation partnership and emergent integrated care systems, as they shape local implementation plans over the coming weeks. We believe that we can do this in a number of ways:

        • Through specific expertise and experience  (e.g. digital health, diabetes transformation, medicines optimisation, care homes and prevention)
        • Through practical support for the implementation of innovations which improve patient care and efficiency
        • By connecting the system, through our extensive, cross-sector networks and relationships (health and care, third sector, academia and industry)

        As a network, we have been reflecting on what the Long Term Plan means for some of our collective themes in this series of blogs.

        Innovation and research for better health: five key opportunities
        UCL Partners Managing Director Dr Charlie Davie thinks we need to focus on five key areas and sets them out.

        Ten years from now: What to expect from the NHS Long Term Plan

        In this joint blog, Yinka Makinde, Programme Director for DigitalHealth.London and Jenny Thomas, Programme Director for DigitalHealth.London Accelerator explore how technology will play a central role in realising the Long Term Plan.

        Good news for prevention of stroke in the Long Term Plan

        Dr Liz Mear, Chief Executive of the Innovation Agency and a trustee of the Stroke Association, focuses on the plan’s emphasis on stroke prevention.

        2019 sees focus on investment in life sciences and economic growth

        Mike Hannay, Managing Director of East Midlands Academic Health Science Network, examines investment in life sciences.

        Achieving goals of Long Term Plan will only come through innovation

        Oxford Academic Health Science Network Chief Executive Gary Ford emphasised the need for innovation.

        Artificial intelligence – is the future here?

        Big data and computing power is at the heart of this blog by Kent Surrey Sussex AHSN Network Managing Director Guy Boersma.

        Digital is a valuable tool for prevention – and so rightly it’s at the heart of the long term plan

        Tara Donnelly, HIN Accountable Officer and interim NHS England Chief Digital Officer, blogs on the emphasis on digital to enable the shift to prevention.

        For the AHSN Network’s response to the long term plan, click here

        Evaluation into ‘Red Bag’ Hospital Transfer Pathway

        Key learnings for Red Bag emergency transfer pathway revealed in report

        The ‘Red Bag’ Hospital Transfer Pathway, which was highlighted in the recent NHS Long Term Plan, is now running across south London. But how effective is it? The HIN has produced this evaluation report which explores the impact and stakeholder experiences of implementing the pathway within three south London boroughs.

        A new evaluation report has found that vital communication between paramedic crews, care home staff and hospital clinicians has been improved by the Red Bag Pathway when all measures were adhered to, but there are still a series of barriers to best practice to overcome.

        The study, which included survey responses, interviews with hospital clinicians and paramedics, and a focus group with care home managers, found that the majority of care homes are using the Red Bag as intended. Conducted by the Health Innovation Network, the report said that improvements need to be made at both ends of the pathway to ensure it is adhered to and the benefits are fully realised.

        Pioneered by Sutton Homes of Care Vanguard, the pathway ensures vital medical information, such as current medical condition and medicines regime, travels with the care home resident in a specially-designed red bag when they make emergency hospital visits.

        Over two-thirds of the 90 survey responses from care homes, ambulance crews and hospital clinicians in Kingston, Richmond and Lambeth, stated that the Red Bag had improved communication between care homes and hospitals and made the handover to ambulance crews smoother.

        Over half of care home managers believed the pathway had improved the transfer process for residents and both ambulance and hospital staff stated that the two forms most helpful in the Red Bag documentation were the ‘Do Not Attempt Resuscitation’ form, for older people making decisions about what happens towards the end of their life and the Alzheimer’s Society’s ‘This Is Me’ form to help healthcare professionals know more about people living with dementia.

        As well as highlighting some of the positive effects the pathway has had on emergency hospitals for care home residents, the study also flags some of the challenges faced in implementing the transfer pathway. These included finding that, on some occasions, standardised patient information was either missing or incomplete when residents were transferred to hospital, that medical discharge information was not always sent with the patient and that locating and retrieving bags that had become lost in hospital transfers was particularly difficult.

        Responses also indicated that both care homes and hospitals faced challenges with successfully promoting the pathway in the face of high turnover of staff and during the busy winter period. The report found that when the pathway was not adhered to – either in the care home or hospital setting – this caused practical difficulties and could result in despondency and frustration amongst professionals

        The challenges highlighted have led to some wider learnings for practitioners. Don Shenker, who led the Red Bag project for the HIN, believes there are five key tips that can be taken away from the study:
        1. When preparing the Red Bag in the care home, double check all the documentation is filled in properly
        2. When receiving the Red Bag in the ambulance or hospital, read through the documentation
        3. When transferring patients to different wards in hospital, check the Red Bag and documentation is with the patient
        4. When discharging the resident back to the care home, make sure the Red Bag and discharge documentation accompanies the resident
        5. When receiving the resident back in the home, update the care plan records.

        Effective implementation of the Red Bag Pathway will contribute toward the Enhanced Health in Care Homes (EHCH) model as set out in the recent NHS Long Term Plan.

        The report launched at a HIN sharing event, attended by staff from all parts of the Pathway, designed to ensure the complexities of implementing the pathway and opportunities for improvement are discussed more widely so all parties can work together to keep improving the use of the Red Bag.

        Zoe Lelliott, Deputy Chief Executive for the Health Innovation Network, said:
        “Our work is all about promoting innovation in the NHS and across the whole care system. The Red Bag is a successful innovation born in Sutton and recently extended across the whole of south London, but this study shows that there are still challenges and a focus on careful implementation is needed to maximise the benefits.
        “True joined up work with our members and partners in south London is making a real difference to people’s lives and I want to thank all the health and care staff who have worked so hard to adopt the Red Bag Pathway in their areas.”

        Berenice Constable, Head of Nursing for Kingston Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, said:
        “Frail care home residents are at their most vulnerable when transferred in an emergency to hospital. It’s vital that the latest state of their health is communicated to all clinicians from ambulance crews to hospital staff so quicker decisions can be made over their care.
        “It’s also a moment when they might lose important personal possessions from hearing aids to glasses, so the Red Bag Pathway is a simple innovation that, when followed fully, ensures the safest possible transfer as well as the fastest discharge.”
        “This report shows that the Red Bag is really making a difference and improving the care of some of our most vulnerable residents.”

        Evaluation of the Hospital Transfer ‘Red Bag’ Pathway in South London

        Download the report here.

        Digital is a valuable tool for prevention

        Digital is a valuable tool for prevention – and so rightly it’s at the heart of the long term plan

        Digital is at the core of the NHS Long Term Plan. Quite right too, argues Tara Donnelly, as it can be the means of moving to prevention as a priority, something that will benefit the health service and patients alike. This blog was first published here by DigitalHealth.net.

        Alex Lang, AF Project Manager checks for irregular heart rhythm on our very own Medical Director, Natasha Curran, using the new range of mobile devices linked to a smartphone. This is part of the drive to prevent strokes.

        The 10-year blueprint for the NHS was, I think, worth the wait. Published last week, the Long Term Plan promises a major shift to prevention and supporting people stay healthy, unlocked by the power of digital. In fact, the word digital features 117 times in the 136-page document.

        I’ve worked in the NHS for 30 years and am a realist. I completely get how hard it can be to imagine the bold commitments taking shape when days are so busy clinically and operationally. But it is only by thinking about the longer term and investing bravely that we can make the nearer term much better for staff and patients alike.

        Long term conditions are a good example of the pressing need for action. They account for at least 70% of the NHS’s time and budget. Diabetes alone costs the NHS £1.5 million an hour, that’s £14 billion a year.

        The problem is that this spend is not currently on preventative care that will reap future benefits, or in supporting patients with great, evidence-based digital tools to enable effective self-management and keep them out of hospital. Instead, it’s almost entirely on dealing with the distressing complications of advanced disease.

        Being smart with devices

        The plan promises to redress this balance, and to really start unlocking the power of digital. “The connecting of home-based and wearable monitoring equipment will increasingly enable the NHS to predict and prevent events that would otherwise have led to a hospital admission,” it states.

        Examples of devices include digital scales to monitor the weight of someone post-surgery, a location tracker to provide freedom with security for someone with dementia, and home testing equipment for someone taking blood thinning drugs.

        Connecting clinicians directly with patients through smart devices promises to deliver powerful benefits such as weight loss, blood glucose stability and better medicines management.

        The new tech will allow reminders and alerts to be sent direct to patients. This truly is remote monitoring and we know there are a good number of great digital health start-ups, many of them British, with solutions that can help in each of these areas.

        The next stage is the expansion of digital services for particular conditions. For example, the NHS will develop and expand the successful diabetes prevention programme to offer digital access this year.

        People newly diagnosed with diabetes will be supported through expanded pilots of digitally-delivered education. Increased use of digital in mental health is also promised: “By 2020, we aim to endorse a number of technologies that deliver digitally-enabled models of therapy for depression and anxiety disorders for use in IAPT (Improving Access to Psychological Therapies) services across the NHS.”

        The expectation is this will be expanded to include therapies for children and young people and other modes of delivery, such as virtual and augmented reality – said to already be demonstrating success through the mental health GDE programme.

        Providing the option for digital outpatient care is another big commitment. Having a third of outpatients services offered this way will make a huge difference for patients in terms of convenience, travel and time off work.

        If this sounds impossibly futuristic, bear in mind in the highly respected and huge Kaiser Permanente health care group in California already provide over 50% of their consultations remotely. The plan says this will allow for longer and ‘richer’ face-to-face consultations with clinicians where patients want or need it, and this offers benefits.

        It will take time, but progress has already been made

        We need to recognise, however, that this will be a major piece of work, and we need clinicians and patients at the heart to design these new services more effectively. Kaiser took several years to reach this and invested markedly in supporting their staff transform services in this way and make the most of the digital opportunity.

        Parts of the country are ahead of the curve and beginning to offer these sorts of services already. The Academic Health Sciences Network (AHSN Network) worked with NHS Improvement last year to run a series of “digital outpatients” events in Birmingham, Reading, Manchester, Leeds and London. These brought together trusts working on digital outpatients with some of the best evidenced solutions available and sharing the learning.

        As Digital Health.London we also ran a collaborative in London last spring to support trusts exploring new ways of undertaking consultations including video, phone and email. Great solutions already exist to book and change appointments via smartphones too, but these need to quickly become the default not the exception.

        Digital will also boost the effectiveness of community staff and ambulance crew. I’m particularly glad that the Long Term Plan envisages that community clinicians will have access to mobile digital services, including the patient’s care record and plan. Paramedics will have the tools to help them reduce avoidable and costly hospital transfers.

        NHS staff include some of the most mobile staff groups and we need to properly equip them so they can provide great care and enjoy their work, spending as much time with patients as possible and as little on administrative tasks and travel as they can. Mobility solutions do this and are much loved in organisations that have taken this on; in south London, Oxleas NHS Foundation Trust has done this in an exemplary way.

        Digital first option on offer

        Over the next 10 years, the NHS will offer a ‘digital first’ option for most citizens according to the plan. A key milestone in this drive is the current national rollout of the NHS App. This features a simple triage offer, connection to local services, GP records, the ability to book appointments, all from a computer or smartphone.

        On top of this, increasingly, automated systems and AI will make these services smarter. The plan says that, over the next five years, every patient will be able to access a GP digitally and where appropriate, opt for a ‘virtual’ outpatient appointment.

        But to achieve these digital advances, the plan sets out a need to create the right environment and infrastructure. These include creating a secure and capable digitally literate workforce, requiring NHS technology suppliers to comply with published open standards, and making solutions commisioned and developed by the NHS open source to the developer community.

        There is, of course, much to do to make these ambitions a reality, but the momentum is right for this digital healthcare revolution. That’s because so many now think that digital and smart devices may well be the tools to deliver the required shift to prevention that the NHS so badly needs. This NHS Long Term Plan should be welcomed as the blueprint that sets out this brave new world.

        Find out how #AHSNs are paving the way for a simpler innovation system within in the NHS, supporting innovations get to patients faster than ever before. Read the AHSN Networks response to the NHS Long Term Plan here.

        NB: This post was updated to show that the word digital is used 117 times, which includes the number of times in the references section.

        Why do we need a leadership programme for care home managers?

        Why do we need a leadership programme for care home managers?

        Written by Don Shenker, Project Manager for Healthy Ageing.

        At the first workshop day for care home managers on the Pioneer Leadership Programme last January, participants were asked to list the things they did in a typical day as a care home manager. The 14 managers listed 55 tasks they typically undertook on a daily basis – ranging from dealing with funerals, preparing the staff payroll, dealing with complaints, checking medication systems and helping to move beds.

        As someone who was very new to the care home sector, I was awed by the responsibility care home managers held and the loneliness of the job at hand – providing high levels of care to some of the most frail older people in society and dealing with the myriad regulations, controls and quality checks from CCGs, local authorities and the CQC. The managers on the programme nodded in recognition when talking about missed lunches, half-drunk cups of cold tea and waking up in the night, worried if everyone in their care home was alright.

        To add to this, CCGs are continuing to push their care homes to reduce the number of residents going into hospital unnecessarily and to accept new admissions to the care home even at weekends – all to ease the pressure on hospitals struggling to cope with acute demand from a frail older population. One in seven over 85’s now live in a care home and there are three times as many care home beds as there are in the NHS. To add to this pressure on the NHS, emergency admissions to hospital from care home have increased by 65% between in the last six years (2011-2017).

        The Health Innovation Network and My Home Life Care Home Pioneer Programme is a free leadership course for south London care home managers which aims to develop the leadership skills and confidence needed to lead care home teams in a demanding and pressurised sector.

        The programme is run over nine months, with managers using exercises developed by My Home Life to improve deep listening skills, focus on collaboration, connect emotionally, discover what is working well and embed positive change together. The principle of appreciative enquiry is adopted – starting with recognising existing strengths as a team and building on that.

        The overriding sentiment managers spoke of, to a packed room of care home managers, CCG commissioners and local authority staff on their Graduation day, in November, was how the programme had helped to build the confidence they needed to make changes and improve their home.

        From changing how they ran team meetings to encourage staff to speak out, to developing culturally appropriate services and initiating new ways of involving residents in decision making, the care home ‘Pioneers’ spoke of how they had achieved a transformation in themselves and in their home. The programme evaluation shows a two-fold increase in the confidence managers felt in managing their team and their home.

        Having developed our original Pioneers in 2018, the HIN is now recruiting a new cohort of care home manager pioneers for our 2019 programme, with the Pioneer Graduates being trained to co-facilitate and mentor the new cohort.

        At a broader level for south London, the HIN hopes to support the care home Pioneers to now co-create the solutions required for older adult care with NHS, CCG and local authority colleagues to ensure continuing high-quality care pathways for older residents/patients. Having seen first-hand the remarkable resilience, strength and knowledge gained by the 14 Pioneers, I’m confident they will go on to achieve even greater things.

        To find out more information and apply for the next cohort, please click here

        Meet the Innovator

        Meet the Innovator

        Each issue we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we spoke to Dr Sukhbinder Noorpuri, Founder and CEO of i-GP, an online consultation platform to allow patients faster access to primary care for minor illnesses.

        Pictured above L-R: Dr Sukhbinder Noorpuri with Co-Founder, Dr Aleesha Dhillon.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        i-GP provides digital consultations for minor illnesses, using interactive pictures and online questions. It is accessible to patients 24/7 from any device, and 90% of users can start their treatment within just one hour.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        When I was working as a GP, I met Michael, a 70 year old gentleman who waited three hours to see me at a walk in centre back in 2015. I thought that there must be an easier way to access healthcare. So I started looking into alternatives, and when I found none, I decided to go about creating one. I have been fortunate enough to have a great Co-Founder in Aleesha who has been instrumental in developing creative solutions to all the challenges that we have encountered.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        • Have a vision and make it a big one – set your goals globally rather than just locally in the spirit of true disruption.
        • Be relentless in the pursuit of this vision and always try and learn from every experience or opportunity which comes your way – know your market, keep reading about it and stay focused.
        • Build a world class team and inspire them to believe in the company mission. Be confident in your leadership and enjoy the process. A successful entrepreneur may build a well respected company, but a successful team will change the world.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Healthcare innovation is very challenging because impact takes time to achieve. However, your clinical experience is really the key differentiator in the marketplace. If you genuinely feel you have a clear perspective on the problem and have created the solution then building the evidence for your product, despite being time consuming, is the clearest way to show its potential.

        Some regard regulation as being a tough element of service delivery, but embrace the challenge as a well executed process is the reason you will stand out in the industry.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Over the last three years, we have won or been shortlisted for 22 healthcare awards as a result of the innovations we have developed in digital care. This has led us to international recognition and the opportunity to showcase i-GP at Conferences all over the world.

        Learning to adapt and raise healthcare standards has been a reflection of the dedicated team approach to the venture. However, this recognition is secondary to the feedback we receive from our patients as this is our main driving force. Impacting the patient journey to care on a daily basis  is the motivation and inspiration to transform traditional routes of service. For example last week, we treated a patient who was due to catch a flight abroad for her sister’s wedding but was suffering with a urinary tract infection. It was late at night, she was in a rush and her chosen pharmacy was closed. We managed to arrange her prescription at the chemist within the airport just before she was due to take off. When she returned she was so thankful that her trip hadn’t been ruined by illness and she had been well enough to enjoy the celebrations.

        Best part of your job now?

        Without a doubt, my greatest fulfilment comes from leading our team. We are all passionate about seizing this opportunity in time to showcase the good that technology can bring to healthcare and the NHS. Digital health is still very much in its early stage of adoption and even though smartphones have been commonplace for several years, we are still on the cusp of widespread digital use. The service that we implement today, we hope, will continue for many years to come.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        There has been a real drive recently with Rt Hon. Matthew Hancock advocating technology to modernise the NHS. Accompanying this, are the additional Government funds being made available to trial new products. This combination offers a paradigm shift from previous regimes and as innovators, we are very much looking forward to this filtering down to provide new opportunities. I also feel it is imperative that decision makers utilise patient feedback to help determine the future course and not just rely on industry advisers.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Most days are very varied due to the wide scope of avenues we are exploring at i-GP. I usually like to hold key meetings in the morning with either members of the team or board to review processes and define our future strategy.

        We have a schedule over the week to assign time to all the key aspects of service from marketing to patient outcomes and from technology developments to the financial structure we have adopted. Reflection is part of this process and the opportunity to network with other innovators is often on the timetable to ascertain the potential for collaboration.

        Liasing with the Accelerator team and our navigator Sara is also a key part of our time as we look to integrate further into the NHS.

        We would like to take this opportunity to congratulate Dr Sukhbinder Noorpuri who recently won the Chairman’s Entrepreneur Award (pictured above) at the TiE Awards Wednesday 5 December. Find out more about the awards here

        For more information on i-GP visit i-gp.co.uk or follow them on Twitter @wellness_igp_uk

        Adventure before Dementia

        Adventure before Dementia

        Written by Charlene Chigumira, Trainee Project Manager for Healthy Ageing and Patient Safety.

        The Healthy Ageing team attended the 13th annual Dementia Congress in Brighton last month, and it was even more special than I had imagined it would be. 

        Wednesday opened with people with dementia and their carers from DEEP (Dementia Engagement and Empowerment Project) and Tide (Together in Dementia Everyday) sharing their unique experiences with us (and inspiring the title of this post). Alzheimer’s International took the stage and shone a light on how informal carers were providing 82 billion hours of support to people living with dementia by 2015, a statistic that still surprises me. This figure is why they believe that both formal and informal carers should be viewed as ‘essential partners in the planning and provision of care in all settings according to the needs and wishes of people with dementia.’ 

        The lived experiences of people with dementia and their carers were weaved in throughout the congress as they spoke in the different break-out sessions on various topics including culture, assisted living arrangements, music therapy and spiritual support. One ‘End of Life Care’ session I attended hosted by Hospice UK and Dementia UK opened with a carer explaining why every day care matters to her, and how it maintains the dignity and individuality of a person living with dementia. Subsequently, a dementia care advocate, who has the condition herself shared some of the ways it has changed her life, and how the right care can enable her to live ‘interdependently’ (with support when needed, but a degree of independence remaining). Personally, I don’t think this session could have come at a better time, as my team is currently working on a project around end of life care in care homes. I left with a deeper understanding of why co-production is so important in our project work. 

        Finally, one of the many highlights of the congress was hearing Paola Barbarino from Alzheimer’s Disease International highlight the brilliant ways countries all over the world are supporting people living with dementia. Here were 3 of my favourite case studies:

        1. China (The Yellow Bracelet Project) 

        ‘In 2012, the Yellow Bracelet Project was initiated to encourage safety and prevent people with dementia getting lost. Yellow Bracelet has now become a symbol of affection, and continues to attract attention across society’. More here

        2. The National Dementia Carers Network (Scotland) 

        The National Dementia Carers network in Scotland has been ‘fully involved in Scotland’s two National Dementia Strategies, including work on testing models of community support, improving acute care in hospitals and the monitoring of better support’. More here  

        3. LMIC spotlight (Costa Rica) 

        Costa Rica was the first LMIC to introduce a dementia plan in 2014. Asociación Costarricense de Alzheimer y otras Demencias Asociadas (ASCADA) works closely with the city council to achieve a Dementia friendly community. More here 

        Sepsis Background Reading and Reports

        Protected: CoP Leadership Programme Shared Resources

        This content is password protected. To view it please enter your password below:

        Digital is helping us tackle healthcare inequalities, but the real issues are deeper and run system-wide

        Digital is helping us tackle healthcare inequalities, but the real issues are deeper and run system-wide

        Alex Lang describes the benefits of mobile ECG devices for people with serious mental health conditions and their potential to help tackle health inequalities.

        It is a sobering fact that people with a serious mental illness have a life expectancy 15-20 years less than the general population.

        The reasons vary, but the higher rates of cardiovascular disease experienced by this part of our population are a large part of the problem. According to Public Health England data, people with a serious mental illness aged 15-74 are nearly twice as likely to suffer a stroke as the general population. Part of the reason is that hypertension, diabetes, smoking and alcohol use are key risk factors for stroke and are all greater in those with a serious mental illness.

        The medications used to treat serious mental illness complicate the picture further. Some can cause weight gain and obesity, which further increases risk of stroke. Others are associated with electrocardiogram (ECG) changes, and it is possible that certain drugs are causally linked to serious ventricular arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death.

        When we started rolling out mobile digital devices to help detect stroke risk, the stark inequality made it was obvious that we needed to prioritise working with our mental health colleagues across south London. In a mental health setting, mobile ECGs can help not only by detecting atrial fibrillation, an irregular heart rhythm associated with stroke, and helping to diagnose and treat people at higher stroke risk. They can also make it easier to offer people ECGs before they start medications when needed.

        The mobile ECG we are rolling out, called Kardia Mobile, is a credit card sized, single lead rhythm strip linked to an app on tablet or smart phone, that works by the user placing their fingers on it for 30 seconds. Compare this to a 12 lead ECG: it’s invasive for patients and harder for staff. Traditional 12 lead ECGs aren’t always easy to access either, particularly if a patient is acutely unwell or housebound. This is a serious issue – as patients could start medication that increases their cardiac risk without the appropriate monitoring in place.

        These digital devices are starting to make a real difference. One of our partners, Oxleas NHS Trust, a mental health trust in southeast London, is already using Kardia Mobile ECG devices in clinical practice. Already, this is allowing staff to increase the numbers of opportunistic pulse rhythm checks they perform to identify service users with undiagnosed atrial fibrillation. These checks enable timely detection, diagnosis for AF, and treatment with anticoagulants which can reduce risk of stroke by two thirds.

        Oxleas is also using the Kardia mobile ECG device for service users where a 12 lead ECG is declined or not practically possible. Kardia is designed to indicate whether AF is present, but by using an on-line calculator, clinicians can calculate the QTc reading from the trace, so that medication can be prescribed safely. This can then be followed up with a 12 lead ECG once practically possible.

        This is just one example where digital devices and innovations can make a real difference in mental health care. There are countless others, and we’ll be exploring the potential of digital innovation and its potential to help prevention, self-management and efficient and safer care at our upcoming event in January.

        We’re focusing on the potential of digital in mental health because too often, mental health provision has lagged behind, while physical health care has received the lion’s share of attention and funding. This is changing, but it’s crucial that mental health settings reap just as many of the benefits of digital innovation as other healthcare settings.

        Digital devices alone won’t change the shocking discrepancy in life expectancy. To really close this health inequality gap, the entire health and care system must make a much greater cultural shift. But we believe that innovation has a role to play in that shift and we’re committed to working with our partners to use innovation to improve care for people with serious mental illness, and to reduce wider health inequalities.

        To find out more, please contact Alex Lang, Project Manager in Stroke Prevention alexlang@nhs.net or visit our website here

         

        Think Diabetes for World Diabetes Day

        Think Diabetes for Diabetes Day

        HR managers are working in partnership to revolutionize the workplace in a move which could improve employees’ health, save money for the NHS and boost productivity, argues Health Innovation Network Senior Project Manager Linda Briant (pictured below) who is driving forward Think Diabetes.

        Employees with a diagnosis of both Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes (and carers of people with diabetes) will be supported and encouraged to take time off work to learn about their diabetes. The insight and knowledge gained at these Structured Education sessions will empower individuals to self-manage their condition and improve their long-term health outcomes.

        How big a problem is diabetes?
        Diabetes costs the NHS more than £10 billion per year and this constitutes roughly 10 per cent of the entire budget. We know that Structured Education is part of the solution. People with diabetes benefit from being able to self-manage their condition and make changes to diet and lifestyle. Structured Education helps them to do this and is clinically proven. It also provides much needed peer support after being diagnosed with a life changing condition. What’s more, it is recommended as a basic and crucial part of care for an individual with diabetes by the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE), the NHS’s guidance on clinical standards.

        Despite this, uptake rates of diabetes education are low and one of the reasons commonly cited is that it is difficult to take time off work. Diabetes is covered by the Equality Act 2010 as a long term condition that has significant impact on individuals’ lives. Employers are therefore obliged to make reasonable adjustments, although these adjustments are not defined. The case for employers adjusting their policies and supporting individuals to attend structured education is overwhelming.

        What must change?
        The working population in Britain spends roughly a third of their life at work. Yet all too often, the role of employers in creating and maintaining healthy workplaces, or supporting their staff to be healthy, is overlooked.
        The workplace is a great setting for reaching people with messages that promote and encourage healthy lifestyles and many businesses are already taking action by promoting healthy initiatives. The benefits to them are higher staff morale and lower rates of sickness absence.
        Evidence shows that employers that invest in appropriate workplace health initiatives to support the health and wellbeing of their employees have the potential to see a significant return on investment (1) A review of academic studies shows that the return on investment for some workplace health initiatives can range from £2 for every £1 spent (1:2) to £34 for every £1 spent (1:34) (2).

        How is the Health Innovation Network influencing change?
        Human resource (HR) professionals, alongside people living with diabetes have worked with the Health Innovation Network to develop and test strategies that could easily be adopted by organisations to support people living with diabetes attend structured education. These include:
        1. HR policy and strategy changes to facilitate taking leave to attend courses
        2. Structured education delivered in the workplace
        3. Healthy lifestyles awareness-raising sessions at work with a focus on diabetes prevention

        The learning from this feasibility study is being incorporated into a ‘how to’ guide, which provides examples of good practice, along with recommendations for undertaking this initiative in your workplace.

        This guide will be published and available in January 2019.
        How can you make change happen for your workforce?
        • Sign up to receive a free copy of the ‘how to guide’ for supporting people living with diabetes in the workplace
        • Implement the recommendations
        • Tell us about the impact
        • Grow the UK’s healthy workplace community
        If you are an HR professional interested in receiving more information, contact me on linda.briant@nhs.net.
        Citing the evidence

        Evidence informs us that working age adults and younger people with diabetes are less likely to complete Structured Education, which can result in poor health outcomes.
        The All Party Parliamentary Group for Diabetes’ report: Taking control: Supporting people to self-manage their diabetes (March 2015) highlighted that many structured education courses require substantial time off work during the week; and that this is a major disincentive to attendance as people often do not wish to use annual leave for this purpose.
        A recommendation from the report states: “The clear benefits to people’s health of attending education courses mean that the Government should give people a legal right to time off work to attend education courses about their diabetes that their healthcare team believe are appropriate to their needs.” (3) NICE recommends that well-designed and well-implemented structured education programmes are likely to be cost-effective for people with diabetes and should be offered to every person and/or their carer at and around the time of diagnosis, with annual reinforcement and review.
        References:
        1 Healthy Work – Evidence into Action 2010 page 46
        2 BUPA, Workplace Health – A Worthwhile Investment, 2010
        3 Taking Control: Supporting people to self-manage their diabetes, page 20 – APPG Diabetes Report

        Language and leadership needed for the government’s new ‘tech vision’ to become reality

        Language and leadership needed for the government’s new ‘tech vision’ to become reality

        The Health Secretary Rt Hon Matt Hancock recently launched his new tech vision at an event organised by HIN, on behalf of NHS England. The vision is good news for digital innovation, but there’s still much more to do. Here, our Head of Technology, Denis Duignan, highlights some of its main features.

        Last week, Matt Hancock launched the government’s new bold ‘tech vision’ to a room full of SMEs and NHS digital leaders at our event in London.

        He spoke with credible enthusiasm as he outlined his views on how we achieve lasting digital progress. His vision is for the NHS to lead the world in digital healthcare, just as the U.K. has been a leader in Fin Tech, as the NHS already has the essential ingredients. This recognition of the NHS’ strong points, or ‘ingredients’ was good to hear – it’s too easy for those of us working in the system to forget. But the hard part isn’t individual components – it’s connecting these ingredients up in a truly modern architecture, so that systems talk to each other and patients and staff lives are easier.

        The government’s desire to learn from the past is evident in the document’s focus on getting the national and local split correct. Mandating open standards at a national level is a key part of this, as is secure identity. But we need to retain local system flexibility. The architectural principles set out in the vision are:

        •         put our tools in modern browsers
        •         internet first
        •         public cloud first
        •         build a data layer with registers and APIs
        •         adopt the best cyber security standards
        •         separate the layers of our patient record stack: hosting, data and digital services.

        These are sound principles. The focus on enabling healthtech innovation is equally promising and we hope something that signals a new era of support for healthtech innovators in and outside of the NHS. That being said, although the document speaks a lot about interoperability, with open standards and APIs providing the framework for modular IT systems, how level the playing field will really be in future remains to be seen. This is especially of concern to SMEs with products that require interaction with the established principle clinical systems, where quite often they need to pay significant ‘partnership’ fees to achieve satisfactory timely outcomes.

        Some of the statements will raise a few (more cynical) eyebrows: “All new IT systems purchased by the NHS will be required to meet the standards we set out and existing services will need to be upgraded to meet these standards.” While the ambition is correct, many will wait with bated breath to see how this will practically play out for certain NHS organisations, especially those where particular suppliers are deeply entrenched or those with bespoke or heavily customised systems.

        The language throughout the document is clearer than many policy documents in this space and feels like a step in the right direction. It says clearly: ‘This is not an IT project’ before going on to focus on ways of working. Those of us who regularly work on tech innovation projects know only too well that as long as tech is seen as just an ‘IT project’ we will struggle to realise the full benefits. Success depends on effective change management and changes in working cultures and habits.

        Changing culture is hard. Leadership helps. For that reason, it’s also positive to see the focus on leadership in the vision. At the launch event a number of people talked about leadership and the difficulty of finding genuinely tech-savvy Boards. When it comes to finance, Boards can scrutinise the numbers. When it comes to people or projects, they can look at the staff survey or project plans. With IT, it can be a case of Boards just looking to a CIO and hoping for the best. Computer Weekly recently reported that even “at Leeds Teaching Hospitals  – a great example of a forward-thinking health organisation – there are 460 different IT systems in use.”  It’s not easy for Boards to get to grips with complex legacy situations like that.

        The vision is clear about the need for this to change, saying that that tech transformation needs to be driven by leaders at every level. It goes on to say ‘all health and care organisations should ensure board-level understanding of how data and technology drives their services and strategies, and take charge of the digital maturity of their organisations – in the same way that they manage their finances and the quality of their services.’ In an effort to make sure Boards take that language seriously, the government is looking to regulatory and system levers, saying it will ask the Care Quality Commission (CQC) ‘how best to reflect the standards in their inspections of NHS and social care providers, and NHS Improvement and NHS Digital to work together on the use of spend controls to enforce the use of standards when procuring new systems for the NHS, looking at additional controls for spend on systems and services that are below current thresholds.’

        On workforce, the report says the aim is that skilled professionals already working in the health and care system are supported to continuously develop, and that structures are in place to make innovation and information exchange easier through empowering and creating headspace for frontline staff. While this is a fine ambition and progress is being made through the likes of the NHS Digital Academy and the HIN’s IM&T Grads into Health Programme, there is still no mention of addressing the unsuitability of Agenda of Change pay scales for this staff group or adjusting training pathways and certain curriculums to increase numbers and the baseline knowledge required to make this vision a reality.

        There’s no new money attached to the document and there’s no point underestimating the sheer scale of what we need to achieve. But the proposals it sets out, the focus on leadership and the language used to tell us that this isn’t an IT project, are a strong step in the right direction.

        The government is currently consulting on the vision. You can take part here

        If you’re working in health and care in south London and would like support with a technology innovation project, contact Denis and the team via hin.technology@nhs.net  

        The power of making the invisible, visible

        The power of making the invisible, visible

        Tara Donnelly recounts her experience of judging the 2018 HSJ Awards. This article was first published in HSJ on 15 October*

        Recently, I spent an inspiring day, in great company, judging the Improving Care with Technology category of the 2018 HSJ Awards.

        It was a privilege to hear direct from those involved about how their work was changing care, saving lives and making life simpler for clinical staff. There was a huge range of types of finalist, from small start ups, to GP practices, teams in large hospitals and mental health and ambulance services.

        We heard from tremendously passionate and impressive pharmacists, doctors, physiotherapists, psychiatrists, psychologists as well as carers of people living with dementia and mental health issues. If we could have given them all a prize, believe me we would have. We also did a grand tour of the UK covering Manchester, Scotland, Yorkshire, Belfast, London and Surrey.

        But for all the many differences, there stood out to me one predominant theme; the power of making what is invisible, visible.

        Tools for busy mental health staff so they see the person who needs their help first, while not losing track of those who are due a contact, that prioritise patients most in need of a medicines review when admitted to hospital, using sensors and artificial intelligence to pick up problems in the home, almost before they happen, early alerts obviating the development of complications, tracking of sick children while transferring giving the clinical teams they have desperately missed, helping an anxious woman with a diagnosis of breast cancer know every step of the way forward, turning the process of tertiary referral from a messy, time consuming chore to a slick three minute procedure, saving days of doctor time every week.

        These solutions are saving lives, bringing joy back to professionals and building a smarter NHS. They use highly evidenced techniques, such as clear visual management, and behavioural insights, to help busy humans make the best choice they can.

        It’s the health service equivalent of the smartphone tools we now couldn’t be without in our personal lives, the maps that get us to new places, the nudges, reminders, quantification of how many steps we’ve done and the encouraging messages.

        While undertaking the judging, my Apple Watch seemed to get quite concerned that I wasn’t as active as I usually am by that time of day. For me that’s mildly amusing, to be gently ticked off, for someone with depression this could be an important early indicator.

        For the doctors running an e-hub for virtual consultations who were able to keep great GPs working for the NHS even when they had to move abroad, for the carer alerted to his wife’s condition change via a sensor so he could take early action avoiding an emergency admission to hospital, these technologies are game changing.

        After a day of meeting these brilliant innovative staff and hearing how these great digital solutions, ranging from simple to those supported by algorithms, machine learning and AI, are already changing lives up and down the country I left with a spring in my step, and a keenness to help spread the brilliance, as all these ideas are well worth pinching (and, of course, they are all captured on the best practice database HSJ Solutions which can be accessed from the main site navigation).

        So keep in mind, if you can make the invisible visible to your team, or organisation, you’re likely to help busy NHS staff improve care and love their job just a little bit more.

        * https://www.hsj.co.uk/the-hsj-awards/making-the-invisible-visible/7023583.article 

        Meet the Innovator

        Meet the Innovator

        Each issue we’ll get up close and personal with an innovator asking them to share their thoughts and experience from their journey into the world of health and care innovation. In our latest edition, we spoke to Dr Nicholas Andreou, Co-Founder of Locums Nest, a staff bank management app; connecting healthcare professionals to temporary work.

        Pictured above r-l: Dr Nicholas Andreou with fellow Co-Founder of Locums Nest, Ahmed Shahrabanian.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        Locums Nest bridges the gap between hospitals and doctors. Making staff vacancies easier and simpler to fill, without the expensive agency middle man.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Working as junior doctors in the NHS and experiencing first-hand the frustrations and inefficiencies of filling gaps in the rota.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        • Be tenacious- don’t take no for an answer, have thick skin
        • Hire people with purpose who believe in your message
        • Be kind to everyone you meet.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Trying to positively change an established institution, with large long-standing incumbents. Challenging the status quo.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        With our help, a Trust managed to staff a winter pressures ward without going to an agency. This meant they saved £1.6m in the first 10 months.

        Best part of your job now?

        Meeting different people in different environments; realising the NHS is enriched with experience and expertise from a vast range of backgrounds.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        Open up the barriers to meeting the right people in the system to support innovation.

        A typical day for you would include..

        There’s no such thing! One day I could be travelling across the country for meetings, in the office for a full day product meeting or spending the day supporting our NHS clients.

        Contact us

        W: locumsnest.co.uk

        T: @locumsnest

        Innovation Awards support next generation of improvements in health & care in south London

        Innovation Awards support next generation of improvements in health & care in south London

        From group consultations for chronic health management in urban deprived populations to tackling falls by older residents with dementia, Small Grants kickstarts innovative projects in south London..

        Twelve projects, including schemes to meet the needs of women with perinatal mental health problems, group consultations for chronic health management and training for volunteers to hold challenging conversations about end of life care, have won funding under South London Small Grants 2018.

        The awards were made by the Health Innovation Network working in partnership with Health Education England (HEE). In all there were 120 applications across 45 different organisations that applied for funding.

        The aim of the grants is to support innovative practice that can be spread and adopted across the health and social care landscape. The funding also aims to encourage cross-boundary working in areas of research, education and improvement in healthcare services.

        In previous years, the Small Grants have enabled people across London to access funding for research and innovation to kickstart novel ideas, using the grant as a springboard to support their potential. This forms a key aspect of the Health Innovations Network’s role as an Innovation Exchange, helping innovators through signposting and supporting the adoption of innovations.

        The 12 projects that will receive funding are:
        • Kim Nurse, Darzi Fellow, (Kingston Hospital NHS Foundation Trust): A collaborative project with the University of Creative Arts to create a campaign to educate patients, their relatives and staff regarding the risks of deconditioning in hospital

        • Emily Symington, GP, (Amersham Vale Training Practice): Group consultations for chronic health management in urban deprived populations in GP practices

        • Manasvi Upadhyaya, Consultant Paediatric Surgeon, (Evelina Children’s Hospital): Development of a gastrostomy care package – a quality improvement project

        • Vicky Shaw, Clinical Lead, (Lewisham and Greenwich NHS Trust): A integrated and collaborative approach to Falls (the term that describes older people falling over) training to address high levels of falls amongst residents with dementia in Lewisham Care Homes

        • Katherine Bristowe, Herbert Dunhill Lecturer, (King’s College London): ACCESSCare-e: reducing inequalities for LGBT people facing advanced illness and bereavement – an evidence based self-paced online intervention

        • Hind Khalifeh, Honorary Consultant Perinatal Psychiatrist, (SLAM/KCL): Meeting the needs of women with perinatal mental health problems through partnerships between NHS perinatal mental health services and voluntary sector organisations Home Start and Cocoon

        • Ursula Bowerman, Operational Director/Lead Facilitator, (Project Dare/SLAM): The LGBTQ+ Dare Sessions

        • Estelle Malcolm, Clinical Psychologist, (NAAAPS/SLAM): Using an appreciative inquiry approach to increase the voice of adults with an autism spectrum condition in shaping psychological therapy services

        • Kate Heaps, CEO, (Greenwich & Bexley Hospice): Young Ward Volunteers Scheme

        • Michael Brady, Consultant in Sexual Health and HIV, (Kings College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust): Delivering and evaluating a Sexual Health and Well-being service for Trans communities in SE London

        • Liz Bryan, Director of Education and Training, (St Christopher’s Hospice): Challenging Conversations: training volunteers to support the frail elderly and those with long-term conditions in the community who want to talk about end of life issues

        • Sophie Butler, Higher Trainee in General Adult Psychiatry, (SLAM): Extreme Psychiatry 2.0

        Health Innovation Network Chief Executive Tara Donnelly said:
        “Great ideas are at the centre of innovation in healthcare but sometimes they need a small amount of money to help them develop. The South London Small Grants have shown to be a great springboard to success with one of our previously supported projects ‘HaMpton’, an app that allows high blood pressure monitoring during pregnancy at home, now on the NHS Innovation Accelerator.
        “These 12 winning projects look like being important innovations that could really make a difference to the lives of people in south London and hopefully beyond.”

        HEE’s South London Local Director Aurea Jones said:
        “South London Small Grants is all about helping develop innovations where there is a funding gap. We had a record number of applications this year and I was really impressed by the quality of these. I’m confident that the winning 12 projects will make a real difference to the lives of patients and their families.

        “I look forward to following the progress of these initiatives closely and seeing how they deliver real health improvements.”

        Ends
        For more information contact the press office on 0207 188 7756
        Notes to editors:
        • Health Innovation Network is the Academic Health Science Network (AHSN) for south London, one of 15 AHSNs across England. We work across a huge range of health and care services through each of our clinical and innovation themes, to transform care in diabetes, musculoskeletal disease and healthy ageing, to accelerate digital health uptake into the NHS, and we’re passionate about education. The Health Innovation Network acts as a catalyst of change – identifying, adopting and spreading innovation across the health and care system in south London.
        • Health Education England (HEE) exists for one reason only: to support the delivery of excellent healthcare and health improvement to the patients and public of England by ensuring that the workforce of today and tomorrow has the right numbers, skills, values and behaviours, at the right time and in the right place.

        Meet the Innovator

        Meet the Innovator

        In our latest edition, we spoke to Mike Hurley, creator of ESCAPE-pain – a rehabilitation programme for people with chronic joint pain. Mike is currently a Professor of Rehabilitation Sciences at St George’s University of London & Kingston University as well as Clinical Director for the Musculoskeletal theme at Health Innovation Network.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        ESCAPE-pain “does exactly what is says on the tin”, it’s a rehabilitation programme for older people with chronic knee or hip pain (often called osteoarthritis) that helps participants understand why they have pain, what they can do to help themselves cope with it, and guides them through an exercise programme that helps them realise the benefits that can be attained from being more physically active.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        Not sure it was a lightbulb moment, it was more like one of the low energy lights slowly coming on! But there were two turning points that have led to ESCAPE-pain.

        The first was realising the impact of pain on people’s everyday physical and psychosocial function was as important to them as the sensation of pain itself, and that addressing these impacts is as important as minimising pain.

        The second was realising the importance muscle plays in causing joint pain and joint damage. We used to think joint pain was caused by damage to joints that resulted in pain, this stopped people doing their regular activities, which caused muscle weakness and makes the joint susceptible to further damage. However, we highlighted muscles are very important for protecting our joints from abnormal movement and suggested impaired muscle function that occurs as we get older may initiate joint damage. Thus, muscle is a cause rather than simply a consequence of joint damage. If that’s true then maintaining well-conditioned muscles through exercise-based rehabilitation programmes, we might prevent or reduce joint pain and damage, and improve people’s quality of life.

        Coupling the first light bulb moment – addressing the psychosocial impact of pain – with the second light bulb moment – experience and understanding of the value of exercise – gives us ESCAPE-pain.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Prove your innovation works – if people aren’t convinced it is useful to them why would they use it?
        2. Surround yourself with a team of clever, hardworking people who believe in you and the innovation.
        3. Keep your eyes on the prize – wide implementation – and be prepared for lots of ups and downs and hard work convincing the multitude of non-believers that your innovation works.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Some of the conversations we had with commissioners would have been laughable if they weren’t so depressing. Financial pressures mean people delivering the programme continually want to reduce the number of sessions, but we know doing that reduces its effectiveness. And even though commissioners were often convinced about the need for the programme and wanted to do the right thing, the requirement to focus on short term benefits meant that anything taking more than a year to show benefits, whether health or cost, was of little interest. Many felt unable to invest in services where the benefits are felt by other parts of the health system, for example taking the pressure off primary care. Often commissioners could hear the madness of what they were saying even as they articulated it, but that didn’t change anything. It was tough and these issues really do slow the spread of innovation.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        Getting the unwavering backing of the HIN. In late 2012, I was about to give up on getting ESCAPE-pain adopted clinically, because there were no channels for innovative healthcare interventions to spread across the NHS and beyond. Then I answered an email enquiring about local MSK research in south London from its newly founded Academic Health Science Network, met with the Managing Director and frankly my professional life took a new, exciting and very fulfilling turn for the better.

        Best part of your job now?

        There are two:

        Working with the MSK team is terrific and fun. They work so hard to make it everything work. It’s a privilege to work with such a lovely group of people.

        The second great thing is the kick the whole team gets from the positive feedback we get from ESCAPE-pain participants. It never ceases to make me feel very humble and honoured to be able to help people.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        I’d start “NICE Innovations”, a body that would screen potential (digital, models of care and service) innovations, pick the most promising, work with innovators and the health systems to find out what works (or not), why (not), and then actively promote and incentivise the health and social care systems to adopt or adapt effective innovations. Its kind of happening at the moment but feels fragmented, so it needs to be brought together to make it more effectual and “given teeth”.

        A typical day for you would include..

        The great thing about my work is that there is no typical day. I usually wake about six, make a cup of tea and listen to the news on the radio before heading into the new day. That could involve writing papers, grants, presenting at conferences, attending meetings at the HIN or St George’s, lecturing, mentoring students or clinicians, figuring out how to get our MSK work seen and adopted.

        Find out more about ESCAPE-pain by visiting the website at www.escape-pain.org or following them on twitter @escape-pain

        Contact us

        W: chc2dst.com and ieg4.com (main company website).

        T: @IEG4

        Award-winning ESCAPE-pain programme now online

        Press Release: Award-winning ESCAPE-pain programme now online

        The award-winning ESCAPE-pain programme for the management of chronic joint pain is now available online to help ease the suffering of thousands of people across the country.

        Chronic joint pain, or osteoarthritis, affects over 8.75 million people in the UK, including half the population over the age of 75, and one in five of the population over 45. A small proportion proceeds to surgical intervention while the vast majority are managed in the community with painkillers.

        GPs typically spend around a day a week on appointments related to joint pain; by helping those people with joint pain undertake regular exercises evidenced to improve mobility and reduce pain, a large number of GP appointments can be freed for other people to be seen more quickly.

        The new online version of ESCAPE-pain (Enabling Self-management and Coping with Arthritic Pain through Exercise), is a digital version of the well-established, face-to-face group programme that is now delivered in over 80 sites across the UK and is already being used to improve the lives of over 7,000 people with chronic joint pain.

        Under the new digital programme, people can choose from 16 high-quality exercise videos to help improve joint pain including engaging animations and education videos to learn to manage their condition better. They can feel more in control of their pain through this free NHS resource developed by the South London-based Health Innovation Network which works to innovate health and care in the NHS.

        Professor Mike Hurley, originator of the ESCAPE-pain programme, said:
        “Thanks to ESCAPE-pain Online anybody with chronic knee or hip pain can now access the ESCAPE-pain programme regardless of where they live. ESCAPE-pain Online isn’t a replacement for attending the face-to-face programme, as that’s the most effective way to experience its benefits but it will support people to exercise safely and regularly in their own homes. People who are unable to attend a face-to-face programme or those who don’t have access to a smartphone can use ESCAPE-pain Online.”

        Health Innovation Network Chief Executive Tara Donnelly said:
        “ESCAPE-pain is a proven rehabilitation programme with a strong evidence base approved by NICE that is helping thousands of people who have been suffering in pain. By making use of digital technology and extending the programme through offering videos online, we are rolling out the potential benefit of this programme to many more people experiencing chronic joint pain; currently affecting one in five of the population over 45.”

        ESCAPE-pain has been recognised with awards from both the Royal Society for Public Health (RSPH) and the British Society for Rheumatology, and is cited in the NICE clinical guidelines for osteoarthritis. More recently, ESCAPE-pain has been recommended as a preferred intervention for musculoskeletal conditions by Public Health England, which showed a positive Return on Investment of £5.20 for every £1 spent.

        ESCAPE-pain Online is a free resource produced in the NHS by the Health Innovation Network and Salaso Solution Ltd. It is best viewed on a computer and is accessed via the ESCAPE-pain website homepage. For more information please visit escape-pain.org or email hello@escape-pain.org. Watch a film about ESCAPE-pain here.

        Meet the Innovator

        Meet the Innovator

        In our latest edition of Meet the Innovator, we caught up with Simon Williams of CHC2DST, a cloud based digital solution for continuing healthcare assessments. Simon is currently the Healthcare Director at IEG4 Limited.

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        CHC2DST supports the digital transformation of the Continuing Healthcare (CHC) Assessment process by digitising the forms used in the national framework and automating workflow processes to improve patient service, boost productivity and control CHC care package allocation.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        When we saw that a complex national process relied upon the copying and transmission of reams of paper across multiple stakeholders, it was clear that the process would be impossible to manage effectively and, that, through automation, efficiencies and service quality improvements could be realised.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Be sure the challenges you are solving are recognised within the NHS and then be prepared for a long gestation period
        2. Find some NHS body/bodies who become early adopters, with whom you can collaborate to prove the solution within the NHS
        3. Promote your innovation at multiple levels within NHS to gain ‘share of mind’.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Despite a direct call to action from Matthew Swindells and Jane Cummings in Summer 2017 to drive up performance against the 28 Day National Standard for decision turnaround, the biggest challenge is engaging with the CCGs who are struggling to run the existing paper-based process. From NHS England Quarterly Situation Reports for CHC, we can see that many London CCGs would benefit from digital transformation of the assessment process. We are keen to talk to the CCGs in South London. An hour invested in watching a webinar would bring the digital transformation benefits to life.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        When the alignment of NHS bodies came together effectively under the auspices of the Yorkshire & Humber AHSN to create a focussed, specific event targeted at an audience of CHC practitioners. NHS Strategic Improvement for CHC explained the importance of improving the area to NHS England. Cheshire and Wirral CCGs discussed their CHC transformation journey supported by our technology and through collaborative working with us. The result was a further take up of the innovation and an increased awareness amongst the 20-odd Y&H AHSN CCGs in attendance that an alternative to the status quo was available and proven to work.

        Best part of your job now?

        When people who are working very hard to manage and execute the existing assessment process see how our solution puts them in control of their workload.  The ‘lightbulbs’ go on during the demo and the feedback we receive is positive . It’s great to know that we are helping to making a contribution to improve ‘our NHS’ in this area.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        For all service leads, make exploring and championing innovation part of the job description on which they are evaluated. Create a National Innovation Channel which holds approved content which can be accessed by NHS professionals to make it easier to find solutions in use in the NHS.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Reaching out to NHS stakeholders in AHSNs, CCGs, and NHS Executive Management to highlight CHC2DST’s capabilities to them and share results visible from NHS Quarterly Situation Reports for CHC. The data shows that CHC2DST helps to improve productivity by reducing unnecessary work activities, improves decision turnaround timeframes and improves CHC care package allocation.

        IEG4 runs regular webinars to demonstrate CHC2DST to NHS Professionals working within the CHC area, without obligation. If it works for them, we help build stakeholder support and the case for change.

        Contact us

        W: chc2dst.com and ieg4.com (main company website).

        T: @IEG4

        The NHS 70th Birthday celebrations at Westminster Abbey

        The NHS’s 70th birthday celebrations at Westminster Abbey

        This week NHS’s 70th birthday celebrations were held at Westminster Abbey. The Abbey was packed with NHS staff and patients with stories to tell and the ceremony was full of pride while Simon Stevens had strong messages for all, says the HIN’s Faye Edwards, who is part fo the team leading the national AF programme.

        Photo above: A selfie in the Abbey with Tara.

        Take a moment to consider how often in your lifetime the NHS has been there for you and your family when you have needed it the most. Free at the point of access, it is founded on a fundamental belief that no one should be denied health care regardless of their ability to pay. Whether it’s the birth of a child, a medical emergency or the passing of a loved one it is the care, dedication and support we receive in these profound moments is the reason we all hold the National Health Service so dear and why so many of us took pride in celebrating this momentous occasion.

        On its 70th Anniversary last week I was privileged to attend a service of celebration for the NHS at Westminster Abbey. Such a beautiful setting usually associated with royal occasions it was wonderful to see the abbey packed to the rafters with NHS staff and patients, all with a story to tell and bursting with pride for this great British institution.

        The service was conducted by Dean of Westminster and was attended by the Countess of Wessex. Sitting near to high alter I felt honoured to be so close to all the action and tried so hard to soak up the atmosphere. The choir sang beautifully and the congregation did their best when it was their turn! The readings and lessons from a wide variety of individuals captured the mood of the day exquisitely. Freya Lewis a teenage girl who was injured in the Manchester Arena attack in 2017 bravely delivered a moving, heartfelt speech in which she thanked the paediatric critical care team at Royal Manchester Children’s Hospital for the love and care shown to her and her family since the attack. Having undergone such a life changing ordeal she reflected on the positives. How she has gained a lifelong friendship with the nursing staff and her dedication, not only to her recovery, but in raising thousands of pounds for the hospital to say thank you for the care she continues to receive, and the pleasure she now has from seeing that money put to good use.

        Simon Stevens delivered the address, reflecting on the skill, compassion and bravery of health and social care workers who support the dignity of individual life. He gave earnest thanks to staff from all levels of the service and spoke of the NHS as a unifying ideal, to those of all faiths, and of none, across this nation, and down the generations, a health service that belongs to us all.

        In doing so he acknowledged it would be foolish to be blind to the imperfections of the NHS, saying ‘we must be honest about its achievements and hold ourselves accountable to an ever higher standard’. He quoted Aneurin Bevan in saying “the NHS must always be changing, growing and evolving” so that “it must always appear to be inadequate”.
        Therefore ‘in order to continue to succeed in the future, the NHS must always be impatient with the present’. A paradox perhaps that is at the heart of the establishment of the AHSNs and the reason why we at HIN are striving to ‘speed up the best in healthcare’.

        He spoke of the many innovations and advances in healthcare over the years and the benefits to humanity that this country has given to the world, such as antibiotics, vaccines, IVF and CT Scanners. And the radical shifts in public attitudes to disability, sexuality and patient power over the years acknowledging there is still more to be achieved.

        He finished by laying down a challenge to the brilliant and idealistic staff embarking on their NHS career today. ‘You’ve made a fantastic career choice’ he said. ’

        Despite the pressures and sometimes, yes, the frustrations, there is no more worthwhile, or important contribution you can make to our nation for the years ahead. The NHS of the future is largely in your hands.’

        It was a thoughtful and humble address, which looked to the future whilst being mindful of the lessons from the heritage of the NHS. It was uplifting also, celebrating the great people and skill within our health service, with a definite optimism of a bright future ahead.

        Once the hymns had been sung and prayers delivered the bells of the abbey were rung, it was as if they were projecting all the gratitude and thanks that had filled the abbey during the service.

        Announcing to the world the national pride in the NHS and the enthusiasm with which we look forward to its 100th birthday!

        Follow all the action on the day at #NHS70 on Twitter

        Identifying the gaps for innovation

        Identifying the gaps for innovation

        Identifying gaps in the health and care system is key to success with South London Small Grants, says Sandra Parish (pictured below) of the South London and Maudsley Foundation NHS Trust, who is running a project that for the first time provides training for staff that have often challenging conversations around dementia.

        Colleagues at the Psychological Medicine and Older Adults (PMOA) at South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust had been reviewing their training provision for dementia care. It was found that there was very little, if any, specific training for staff working with carers and those living with dementia which looked at having conversations around diagnosis and advance care planning. These were often quite challenging conversations for both parties which needed skill and compassion when delivering.

        Spotting the gap

        Maudsley Simulation and PMOA End of Life Group came together to submit a bid that looked at the gaps in training and proposed an innovative simulation training day to meet the needs of staff working across the dementia care pathway.

        A literature search and consultation of all local and national policies were initiated to inform the bid and the training. The service user and carer group (SUCAG) linked to PMOA were also advocating for this type of training, to address what they thought was required to support service users’ and carers.

        The project was a totally collaborative effort and was driven on both sides by passionate individuals with tasks allocated to make it a success. Service user’s thoughts and ideas were consulted throughout the process and they were also invited to observe one of the training days remotely and provide feedback. The project was delivered on time and within budget.

        Identifying potential threats to the project

        The project would only succeed if the potential participants, including external stakeholders, were identified early, given the learning objectives, information and time to attend. Keeping tabs on who was attending was a full-time job in the lead up to the training days. We were thankful that a member of the team took on the additional task of coordinating this.

        The training was hosted and facilitated by Maudsley Simulation on each of the four training days. Senior clinicians from PMOA were there to support the running of the day and provide clinical leadership as needed. A patient story video was included to frame the morning and afternoon sessions and the carers generously gave their own time to support the project by telling their stories to camera.

        Taking time to evaluate

        The evaluation sheets were used to review the course after each day to make on-going improvements. The training was evaluated using qualitative and quantitative measures that were prepared as the course was designed. The results showed a statistically significant improvement in confidence and knowledge of the subject. Qualitative data gave us a good indication of how the training would be put into practice.

        The training day is part of a wider remit to improve the provision of advance care planning and specialist end of life care across our Dementia Care pathway. Getting key staff involved in the training days has kick-started the conversation.

        A new funding settlement needs to put the NHS in everyone’s pocket

        A new funding settlement needs to put the NHS in everyone’s pocket

        Smart use of funding can help people to benefit from digital innovations in health and care, writes Tara Donnelly

        Talk of a new financial settlement for the NHS has reached fever pitch. The alluring symbolism of additional money as a “birthday present” will be difficult for politicians to resist. For staff working flat out, additional money couldn’t come sooner.

        But the most important question isn’t how much, it’s what we do with it. Spending to sustain an increasingly archaic way of working must be swept swiftly off the negotiating table. New money must be used to unleash digital change. When we bank, travel, order food – we do it digitally.

        When we interact with the NHS, we rarely do. The innovations set to disrupt the NHS exist, many of them created by clinical staff who could clearly see a better way. We just don’t yet use them at scale.

        Care for long term conditions is a great example of the potential for change, with the NHS spending 70 per cent of its budget here. On diabetes alone, the NHS spends £14 billion a year, £1.5 million every hour. The vast majority of this is not on preventative care that will reap future benefits, it is spent mopping up the complications of uncontrolled illness.

        There are strong preventative digital solutions and many that support better self-care. Systematically implementing those with the strongest evidence base, even just across five conditions where the most mature solutions exist – diabetes, prediabetes, COPD, cardiac rehab and asthma – would have a phenomenal impact.

        There are also brilliant, cheap devices now that combine with smartphones to enable sophisticated home self-care and remote monitoring: blood pressure cuffs, mobile ECGs, home urine testing, peak flows, smart inhalers. These and other digital therapeutics work best when there is a partnership between the patient, their GP and where necessary a team of specialist clinicians or coaches supervising results, coaching and encouraging.

        The results are powerful – weight loss, blood glucose stability, increased activity, better adherence to medicine, improved self-care, and savings in the longer term to the NHS, thanks to fewer complications.

        Trusts tell us they don’t want to just digitise their outpatient processes – they want to transform them. Academic Health Science Networks are supporting a number of trusts to introduce video, phone and email consultations, make services one-stop to avoid unnecessary visits and communicate results in new ways. Their take on the barriers is fascinating. Patients aren’t the problem, they’re often keen and demanding new models.

        It’s not clinician resistance either; busy clinicians can see that the digital solutions they use in their daily lives will free up time to care for patients who need them most. It’s money.

        Both the perverse disincentives to digital, with examples of trusts being paid £27 instead of around £200 for a visit, and the lack of funding available for staff to take the time to implement something new. Great solutions exist to book and change appointments via smartphones too, these need to quickly become the default not the exception.

        Not all parts of the population can access digital solutions, but that’s not the same as saying that they couldn’t benefit if access was improved

        Not all parts of the population can access digital solutions. But that’s not the same as saying that they couldn’t benefit, if access was improved. There’s good evidence that digitally excluded groups, including the homeless and parts of the prison population, could radically improve their health with a smartphone or telemedicine.

        Charities like Pathway are already giving cheap smartphones with £10 credit to homeless patients on discharge from hospital and using the devices to support with mental health and addiction through remote cognitive behavioural therapy. The success rate is impressive.

        Consider that homeless people’s NHS care is typically eight times the cost of that of homed people a year (£1.5 billion a year according to the Centre for Equity Studies) and maths is clear.

        We know that putting the NHS in people’s pocket works. How can we use additional funding to make it a reality?

        Scale up digital therapeutics where the evidence is strongest and commit to truly digital outpatients. Create a digital innovation fund to give NHS organisations the investment they need to look beyond the day-to-day and make this a reality. Remove perverse barriers and the disruptive power of new technologies will help with the rest.

        Be bolder with devices to make sure those who need it most can also benefit from a real digital health revolution. Explore offering these through personal health budgets, or partnering with the private sector to give these out as an inspired NHS birthday present.

        Revolutionise the recycling of smartphones so that they end up in the hands of the homeless and other digitally excluded groups.

        Unlock real patient power. The sooner we can get securely held patient records and results into the hands of activated patients the better.

        Create a digital innovation fund to give NHS organisations the investment they need to look beyond the day-to-day and make this a reality

        Invest more in projects that make use of artificial intelligence, now. There have been considerable advances in cognitive medical imaging and AI research but we are yet to see any real world application with patients in the English NHS. The fund could support those trusts who have a very specific use case.

        We must be mindful, too, as we go on this journey that the gap between the best and the rest narrows, rather than increases. This means support for parts of the system that are struggling with digital, as well as the incentives we have for exemplar sites.

        Across the NHS we have great, innovative staff. Across the country we have people who could benefit from the best digital innovations in health and care. The solutions are out there. Smart use of new funding can make it happen.

        Meet the Innovator

        Meet the Innovator

        In the first of our ‘Meet the Innovator’ series, we spoke to Asma Khalil, creator of the innovation ‘HaMpton’ (Home monitoring of hypertension in pregnancy). Asma currently works as a Consultant Obstetrician at St George’s NHS Foundation Trust.

        Asma Khalil, creator of the innovation 'HaMpton' (Home monitoring of hypertension in pregnancy).

        Tell us about your innovation in a sentence

        New care pathway involving the use of an app for monitoring high blood pressure at home, empowering expectant mothers to be involved in their own care.

        What was the ‘lightbulb’ moment?

        I was having a dinner with my friend who had a heart attack and he showed me at the restaurant that he can monitor his heart rate using an App.

        What three bits of advice would you give budding innovators?

        1. Do not give up
        2. Believe in yourself and your innovation
        3. Listen carefully for any feedback and think of it positively.

        What’s been your toughest obstacle?

        Finances. There are some small sources of funding that can make a big difference, like south London small grants, and I’d encourage people to take advantage of them. But finances are still the biggest challenge.

        What’s been your innovator journey highlight?

        2017 HSJ Innovation Award

        NIA Fellowship

        Finalist for the 2017 BMJ Innovation Award.

        Best part of your job now?

        The best part of any doctor’s job is when he/she helps someone who is suffering or could be going through a difficult/challenging time in their life.

        When I come across a pregnant woman who used my innovation and hear her feedback (without knowing that it is me behind it).  I realise that I made a difference to this women’s life and her family. It makes me realise that my efforts are worthwhile.

        If you were in charge of the NHS and care system, what’s the one thing you’d do to speed up health innovation?

        I would ensure that the NHS Hospitals have innovations at the Heart of their practice and potentially link innovation with financial incentives. I would also ensure that innovations are integral part of the hospital review/rating.

        A typical day for you would include..

        Looking after my patients and trying my best to provide the safest and the best possible care that they deserve. It is very rewarding to be proud of what you do.

        Find out more about HaMpton here.

        Innovation and Technology Payment (ITP): One year on

        Innovation and Technology Payment (ITP): One year on

        Written by Tara Donnelly, Chief Executive at Health Innovation Network

        The latest products available at low or no cost through the NHS Innovation and Technology Payment (ITP) have been announced by NHS England, and we were pleased to see some fantastic innovations that reduce the need for intervention, improve care, reduce infection rates and length of stay, and NHS resources.

        Above all, we were struck by the potential for the innovations on this tariff to improve patient safety. Here at the Health Innovation Network, we want to do all we can to help NHS organisations in south London take advantage of them.

        Nationally the tariff was a real success in its first year, with myCOPD leading the way. There are now more than 35,000 people actively using this great digital tool to improve their self-management and this number is increasing by 5,000 – 8,000 a month. In total almost 100,000 licences have been sold 60% through the tariff and the rest by CCGs and individual patients keen to self manage. You can read more reflections on the first year of the tariff in my related blog here.

        It’s great to see the range of products available this coming year. But as an AHSN, we know that just because a product is free or low-cost that doesn’t mean it’s easy to implement, or that the internal resources are available to support implementation. We want to support Trusts as much as we can.

        The support we can offer includes help with internal business cases, advice on information governance, connecting trusts to others who have used the products, advice on how to reclaim funds and use the tariff, and wider advice as needed. If you’re an NHS organisation in south London and would like to access HIN support, please do contact us at kate.covill@nhs.net and ian.knighton@nhs.net or on 0207 188 9805.

        The products are:

        Available completely free for 2018/19:

        • Endocuff Vision – a small device that goes onto the end of a colonoscope and improves the quality of colorectal examination.
        • SecurAcath – a device to secure lines that reduces the infection risk for patients with a peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC line). This type of catheter is normally used in people needing intravenous access for several weeks or months in both inpatient and outpatient settings. The use of this device makes cleaning the site much easier and reduces complications. NICE estimates it could improve care for up to 120,000 people each year.

        Available free to eligible sites that do high volumes:

        • HeartFlow – advanced image analysis software that creates a 3D model of the coronary arteries and analyses the impact that blockages have on blood flow to rapidly diagnose patients with suspected coronary artery disease. The use of the device can avoid the need for invasive investigations such as coronary angiography, usually carried out under local anaesthetic, where a catheter is passed through the blood vessels to the heart to release a dye before X-rays are taken. NICE estimates it could improve care for up to 35,000 people each year.

        Available at 30% discount to eligible sites (as eligible Trusts can reclaim the difference between this product and regular sutures):

        • Plus Sutures – a new type of surgical suture coated with Triclosan, that reduces the rate of surgical site infection. 32% of hospital acquired infections are surgical site infections (SSI), most of which can be prevented. Trusts with SSI rates of above 4% in certain clinical specialties are eligible.

        In an effort to tackle the problem of missed hospital appointments NHS England is also supporting the use of DrDoctor, a digital tool which enables patients view, change and schedule appointments on their smartphone, in several demonstrator sites. Almost eight million hospital appointments were missed in 2016/17, according to the latest figures. With each hospital outpatient appointment costing the NHS c£120, it means almost £1 billion worth of appointments were missed, equivalent to completing 257,000 hip replacements or 990,000 cataract operations.

        We’d also like to urge readers not to forget that the original products that came into effect in April 2017 remain available at either no cost or through Trusts being able to claim a tariff, until April 2019. They are:

        • Guided episiotomy EPISCISSORS-60guided mediolateral scissors to minimise the risk of obstetric injury, these are now being used in most south London maternity units, including Croydon University Hospital, Epsom and St Helier at both hospital sites, King’s College Hospital, on both the King’s and Princess Royal University Hospital sites and St George’s University Hospital.
        • Safe arterial connector Non-injectable arterial connector (NIC)arterial connecting systems preventing the accidental administration of medicationinto an artery, these are being used successfully at Kingston Hospital.
        • VAP prevention PneuXpneumonia prevention systems which are designed to stop ventilator-associated pneumonia.
        • Web based COPD rehab myCOPDweb based application for the self-management of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. The scheme means that CCGs and Trusts can get the product free for their patients with severe/very severe COPD. It is proving very popular with patients with over 20,000 people having completed the online pulmonary rehabilitation programme to stay well for longer, and usage is currently being explored within SW London.
        • Day case prostate surgery UroLiftprostatic urethral lift systems to treat lower urinary tract symptoms of benign prostatic hyperplasia as a day case.

        Another great safety innovation

        As part of our role in promoting innovations that improve patient safety we are also supporting WireSafe which avoids the never event of a guidewire being inadvertently left in the patient. We know that sadly this never event has occurred in the past year in south London trusts. This ingenious and award-winning device, innovated by the doctor innovator of the NIC, makes it impossible to leave the guidewire in accidently, as you need to use it to open the closing pack. It is not free but is a low cost solution costing the average trust around £3k per year (or £5k for a very large trust).

        As an AHSN Network we’ve also built an informative web page devoted to the Innovation and Technology Payment that you and colleagues can view here. Final guidance is awaited from NHS England but will be posted there once available. Free demos and training sessions are also being made available to enable staff to become familiar with and test the devices.

        Contact us for support via kate.covill@nhs.net or on 0207 188 9805.

        And read further reflections on the tariff here.

         

         

         

        Digital innovation at scale: the story of MyCOPD and the NHS tariff

        Digital innovation at scale: the story of MyCOPD and the NHS tariff

        Written by Tara Donnelly, Chief Executive at Health Innovation Network

        MyCOPD is the first patient-facing digital product to be awarded funding under the innovation and technology tariff. I’ve a great interest in how we support people with long term conditions to support themselves to best effect, and think it is fantastic that we have now got a digital solution at such scale within this country.

        The COPD challenge

        As you may know Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) is the umbrella term for a range of relatively common progressive lung diseases including emphysema, chronic bronchitis, and refractory asthma. Progressive means it sadly inevitably gets worse over time. Features are “exacerbations” –  when breathing becomes exceptionally difficult and specialist assistance can be needed.

        In fact, respiratory disease including the COPD group is the second most common reason for emergency hospital admission in this country, and it is highly seasonal. And we are – as you’ll be well aware – coming out of a particularly brutal winter with the worst performance in terms of access since records began in 2004.

        It is also much more common in people who are vulnerable and are deprived / in lower social economic groups, with 90% sufferers having smoked and the vast majority having other comorbidities.

        Although COPD is a chronic lifelong and worsening condition, it is highly amenable and responsive to self management. If people with COPD do all of the following they maximise their likelihood of living well for longer with the disease:

        • Stop smoking if still smoking
        • Undertake a Pulmonary Rehabilitation programme which is an exercise and education programme that is evidenced to make a significant difference
        • Keep doing the exercises after the programme
        • Achieve optimal inhaler technique
        • Track symptom scores regularly
        • Monitor the weather and environmental issues
        • Be able to cope well when breathless without panicking – learning and practicing mindfulness techniques can help.

        It’s a long list. Challenging even for those with every advantage.

        A digital approach

        An entrepreneurial British Respiratory physician has developed a digital platform that covers all aspects. It uses the behavioural insights knowledge combined with great technology to make this a manageable task. The innovator, Simon Bourne, got early support from his local AHSN Wessex, also the Health Foundation, and won an SBRI grant (an R&D grant administered by the AHSN Network for promising ideas) and the product is now in use nationwide.

        Examples of its amazing impact include:

        • Around 90% of people with inhalers do not have optimal technique meaning that these important drugs are unable to do their job. The tool has been demonstrated to achieve 98% optimal technique through patients watching and copying videos of how to use the particular inhaler that they have.
        • Over 20,000 patients have now completed the online Pulmonary Rehabilitation course. This is a huge number and we could anticipate that this year it will exceed those we manage to get on a Face to Face programme which is typically 15,000 – 20,000 across the NHS.

        The Royal College of Physicians recently published an Audit of Pulmonary Rehab courses and demonstrated that most people have to wait over 90 days to get on a programme (60%). A very high proportion don’t attend at all, although it is a highly evidence based intervention. So complementing face-to-face classes with this online availability can only be a good thing.

        In total 100,000 licences have been purchased. Part of the reason for this rapid growth is that it’s a great product but this is also a rare story of different parts of the NHS aligning with each other brilliantly and to great effect. After that early support Simon Bourne was successful at getting on the NHS Innovation Accelerator, and then made the NHS England tariff. It was one of the first products to join the NHS Apps Library, and if, as a patient, you look up COPD on NHS Choices it tells you all about it there.

        The end result of all this? Tangible benefits for patients. Like Paul, a COPD patient who tells his story in this terrific short film.

        Are we in the business of healing?

        Are we in the business of healing?

        Written by Catherine Dale, Programme Director – Patient Safety and Patient Experience at Health Innovation Network

        I was recently lucky enough to present on co-designing healthcare with patients at the Beryl Institute’s US-wide conference in Chicago. I was reunited with Tiffany Christensen a Vice President at Beryl.

        While at this conference on Patient Experience I found myself talking to plenty of people about the relationship between ‘patient safety’ and ‘patient experience’. It seems to me and to others that there is an artificial differentiation between these elements of healthcare and that, to most people not working in healthcare, they are inextricably linked. In order for healthcare to be a good experience, it has to be and feel safe.

        One of the keynote speakers was Lee Woodruff whose journalist husband Bob was significantly injured in a roadside bomb in Iraq. In her description of the recovery of Bob and the whole family, Lee told the audience that we were “in the business of healing”. There was something about the way she put this that made me realise she meant me too, not just my clinical colleagues. It reminded me of what I learned working in PALS and regularly dealing with the concerns of patients and their loved ones.

        When someone gets a letter with the wrong information on it; when the clinic staff cannot access their medical records; when the waiting room is cluttered, messy and hectic in healthcare this is not just annoying – it is frightening. People feel: “if these people are making mistakes with these things how will they get my surgery, treatment, or care for my mother right?”

        As a non-clinical person working in the NHS, I had thought that my impact on people’s health was only ever indirect, but this keynote made me think about how all of our work to improve healthcare can contribute to people’s healing.

        Find out about the projects that we’ve been working on in the Patient Safety team here

        L to R: Allison Chrestensen, Jonathan Bullock, Catherine Dale and Tiffany Christensen (fellow presenters on co-design).

         

        NHS personal health budgets – an opportunity for digital innovation?

        NHS personal health budgets – an opportunity for digital innovation?

        Written by Lesley Soden, Head of Innovation at Health Innovation Network

        Just weeks ago it was announced that personal health budgets will be expanded for people with complex health needs. The Department of Health says that this will “put power back in the hands of patients”. Indeed, the proposed roll out of personal health budgets could achieve genuine patient power and drive bottom up demand for innovation. By funding services such as online health support and remote monitoring for patients in areas where these aren’t currently commissioned, digitalised innovations that have been shown to be clinically effective and provide cost savings could become more readily used and available across the country.

        Consider the range of potential scenarios:

        • Harry has diabetes and respiratory problems. He wants to use a self-care management app to better manage his diabetes; using his personal health budget he purchases the app. Could personal health budgets help to drive innovation from the bottom up by empowering patients like Harry to have greater control over own healthcare through innovation and technology?

         

        • Priya has acute asthma and attends A&E frequently suffering from asthma attacks, she would like to manage her medication better and wants to use Aerobit, an online asthma management platform that transforms inhalers into smart devices using sensor-based technology that gives users the ability to connect them to a mobile app that reminds them to take their medication. In her local area, this app is not available through the NHS but she is eligible for personal health budgets and uses this funding to purchase Aerobit. As a result, she has had less A&E and GP attendances.

         

        • Mary is in her 80s who lives by herself in her own home, she has had several falls and complex health conditions but would like to keep her independence by staying at home. Her family are concerned that they can’t physically check on her every day. Mary, in partnership with her GP, uses her personal health budget to fund a discreet activity monitoring and alert system using sensors positioned in the home to monitor movement and temperature. Mary’s daughter can monitor her movement and keep a gentle eye on her by being notified via text or email if something out of the ordinary happens to Mary. This ultimately saves health and social care funding by keeping Mary independent for longer rather than requiring residential care.

         

        • Ahmed requires continuous physiotherapy for his rheumatic condition but struggles to travel to his physio appointments and often misses his appointments. His physiotherapist tells him about Mira Rehab which uses gamified online physio exercises but could not be paid through his local NHS physiotherapy service. Ahmed uses his personal health budget to pay for this online solution and this means his physio can monitor his use of Mira Rehab and his progress. This saves the physio time and improves Ahmed’s clinical outcomes.

        The opportunity to fund assistive technologies as part of an integrated care and support package is a further example of the potential. Adults with learning disabilities could choose to buy ‘My Health Guide’, an app to help them take an active role in their health care. The app lets them record important items (text/audio/video/image) in easy-to-make ‘boxes’.

        In situations like these and no doubt many others, personal health budgets could help to drive the spread and adoption of innovation from the bottom up, by using patient power to drive those solutions that meet their individual needs.

        For our commissioners within the Health Innovation Network, the expansion of personal health budgets could help groups of your patients that would benefit from the many digital services that could help with self-management, remote monitoring or most importantly improved quality of life for patients.

        For providers, you may discover innovative health technology to help your patients but know that your service would not fund the technology at present. If so, these personal health budgets are a possible avenue of funding.

        How does it work?

        Under the Department of Health proposals, the money will be paid directly to eligible patients to pay for their own healthcare for both goods and services, if their support plan is jointly agreed by their local Clinical Commissioning Group (CCGs).

        In the past, personal health budgets have been criticised for wasting NHS money on unconventional treatments and ‘luxury’ items. However, the budget and care package must be agreed by CCGs with a clear healthcare need being met. The Department of Health’s evaluation in 2012 found that the costs under personal health budgets were overall cost neutral with savings in some areas. There could also be wider system benefits:

        • Reduced A&E attendances;
        • Reduced unplanned hospital admissions;
        • Reduced social care costs.

        It is worth noting that The Department of Health evaluation also found better outcome indicators where pilot sites had:

        • Explicitly informed their patients about the budget amount;
        • provided a degree of flexibility as to what services / goods could be purchased;
        • Given greater choice as to how the budget could be managed.

        Further information can be found here.

         

         

         

         

         

         

         

        Meet south London’s new Digital Pioneers

        Meet south London’s new Digital Pioneers

        DigitalHealth.London has announced the launch of its prestigious 12-month Digital Pioneers Fellowship. It will support 23 ‘transformers’ (healthcare professionals from a range of disciplines), chosen from across London, in designing and leading transformation projects which are underpinned by digital innovation. Beginning in May 2018, the programme will help the chosen ‘transformers’ to accelerate their knowledge and capability, including supporting them in influencing, problem solving and business case development.

        Nine of the 23 are from south London:

        • Rafiah Badat (Speech and Language Therapist and Clinical Research Fellow, St George’s University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust) is investigating the feasibility of a novel digital intervention for caseload children.
        • Rebecca Blackburn (Commissioner, East Merton Transformation and Partnership Manager, NHS South West London Alliance) is working on a project which will double appointment offerings in Merton, by creating two hubs within GP Practices.
        • Dr Thomas Coats (Haematology Registrar and Clinical Research Fellow, King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust) has built a tool which digitises text-rich clinical data from multiple sources, will calculate complex prognostic scores. give diagnostic prompts and highlight significant data.
        • Faye Edwards (National Programme Manager, AHSN Network) is leading a project advising AHSNs on an agreed approach regarding information governance and data collection, in order to demonstrate the impact of digital mobile ECG devices distributed to NHS providers via the AHSNs.
        • Jack Grodon (Senior Specialist Musculoskeletal Physiotherapist/Fracture Clinic Team Lead, Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust) recently undertook a three-month project exploring the used of the app Physitrack to record patient exercise adherence, in addition to patient and staff satisfaction. The trial was successful, and he is hoping to implement Physitrack across his department.
        • Dr Husain Shabeeb (Consultant Cardiologist and Cardiac Electrophysiologist, Croydon Health Services NHS Trust) is screening patients for atrial fibrillation using Alivecor Kardia in the community.
        • Haris Shuaib (Magnetic Resonance Physicist, Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust) is developing an AI-driven medical imaging quality assurance web application. His ambition is to host it on a cloud-hosting service as a community resources for radiology departments in the NHS, allowing them to contribute test images for performing quality analysis on their clinical imaging equipment.
        • Dr James Teo (Consultant Neurologist, King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust) is increasing patient safety by developing dashboards for operational management of infections, such as influenza and norovirus outbreaks.

        Digital transformations are already vital within the public healthcare sector. The need for these skills is only set to increase, as our population ages and increases, with complex and diverse health needs, and as new, exciting (but sometimes difficult to spread) technologies become available and affordable.

        Here’s why we love the project:

        It will bring like-minded Digital Transformation Pioneers together

        It takes a lot of patient, trouble-shooting and solving, training, and unfortunately, meetings, to make even small-scale changes in the NHS. In their January 2018 report, ‘Adoption and spread of innovation in the NHS‘, King’s Fund described the decision to introduce just one innovation in the NHS as creating a ‘domino effect’ – becoming, “in short, a lengthy period of iterative testing and refinement”. The eight case studies that the report draws upon are proof of the arduous nature of implementing change. Implementing new digital solutions means developing new methods, building new habits, breaking from the status quo, and – as is very often needed with any innovation – changing stubborn mind-sets. Throw in that this is within a complex system and an organisation which is 70 years old this year – and it’s easy to see that drive and passion is needed.

        Programmes like Digital Transformation Pioneers put all that drive and passion into a room together – with experts who can create new, exciting possibilities. It provides a great support network for those who are attempting their digital transformation project.

        It encourages wider collaboration

        When organisations fail to collaborate and to communicate with each other on a regular basis, it leaves ample room for wastage and the reinventing of the wheel … over, and over, and over again.

        Collaboration across London creates a better environment for all aspects of achieving fantastic patient care. The sharing of ideas – even ones as simple as Croydon University Hospital’s fall initiative (asking patients which side of the bed they prefer to get out of, in order to dramatically reduce falls) or the roll-out of new technologies, for example, via the new ITP – is a catalyst for positive change. We know that collaborative cultures create better conditions for research, learning and patient care. Schemes like the Digital Pioneer Fellowship encourage wider collaboration beyond the Fellows themselves.

        Helping people to get things done

        Anyone who has tried to attempt to have a hobby on top of their regular day-job can tell you that it’s a challenge. Imagine trying to instigate  a large-scale, transformation project which encourages use of new digital technologies, innovations and processes whilst also coping with the ever-challenging budget changes, population increases, and the wide range of additional issues that can occur in a busy health and care environment.

        Through support and skills training, the Digital Pioneer Fellowship will quite simple provide the support these ‘Transformers’ to get things done. If they hit a road-block, the Fellowship team will be there to help them through it. If time is against them, having the protected time to take part in the Fellowship modules could make a huge difference.

        Resilient, skilled digital leaders need all of the support we can give them. We wish them the best of luck and hope that they enjoy the programme.

        If you want to find out more about the Digitial Pioneers Fellowship, visit DigitalHealth.London’s website.

        NHS rolls out new tech to prevent 3,650 strokes, save 900 lives and £81 million annually

        NHS rolls out new tech to prevent 3,650 strokes, save 900 lives and £81 million annually

        Thousands of patients to benefit from increased diagnosis of irregular heart rhythms

        Innovative technology is being rolled out across the country to prevent strokes in a national campaign.

        More than 6,000 devices including mobile electrocardiogram (ECG) units are being distributed to GP practices, pharmacies and NHS community clinics across England during National Heart Month this February. The range of tech being rolled out can detect irregular heart rhythm quickly and easily, enabling NHS staff to refer any patients with irregular heart rhythms for follow up as they could be at risk of severe stroke.

        Official figures show that more than 420,000 people across England have undiagnosed irregular heart rhythm, which can cause a stroke if not detected and treated appropriately, usually through blood-thinning medication to prevent clots that lead to stroke.

        The range of technology includes a smartphone-linked device that works via an app and a new blood pressure cuff that also detects heart rhythms. Small and easy-to-use, NHS staff can also take the devices on home visits and allow more staff in more settings to quickly and easily conduct pulse checks.

        The devices pictured, which are being distributed by NHS England and the AHSN Network, can accurately and quickly detect atrial fibrillation. Clockwise from top right: Watch BP blood pressure cuff, imPulse, Kardia Mobile, MyDiagnostic & RhythmPad

        The mobile devices provide a far more sensitive and specific pulse check than a manual check and this reduces costly and unnecessary 12 lead ECGs to confirm diagnosis. As a result, the project aims to identify 130,000 new cases of irregular heart rhythms (known as Atrial Fibrillation) over two years, which could prevent at least 3,650 strokes and save £81 million in associated health and costs annually.

        The devices are being rolled out by the 15 NHS and care innovation bodies, known as Academic Health Science Networks, in the first six months of this year as part of an NHS England-funded project.

        Professor Gary Ford, Stroke Physician and lead on the project for the Academic Health Science Networks, said:

        “More than 420,000 people throughout England are unaware they have irregular heart rhythms and of the dangers that this can pose to their health. We have highly effective treatments that can prevent these strokes, but early detection is key. Using cost-effective technology, the NHS will now be able to identify people with irregular heart rhythms quickly and easily. This will save lives.

        “As the NHS approaches its 70th birthday this year, this is also a great reminder of the way that healthcare is continually evolving and innovating. Taking advantage of digital health solutions will be even more important for the next 70 years. Today’s new devices are just one example of the way that low-cost tech has the potential to make a huge difference.”

        Professor Stephen Powis, Medical Director of NHS England, said:

        “Cardiovascular disease kills more people in this country than anything else, but there are steps we can all take to prevent it. These innovations have enormous potential to prevent thousands of strokes each year, which is why NHS England has committed to funding the rollout of 6,000 mobile ECG devices to help identify cases of atrial fibrillation so behaviours can be changed and treatment started before strokes occur.

        “We are also encouraging people, during National Heart Month, to learn how to check their own pulse so we can catch even more cases.”

        One million people in the UK are known to be affected by AF and an additional 422,600 people are undiagnosed. As the most common type of irregular heart rhythm, it is responsible for approximately 20% of all strokes. Survivors must live with the disabling consequences and treating the condition costs the NHS over £2.2 billion each year.

        The rollout is being unveiled during National Heart Month, which raises awareness of heart conditions and encourages everyone to make small changes towards a healthier lifestyle. This year the British Heart Foundation is encouraging everyone to make small changes towards a healthier lifestyle. See more here.

        The public are being encouraged to spread the word about irregular heart rhythm and urge friends and family – particularly those aged over 65 – to check their pulse and see a GP if it is irregular. Pulse checks can be done manually (a British Heart Foundation video and guide shows how here) or through new technology, with irregular rhythms investigated further by healthcare professionals.

        REAL STORIES

        Ian Clark, 62, North West London

        I was visiting a client in 2012 and suddenly thought I was having a heart attack. The client called 999 for an ambulance. When the ambulance arrived, they took me to see a registrar in A&E who said that I had atrial fibrillation. I was in complete shock because I didn’t know what it was. She told me it’s an irregular heartbeat, lots of people have it and you will get attacks from time to time.
        I felt dreadful. Really, really bad as it felt like I could die at any point. I was living in fear. The ongoing feeling was of complete and utter exhaustion and being totally drained. It’s far worse than the worst jetlag. You do not have the energy to do anything at all.
        To know that there is something dreadfully wrong with your heart is awful and all you want to do is collapse into a corner.
        Three days after being in A&E I went to my GP. The nurse there gave me a ECG and while doing it she ran out and came back with the doctor and they thought I was having a heart attack! It turned out I wasn’t but they booked me to see a cardiac specialist at the Harefield Hospital in North West London, who was amazing. She put me on anti-coagulants to treat my condition.
        During this whole period, I constantly thought I was going to die and that was massively draining and stressful. I had 37 medical appointments in three months.
        Six years on after the diagnosis, the reality is that I am living a normal life. Two years ago, I even went white water rafting in Costa Rica!

        Above: Chris (4th from left) white-water rafting in Costa Rica six years after an atrial fibrillation diagnosis

        Wendy Westoby, 77, Tyldesley in Wigan

        After suffering from an AF-related stroke, Wendy Westoby is the first to encourage people to get their pulses tested.
        77-year-old Wendy, from Tyldesley in Wigan had been suffering from an irregular heart rate since 2000. She first noticed an atrial flutter after her 60th birthday but put it down to “over indulgence!”
        Wendy suffered a stroke in 2009 and but despite many consultations with cardiologists, her symptoms “wouldn’t appear to order” so she wasn’t diagnosed with AF until 2011.
        Wendy has received a catheter ablation but her symptoms reappeared in 2017 and Wendy is scheduled for further surgery this weekend at Liverpool Heart and Chest Hospital.
        Now Wendy has become an AF Ambassadors – using the latest AliveCor technology to test people’s pulses in her community – she also finds it useful for emailing her own ECGs to her consultant’s secretary.
        She said: “The experience has shown me is that it’s even more important to pick cases up early.”
        And for those who may be nervous after being tested, she advised: “Go ahead – very simple – initial treatment should be non- traumatic and may avoid long term problems after a stroke.”

        Speeding up the best in mental health together

        Speeding up the best in mental health together

        Speeding up the best in mental health together with the four SIM London pathfinder NHS Trusts, South West London and St. George’s Mental Health trust, South London and Maudsley, Oxleas, Camden and Islington NHS Foundation Trust alongside the Metropolitan Police is a pioneering mental health project for the Health Innovation Network.

        SIM London is a new way of working with mental health service users who experience a high number of mental health crisis events. SIM brings mental health professionals and police officers together into joint mentoring teams. The police officer and the mental health professional work together to provide intensive support service users to reduce high frequency and high-risk crisis behaviours.

        Central to SIM is the Care and Response Plan completed by the service user, SIM Police officer and the SIM Mental Health professional.

        ‘SIM London is the start of a revolution for the co-production of 1st person singular care plans.’
        Dr Geraldine Strathdee, Clinical Director, Health Innovation Network Implementation team

        SIM developed by Paul Jennings (recipient of multiple awards) on the Isle of Wight, has gone from strength to strength in terms of the lives improved, fewer 999 calls, fewer Emergency Department attendances and fewer hospital admissions.

        SIM is going national, the benefits of the involvement of the HIN in leading the London pathfinder implementation, the new sites will we be able to measure. We will share resources, highlight obstacles and solutions and capture and spread the dedication, commitment and enthusiasm we are encountering to implement the programme.

        SIM London pathfinder sites are due to go live April 2018

        Learn more about SIM and the High Intensity Network here.

        To speak to someone about the project, please contact Aileen Jackson, Mental Health lead on aileen.jackson@nhs.net or Josh Brewster, Project Manager on josh.brewster@nhs.net

        A manifesto for spread

        A manifesto for spread

        Innovation – the word is ripe with the prospect of a better future. However for me, the most exciting part of innovation in healthcare is not the invention or discovery element, it is that crucial part of getting the idea to many hundreds or even millions of citizens to benefit their health says Health Innovation Network Chief Executive Tara Donnelly.

        While we have a great reputation for discovery in healthcare in the UK, which long predates the existence of the NHS, my recent chapter in Leading Reliable Healthcare argues that there is much more we could do to achieve spread, and that a focus on this would be an important way to achieve legacy from the abundance of entrepreneurial and creative talent that exists in this country in life sciences, digital health, clinical research and process improvements.

        This blog expands on this topic further, bringing in thoughts both from the chapter and elsewhere to outline ideas on a manifesto for spread that I think we need to find a way to put in place, as a matter of some urgency.

        It is important to acknowledge that there is a variety in the types of innovations; from new devices to digital tools, concepts and processes can be the most significant in changing care design. The chapter starts with a working definition:

        “When we talk about “innovation” in the NHS, what do we mean? In the author’s opinion, the most useful is “an idea, service or product, new to the NHS or applied in a way that is new to the NHS, which significantly improves the quality of health and care wherever it is applied” (Taken from Innovation, Health and Wealth, Sir Ian Curruthers, Department of Health 2011).

        Spend on spread

        Spread has a cost, it is not a free good as clinicians and organisations need some support in adopting any new intervention or product within their practice. In innovative companies they see that communicating and supporting spread really matters and invest in spread related activities. Analysis completed by the AHSN Network indicates that there is a consistent ratio that the most admired companies seem to use.

        Regardless of whether you are Apple or GE or a pharma company, the spend on spread activities including sales and marketing is typically over 2.5 times your investment in R&D, so 250-300%. In the NHS, we currently spend less than 1% of our £1.2bn R&D annual spend, on actively spreading it, and this ratio simply looks wrong. It was cited recently in Falling short: Why the NHS is still struggling to make the most of new innovations, a Nuffield Trust publication.

        Within the chapter, I interview a range of people to hear their perspectives, particularly on spread and diffusion. Sir Bruce Keogh observes that “the spread can be more important than the innovation in terms of making a difference to people’s lives”. He offers that perhaps the most important single technical innovation to impact the health service is the microscope, invented by the Dutchman Antonie van Leeuwenhoek (“the father of microbiology”) in 1683. But what made a huge difference to adoption was that the president of the Royal Society, Robert Hook, wrote a beautifully illustrated book in English about it called Micrographia, understanding the significance this breakthrough could have in understanding disease. His book became “the first scientific best-seller” and “captured the public’s imagination in a radically new way; Samuel Pepys called it ‘the most ingenious book that I ever read in my life”.

         

        Valuing innovation as much as invention

        I’m currently reading James Barlow’s comprehensive assessment of “Managing Innovation in Healthcare” where he puts the distinction between invention and innovation beautifully: “an invention is merely a nascent innovation and it may be many years before it makes it to innovation status” p43. He also quotes Schon’s succinct definition: “Innovation is ‘the process of bringing inventions into use’” p25, and I believe we forget this at our peril. James is Professor of Technology and Innovation (Healthcare) at Imperial College Business School and I’d heartily recommend his new book if you’d like to get into this topic in greater depth, details are referenced at the end of this blog.

        Elsewhere – in an article entitled “We’re serious about innovation – now let’s get serious about spread” – I state “spread – meaning at scale adoption of an innovation – is the way we will move from unwarranted variation in the NHS; from pockets of poor performance contrasting with beacons of excellence, often in a single geography, to improvements at scale to touch many more lives”. Within the piece I suggested if we were really serious about it we might celebrate and reward spread activities more vigorously, for example, introducing a Nobel Prize for spread rather than only congratulating discovery. Intelligent alignment is also critically important, so that different parts of the NHS and social care systems are set up and incentivised to adopt, including but not limited to financial rewards and methods of tracking data on progress. A transformation fund for hard pressed NHS institutions keen on spread would make a real difference in the current climate. It is welcome that the Office for Life Sciences has announced it will be setting one up, particularly to help parts of the NHS adopt innovations, and interesting that this is coming from a separate part of government than health, as a result of the Accelerated Access Review.

        Importantly, that’s not to give the impression the NHS wouldn’t benefit hugely from additional resource as has been articulated clearly by the CEO of the NHS, Simon Stevens. In my view, this is essential, as we face the combined demands of an ageing population and increasing chronic disease burden. But were the NHS to receive an appropriately generous financial settlement, I would like to see proper funding of spread activities, so that we can get the best well-evidenced solutions – that help patients, clinicians and often make better use of resources in the longer term – to as many people, as quickly as possible.

        It is interesting to see that across the channel the French government has established 14 regional tech transfer hubs with a budget of one billion euros to draw up, including investing in the strongest digital ideas, many of them in the health sphere. Eight years ago, it also introduced a system to make certain innovations available entirely free of charge to its healthcare system, as referenced by Barlow: “Since 2010, France has operated a system for conditionally covering the full cost of selected innovative devices, services or interventions which appear promising but for which there is insufficient data on the clinical benefit.” (p218)

        Reaching many patients as a priority is a sentiment agreed with strongly by all of the interviewees, Tony Young emphasises the unique opportunity we have within the NHS: “The NHS is the single largest unified healthcare system in the history of the human race. This gives us some opportunities that no one else has had the chance to do— and one of them is to innovate at scale. It’s complex and divided— but that’s what gives us the opportunity to say well let’s have a go at it. If you really want to do this at scale, then we can do this in the NHS. Recently, 103 of the brightest clinicians you could ever want to meet were selected to be a part of the Clinical Entrepreneur programme and came together for their first weekend recently. Never before has there been a cohort at such a scale of clinical entrepreneurs who’ve worked together on the planet, ever”.

        Skilling up for ‘scale ups’, not just ‘start ups’

        Helen Bevan draws a distinction between the skills required for start-up v scale up: “What I think is one of the biggest problems that I see now, is the issue between start-up and scale-up. We have, in my mind, a system that is primarily designed for start-up— and what we keep doing is to put in charge the kind of people that love doing early-stage invention and early innovation. They’re your pioneers, your early adopters. What we keep doing is going over and over the cycle, of start-up again to attempt to spread and scale. But we’ve only got so far. We need a lot a lot of additional thinking … and need to find the people who are good at scale-up, and put them in charge of this activity, not the people who are good at start-up”. Her addition to David Albury’s work at the Innovation Unit, in creating a “checklist for scale” is incorporated as a figure in the book.

        Research and data

        James Barlow highlights that spread in healthcare has been under-researched to date: “situations involving collective or organisational decisions have been relatively neglected by researchers. Finally, until relatively recently, there was little research on the adoption and diffusion of innovation in the public or non-profit sectors.” P161. The exceptions to this include pioneers such as Trish Greenhalgh of Oxford and Ewan Ferlie of King’s as well as Ritan Atun at Harvard and those in the Imperial group.

        Ian Dodge adds “We’re also systemically atrocious at using data systematically. For instance, looking at population outcomes of what’s happening at the end of a service line change, getting rapid feedback, iterating. Some of the initial bit of improvement science is so vital to getting stuff off the ground, but then typically we see really poor engineering discipline, factory style, around how do you actually convert this at scale”.

        Clinical innovators and spread

        In the chapter, some interesting examples of where spread activity is beginning to work in the English NHS are referenced, calling out the NHS Innovation Accelerator which seeks to accelerate uptake of high impact innovations and provides real time practical insights on spread to inform national strategy. Given publishing deadlines, I wrote the chapter more than a year ago, and it is both fascinating and encouraging to see how the NHS Innovation Accelerator – a programme supported by all 15 Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) and NHS England, coordinated by UCL Partners – has gone from strength to strength in this time in terms of tangible results of achieving scale.

        It is also striking that many of the innovations on the Accelerator have been developed by innovative NHS clinicians who spotted opportunities to improve care – making it safer and more effective. For instance, Simon Bourne, a consultant respiratory physician at Portsmouth Hospital devised myCOPD, an online platform that helps patients self-manage with dramatic results, Dharmesh Kapoor, a consultant obstetrician at Bournemouth Hospital invented Episcissor-60, scissors specifically designed to make childbirth safer, Maryanne Mariyaselvam, a doctor in training working in research in Addenbrookes, came up with the NIC a device that prevents tragic accidents with blood lines, Peter Young, a consultant anaesthetist at King’s Lynn Hospital created a ventilation tube that prevents the most serious complication of ITU care.

        All the products referenced are now eligible for NHS England’s Innovation and Technology Tariff which began in April 2017 and enables NHS Trusts and CCGs in England to use these innovations either for free or to claim a charge per use. It is an important scheme and would be very valuable to see it expanded in future years.

        Taking the myCOPD example, it is really interesting to see the impact of this support in terms of scale-up. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disorder or COPD is a progressive disease, meaning it gets steadily worse over time, and people living with it find that exacerbations increase and they are admitted to hospital more and more frequently. In fact, COPD is the second most common reason for hospital admissions in the country, causing a great deal of distress to people and families and costing the NHS over £800m in direct healthcare costs. Studies have also found that 90% of people with COPD are unable to take their medication correctly. The myCOPD on line platform has been found to correct 98% of inhaler errors without any other clinical intervention.

        If you have COPD, there is a great deal you can do to help yourself avoid exacerbations, but it can be hard to do these things consistently, alone. The evidence demonstrates that those who manage to quit smoking, do regular exercises known as pulmonary rehab, have optimal inhaler technique and are able to resist the understandable urge to panic when breathless, do much better than those who do not. Simon’s support system for people with COPD has educational, self-management, symptom reporting, mindfulness and pulmonary rehabilitation aspects, all delivered online. Typical quotes from grateful patients include “Since I started using myCOPD, I have lost weight, my depression has lifted, and I see my GP just once a year (compared with twice-monthly visits previously). I have not needed hospital treatment for 18 months”, “last year, before using myCOPD, I had 12 exacerbations. This year I have had just two.”

        The programme is now being used by over 55,000 people with severe COPD in England, which is roughly one-quarter of that population, with more CCGs and respiratory teams coming on board each week. I think it is fantastic that people living with this chronic condition that responds well to regular exercise and relatively simple interventions, now have a tool in their pocket that can help them better manage it, and it is very appropriate that this is NHS funded. What’s more, this expansion has been pacy and achieved in around 18months.

        I discuss this further in a blog entitled “Finally, a tariff for digital innovations” – you can perhaps hear the note of impatience in the title – and state that while it is a much needed start, we need to go further faster and expand the scheme to accelerate the adoption of great tools like these that are essential for patients with long term conditions seeking to stay as well as possible. Funding six devices/tool types in its first year, only one of which is digital, the programme has started very modestly compared to the scale of investment of our counterparts in France for example.

         

        Patient-led innovation

        There have also been some great examples of patient-led innovations succeeding recently. The three London AHSNs founded Digital Health.London with MedCIty in 2016 and established an accelerator focused on spreading the best digital health solutions across the capital. On our founding cohort was Michael Seres, an incredibly entrepreneurial patient who had designed a tool to link stoma bags with smartphones via Bluetooth, to increase the dignity of the user and ensure alerts were provided when bags were reaching capacity, who is now CEO of 11 Health. The ostim-i had achieved sales in other countries but not the UK when Michael joined our programme and we were delighted that the first NHS contract has been achieved in west London. It is also available to patients to buy direct, as is the myCOPD tool. The ostim-i has been a beneficiary – as was myCOPD – of the development fund we have to support interesting UK concepts, the Small Business Research Initiative or SBRI fund – subject of my most recent blog “Why SBRI matters”.

        But there are many more ideas out there, developed by patients, parents of patients and carers alongside entrepreneurs and clinicians and we need to radically increase the capacity to give them the support they need. I am encouraged that the Office for Life Sciences, part of the Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy, is investing in creating Innovation Exchanges, hosted by AHSNs to increase the support to local innovators, with funding due early in this new year and committed to for three years. The need to provide stronger support to UK companies and ideas is felt all the more intensely given Brexit.

        I conclude the chapter “While there is plenty to do, it feels as though there is reason for optimism that the entrepreneurial zeal at the heart of our health system will continue to burn brightly and that more recent learning and focus on collaboration and scale will help us to ensure that the best ideas in health and care are disseminated more widely across the NHS.”

        A system for spread

        A year on, I remain optimistic; we’ve had commitments made as a result of the Accelerated Access Review, it has been announced that AHSNs will be relicensed to operate as the innovation arm of the NHS and we have strong spread and progress particularly through our major collaborations – the NHS Innovation Accelerator and in the capital through Digital Health.London, NHS England has made an important start in a tariff for innovation.

        However, my view is that we need many more including our regulators, politicians, NHS staff, patients and their representatives to join this movement if we are to achieve the change we need to take place, and be much bolder about our commitment to spread. To see all NHS organisations join the best in  moving beyond “not invented here” to truly rewarding adoption and diffusion activities and acknowledging that change needs support to be durable, and happens at the speed of trust.

        We need our inspection regimes and regulators to really get this and understand the behavioural insights we now know about achieving sustainable diffusion and change, and leaders supporting staff through these changes not resorting to an over simplistic and non-evidence based paradigm that telling will result in adherence.

        If the spread movement was to achieve this level of support across the NHS, we would then be able to enact all aspects of the manifesto for spread and with support for these principles, and the action required, including investment in supporting NHS organisations scale up innovation, and I believe it could be possible to make significant change happen quickly.

        Acknowledgments

        I am very grateful to all those people I’ve discussed this topic with and particularly Suzie Bailey, Richard Barker, Helen Bevan, Ian Dodge, Sir Bruce Keogh, Becky Malby and Tony Young for the generous support they have lent to the chapter and to Stephanie Kovala for all her assistance in compiling it.

        Suzie Bailey is Director of Leadership and Quality Improvement at NHS Improvement, Richard Barker is Chair of Health Innovation Network and CEO New Medicine Partners, Helen Bevan is Chief Transformation Officer, Horizons Group, NHS England, Ian Dodge is National Director, Strategy and Innovation, NHS England, Sir Bruce Keogh was Medical Director, NHS England to Dec 17, Becky Malby is Professor Health Systems Innovation at London South Bank University and Tony Young is National Clinical Lead for Innovation at NHS England as well as Consultant Urological Surgeon within the NHS. Stephanie Kovala was my Business Manager and is now Project Manager within the Strategy Team at NHS England.

        Author: Tara Donnelly is CEO of Health Innovation Network, the academic health science network for south London. Health Innovation Network exists to speed up the best in health and care, together with its members in south London, and is part of the AHSN Network and Digital Health.London.

        Follow Tara on Twitter at @tara_donnelly1­­­­

        References:

        AHSN Network: ahsnnetwork.com

        Al Knawy, B. Editor, Leading Reliable Healthcare, Chapter 12 – Health System Innovation and Reform, Productivity Press CRC, Dec 2017

        Barlow, J. Managing Innovation In Healthcare, New Jersey: World Scientific, 2017

        Castle-Clarke S, Edwards N, Buckingham H. Falling short: Why the NHS is still struggling to make the most of new innovations. Nuffield Trust Briefing Dec 2017

        Curruthers, I and Department of Health, NHS Improvement & Efficiency Directorate, Innovation and Service Improvement, 2011. Innovation, Health and Wealth, Accelerating Adoption and Diffusion in the NHS

        Digital Health.London: digitalhealth.london

        Donnelly, T. Sept 2016. We’re serious about innovation— now let’s get serious about spread. Health Service Journal

        Donnelly, T. Nov 2017. Finally, a tariff for digital innovations. Healthcare Digital

        Donnelly, T. Dec 2017. Why SBRI matters

        Health Innovation Network: healthinnovationnetwork.com

        Creating waves across the Pond

        Creating waves across the Pond

        Written by Catherine Dale, Programme Director – Patient Safety and Experience.

        My friend gave the opening keynote speech at this month’s Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) National Forum in Orlando, Florida. I was moved to tears in the audience watching her.

        I got to know Tiffany Christensen this April when we both taught on the IHI’s inaugural Co-Design college in Boston, Massachusetts. I was teaching the Experience-Based Co-Design approach. Tiffany shared her insights both as a life-long cystic fibrosis patient and as a professional patient advocate with a working career in healthcare improvement.

        Tiffany spoke of contending with a double lung transplant which was unsuccessful, meaning she was facing imminent death. When offered a second double lung transplant, Tiffany was initially completely thrown as she had accepted the fact that she was going to die. Being offered another chance of life was an enormous challenge to her, but in coming through that experience Tiffany chose to dedicate her working life to enhancing healthcare for others. She joined a Patient and Family Advisory Council – a core part of healthcare structure in the USA – and trained in improvement methods.

        When we met at the Co-Design college, she was struck by the way that Experience-Based Co-Design enables patients to have a more active and influential role in improving healthcare. This reminded me that when ‘patient involvement’ became a buzz phrase in the NHS in the early 2000s I had often wondered ‘involvement in what?’ you can’t just be ‘involved’ without context or purpose. For me the most compelling area for patients to be involved in is improving and re-designing healthcare. I am biased as this is the field of work I have devoted myself to for the past decade and a half. But I find it so rewarding that I want to provide others with that same opportunity – hence training people in Experience-Based Co-Design every chance I get!

        Tiffany and I delivered a workshop ‘Co-design is Caring: Experience Meets Experience’ at the IHI National Forum with Andrea Werner from Bellin Health in Wisconsin. The participants were extremely enthusiastic about the approach. One tweeted “It was amazing! It’s all about the ‘we’ not ‘me’ – value and include the voice and experience of patients!”

        It was fantastic to have this opportunity to share and encourage co-design between staff and patients. So I was incredibly proud that ‘co-design’ was a core message in the keynote discussion between Tiffany, Derek Feeley and Dr Rana Awdish

        When Tiffany gave her closing thought in her keynote I found myself gently weeping: we should not consider our efforts to improve healthcare to be drops in the ocean, every one of us is a ripple and we don’t know how far that ripple will have an effect.

        If, like Derek Feeley, CEO of IHI, you would like to see healthcare evolve from patient-centred care to partnership with patients you can start here or contact me for further encouragement. If we add all our ripples together we will create waves.

        Pictured above: Tiffany Christensen (left) and Catherine Dale (right)

        Note: Many thanks to the Point of Care Foundation, IHI and the Health Innovation Network for enabling me to attend the IHI National Forum in December 2017.

         

        Local innovations set for national spread

        Innovations born in south London are now being spread nationally

        Better care for people with pain, eating disorders and high blood-pressure in pregnancy, thanks to local innovations set for national spread, says Anna King, who is Commercial Director of the Health Innovation Network.

        With the papers full of snowstorms and Brexit, you may have missed the quiet revolution that is south London innovations dominating this year’s NHS Innovation Accelerator.

        Day-by-day, step-by-step, our members and their staff are using innovation to improve outcomes for their patients. This fantastic endorsement means that more patients nationally will benefit from these home-grown innovations.

        We know that good ideas do not often spread themselves. That’s why programmes like the NHS Innovation Accelerator (NIA) can make such a difference. The NIA is an initiative delivered in partnership between NHS England and the 15 Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs). It supports and accelerates the uptake of high impact innovations so that patients can benefit from new products and services.

        Each year it takes on a number of ‘fellows’ – people who are passionate about scaling their evidence-based innovation to benefit a wider population, with a commitment to share their learnings from their own work.

        This year’s cohort was announced recently, and includes an impressive line-up of innovations that we in south London know well.

        There are three locally developed innovative service models:
        ESCAPE-pain – a six-week group programme delivered to people aged 55+ with osteoarthritis (OA). Developed by the Health Innovation Network’s own Prof Mike Hurley, ESCAPE-pain is known to generate a return of £8 for every £1 spent.
        • The FREED ‘first episode rapid early intervention service for eating disorders’ was developed by the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust model and provides a rapid early response intervention for young people aged 16 to 25 years.
        • The home monitoring of hypertension in pregnancy (HaMpton) new care pathway, developed locally by St George’s, uses an app for monitoring high blood pressure at home, empowering expectant mothers to be involved in their own care.

        The line-up also includes current and former DigitalHealth.London accelerator companies: Oviva, Transforming Systems and My Diabetes My Way. These innovations are varied – from apps that help patients decide on urgent care depending on the size of the queue to new ways of self-managing diabetes.

        With tight budgets, maintaining and spreading these initiatives is more important than ever. These examples from south London are far from isolated or unique – AHSNs across the country are supporting a wide variety of innovative service models and technologies, that are not only improving outcomes, they are saving vital funds for NHS services.

        It is difficult for staff to improve services through innovations whilst coping with increased demand and complex patient needs. In this context, it’s important that we recognise, celebrate, support and spread the innovative work of NHS staff, and their dedication to making life better for their patients.

        The Health Innovation Network is keen to support any of its members who are looking to adopt innovations from the NHS Innovation Accelerator, so if you are interested in any of the areas mentioned please get in touch info@digitalhealth.london

        Why SBRI matters

        Why SBRI matters

        The SBRI programme provides vital funding to get innovations off the ground – its successes are clear, says Health Innovation Network Chief Executive Tara Donnelly.

        Whenever I hear that a health innovation is being adopted across the country to improve patient safety and save the NHS money, I’m reminded of the power of innovation and the role that Academic Health Science Networks have to play in spreading it across the health and care system.

        Recently, an independent review by David Connell of Small Business Research Initiative (SBRI) Healthcare, the NHS England funded programme, recognised the critical role to the success of the programme played by the 15 Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs). See SBRI story

        The SBRI programme provides vital funding to get innovations off the ground in two phases. The first is for feasibility testing up to £100,000 and the second is to develop a prototype and is worth up to £1 million.

        Since launching in 2009, £69 million has been awarded to over 150 companies developing solutions for major NHS challenges such as cancer detection, dementia care, mental health in young people and self-management of long-term conditions. These funds provide crucial support to early stage health care ideas and help convert them into products with evidence that can help patients and the NHS.

        But why does this latest report matter? Most importantly it matters because this is public money and money that has been earmarked to improve our NHS through innovation. The fact is, I regularly hear about how innovations that the AHSN Network is spreading are saving the NHS money, improving the patient experience and indeed saving lives.

        For example, we know that the London Ambulance Service has adopted Perfect Kit Prep, which cuts paperwork in medicines management and is a vital audit tool, across all its ambulance stations. See Perfect Ward

        At the same time North West London CCGs have successfully trialled digital tools to encourage self-care as part of important initiatives to reduce weight, improve fitness and tackle Type 2 diabetes across their populations. The products used include Oviva, OurPath and Changing Health who we have supported through our London-wide Digital Health Accelerator.

        But it’s not all about using smartphone apps. Working with BBC Choices, we also this year produced a video that helps parents and clinicians spot the signs of sepsis – a condition that kills around 44,000 each year which if spotted earlier could be prevented.

        The video has been viewed more than 1.7 million times and has saved at least one life with a mother telling us on Facebook how the video helped her save her daughter. Numbers are important in equating the success of innovations but when a mother says a video helped her save her daughter’s life, that makes it all worthwhile. The film is here and if you can share it with more people, we’d be delighted.

        But in terms of the significance of the SBRI review, this report underlines the important role that AHSNs play in spreading innovation into our NHS at pace and scale. It’s vital that we tap into clinical and commercial expertise to deliver solutions to health challenges identified in our communities and hospitals so that we can improve the patient experience.

        Up and down the country, AHSNs are using their local knowledge to work closely with the SBRI to ensure funding is aimed at innovative companies solving healthcare problems.

        For example, 11 Health’s ostom-i wireless ostomy pouch alert system, which lets patients know when to empty their stoma pouch, received critical financial support from SBRI Healthcare as well as support from the Digital Accelerator mentioned above. This is helping the roll-out of the product and improving the lives of users of ostomy pouches in London.

        Mr Connell identifies the SBRI as “the best role model” and recommends the programme led by the AHSNs be developed and built upon. This is exactly what we are doing in as dynamic and innovative way as we possibly can.

        Keeping active is a vital part of keeping steady

        Keeping active is a vital part of keeping steady

        Written by Dr Adrian Hopper, Clinical Lead Falls Prevention & Aileen Jackson, Senior Project Manager for Health Ageing

        Strength and balance, Strong, Straight & Steady and improving Mind and Body were some of the key messages given to our south London delegates who attended the Health Innovation Network’s Falls Prevention and Mildly Frail Older Adults workshop on Wednesday 18 October.

        Delegates from health and social care, voluntary and leisure sectors heard how falls in older adults are really common. One third of people over 65 years of age will fall. These falls may cause a serious injury such as a broken hip or head injury which requires hospital treatment, but most falls go undetected and unreported but are likely to contribute to the individual’s confidence; ultimately, leading to social isolation and yet more serious falls. Some falls are “just” an accident, but for others a fall is caused by early changes, such as worsening balance, vision or dizziness that can be improved.

        There is an established evidence base for the exercise and interventions that can really make a significant difference for strength and balance. Public Health England will be publishing a return on investment study later this year to evidence the cost savings of the interventions. Bone health is crucial to the falls prevention agenda and the National Osteoporosis Society are also due to publish evidence on beneficial exercise for people with Osteoporosis late 2018/19.

        Speeding up the spread and adoption of evidenced good practice is a key mission for the Health Innovation Network and our event showcased the brilliant examples that exist in south London , including embedding vision tests in Falls Prevention services, reducing waiting times through innovative triage, sustaining exercise, video games, digital physio prescribing, allotments and gardening, London Ambulance and Fire Service initiatives.

        Finally, do download Age UK staying steady booklet and all become ambassadors for the Strength and Balance message.

        Are you or do you know someone over 65 who has had a fall or has a fear of falling? Check your balance – are you feeling more unsteady? Is it getting more difficult to do everyday tasks? If you are unsteady you can get better by exercising. This involves doing simple strength and balance exercises (mostly standing) for about 20 mins two or three times a week or more which reduces falls by 30% and will give you confidence to go out of doors again and live life.

        Follow #StrengthAndBalance on Twitter or our watch our video for all the highlights from the event.

        ESCAPE-pain featured in Daily Telegraph Arthritis Awareness

         

        Daily Telegraph Arthritis Supplement

        Award-winning chronic pain programme ESCAPE-pain and Joint Pain Adviser are featured in a Daily Telegraph supplement called Arthritis Awareness. Under a feature headlined ‘The MSK Revolution underway at a GP near you’, the pathway approach is illustrated using a case study.

        Strap in – it’s time to channel-shift

        Strap in – it’s time to channel shift

        SMS text messaging, telemonitoring, vdeo consultation – these are all contenders in the race to deliver improved care and reduce costs. But what works and where should providers and commissioners prioritise local investment? The Health Innovation Network’s Tim Burdsey shares some insights from a recent review of the evidence base.

        Much has been written in recent years about opportunities for new technologies to enable so-called “channel-shift” in the provision of health and care services. But what does the available evidence tell us about which technology solutions are most effective, and about where providers and commissioners should prioritise local investment? Tim Burdsey from the Health Innovation Network (HIN) AHSN shares some insights from a recent review of the evidence base.

        To provide services that meet local needs and expectations and that address anticipated demand, we need to think differently about how we deliver care. New technologies are an important part of the answer; however, service providers and commissioners often don’t know which technology solutions are best placed to realise particular kinds of benefit.

        In December 2016, NHS England’s New Care Models programme approached the HIN to review the evidence for technology-enabled care services (TECS) to provide colleagues with information to make effective decisions about TECS to support the development of new models of care. The programme was established in 2015 in response to the NHS Five Year Forward View. It aims to build sustainable health and care models which respond to the ‘triple gap’ – health and wellbeing, quality and care, and cost. The programme is built on four guiding principles of clinical engagement, patient involvement, local ownership and national support.
        From the start, we were cautioned that the review would be a tricky undertaking. “The evidence just isn’t there…”, people warned us. “There’s plenty of great stuff, but it’s not in peer-reviewed journals…”. To some extent, this has proven true. However, we wanted to find some useful insights that would assist planning and decision-making, and so decided to adopt a pragmatic approach to the evidence review and press on as best we could.

        The first challenge we faced is that the concept of TECS is very broad. It covers everything from assistive equipment in the patient’s home (‘telecare’), to remote diagnostic equipment (‘telehealth’), to the provision of psychological therapies ‘at a distance’ (‘telecoaching’), to digital health apps on smartphones or tablets. To make matters more complicated, we found that, sometimes, some of the concepts above are used interchangeably, or a term that relates to a specific type of technology is used as an umbrella term to refer to the field of TECS as a whole. This required us to exercise due rigour when devising the search strategy that would inform our interrogation of the evidence.

        The second challenge we faced was the sheer size of the evidence base. An initial search yielded >10,000 primary studies, which meant that it was not going to be possible for us to analyse everything within the scope of the project. We therefore decided to focus on systematic reviews and other meta-analyses listed in the Cochrane and DARE databases, of which there were 411—which made our analytic endeavour manageable.

        So, what did the evidence reveal?

        There is limited evidence of the effectiveness of TECS, and information on cost-effectiveness is particularly scant
        The studies covered in a single systematic review can be diverse, which can make it difficult for the authors to draw firm, cohesive conclusions. On the occasions when we drilled down into the detail of primary studies, we found issues with poor study design, lack of relevance, or simply findings that were equivocal. We hope this will be addressed as new, more rigorous studies are developed and published in this area.

        The evidence base hasn’t yet caught up with the pace of technology innovation
        Many new and emerging technologies are felt to have the potential to revolutionise healthcare delivery: virtual/augmented reality (VR/AR), robotics, artificial intelligence (AI), ‘Big Data’-based analytics, the Internet of Things (IoT), to name but a few. Whilst compelling, these are at the preliminary stages of spread and adoption—indeed some are at an even earlier stage in the innovation pathway than that. As a result, such technologies are conspicuously absent from the evidence base. It will be for future reviews to explore their impacts, and to make recommendations about whether they are worthy of consideration and investment at that stage.

        Whilst stakeholders were generally aware of, and excited by, some of these developments, their attention was focused on understanding the potential impact of more ‘mainstream’, currently available technologies. SMS text messaging, for example, is so ubiquitous that most would consider it unremarkable—and its applications well-understood. However, there is a sense that we haven’t fully appreciated its potential to support health-related behaviour change, and so stakeholders were keen that we examined the evidence for its effectiveness.

        Stakeholders indicated five areas of technology delivery that they are interested in. The evidence of effectiveness for each of these areas is as follows:

        • SMS text messaging: Helpful in supporting adherence to medication; enabling smoking cessation (at least in the short-term) and substance misuse interventions; and encouraging glycaemic control in diabetes management. However, must be tailored for the individual, and is most effective when it is delivered in the context of a proven behaviour change framework.
        • Telemonitoring: Effective for people with diabetes or heart failure. Telemonitoring is frequently undertaken in conjunction with educational interventions and in the context of enhanced relationships with medical professionals. It is unclear precisely which of these aspects is responsible for the impacts observed.
        • Video consultation: Felt to be at least as effective as face-to-face interventions. Effective in treating mental illness through consultation, short-term support, and counselling.
        • Web-based interventions: Effective in reducing anxiety symptoms. Again, personalisation and interactivity are important, as is the need to combine online interventions within other support measures.
        • Mobile digital health apps: we found only one study covering smartphone apps—a situation that will surely improve in future. Apps can increase adherence to diet monitoring, and enhance compliance with treatment instructions among patients undergoing routine cardiac procedures.

        Findings have informed the development of a benefits realisation model, produced by mHabitat and the York Health Economics Consortium. This will provide practical assistance to those seeking to understand the benefits of a particular TECS intervention.

        For more information and to view or download the final report from the project, and to provide feedback on the recommendations, please visit https://healthinnovationnetwork.com/projects/tecs/.

        Older Adults recover well from common mental health conditions

        Older Adults recover well from common mental health conditions

        We all need to do more to recognise older adults who may have depression and anxiety; older adults engage well with IAPT (including digital IAPT interventions) and most importantly they recover well, evidence shows that the recovery rate of older adults is better than working age adults. These were the key messages given to a capacity audience at the recent Health Innovation Network’s Improving Older Adults Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) event which took place on 19 September. All these points seem relatively simple, so why can’t we quickly fix this problem?

        It seems everyone has a part to play, we should not be treating older adults as a homogeneous group 65 – 100 years old is a large age span and perceptions and needs will be different.

        The third sector, housing and social care organisations have significant role in facilitating referrals to IAPT and ensuring older adults are aware that depression and anxiety can be resolved through talking therapies. We should encourage older adults to share their experience of IAPT and we need all to listen. IAPT services need to train their staff to work with this large older adults age range and liaise more closely with their secondary mental health colleagues particularly the memory service who are diagnosing people with dementia.

        Finally, our very busy GPs who are often the gateway to supporting referrals to IAPT services. Think always that chronic health conditions go hand in hand with mental health issues, don’t just refer the physical issues, address both mind and body to make sure the older adult is enabled to maximise independence and live a happier life.

        Aileen Jackson, Senior Project Manager Healthy Ageing and Mental Health lead, Health Innovation Network

        £114k awarded to drive NHS innovations across south London

        £114k awarded to drive NHS innovations across South London

        Money directed at local projects will deliver innovations in health for patients across south London.

        Twelve projects including schemes to improve the care of depression in older people, a new way to deliver medication to housebound patients and digital diabetes education have won funding under South London Small Grants 2017.

        The awards were made by the Health Innovation Network working in partnership with Health Education England. In all there were 75 applications across 42 different organisations that bid for funding.

        The aim of the grants is to encourage innovations that address the gaps highlighted in the NHS Five Year Forward View and support the ambitions of the Sustainability and Transformation Partnerships within south London. The funding also aims to encourage cross-boundary working in areas of research, education and improvement in healthcare services.

        In previous years, the Small Grants have enabled people across London to access small pockets of funding for research and innovation to try out their ideas, using the grant as a springboard to support their potential.

         

        Picture above: One of last year’s award winners delivered Project Growth where researchers from University of Roehampton’s Sport and Exercise Science Research Centre collaborated with the NHS to give patients the opportunity to participate in a newly developed falls prevention gardening programme. Read the blog on this link: http://bit.ly/2ja0rLb

        The 12 Projects that will receive funding are:

        Jane Berg, Deputy Director Skills, Knowledge and Research, (Princess Alice Hospice): Development of a faculty of Hospice Evaluation Champions (HEC)

        Catherine Gamble, Head of Nursing Education, Practice and Research, (South West London and St Georges Mental Health Trust): To improve the management and treatment of depression in older people residing in care homes- A Quality Improvement Project

        Dr Cheryl Gillett, Head of Biobanking, (Guys and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust): Using Volunteers to Seek Consent for Research Biobanking

        Jignesh I. Sangani, Practice Pharmacist, (Brockwell Park Surgery): A new approach to medication delivery for housebound patients that aims to identify and manage medication issues, wellbeing, living and safety concerns

        Emma Evans, Consultant Anaesthetist, (St George’s University Hospital Foundation Trust): Proposal to train staff to apply patient-centred quality improvement methods to improve the experience of women having operative deliveries, and their families

        Sandra Parish, Simulation Nurse Tutor, (Lambeth Hospital): Starting the Conversation – ADVANCE Care Planning and End of Life Care Skills Training in Dementia Care

        Clare Elliot, Planned Care Projects & SWL Lead for Diabetes, (Wandsworth CCG): Digital Diabetes Education

        Dr Stephanie Lamb, GP, (Evelina Children’s Hospital): Feasibility study for assessing the effectiveness and impact of using a bio-psychosocial assessment tool to encourage holistic conversations with young people for Youth Workers

        Ann Ozsivadjian, Principal Clinical Psychologist, (Guys and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust): Meeting the mental health needs of children and young people with autism spectrum disorder – a collaboration between health and education

        Kath Howes, Lead Pharmacist, (University Hospital Lewisham): Validation Of A Tool That Assesses The Impact Of A Medicines Optimisation Service

        Professor Matthew Hotopf, Director of NiHR Biomedical Research Centre, (King’s Health Partners): IMPARTS MOOC – Integrating Mental & Physical Health: Depression & Anxiety

        Felicity Reed, Practice Lead, (Southwark Council): Incredible Women

        Health Innovation Network Chief Executive Tara Donnelly said:

        “Great ideas are at the centre of innovation in healthcare but sometimes they need a small amount of money to help them develop. The NHS faces real financial challenges and innovation is vital in order to improve patient care and reduce costs so South London Small Grants play a key role in all of our healthcare.

        “These 12 winning projects look like being important innovations that could really make a difference.”

        Health Education England South London Local Director Aurea Jones said:

        “South London Small Grants is all about helping develop innovations that have a funding gap to make sure they happen.  We had a record number of applications and it was very difficult to shortlist but the winning 12 are excellent projects that should make a real difference to people’s lives.

        “I look forward to following the progress of these initiatives closely and seeing how they deliver real healthcare improvements.”

        Where are all our graduates?

        Where are all our graduates?

        Insight

        Recruiting into entry level positions in health has been a real problem for years. When I first started the Graduates into Health programme, one of things that struck me was the high number of managers – regardless of organisation type or business function – that kept saying they just couldn’t recruit to band 3 – 5 roles.

        They would place an advert on NHS jobs and 180 applicants would apply. It would take three days to go through short-listing, and if they managed to get five candidates scheduled for interview, most wouldn’t turn up and for those that did, they just didn’t have the skills. This meant having to re-advertise.

        All this time and energy to find a suitable band 3-5 role. This just wasn’t working.

        Businessman with his team

        The other thing that struck me was how we got inundated at University careers fairs from graduates once they started to realise the NHS could have a career for them in IT, HR, Finance etc. And the thanks we got for helping them find their first role out of them was heart-warming.

        The NHS doesn’t have a brand issue – it’s working just fine. What we didn’t have was the right mechanism to get to our graduates. That’s where we were falling down. We now have a solution, we have a mechanism that is working, and it’s so very simple. It’s Graduates into Health programme.

        We have over 1,000 students and graduates on our books, clambering to start their career in the NHS/healthcare sector and have access to 1,000s more across London and South East. They want to work with us, we just need to pick them up, before some other employer does – don’t we deserve to have the brightest talent coming out of our universities?

        Written by Graduates into Health programme manager Louise Brennan

        What are we doing to prevent strokes?

        A new online tool will help prevent strokes and save lives

        An estimated 68,000 people in London are living with undetected AF and at risk of blood clots, stroke, heart failure and other heart-related complications. The Health Innovation Network’s Fay Edwards talks about the launch of an important new tool.

        This week together with our partners we launched the Pan-London Atrial Fibrillation (AF) toolkit. The online toolkit is the culmination of a collaboration between the three London Academic Health Science Networks (AHSNs) and the London Clinical Network (LCN).

        Visualised in 2016, it is targeted at commissioners and providers who want to find more people with AF (Detect), Treat more people with AF (Protect) and improve the outcomes of those people receiving treatment (Perfect).  The toolkit focuses on each of these three areas and is laid out in a logical order, first setting the scene with an introduction from Tony Rudd (National Clinical Director for Stroke, NHS England) and Matt Kearney (National Clinical director for Cardiovascular Disease Prevention, NHS England) highlighting the unmet need for appropriate anticoagulation and improved detection of AF.

        Within each of the three domains there are three “opportunities for improvement” designed to stimulate ideas and focus efforts.  These contain case studies, resources and best practice examples which provide guidance on how to replicate.  With all quality improvement it is vital for teams to understand their ‘current state’ before embarking on the future. The AF improvement cycle (on page 7) encourages teams to consider the quality and performance of their service compared to national standards and highlights the need for them to understand and interpret their own service level data. The AF improvement cycle is a complete and concise methodology which has been developed through the understanding of the critical success factors needed to undertake AF improvement work. It can be applied to any of the three domains and opportunities for improvement.

        Complementing the AF improvement cycle is a series of infographics for each London CCG which clearly and pictorially presents data on prevalence, anticoagulation rates, those known to be at risk of stroke and those who have had a stroke in the past year.  These have already proved very powerful in engaging interest and understanding a starting point.  For those teams outside of London, or for data more focused on each domain (Detect, Protect and Correct) there is a useful table of data sources laid out within each of these.

        Supporting all of this is the AF business case model.  Designed by Public Health England and the AHSNs this tool uses publically reported data of AF to help organisations identify areas for improvement in the identification management of AF.  It will also quantify the cost and savings associated with addressing these opportunities.

        Detect 

        Within detect there is a focus on AF Awareness campaigns, the importance of manual pulse rhythm checks and AF detection devices. This includes the Health Innovation Network’s AF detection device review, a detailed report which defines the current technology and software designs available to enhance AF detection. It contains examples of how to use these devices and improve actual prevalence in a variety of settings.

        Protect

        Within protect there is focus on how to improve anticoagulation, Initiating anticoagulation in community settings, correcting heart rhythm and rate where necessary.

        Perfect 

        Perfect encourages high quality anticoagulation services which provide patient education, a range of treatment options and support of self-monitoring. It contains the ‘Excellence in Anticoagulation Care’ document from the London Clinical Network – a guide for commissioners and service providers to help deliver high quality anticoagulation services.

        A pathway for service review is contained in this section including a checklist to assist commissioners in benchmarking their anticoagulation service or create a service specification.

        There are also educational resources for patients and staff n to support self-management and self-monitoring of International Normalisation Ratio (INR) for those prescribed Warfarin.

        Mythbusters

        Designed to dispel the common myths and misconceptions encountered when prescribing anticoagulation, by providing an evidenced based explanation.

        I hope the toolkit will inform clinicians and commissioners in the design of local services to deliver the best patient care and optimum outcomes.

        Download the toolkit here.

        South London Small Grants Winner 2016: Dr Rachel Hallett

        South London Small Grant Winner 2016: Dr Rachel Hallett

        This blog series have been written by the winners of last year’s South London Small Grants (Innovation & Diffusion Awards).

        South London Small Grants Logo

        The first blog is by Dr Rachel Hallett, who is using the grant to investigate how leisure centre managers decide whether to deliver exercise programmes for people with chronic health conditions.

        Where I got the idea for the project:

        I joined Kingston and St.George’s Joint Faculty in early 2016, as a researcher working with Professor Mike Hurley, the physiotherapist behind ESCAPE-Pain. Developed in an NHS context with physiotherapists, it can be delivered by fitness instructors in a leisure centre. There are, however, other factors in play: the leisure sector is changing, as is the NHS, with varying remits and budgetary challenges. If research is going to make a difference, researchers need to understand the wider context of delivering health interventions in the community and ensure their schemes are practical to deliver as well as effective. Mike was working hard to spread the scheme so that more people who needed it could access it.

        This project arose from a need to understand better how the leisure sector works, what the priorities and concerns are within it, and how schemes like ESCAPE-Pain can be beneficial for providers as well as users.

        Stretching, Image from Pixabay

        How I Found out about the Small Grants:

        Information about the Small Grants scheme was circulated by our Research Development Manager. For a small, short-term project with somewhat unpredictable outcomes, it was ideal.

        Progress of the project so far:

        The project has three stages, and we’re currently at the end of Stage Two, ready to start Stage Three.

        Stages:
        1. Initial scoping interviews with those involved in community leisure provision to generate a broader understanding of key issues
        2. Circulation of a survey to managers working in community leisure provision, informed by the understanding gained in the interviews in Stage One
        3. Follow-up interviews with some of the survey participants to explore their answers and the issues in more depth.

        What I would do differently next time:

        The project has not been without challenges: these have mainly been about participant numbers. Recruitment – as with many research projects – has been difficult. Those who have participated have been generous with the information they’ve shared, so although participation is lower than we’d hoped, there is no shortage of information that will be useful for researchers to take forward. With hindsight, the initial focus on leisure centre managers should have been broader, to recognise the influencers in organisations such as social enterprises to whom local authorities have outsourced provision. Fortunately, some were included in Stage 1, as their details were passed on during the recruitment process. This meant the survey could be better targeted, and made suitable for people in a range of different roles.

        Intented impacts of the project:

        The impact is likely to arise after the project is complete and the findings are circulated. We already know from the survey data that leisure centre managers are interested in research and collaborations, whether or not they have already been involved. By working together, there is plenty of scope for long-term impact.

        #CatheterCare Tweetchat

        Blog

        #CatheterCare Tweetchat

        On Thursday 15th June, the Health Innovation Network hosted a Tweetchat on #cathetercare with @WeNurses. We wanted to know about people’s experiences of catheter care in their workplace, examples of good practice and challenges around catheter care. We were also interested in finding out about innovative solutions that people were using to overcome the barriers and stigma associated with catheter care and how we can increase awareness of catheter care with patients, healthcare professionals, carers and the general public.

        An interesting blog about the evidence and practice around urinary catheters can be found here.

        Good examples and challenges around catheter care

        There was lots of discussion around the challenges associated with catheter care, and it being a huge part of workload, particularly for district nurses. Another challenge that presented was that lots of people have long-term catheters without any information or clinical reasons as to why. These discussions were met with suggestions around increased education for patients and the catheter passport was raised as a means of educating patients, as well as being able to provide healthcare professionals with discharge information.

        #CatheterCare: The word cloud generated from our Tweetchat

        #Cathetercare: The word cloud generated from our Tweetchat

        Overcoming the barriers and stigma associated with Catheter Care

        Educating clinicians on good catheter care practice was a strong theme throughout the chat. I felt this was particularly relevant as there is a national push to prevent healthcare-associated gram-negative bacterial bloodstream infections – CAUTIs being a main cause. More on that here.

        Many people felt that a short video to depict a patient’s experience would be a powerful educational tool, as well as teaching junior staff ‘in the moment’. To that end, the Health Innovation Network has developed an animation for healthcare professionals, which they are more than happy for people to use. Find it here.

        A highlight of the chat for me was hearing from @NurseDeJaeger about a great initiative around increasing patient advocacy and awareness through a weekly nurse and patient catheter cafe, called ‘Meet the TWOCcers’. So simple yet so clever, and a great way of de-stigmatising catheters.

        Increasing awareness around Catheter Care

        The challenges around urinary catheters and reaching more people to increase awareness were identified as ongoing issues. Through collaboration with passionate people, sharing good practice and initiatives and learning from one another as a community, we can make a difference. Keep the conversations going by following #cathetercare and letting @HINSouthLondon know about anything you think people may be interested in.

        To coincide with #WorldContinenceWeek, we are running #CatheterCare Awareness Week (19-23 June) and aim to tackle the stigma around catheter care and breakdown the associated barriers.

        For more information and resources, including our animation, pledges cards, posters and several short videos click here

        If you have any questions, please email hin.southlondon@nhs.net.

        A Tariff for Innovation

        A Tariff for Innovation

        It’s one thing to innovate. It’s another to spread that innovation across the NHS and that’s exactly what a new tariff system could do, says Tara Donnelly

        A new tariff came into play in April this year and for the first time we have a payment scheme to encourage the spread of innovation within the NHS. This is significant, laudable and we need to do everything in our power to ensure that we make the most of the opportunity. Even better, the focus of the tariff in its first year is innovations that make hospital care safer.

        Most of the devices that are eligible for the tariff have been developed by innovative clinicians who saw opportunities to improve care – making it safer and more effective.

        Dharmesh Kapoor, a consultant obstetrician at Bournemouth Hospital invented scissors that make childbirth safer; Maryanne Mariyaselvam, a doctor in training working in research in Addenbrookes, came up with a device that prevents tragic accidents with blood lines; Peter Young, a consultant anaesthetist at King’s Lynn Hospital created a ventilation tube that prevents the most serious complication of ITU care; Simon Bourne, a consultant respiratory physician at Portsmouth Hospital devised myCOPD an online platform that helps patients self-manage with dramatic results; Robert Porter, a consultant microbiologist at Queen Alexandra Hospital has developed a treatment that cures Clostridium difficile through faecal transplantation.

        Accelerating the uptake of innovation

        We should be proud that as a country we are not only inventing these superb devices, we are also designing systems to help accelerate their uptake. NHS England’s Innovation and Technology Tariff (ITT) enables NHS Trusts in England to use these patient safety innovations either for free, or to claim a charge per use.

        The 15 AHSNs have lobbied for a tariff to support innovation for some time, and it was the NHS Innovation Accelerator – a national programme supported by all 15 AHSNs – which was a key influencer in its development. The AHSNs therefore are delighted with this development, and are working to support uptake of these innovations within their geographies.

        Obstetric Anal Sphincter Injuries (known as OASIS) during childbirth is the leading cause of faecal incontinence in women in the UK. It is a devastating injury, requiring surgical repair, with 30% of women having some level of symptoms a year later. OASIS costs the NHS approximately £57 million annually in repair and litigation costs and is on the rise. Dharmesh developed guided mediolateral episiotomy scissors, known as EPISCISSORS-60 that minimise the risk of obstetric injury, they are set to 60 degrees, the optimal angle to avoid serious injury. A number of studies have proven their efficacy.

        Maryanne’s non-injectable arterial connector (the NIC) enables conventional arterial line sampling for patients in theatre or intensive care with the huge bonus that it is not possible to accidently inject medicine into it. This prevents wrong route drug administration, which, while rare can have terrible consequences including in the most extreme circumstances, amputation.

        Peter’s PneuX invention has also been proven in studies to reduce the rate of ventilator acquired pneumonia (VAP). In its guidance, NICE quotes a plethora of studies including a recent UK randomised control trial which found that PneuX tube halved the rates of VAP after cardiac surgery from 21% to 10.8% patients. Bearing in mind VAP has a 30% mortality rate this is very good news, and would mean many more ITU beds available across the NHS.

        Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disorder or COPD is the second most common reason for hospital admissions in the country costing the NHS over £800m in direct healthcare costs. Studies have also found that 90% people with COPD are unable to take their medication correctly. Simon’s support system known as myCOPD, has educational, self-management, symptom reporting and pulmonary rehabilitation aspects, all delivered online.

        Robert’s innovation helps people with Clostridium difficile, a serious bacterial infection affecting the digestive system, who have a one in six chance of dying within 30 days. Antibiotics are the first treatment and cure the condition in many cases. But for a proportion – about 20 per cent – antibiotics do not work. A frozen microbiota transplantation will cure 90% per cent of these patients.

        UroLift is an alternative surgical procedure for the treatment of the common condition of benign prostatic hyperplasia, where the enlarged prostate makes it difficult for men to pass urine, leading to urinary tract infections, urinary retention, and in some cases renal failure. It is considerably less traumatic than existing surgical treatments.

        Guidance on the new tariff

        Guidance came out from NHS England recently, circulated to Finance Directors. However it will be important to others such as CEOs, COOs, Medical, Nursing, Midwifery and Clinical Directors, Operational Managers and Patient Safety leads are aware so that high rates of uptake can be achieved quickly.

        We have in the past bemoaned that the NHS doesn’t support clinical entrepreneurs, and that the period between discovery of an innovation and its widespread uptake at the often quoted time of 17 years is too long.

        Here we have a handful of fantastic inventions that improve safety and reduce cost, devised by UK clinicians who have been hugely supported by the NHS to date. Increasing uptake is now down to all of us. What about getting over 50% uptake in 17 months instead of 17 years? Are you up for ITT?

        Self-managing chronic pain with the Joint Pain Advisor

        Self-managing chronic pain with the Joint Pain Advisor

        Fay Sibley, Senior Project Manager for the musculoskeletal theme, writes about how the Health Innovation Network’s Joint Pain Advisor helps those with osteoarthritis.

        The increasing burden of an ageing population on NHS services is well documented. GPs are struggling to cope with the ever increasing demand on services; lacking both capacity and expertise to support people to change their behaviour and adopt healthier lifestyles.

        Patients with long term conditions, such as osteoarthritis (OA) often tell us they feel GPs are unable to help, at best they are prescribed palliative medication which they tell us they don’t like to take and at worst they are told it is just part of “getting older”. Despite this patients are unsure of where else to turn for advice and support.

        Self-management is a hot topic in healthcare at the moment, often heralded as the answer to some of the NHS’s most complex problems. But does it really work?

        At the Health Innovation Network, we have been focusing on helping people to self-manage their chronic joint pain and have piloted a new approach to managing osteoarthritis (OA) in Primary Care – the Joint Pain Advisor.

        The Joint Pain Advisor takes the form of up to four 30 minute face-to-face consultations between the advisors and people with hip or knee OA. People attend an assessment where they discuss their lifestyle, challenges and personal goals and then jointly develop a personalised care plan that gives tailored advice and support based on NICE guidelines for the management of OA. They are then invited to attend reviews after three weeks, six to eight weeks and six months to access further tailored support and advice.

        To date over 500 patients have used this service and reported less pain, better function and higher activity levels. A high satisfaction rate was achieved which included reduced BMI, body weight and waist circumference and has led to fewer GP consultations, investigations and onward referrals.

        Have a look at what some of the 500 participants who have undertaken the programme say, in our Joint Pain Advisor film.

        In our original study we used physiotherapists as Joint Pain Advisors but recently we have worked with health trainers and coaches. We think that the Joint Pain Advisor could significantly reduce the cost of helping people with chronic joint pain.

        If you would like to find out more about Joint Pain Advisor, join the webinar we are holding on Friday 24 March. To register for the webinar please click on the link below. Once you have registered you will be sent a calendar invite containing details on how to join. Please note there are limited spaces for this webinar so attendees will have to register on a first come first served basis.

        Register

        You can also contact us at the Health Innovation Network, by emailing Fay at fay.sibley@nhs.net.

        Partnership for change: First impressions in Freetown

        Partnership for change: First impressions in Freetown

        Insight

        By Laura Spratling, Programme Director for Diabetes and Stroke Prevention. Laura is currently working in Freetown, where she’s using her skills as a hospital management volunteer with the King’s Sierra Leone Partnership (KSLP). Read about her experiences in her new blog.

        Image by Simon Boots

        I’d always wanted to volunteer in a developing country, motivated like many by an interest in applying my skills to help a place in great need. I was attracted to the strong partnership ethos of King’s Sierra Leone Partnership (KSLP) and delighted to have the chance to come and work with Connaught Hospital colleagues.

        I joined the NHS as a graduate general management trainee in 2009, after which I worked in various operational and strategic roles including most recently as Programme Director for Diabetes and Stroke Prevention at Health Innovation Network (HIN), the South London Academic Health Science Network. I am grateful to my managers at HIN for kindly allowing me a six month career break to come to KSLP in Freetown.

        During my first month at Connaught I was struck by how hospital life is on the one hand of course so totally different, and yet on the other hand many of the issues are similar to the ones that NHS managers devote their careers to solving.

        Probably the most striking difference is the spectrum of common diseases. Infectious diseases (such as TB, malaria, HIV, measles, meningitis, pneumonia and others) are very prevalent. Spending time observing in an outpatient clinic during my second week here I was also taken aback by the severity of advanced disease that Connaught staff are treating. In my years in UK hospitals I have never seen so many patients so poorly as I have seen here in just a few weeks.

        But while there is what sometimes feels like an overwhelming amount of suffering, there is also a good deal of hope. Patients, relatives and staff are incredibly warm and friendly, greeting strangers they pass in the corridor and one person who I hadn’t met before thanked me profusely for my work! I have met some incredibly strong and resilient people here who have survived some terrible times and are committed to working towards a better healthcare system. The work they do every day is truly impressive and humbling, particularly when you remember that they have far fewer resources of all types than we do in the NHS.

        The issues that Connaught has in common with the NHS that I’ve discovered so far are as follows (I’m sure there are more!):

        1. Issues around flow of patients through the hospital – together with Connaught doctors and nurses we’ve started some process mapping to better understand the problems before co-designing solutions
        2. Rotas and handover processes
        3. Ways to embed effective multi-disciplinary working
        4. Estates and maintenance issues
        5. Effective management of outpatient services and ensuring patients do not become lost to follow up
        6. Health records management
        7. Robust systems for audit and quality improvement

        And it’s the last two issues where I am focussing my energies for now.

        There’s a great deal of enthusiasm in the hospital for improving the health records system, both to improve patient safety and care quality as well as enabling staff to undertake meaningful clinical audits and quality improvement projects. The records office staff in particular are fantastic and we have been working together on the first stages of our improvement plan.

        It’s also a fascinating process working with colleagues to start up a rolling programme of quality improvement projects. We’ve established a committee where projects can be proposed, registered and reported on when completed. Our first two projects are about implementing the new international guidelines for the treatment of malaria and improving antibiotic prescribing. We’re going to be running some multi-disciplinary training sessions soon on quality improvement tools and methods. I am learning a lot from colleagues here showing me what is likely to be effective and what is not, and why.

        My third project is an evaluation of a major educational programme working with the medical, nursing and pharmacy schools at the College of Medical and Allied Health Sciences (COMAHS). I’m developing some new skills in designing qualitative evaluations and it will be interesting to hear the views of staff and students in the focus groups and interviews early next year.

        I’ve always thought that the role of an effective healthcare manager is to provide the best possible environment and conditions for clinicians and patients, so that the best possible patient outcomes are achieved. This means making sure that systems work and that staff have the right skills, equipment and support to meet patients’ needs. As one of my first managers in the NHS memorably put it, “you have to be the glue” that brings the various parts of the system together. These principles are exactly the same here. I’m enjoying learning about how the Connaught management team is approaching this task and trying to make the best contribution I can.

        Volunteering overseas is a “less trodden path” for healthcare managers than it is for clinicians, but I would encourage anyone who has an interest to pursue it and get in touch via volunteer@kslp.org.uk if you would like to know more. Whilst there are some tough times, it’s an incredible and very worthwhile experience.

        Laura’s blog was first published on the King’s Sierra Leone Partnership (KSLP) website here.

        If you would like to learn more about the opportunities to volunteer with KSLP in Freetown, you can find out more, including how to apply, here.

        KSLP is a partnership between King’s Health Partners – itself a partnership between King’s College London, and Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital and South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trusts – and three key Sierra Leonean institutions; Connaught Hospital, The College of Medical and Allied Health Sciences (COMAHS), and The Ministry of Health and Sanitation.

        More blogs…

        Implementation Science Masterclass

        Implementation Science Masterclass

        Insight

        The Implementation Science Masterclass is a two-day course for health professionals, researchers, patients and service users who aim to ensure health services routinely offer treatment and care that is based on the most recent research evidence and quality improvement principles.

        The Masterclass includes lectures from world-renowned experts in the field, small group workshops facilitated by leading researchers, and advice on how to work more effectively on your own implementation projects. If you are a researcher, health professional, patient or service user involved in an implementation project within health services, or planning to carry out, or to evaluate one, then this Masterclass will be of interest to you.

        The Masterclass is organised by CLAHRC South London, a research organisation working to improve health services and funded by the National Institute for Health Research (NIHR).

        When: Tuesday 11 and Wednesday 12 July 2017
        Where:
        King’s College London’s Waterloo Campus
        Cost and register: The course fees are £475. Email clahrcshortcourses@kcl.ac.uk  to register your interest. Further details about how to book will be available in early 2017.

        Find out more here.

        Accelerating Access

        Accelerating Access

        The NHS has huge potential to be creative and innovative yet the system as a whole is slow to adopt innovation and best practice. Academic Health Science Networks – AHSNs – exist to speed up this process, to improve patient care and reduce system inefficiencies.

        We act as honest brokers within our region, mobilising expertise and knowledge across the NHS, academia and industry to help improve lives, save money and drive economic growth through innovation. Our regional partnerships are helping to deliver system transformation locally, described by the Five Year Forward View. As 15 AHSNs we work together in ways unprecedented across health and care, delivering improvement at pace and scale. This is having real impact through our collective work including the successful NHS Innovation Accelerator – now reaching 388 organisations within the NHS Patient Safety Collaboratives and the Innovation Pathway; improving health and driving economic growth.

        The latest work to recognise the unique role that AHSNs can play is the Accelerated Access Review, (AAR). This was an independently chaired review of innovative medicines and medical technologies, led by Sir Hugh Taylor and supported by the Wellcome Trust and the Office of Life Sciences, which published its final report in late October 2016.

        It contains a series of recommendations to the NHS, which will need to be properly considered by NHS England and others, but encouragingly, the report contains a letter from Simon Stevens, where he commits: We’ll support the AAR’s streamlined pathway to identify high value innovations. We’ll then help pull them through into mainstream care – building on our AHSNs, innovation testbeds, and our new Innovation and Technology Tariff. And where it makes sense, we’ll be increasingly open to agreeing innovative win/win product-specific reimbursement models …” (Taylor, 2016, p.10).

        The report outlines how the UK can make far more of its Life Sciences and research expertise, speed up clinical trials and subsequent endorsement and adoption of new drugs, medical devices and digital technologies. The AAR’s approach is shown in Figure 1, below.

        It also considers the lessons learnt from when we have got this right, the triumph of the speed of development and dissemination relating to Ebola is rightly highlighted as a fine example of this, with the MHRA’s Clinical Trials Unit fast tracking Ebola studies, Expert Advisory Groups and trial sponsors.

        Figure 1: A summary of the Accelerated Access Review’s proposed approach (Taylor, 2016, p.14, reproduced with permission)

        The report is well worth a read and is available here. From the 70 pages I’ve précised the top 10 areas for AHSNs and summarised these.

        Accelerated Access Top 10 Changes for AHSNs

        Key changes for us from the review include:

        1 Strengthening of remit: The report calls for “A new mandate for AHSNs should support the local spread of adoption and enable as standard framework for local evaluation” (Taylor, 2016, p.50). It is described as a “new, strengthened remit for AHSNs” (Taylor, 2016, p.50) and that AHSNs – among others – will “drive and support the evaluation and diffusion of innovative products” (Taylor, 2016, p.12).
        2 Clarity of role through a Charter for Innovation Support:AHSNs, with their existing local networks that include NHS providers and commissioners, academia and industry, should play a vital role in supporting the testing and diffusion of technologies in the NHS. This role should be set put in a new charter with input from NHS England and NHS Improvement which clearly articulates what is expected from AHSNs and enables them to be held to account for local delivery” (Taylor, 2016, p.50).
        3 Strengthening of our National Network of 15 AHSNs: The offer to innovators will include “access to a strengthened AHSN network which can facilitate local evidence-collection and adoption of innovation” (Taylor, 2016, p.13).
        4 Better funding: AHSNs should be funded to a level that allows them to fulfil the role outlined in this report (Taylor, 2016, p.51), and there follows a recommendation to provide between £20million and £10million to AHSNs baseline budgets from 2017.
        5 Providing capacity: the review proposes an additional role for AHSNs in providing capacity and capability locally to NHS organisations who require it, in order to make the most of new innovations. This new role would require funding of around £30million a year, and there is a suggestion that AHSNs that are able to generate match funding through working with charities or industry partners could access these resources (Taylor, 2016, p.52).
        6 Creation of Innovation Exchanges: AHSNs should galvanise and support local innovation partners to create a network of “innovation exchanges” responsible for diffusing clinical and cost effective technologies across the system” (Taylor, 2016, p.50).
        7 Supported more strongly: We also recommend that NHS Improvement plays a greater role in leading AHSNs, including supporting them to undertake these activities (Taylor, 2016, p.51).
        8 Link to Test Beds: AHSNs have been supporting the national Test Bed programme where combinatorial innovation is being explored. The Test Bed we support in the London Test Bed, CareCity, which is bringing together technologies to keep people with dementia as safe as possible. “AHSNs should build on their current involvement in the Test Beds programme by using this learning for their own evaluation role and seeking to collaborate to promote mutual recognition of local evaluations using the national framework” (Taylor, 2016, p.51).
        9 Testing and dissemination: AHSNs are noted to be “ideally placed to play a role in post-CE mark testing and dissemination of medical technologies, diagnostics and digital products in particular” (Taylor, 2016, p.51).
        10 Horizon scanning: In Digital Health AHSNs are seen to have a key role in the earliest stages where “AHSNs identify unmet needs” at the ideas generation and identification phase (Taylor, 2016, p.26).

        The following figure shows how the AHSN Network will embed within the system to enable speedier spread and uptake of innovation.

        Figure 2: Local and national spread of innovation (Taylor, 2016, p.51, reproduced with permission)

        At the Health Innovation Network we, along with colleagues across the other 14 AHSNs, warmly welcome the Accelerated Access Review and are keen to progress its findings at scale and pace, to speed up the best in health and care, across the country.

         

        Reference
        Taylor, H. (2016). Accelerated Access Review: Final Report. Department of Health, available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/565072/AAR_final.pdf

        The Lancet Right Care series launch

        Event Two

        Event Two

        Insight

        Curabitur arcu erat, accumsan id imperdiet et, porttitor at sem. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Proin eget tortor risus. Curabitur aliquet quam id dui posuere blandit. Donec rutrum congue leo eget malesuada. Proin eget tortor risus. Curabitur aliquet quam id dui posuere blandit.

        Vivamus magna justo, lacinia eget consectetur sed, convallis at tellus. Quisque velit nisi, pretium ut lacinia in, elementum id enim. Vivamus suscipit tortor eget felis porttitor volutpat. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nulla porttitor accumsan tincidunt. Curabitur non nulla sit amet nisl tempus convallis quis ac lectus. Vivamus magna justo, lacinia eget consectetur sed, convallis at tellus.

        Improving Catheter Care: My Catheter Passport

        Improving Catheter Care: My Catheter Passport

        Insight

        Dr Adrian Hoppper, Consultant Geriatrician, Guy’s & St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust on improving catheter care.

        Last month, we launched My Catheter Passport across Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital and our teams working within the community which has been a triumph for everyone involved.

        We developed the Passport in response to concerns about the lack of clear information about patients’ catheters being shared across care settings, including why a patient even needs a catheter. We believe that these issues contribute to  the rates of catheter associated urinary tract infections (CAUTI) developed within the community, as well as why patients attend hospital with issues such as blocked catheters, which could have been prevented with clear care plans.

        It always amazes me when I hear of another patient who is unaware of why they were given a catheter in the first place or who has contracted a catheter associated urinary tract infection (CAUTI). People are at a higher risk of UTIs when they have a catheter inserted, and unfortunately CAUTIs have been associated with increased mortality, length of stay in hospital and healthcare costs. It can be frustrating when I know that with the right care and information, CAUTIs can be prevented.

        As a consultant geriatrician at Guy’s and St Thomas’ and chairperson of the Southwark and Lambeth Integrated Care Infections Working Group (a group made up of people with catheter care experience and health and social care professionals), I’m driving forward the fight against CAUTIs and the impact they have on people. I also want to make sure that GP practices, community services and hospitals communicate more effectively with each other, so patients receive the best care.

        The My Catheter Passport was a fantastic opportunity for us to co-design something with patients and health and social care professionals. It is a patient-owned document packed full of useful information and contact details for people with catheters, to empower them to live as independently as possible. The Passport will now be given to all adult patients when they are discharged from hospital and to those currently receiving care in the community; and patients should have it with them whenever they are seeing a health and social care professional about their catheter. This is because there is a section of the Passport that health and social must complete to record any changes or issues with the patient’s catheter. We hope that this will improve communication between care settings. I am extremely pleased with how the Passport turned out, especially as it is a true example of co-production with local people and professionals.

        The Passport is one of a number of interventions that we want to spread across the five South East London hospitals, as part of the ‘No Catheter, No CAUTI’ campaign. The campaign is led by the Health Innovation Network’s(HIN) Patient Safety Collaborative, and I am the Clinical Director for Patient Safety for the HIN. Follow the campaign on Twitter – #HINstopcauti.

        The collaborative has recently been set up to share best practice across partners to improve catheter care with the aim of significantly reducing CAUTIs. This will be achieved by testing a series of interventions that support avoiding unnecessary catheterisation, the prompt removal of catheters, learning from rapid review of CAUTIs, as well as community based interventions such as the Passport.

        We have achieved a lot in the last year, all of which we should be proud of. However, in the process of developing the Passport, we discovered further challenges to delivering a gold standard in catheter care for patients. Most notably, the catheter care pathway is fragmented, so patients are coming to A&E with issues that could be managed in the community; and there is a disjointed prescription process, which can lead to duplication of prescriptions and an increase in cost.

        As you can see, we are not without our challenges in catheter care and it’s clear we still have a lot of work to do across Southwark and Lambeth. It was agreed that these challenges need to be explored further and solutions drawn up to address them. The conversations to do this have already started and the Infections Working Group will come together to map out a new service model that would work for people with catheters.

        I’m lucky in that I get to work with people that are equally passionate about catheter care and addressing the challenges we face. I had the pleasure of witnessing this enthusiasm at the #CatheterSummit at the beginning of the year. I am excited about the future and what we can do together so patients with catheters in Southwark and Lambeth receive the best possible care that is right for them.

        More blogs…